Loading...
RO WTP #1 HIGH SERVICE PUMP STATION ELECTRICAL IMPROVEMENTS - 14-0024-UT 4 1ARIGI AND hEA FT U Li) BA Y jet 11T.A(A--Fa CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Project: Reverse Osmosis Water Treatment Plant#1 High Service Pump Station Electrical Improvements Contract Number: 14-0024-UT Location: RO Plant#1: 1657 Palmetto St., Clearwater, Fl 33755 Contract Date: 8/26/2015 Notice to Proceed Date: 9/21/2015 Substantial Completion Date: 5/3/2016 Warranty Expiration Date: 5/3/2017 Consultant: McKim& Creed, Inc. The work performed under this Contract has been inspected by authorized representatives of the Owner, Contractor, and Consultant, and the Project (or specified part of the Project, as indicated above) is hereby declared to be substantially completed on the above date. DEFINITION OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Substantial completion is the stage in construction when a project or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with contract documents so that the Owner can use the work or portion thereof for its intended use. Items that affect operational integrity and junction of the work must be capable of continuous use. McKim & Creed, Inc. By: Consultant Authorized Representative Date The Contractor accepts the above Certificate of Substantial Completion and agrees to complete and correct the items on the tentative list within the time indicated. B.L. Smith Electric By: Contractor Authorized Representative Date The Owner accepts the specified area of the Project as Substantially Complete and will assume full possession of the specified area of the Project on 2016. The responsibility for utilities, security, and insurance under the Contract Documents shall be as set forth in the Contract Documents. Jeff Walker, P.E., CBO, LEED AP By: City of Clearwater Authorized Representative Date �. Certificate of Substantial Completion, Page 2 of 2 PROJECT PUNCH LIST A punch list of items to be completed or corrected by , 2016 is appended hereto. This list may not be exhaustive, and the failure to include an item on it does not alter the responsibility of the Contractors to complete all the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. PROJECT ONE YEAR WARRANTY Contract Section III, 13.5 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to the Owner and in accordance with the Owner's written instructions; (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by the Owner, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective and(ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom... Where defective Work(and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. Substantial Completion Date: 5/3/2016 Warranty Expiration Date: 5/3/2017 A copy of this signed and executed document should be provided to the following parties: Project Owner Project Contractor Project Consultant (if applicable) City Construction Office Specialist Project File 1 1 RO WTP #1 HIGH SEfdVICE PUMP STATION 1 ELECTRICAL IMPROVEMENTS 1 ' CONTRACT DOCUMENTS & SPECIFICATIONS 1 LL c Clearwater 1 ' U 14- 0024 -UT CONFORMED Prepared for Issued For Bid \•110o,, / m 140.6656\ �. = W a = May — 2015 SF�oa`0�..•c9` �FSSIONP����• Ii,11ttt Aubrey Haudricourt, P.E. Florida Professional Engineer No. 66861 McKim & Creed, Inc. 1365 Hamlet Avenue Clearwater, Florida 33756 SMIT -38 OP ID: BH '`���,C°� -'�`' Y CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE(MM/DDIYYYY) 08/11/2015 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER Phone: 863 - 967 -4454 Mulling Insurance Agency, Inc. P 0 Box 308 208 E Park Street Fax: 863 - 967 -7592 Auburndale, FL 33823 -0308 Mark E. Spann, CIC CONTACT PHONE FAX (A/C. No. Ext): (A /C, No): E -MAIL ADDRESS: INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURER A: United Fire & Casualty 13021 INSURED B.L. Smith Electric, Inc. 29252 US Hwy 27 Dundee, FL 33838 -4285 INSURER B: 60411997 INSURER C: 02/24/2016 INSURER D : $ 1,000,000 INSURER E : $ 100,000 INSURER F : $ 5,000 COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL INSR SUBR WVD POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF IMM/DD/YYYY) POLICY EXP (MM/DD/YYYY) LIMITS A GENERAL X LIABILITY COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY X X 60411997 02/24/2015 02/24/2016 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 AEMGO E a o o xure ce) $ 100,000 MED EXP (Any one person) $ 5,000 CLAIMS -MADE X OCCUR PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 PRODUCTS - COMP /OP AGG $ 2,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: 7 POLICY X ! I LOC Emp Ben. $ 1,000,000 A AUTOMOBILE X X X LIABILITY ANY AUTO ALL OWNED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS X X SCHEDULED AUTOS NON -OWNED AUTOS X X 60411997 02/24/2015 02/24/2016 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident) $ 1,000,000 BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accdent) $ A X UMBRELLA LIAB EXCESS LIAB X OCCUR CLAIMS -MADE X X 60411997 02/24/2015 02/24/2016 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 10,000,000 AGGREGATE $ 10,000,000 $ DED X RETENTION 10000 WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY Y / N ANY PROPRIETOR /PARTNER /EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? (Mandatory In NH) If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below NIA WC STATU- OTH- TORY LIMITS ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ E . DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ A Equipment Floater 60411997 02/24/2015 02/24/2016 'Leased/ 200,000 Rented DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (Attach ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, if more space is required) Re:6365 Clearwater RO WTP City of Clearwater is included as Additional insured per written contract. 30 day NOC is provided. Ptea- 4- lL!. - ocaLk- 1.T ANCELLATION 1 CITSPTE City of Clearwater Engineering Department PO Box 4748 Clearwater, FL 33758 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE lilf -^— ACORD 25 (2010/05) © 1988-2010 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD A� o® CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MM /DD/YYYY) 8 /11/2015 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER INSURANCE GROUP, INC. P. O. BOX 160398 ALTAMONTE SPRINGS FL 32716 CONTACT Certificate cate Department PHONE Fax (A /C No Fay 407 - 869 -5490 (A/C. Not; 407 - 389 -3580 E-MAIL Certificates sihle.com ADDRESS: INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURER A : FFVA Mutual Ins Co 10385 INSURED BLSMI -1 B L Smith Electric, Inc. 29252 US Hwy 27 Dundee FL 33838 -4285 INSURERB: INSURER C : INSURER D $ INSURER E : INSURER F : COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: 199978496 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS INSR LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL INSD SUBR W VD POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF (MMIDD/YYYY) POLICY EXP (MM/DD/YYYY) LIMITS COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ CLAIMS -MADE OCCUR DMAGE PREMISES O(Ea RENTED occurrence) $ MED EXP (Any one person) $ ,PERSONAL &ADV INJURY $ GENERAL AGGREGATE $ GE 'L AGGREGATE POLICY OTHER: LIMIT APPLIES PRO- JECT PER: LOC PRODUCTS - COMP /OP AGG $ $ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ANY AUTO AUTOSVNED HIRED AUTOS SCHEDULED NON -OWNED AUTOS CDAISINLD SINGLE UMIT -(Ea accident $ BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ - BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) $ $ UMBRELLA LIAB EXCESS LIAB OCCUR CLAIMS -MADE '' EACH OCCURRENCE $ AGGREGATE $ $ DED RETENTION$ A WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE Y OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? (Mandatory in NH) If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below N / A WC840- 0021850 -2015A 4/1/2015 4/1/2016 X PER STATUTE ER OTH- E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $1,000,000 EL. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $1,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS I VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required) RE: 6365 Clearwater RO WTP. Blanket Waiver of Subrogation applies as respects workers compensation, per written contract. Pojeck it' t4 - op- ■ -uT CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION I City of Clearwater P. O. Box 4748 Clearwater FL 33758 -4748 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTH RIZED REPRESENTATIVE ACORD 25 (2014/01) © 1988-2014 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD RO WTP #1 HIGH SERVICE PUMP STATION ELECTRICAL IMPROVEMENTS 14- 0024 -UT CONFORMED CONTRACT DOCUMENTS & SPECIFICATIONS Prepared for Uearwater Issued For Bid May - 2015 City of Clearwater, Florida RO WTP #1 HIGH SERVICE PUMP STATION ELECTRICAL IMPROVEMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION I ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION IIa SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION IVa SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION IVb SECONDARY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS APPENDIX ODP DOCUMENTS AND OTHER PROJECT DOCUMENTATION SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Conformed Cover.doc Prepared in the Office of the City Engineer Page II 10/10/2008 ADDENDUM NO. 1 For REVERSE OSMOSIS WATER TREATMENT PLANT #1 HIGH SERVICE PUMP STATION ELECTRICAL IMPROVEMENTS CONTRACT #14- 0024 -UT DATE: June 22nd, 2015 SUBJECT: Addendum No. 1 TO: Prospective Bidders and Others Concerned Bidders on the above project are hereby notified that the following Addenda are made to the Contract Documents: Responses to Bidder's Questions QUESTION 1: Note 7 on the one lines shows to provide a relay card in the existing ATS to give provisions to wire all 4 source contacts to the PLC. Can you list the Brand, Model #, and serial # of the existing ATS. RESPONSE 1: The brand is "Cummins Power Generation "; Model # OTPCF- 5604000; and Serial # D030493948 (see attachment photo). QUESTION 2: I've been requested by a couple electrical contractors to provide pricing on the PLC panel mods in the High Service Pump building. I see Rocha, Curry and Revere listed as acceptable CSI's and was wondering if Commerce Controls could be an acceptable CSI as well. As you may know, we have done a fair amount of work for the city of Clearwater and are currently working on the "Northeast WRF Clairifiers 5- 8 Rehab" project. The two contractors requesting pricing are B.L. Smith and J. Ranck Electric. RESPONSE 2: Commerce Controls shall be added to the listing of acceptable Control System Integrators (reference Section 13100- 1.7 -D.) Page 1 of 2 Contract Documents The following drawings have been re- issued and replace those previously provided: Drawing E -0.1 — Site Plan and Legend with the attached Drawing E -0.2 — Demo Plan Additional Information Photo of existing ATS for reference purposes as requested in Question #1. END OF ADDENDUM #1 THE CITY OF CLEARWATER PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By: /s/William B. Home. II City Manager Page 2 of 2 LISTED 527M Automatic Transfer Switch for emergency systems. File E44433 TYPE 1 Enclosure To provide protection against a limited amount of falling dirt- trotr. OTPCF-5604000 I1-IP Oi11 ANT, MAA.1 A Semi NA NeAunml Whin Orriennp Pnrf•. MParie A Na Sc•rn Naqulx Nor Commander lea Porccx 99- 2433 '. CUMMINS POWER GENERATION 1400 73RD AVE. N.E. MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55432 U.S.A. MADE IN U.B.A. CURRENT RATING: VOltago.480 frequency •60 Polea•8 Application- Utility To Ganaot Ao60.7 A036.7 A023.7 A042.7 A044.7 A048 -7 6001..7 8026.7 NOo3 -1 L102.7 1103.7 SPEC•A CO23.7 5018 -7 0TP0800007.7 MAINS DIAGRAM: 0626.2 •IILT IN COWL WIN NPIN 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I SECTION I ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS SECTION I ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS REVERSE OSMOSIS WATER TREATMENT PLANT #1 HIGH SERVICE PUMP STATION ELECTRICAL IMPROVEMENTS CONTRACT # 14- 0024 -UT CLEARWATER, FLORIDA Copies of the Contract Documents and Plans for this Project are available for inspection and/or purchase by prospective bidders at the City of Clearwater's Plan Room - website address: www .myClearwater.com/cityprojects, ON FRIDAY, MAY 29, 2015, until no later than close of business three (3) days preceding the bid opening. Price of Contract Documents and Plans, as indicated on the website, reflects reproduction cost only. The work for which proposals are invited consists of: The demolition and removal of the existing RO WTP #1 High Service Pump Station (HSPS) generator and associated appurtenances and the complete installation of a replacement HSPS PLC, underground/overhead duct bank, manual transfer switch, generator termination cabinet, and associated appurtenances and software as show in the contract documents. MANDATORY Pre -Bid Conference for all prospective bidders will be held on TUESDAY, JUNE 9, 2015 at 10:30 a.m. at the Municipal Services Building, Conference Room 216, Clearwater, Florida, 33756. Representatives of the Owner and Consulting Engineer will be present to discuss this Project. Sealed proposals will be received by the Purchasing Manager, at the Purchasing Office, located at the Municipal Services Bldg., 100 S. Myrtle Ave., 3" Floor, Clearwater, Florida 33756 -5520, until 1:30 P.M. on THURSDAY, JUNE 25, 2015. The bids will be publicly opened in Purchasing Conference Room 342 and read at that hour and place for REVERSE OSMOSIS WATER TREATMENT PLANT #1 HIGH SERVICE PUMP STATION ELECTRICAL IMPROVEMENTS, CONTRACT #14- 0024 -UT. A complete bidders package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits and proposal form is available to the general public (Contractors, Sub - contractors, suppliers, vendors, etc.) for review and purchase. However, sealed proposals will only be accepted from those Contractors that are currently City pre - qualified Contractors in the construction category of ELECTRICAL with a minimum pre - qualification amount of $200,000.00. Contractors wanting to pre - qualify to bid this project must do so two (2) weeks/ten (10) workdays prior to the bid opening date. A 10% bid bond is required for all City of Clearwater projects. The right is reserved by the City Manager of the City of Clearwater, Florida to reject any or all bids. Sectionl.docx Page 1 of 2 8/12/2014 The City of Clearwater, Florida Alyce Benge, Purchasing Manager (727) 562 -4633 Sectionl.docx Page 2 of 2 8/12/2014 I I 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS I I SECTION II I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Table of Contents: 1 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1 2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 1 3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 1 4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 2 5 BID SECURITY OR BID BOND 3 6 CONTRACT TIME 3 7 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 3 8 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 3 9 SUBCONTRACTORS 3 10 BID/PROPOSAL FORM 4 11 SUBMISSION OF BIDS 4 12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 5 13 REJECTION OF BIDS 5 14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 5 15 OPENING OF BIDS 5 16 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 5 17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDS/VENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 6 18 AWARD OF CONTRACT 7 19 BID PROTEST 8 20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT 9 21 CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MANAGEMENT MEASURES 9 SectionlI.docx i 7/29/2013 Section II — Instructions to Bidders 1 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1.1 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents are available at the City of Clearwater's Plan Room — website address: www .myclearwater.com/cityprojects. Price of Contract Documents and Plans, as indicated on the City's Website, reflects reproduction costs only, which is non - refundable. A complete bidder's package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits and bid/proposal form is available only to pre- qualified bidders. Contractors, suppliers, or others who are not pre - qualified but who may be a possible subcontractor, supplier, or other interested person may purchase a "Subcontractor" package consisting of plans, specifications, and list of pay items. 1.2 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing bids. Neither the City nor the Engineer shall be liable for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents, by Bidders, sub - bidders or others. 1.3 The City, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, does so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and does not confer a license or grant any other permission to use the documents for any other purpose. 2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 2.1 Each prospective Bidder must pre - qualify to demonstrate, to the complete satisfaction of the City of Clearwater, that the Bidder has the necessary facilities, equipment, ability, financial resources and experience to perform the work in a satisfactory manner before obtaining drawings, specifications and contract documents. An application package for pre- qualification may be obtained by contacting the City of Clearwater, Engineering Department, P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758 -4748 (mailing address); 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756 -5520 (street address only) or by phone at (727) 562 -4750. Pre- Qualification requirements information is also available on City of Clearwater Website at address: www. myclearwater. com/ gov/ depts/ pwalengin /Construction/prequal.asp. Contractors wanting to pre- qualify to bid on a project as a General Contractor must do so two weeks (ten work days) prior to the bid opening date. Bidders currently pre - qualified by the City do not have to make reapplication. 3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 3.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly; (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the work; (c) consider and abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations; and (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. 3.2 In reference to the Technical Specifications and/or the Scope of the Work for identification of those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such reports but not upon non - technical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. In reference to those drawings relating to physical Sectionll.docx Page 1 of 9 7/29/2013 Section II — Instructions to Bidders conditions of existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site and which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such drawings but not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. 3.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site are based upon information and data furnished to the City and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and the City does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless expressly provided in the Contract Documents. 3.4 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, other physical conditions, possible conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing conditions appear in the General Conditions. 3.5 Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing the work in accordance with the time, price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 3.6 On request in advance, City will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests at Bidder's own expense as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations and tests. 3.7 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights -of -way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by the City unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 3.8 The submission of a Bid will constitute an unequivocal representation by the Bidder that the Bidder has complied with every requirement of these Instructions to Bidders and that, without exception, the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents by such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions of performance and furnishing of the work. 4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 4.1 All questions as to the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to the Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda, by the City's planroom to all parties recorded by the City's planroom as planholders having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received after the time frame specified at the pre -bid meeting prior to the date for opening of Sectionll.docx Page 2 of 9 7/29/2013 Section II — Instructions to Bidders Bids may not be answered. Only information provided by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations of clarifications will be without legal effect. 4.2 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by the City or Engineer. 5 BID SECURITY OR BID BOND 5.1 Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to the City of Clearwater in an amount equal to ten percent (10 %) of the Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of a certified or cashier's check or a Bid Bond (on form attached) issued by a surety meeting the requirements of the General Conditions. A cash bid bond will not be accepted. 5.2 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required Payment and Performance bonds, whereupon the Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute, deliver the Agreement and furnish the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the award of contract by the City Council, the City may annul the bid and the Bid Security of the Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security of any Bidder whom the City believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by the City until the successful execution of the agreement with the successful Bidder or for a period up to ninety (90) days following bid opening. Security of other Bidders will be returned approximately fourteen (14) days after the Bid opening. 5.3 The Bid Bond shall be issued in the favor of the City of Clearwater by a surety company qualified to do business in, and having a registered agent in the State of Florida. 6 CONTRACT TIME 6.1 The number of consecutive calendar days within which the work is to be completed is set forth in the Technical Specifications. 7 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 7.1 Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Contract Agreement. 8 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 8.1 The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or equal" item may be furnished or used, application for its acceptance will not be considered by the Engineer until after the effective date of the Contract Agreement. The procedure for submittal of any such application is described in the General Conditions and as supplemented in the Technical Specifications. 9 SUBCONTRACTORS 9.1 If requested by the City or Engineer, the Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submit to the Engineer an experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and organization to be used by the Sectionll.docx Page 3 of 9 7/29/2013 Section II — Instructions to Bidders Contractor in the completion of the Work. The amount of subcontract work shall not exceed fifty percent (50 %) of the Work except as may be specifically approved by the Engineer. If the Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization, he may, before recommending award of the Contract to the City Council, request the Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Contract Price or Contract Time. If the Successful Bidder declines to make any such substitution, the City may award the contract to the next lowest and most responsive Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations. Declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for sacrificing the Bid security to the City of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization listed by the Contractor and to whom the Engineer does not make written objection prior to the recommendation of award to the City Council will be deemed acceptable to the City subject to revocation of such acceptance after the Effective Date of the Contract Agreement as provided in the General Conditions. 9.2 No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, supplier, person or organization against whom he has reasonable objection. 10 BID /PROPOSAL FORM 10.1 The Bid/Proposal Form is included with the Contract Documents and shall be completed in ink or by typewriter. All blanks on the Bid/Proposal Forms must be completed. Unit Prices shall be to no more than two decimal points in dollars and cents. The Bidder must state in the Bid/Proposal Form in words and numerals without delineation's, alterations or erasures, the price for which he will perform the work as required by the Contract Documents. Bidders are required to bid on all items in the Bid/Proposal form. The lump sum for each section or item shall be for furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor for completing the section or item as per the plans and contract specifications. Should it be found that quantities or amounts shown on the plans or in the proposal, for any part of the work, are exceeded or should they be found to be less after the actual construction of the work, the amount bid for each section or item will be increased or decreased in direct proportion to the unit prices bid for the listed individual items. 10.2 Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice - president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the Signature. If requested, the person signing a Bid for a corporation or partnership shall produce evidence satisfactory to the City of the person's authority to bind the corporation or partnership. 10.3 Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner, whose title shall appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership shall be shown below the signature. 10.4 All names shall be typed or printed below the signature. 11 SUBMISSION OF BIDS 11.1 Sealed Bids shall be submitted at or before the time and at the place indicated in the Advertisement for Bids and shall be submitted in a 8.5 "x11" manila envelope with the project name and number on the bottom left hand corner. If forwarded by mail, the Bid shall be enclosed in another envelope with the notation "Bid Enclosed" on the face thereof and SectionII.docx Page 4 of 9 7/29/2013 Section II — Instructions to Bidders addressed to the City of Clearwater, attention Purchasing Manager. Bids will be received at the office indicated in the Advertisement until the time and date specified. Telegraphic or facsimile bids received by the Purchasing Manager will not be accepted. 12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 12.1 Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered as described in the Advertisement of Bids. A request for withdrawal or a modification shall be in writing and signed by a person duly authorized to do so. Withdrawal of a Bid will not prejudice the rights of a Bidder to submit a new Bid prior to the Bid Date and Time. After expiration of the period for receiving Bids, no Bid may be withdrawn or modified. 12.2 After a bid is received by the City, the bidder may request to modify the bid for typographical or scrivener's errors only. The bidder must state in writing to the City that a typographical or scrivener's error has been made by the bidder, the nature of the error, the requested correction of the error, and what the adjusted bid amount will be if the correction is accepted by the City. The City reserves the right at its sole discretion to accept, reject, or modify any bid. 13 REJECTION OF BIDS 13.1 To the extent permitted by applicable State and Federal laws and regulations, the City reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any and all informalities. Grounds for the rejection of a bid include but are not limited to a material omission, unauthorized alteration of form, unauthorized alternate bids, incomplete or unbalanced unit prices, or irregularities of any kind. Also, the City reserves the right to reject any Bid if the City believes that it would not be in the best interest of the public to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the City. The City reserves the right to decide which bid is deemed to be the lowest and best in the interest of the public. 14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 14.1 Any or all bids will be rejected if there is any reason for believing that collusion exists among the bidders, the participants in such collusion will not be considered in future proposals for the same work. Each bidder shall execute the Non - Collusion Affidavit contained in the Contract Documents. 15 OPENING OF BIDS 15.1 Bids will be opened and read publicly at the location and time stated in the Advertisement for Bids. Bidders are invited to be present at the opening of bids. 16 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 16.1 The Contractor shall secure all licenses and permits (and shall pay all permit fees) except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal and State Laws, County and Municipal Ordinances and regulations, which in any manner effect the prosecution of the work. City of Clearwater building permit fees SectionII.docx Page 5 of 9 7/29/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section II — Instructions to Bidders and impact fees will be waived except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. 16.2 The Contractor shall assume all liability for the payment of royalty fees due to the use of any construction or operation process, which is protected by patent rights except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The amount of royalty fee, if any, shall be stated by the Contractor. 16.3 The Contractor shall pay all applicable sales, consumer, use and other taxes required by law. The Contractor is responsible for reviewing the pertinent State Statutes involving the sales tax and sales tax exemptions and complying with all requirements. 16.4 The City of Clearwater is exempt from state sales tax on materials incorporated into the WORK. The City of Clearwater reserves the right to implement the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, if indicated in the Scope of Work Description in Section IV — Technical Specifications and as defined in Section III — General Conditions. 17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDSNENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 17.1 In accordance with the requirements of Section 287.087 Florida Statutes regarding a Vendor Drug Free Workplace, in the event of identical tie bids, preference shall be given to bidders with drug -free workplace programs. Whenever two or more bids which are equal with respect to price, quality, and service are received by the City for the procurement of commodities or contractual services, a bid received from a business that certifies that it has implemented a drug -free workplace program shall be given preference in the award process. Established procedures for processing tie bids will be followed if none or all of the tied bidders have a drug -free workplace program. In order to have a drug -free workplace program, a contractor shall supply the City with a certificate containing the following six statements and the accompanying certification statement: (1 Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition. (2) Inform employees as to the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's policy of maintaining a drug -free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations. Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1). (4) In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or plea of guilty or nob contendere to, any violation of chapter 893, or of any controlled substance law, of the United States, or of any state, for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction. (3) Sectionll.docx Page 6 of 9 7/29/2013 Section II — Instructions to Bidders (5) Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community, by any employee who is so convicted. (6) Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug -free workplace through implementation of this section. I certify that this firm does /does not (select only one) fully comply with the above requirements. 18 AWARD OF CONTRACT 18.1 Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 18.2 In evaluating the Bids, the City will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, unit prices, and other data as may be requested in the Bid/Proposal form. The City may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for the Work. The City may conduct such investigations as the City deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons, and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to the City's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 18.3 If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible, responsive Bidder whose evaluation by the City indicates to the City that the award will be in the best interest of the City. 18.4 Award of contract will be made for that combination of base bid and alternate bid items in the best interest of the City, however, unless otherwise specified all work awarded will be awarded to only one Contractor. 18.5 The successful bidder /contractor will be required to comply with Section 119.0701, Florida Statues (2013), specifically to: (a) Keep and maintain public records that ordinarily and necessarily would be required by the City of Clearwater in order to perform the service; (b) Provide the public with access to public records on the same terms and conditions that the City of Clearwater would provide the records and at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided in this chapter or as otherwise provided by law; (c) Ensure that public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law; and (d) Meet all requirements for retaining public records and transfer, at no cost, to the City of Clearwater all public records in possession of the contractor upon termination of the contract and destroy any duplicate public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. All records stored electronically must SectionILdocx Page 7 of 9 7/29/2013 Section II — Instructions to Bidders be provided to the public agency in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the City of Clearwater. 19 BID PROTEST 19.1 RIGHT TO PROTEST: Any actual bidder who is aggrieved in connection with the solicitation or award of a contract may seek resolution of his/her complaints initially with the Purchasing Manager, and if not satisfied, with the City Manager, in accordance with protest procedures set forth in this section. 19.2 PROTEST PROCEDURE: A. A protest with respect to the specifications of an invitation for bid or request for proposal shall be submitted in writing a minimum of five (5) work days prior to the opening of the bid or due date of the request for proposals, unless the aggrieved person could not have been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening or the closing date for proposals. Opening dates for bids or due dates for requests for proposal will be printed on the bid/request document itself. B. Protests in respect to award of contract shall be submitted in writing a maximum of five (5) work days after notice of intent to award is posted, or is mailed to each bidder, whichever is earlier. Notice of intent to award will be forwarded to bidders upon telephonic or written request. Protests of recommended award should cite specific portions of the City of Clearwater Code of Ordinances that have allegedly been violated. C. Exceptions to the five (5) day requirements noted in both A and B above may be granted if the aggrieved person could have not been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening, posting of intent to award, or due date for requests for proposals. Request for exceptions should be made in writing, stating reasons for the exception. D. The Purchasing Manager shall respond to the formal written protest within five (5) work days of receipt. The Purchasing Manager's response will be fully coordinated with the appropriate Department Director and the Assistant City Manager. E. If the protestor is not satisfied with the response from the Purchasing Manager, he /she may then submit in writing within five (5) work days of receipt of that response his/her reason for dissatisfaction, along with copies of his/her original formal protest letter and the response from the Purchasing Manager, to the City Manager. F. The City Manager as Purchasing Agent for the City has the final authority in the matter of protests. The City Manager will respond to the protestor within ten (10) work days of receipt of the appeal. SectionII.docx Page 8 of 9 7/29/2013 Section II — Instructions to Bidders 19.3 PROTEST FEE: When filing a formal protest, the protesting vendor must include a fee in the amount of 5% of the selected vendor's total bid to offset the City's additional expenses related to the protest. This fee shall not exceed $2,500 nor be less than $50. If either the Purchasing Manager or the City Manager upholds the protest, the City will refund 100% of the fee paid. 19.4 STAY OF PROCUREMENT DURING PROTEST: In the event of a timely protest, the Purchasing Manager shall not proceed with the solicitation or award of contract until all administrative remedies have been exhausted or until the City Manager makes written determination that the award of contract without delay is necessary to protect the best interest of the City. 20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT 20.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the City of Clearwater's Ordinance related to trench digging (Ordinance No. 7918 -08) along with the Florida Trench Safety Act (Sections 553.60 - 553.64, Florida Statutes) and the provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA) excavation safety standards, 29 C.F.R.s 1926.650 Subparagraph P, or current revisions of these laws. 21 CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MANAGEMENT MEASURES 21.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) stormwater permit and implement stormwater pollution prevention plans (SWPPP's) or stormwater management programs (both using best management practices (BMPs) that effectively reduce or prevent the discharge of pollutants into receiving waters. A. The control of construction- related sediment loadings is critical to maintaining water quality. The implementation of proper erosion and sediment control practices during the construction stage can significantly reduce sediment loadings to surface waters. B. Prior to land disturbance, prepare and implement an approved erosion and sediment control plan or similar administrative document that contains erosion and sediment control provisions. NPDES Management Measures available at City of Clearwater Engineering Environmental Division and EPA websites to help address construction- related Best Management Practices. References EPA website SectionII.docx Page 9 of 9 7/29/2013 SECTION Ila SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS These Supplementary Instructions to Bidders amend or supplement the General Conditions of the Construction Contract and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions that are not so amended or supplementary remain in full force and effect. The terms used in these Supplementary Instructions to Bidders have the meanings state in the Instructions to Bidders. 1. Delete Paragraph 9.1 in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 9.1 If requested by the City or Engineer, the Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submit to the Engineer an experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and organization to be used by the Contractor in the completion of the Work. The amount of aggregate subcontract work shall not exceed forty percent (40 %) of the Work except as may be specifically approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall directly perform a minimum of sixty percent (60 %) of the Work. If the Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization, he may, before recommending award of the Contract to the City Council, request the Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Contract Price or Contract Time. If the Successful Bidder declines to make any such substitution, the City may award the contract to the next lowest and most responsive Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations. Declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for sacrificing the Bid security to the City of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization listed by the Contractor and to whom the Engineer does not make written objection prior to the recommendation of award to the City Council will be deemed acceptable to the City subject to revocation of such acceptance after the Effective Date of the Contract Agreement as provided in the General Conditions. SectionIla.doc Page 1 of 1 7/17/2014 SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents: 1 DEFINITIONS 1 2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS 5 2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE 5 2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS 5 2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT 5 2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION 6 2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE 6 2.6 PROGRESS MEETINGS 6 3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 6 3.1 INTENT 6 3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES 7 4 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 7 4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS 7 4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS 8 4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES 8 4.4 REFERENCE POINTS 8 5 BONDS AND INSURANCE 9 5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND /CONTRACT BOND 9 5.2 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS 9 5.2.1 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE 9 5.2.2 COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE 10 5.2.3 WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE10 5.2.4 PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY /MALPRACTICE/ERRORS OR OMISSIONS INSURANCE 10 5.2.5 CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT /INLAND MARINE /PROPERTY INSURANCE10 5.2.6 BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE 10 5.3 OTHER INSURANCE PROVISIONS 10 5.4 WAIVER OF RIGHTS 11 6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES 12 6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE 12 6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 12 6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS 13 6.4 SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS 14 6.5 USE OF PREMISES 14 6.5.1 STAGING AREAS 15 6.5.2 RESTORATION TIME LIMITS 15 6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES 15 Sectionlll.docx i 3/13/2015 6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS 16 6.8 PERMITS 16 6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION 17 6.10 EMERGENCIES 17 6.11 DRAWINGS 18 6.11.1 SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, and SUBMITTAL REVIEW 18 6.11.2 AS -BUILT DRAWINGS 19 6.11.3 CAD STANDARDS 21 6.11.4 DELIVERABLES: 23 6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE 23 6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK 23 6.14 INDEMNIFICATION 23 6.15 CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION 24 7 OTHER WORK 24 7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE 24 7.2 COORDINATION 24 8 OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY 24 9 OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 25 9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE 25 9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 25 9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK 25 9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS 26 9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES 26 9.6 LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES 27 10 CHANGES IN THE WORK 27 11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 28 11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 28 11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT 29 11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK 30 12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME 30 13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 31 13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION 31 13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK 32 13.3 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK 32 13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK 32 13.5 WARRANTY /CORRECTION PERIOD 32 13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 33 13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK 33 14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 34 14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT 34 14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE 34 14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS 35 14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION 36 Sectionlll.docx ii 3/13/2015 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 14.5 FINAL INSPECTION 36 14.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT 36 14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE 37 14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS 37 15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 38 15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK 38 15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE 38 15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE 39 16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION 39 17 MISCELLANEOUS 40 17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS 40 17.2 GIVING NOTICE 40 17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM 40 17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED 40 17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT 40 17.6 RENEWAL OPTION 40 17.7 ROLL -OFF CONTAINERS AND /OR DUMPSTERS 41 18 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK 41 19 MATERIAL USED 41 20 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 41 21 OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) 41 21.1 SALES TAX SAVINGS 41 21.2 TITLE AND OWNER RISK 41 21.3 CONTRACTOR'S RECEIPT OF MATERIALS 42 21.4 ODP RECORDS, WARRANTIES AND INDEMNIFICATION 42 22 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 43 22.1 GENERAL 43 22.2 EXAMPLE 43 23 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 44 23.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE 44 23.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE 44 23.3 FIXED SIGN 44 23.4 PORTABLE SIGNS 45 23.5 SIGN COLORING 45 23.6 SIGN PLACEMENT 45 23.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE 45 23.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN 46 24 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE 46 25 SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM 47 SectionIIl.docx iii 3/13/2015 Section III — General Conditions 1 DEFINITIONS Addenda Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or change the Bidding Requirements or the contract documents. Agent Architect, engineer or other outside agency, consultant or person acting on behalf of the City. Agreement The written contract between Owner and Contractor covering the Work to be performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. Application for Payment The form accepted by Engineer which is to be used by Contractor in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. Approve The word approve is defined to mean satisfactory review of the material, equipment or methods for general compliance with the design concepts and with the information given in the Contract Documents. It does not imply a responsibility on the part of the Engineer to verify in every detail conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the work to be performed. Bidding Documents The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the proposed Contact Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). Bonds Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security. Change Order A written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor authorizing an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time issued on or after the effective date of the Agreement. City The City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida. Construction Inspector A person who is the authorized representative of the Construction Manager and inspects City construction projects in order to insure the Contractor's work complies with the intent of the Contract Documents. Construction Manager The person who is typically in responsible charge of City construction projects. The Construction Manager assumes responsibility for the management of construction contracts at the Preconstruction Conference. The Construction Manager chairs the Preconstruction Conference and is the authority on any disputes or decisions regarding SectionIll.docx Page 1 of 48 3/13/2015 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section III — General Conditions contract administration and performance. The Construction Manager typically acts as the Owner's Representative during construction. Contract Documents The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), Contractor's Bid (including documentation accompanying the bid and any post -Bid documentation submitted prior to the execution of the Agreement) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Bonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings, any other exhibits identified in the Agreement, together with all Modifications issued after the execution of the Agreement. Contract Price The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable by Owner to Contractor for performing the Work. Contract Time The number of days or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work. Contractor The Person with whom the Owner has entered into the Agreement. For the purposes of this contract, the person, firm or corporation with whom this contract or agreement has been made by the City of Clearwater or its duly authorized representative. Critical Path Method Construction Schedule —CPM A graphic format construction schedule that displays construction activities as they relate to one another for the purpose of identifying the most efficient way to perform the work in a timely manner. The critical path identifies which activity is critical to the execution of the schedule. Day A calendar day of twenty -four (24) hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. Defective An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Engineers recommendation of final payment. Drawings The drawings, which will be identified in Technical Specifications or the Agreement, which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by Engineer and are referred to in the contract documents. Shop drawings are not Drawings as so defined. Engineer The duly appointed representative of the City Manager of the City of Clearwater. For the purposes of this contract, the City Engineer of the City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida, or his authorized representative. For certain projects, the Engineer may serve as the Owner's Representative during construction. Engineer's Consultant A Person having a contract with Engineer to furnish services as Engineer's independent Sectionlll.docx Page 2 of48 3/13/2015 Section III — General Conditions professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. F.D.O.T Specifications The Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction as issued by the Florida Department of Transportation (latest English edition). Furnish The words "furnish ", "furnish and install ", "install ", and "provide" or words of similar meaning shall be interpreted, unless otherwise specifically stated, to mean "furnish and install complete in place and ready for service ". Inspection The term "inspection" and the act of inspecting means examination of construction to ensure that it conforms to the design concept expressed in the Drawings and Specifications. These terms shall not be construed to mean supervision, superintending or overseeing. Laws and Regulations Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any kind of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction. Liens Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal property. Milestone A principal event specified in the contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to the final completion date. Notice to Proceed (NTP) A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform his obligations under the Contract Documents. Owner The City of Clearwater, Florida. For the purposes of this contract, the person who is the City's authorized representative from the City's Department with whom will be responsible for the maintenance and operation of the Work once the Work is completed. For certain projects, a designee of the Owner may serve as the Owner's Representative during construction. Owner's Representative Designee of the Owner with authority to act on behalf of the Owner during construction. Person A natural person, or a corporation, partnership, firm, organization, or other artificial entity. Project The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. SectionlII.docx Page 3 of 48 3/13/2015 Section III — General Conditions Partial Utilization Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work. Representative of Contractor The Contractor shall assign a responsible person or persons, one of whom shall be at the construction site at all times that work is progressing. The names and positions of these persons shall be submitted to the City Engineer at the time of the pre - construction conference. This person or persons shall not be changed without written approval of City Engineer. Request for Information (RFI) An official written request for clarification of the intent of the contract documents from the Contractor to the Engineer. Shop Drawing All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by or for Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a supplier and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the Work. Specifications Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. Subcontractor A person having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. Substantial Completion The Work (or a specified part thereof) which has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended; or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment as evidenced by the Engineer's recommendation of final payment. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. Supplementary Conditions The part of the Contract which amends or supplements these General Conditions. Supplier A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, material man or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by the Contractor. Surety Any person, firm or corporation which is bound with Contractor and which engages to be responsible for Contractor and his acceptable performance of the Work by a Bid, Performance or Payment Bond. Sectionlll.docx Page 4 of 48 3/13/2015 Section III — General Conditions Underground Facilities All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal or treatment, traffic or other control systems or water. Unit Price Work Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. Work The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract Documents. Work Change Directive A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by the Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or emergencies. Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. 2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to the Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to the Owner such Bonds and Certificates of Insurance as Contractor may be required to furnish by this contract. 2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS Engineer shall furnish to Contractor one (1) copy of Contract Documents for execution. Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. 2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME /NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT The Contract Time will commence on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor shall start to perform the work on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No work shall be done at the site prior to the date that the Contract Time commences to run. Pursuant to Section 255.05(1)(b), Florida Statutes, the Notice to Proceed cannot be issued until Contractor provides City with a certified copy of the recorded bond from the Pinellas County Clerk. Sectionlll.docx Page 5 of 48 3/13/2015 Section III — General Conditions 2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error or discrepancy which Contractor may discover; and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any work effected thereby; however, Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy in the Drawings or Specifications, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have known thereof. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, Agent or employee of the Owner or Engineer's Consultant, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Contractor shall not commence any work at any time without approved insurance required by these General Conditions. Failure to obtain this insurance will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE After Contract has been fully executed and before the start of the Work, the Owner's Representative shall schedule a preconstruction conference to be attended by Contractor, Engineer, Owner and others as appropriate to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedule of the Work and general Contract procedures. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Representative prior to the Notice to Proceed a color Critical Path Method (CPM) Construction Schedule. This is to be a sequence of events including submittal review and procurement. Notice to Proceed is usually established at the preconstruction conference and such date can be inserted into the schedule at that time. The Contractor shall also submit a Submittal Schedule for review by the Engineer. This is to make sure that the list is complete and this schedule shall be the basis of a Submittal Log. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Representative prior to the Notice to Proceed a completed Emergency Call List and a completed Authorized Signature List. 2.6 PROGRESS MEETINGS The Contractor is required to attend Progress Meetings. These meetings will be scheduled on a weekly, bi- weekly, or monthly basis depending on the needs of the project. The Contractor shall bring to each meeting an updated submittal log, an updated request for information (RFI) log, a look -ahead schedule to cover the project activity from the current meeting to the next meeting, and all material test reports generated in the same time period. 3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 3.1 INTENT The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and the Contractor concerning the Work. They may be altered only by written agreement. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment which may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or Sectionlll.docx Page 6 of 48 3/13/2015 1 Section III — General Conditions from trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases, which have a well - known technical or construction industry or trade meaning, are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the code, Laws or Regulation of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual or code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. However, no provision of any referenced standard specification, manual or code, whether or not specially incorporated by reference in the responsibilities of Owner or Contractor as set forth in the Contract Documents, shall change the duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, Engineer or Owner's Representative, or any of their Agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in these Contract documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be read and enforced as through it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, the Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion. 3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor shall report it to the Owner's Representative in writing at once, and Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency) until an amendment or supplement to Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods provided in these General Specifications, provided however, that Contractor shall not be liable to Owner, or Owner's Representative for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless Contractor knew or reasonably should have known thereof. 4 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS The Owner shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be Performed, rights -of -way, easements, rights of entry for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of contractor. The Owner shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which contractor will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by the Owner, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. Sectionlll.docx Page 7 of 48 3/13/2015 Section III — General Conditions 4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions and Technical Specifications for identification of those reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical conditions at the site or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work which have been relied upon by Engineer in preparation of the Drawings and Specifications. Such reports are not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness and are not part of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner's Representative in writing of any subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site, or in an existing structure, differing materially from those indicated or referred to in the Contract Documents. Engineer will promptly review those conditions and advise if further investigation or tests are necessary. Owner or Engineer shall obtain the necessary additional investigations and tests and furnish copies to the Engineer and Contractor. If Engineer finds that the results of such investigations or tests indicate that there are subsurface or latent physical conditions, which differ materially from those, indicated in the contract Documents, and which could not reasonably have been anticipated by Contractor, a work change or Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions. 4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and the cost of all the following will be included in the Contract Price and contractor shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. The Contractor is required to call the Sunshine State One Call of Florida prior to any excavation per State regulations and to notify any utility owners who are not a member of the Sunshine State One Call of Florida prior to any excavation. The Sunshine State One Call of Florida is an agency for the protection and location of utilities prior to any excavation and contact number is available in local telephone directory. 4.4 REFERENCE POINTS Engineer shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, unless otherwise noted in the Contract, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of the Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by a surveyor licensed in the State of Florida. The Contractor is referred to the Technical Specifications for more specific information regarding the provision of construction surveys. If a City survey crew is assigned to the project and there is excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor will be charged at the rate of $100.00 per SectionIll.docx Page 8 of 48 3/13/2015 Section III — General Conditions hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one- hour increments with a minimum charge of one hour. 5 BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND /CONTRACT BOND Contractor shall furnish a Performance and Payment Bond pursuant to Section 255.05, Florida Statutes in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. This bond shall remain in effect at least one year after the date when final payment becomes due, unless a longer period of time is prescribed by laws and regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents in Section V and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury Department. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agents' authority to act. All bonds shall be deemed to contain all of the Conditions of Section 255.05, Florida Statutes, even if such language is not directly contained within the bond and the Surety shall be licensed and qualified to do business in the State of Florida. Owner reserves the right to reject any surety. If the Surety on any Bond furnished by the Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall within five days after notice thereof substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to Owner. 5.2 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall, at its own cost and expense, acquire and maintain (and cause any sub- contractors, representatives or agents to acquire and maintain) during the term with the City, sufficient insurance to adequately protect the respective interest of the parties. Coverage shall be obtained with a carrier having an AM Best Rating of A -VII or better. In addition, the City has the right to review the Contractor's deductible or self - insured retention and to require that it be reduced or eliminated. Specifically the Contractor must carry the following minimum types and amounts of insurance on an occurrence basis or in the case of coverage that cannot be obtained on an occurrence basis, then coverage can be obtained on a claims -made basis with a minimum four (4) year tail following the termination or expiration of this Agreement: The following insurance limits may be achieved by a combination of primary and umbrella/excess liability policies. 5.2.1 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE Commercial General Liability Insurance coverage, including but not limited to, premises operations, products /completed operations, products liability, contractual liability, advertising injury, personal injury, death, and property damage in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 (one million dollars) per occurrence and $2,000,000 (two million dollars) general aggregate. Sectionlll.docx Page 9 of 48 3/13/2015 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section III — General Conditions 5.2.2 COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance coverage for any owned, non - owned, hired or borrowed automobile is required in the minimum amount of $1,000,060 (one million dollars) combined single limit. 5.2.3 WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE Statutory Workers' Compensation Insurance coverage in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida, and Employer's Liability Insurance in the minimum amount of $100,000 (one hundred thousand dollars) each employee each accident, $100,000 (one hundred thousand dollars) each employee by disease and $500,000 (five hundred thousand dollars) aggregate by disease with benefits afforded under the laws of the State of Florida. Coverage should include Voluntary Compensation, Jones Act, and U.S. Longshoremen's and Harbor Worker's Act coverage where applicable. Coverage must be applicable to employees, contractors, subcontractors, and volunteers, if any. 5.2.4 PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY /MALPRACTICE /ERRORS OR OMISSIONS INSURANCE Professional Liability/Malpractice /Errors or Omissions Insurance coverage appropriate for the type of business engaged in by the Contractor with minimum limits of $1,000,000 (one million dollars) per occurrence. If a claims made form of coverage is provided, the retroactive date of coverage shall be no later than the inception date of claims made coverage, unless prior policy was extended indefinitely to cover prior acts. Coverage shall be extended beyond the policy year either by a supplemental extended reporting period (ERP) of as great a duration as available, and with no less coverage and with reinstated aggregate limits, or by requiring that any new policy provide a retroactive date no later than the inception date of claims made coverage. 5.2.5 CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT /INLAND MARINE /PROPERTY INSURANCE If Contractor is using its own property in connection with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, then Contractor's Equipment — Inland Marine Insurance and/or Property Insurance on an "All Risks" basis with replacement cost coverage for property and equipment in the care, custody and control of others is recommended. City is not responsible for Contractor's (or any sub - contractors, representatives, or agents) equipment or property. 5.2.6 BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE The City will provide at its expense, Builder's Risk Insurance for the project to cover all risks of ' loss in the complete and full value of the project. Contractor agrees to cooperate in a timely manner with providing any information or documentation required for the application and by the carrier as the project proceeds. 1 5.3 OTHER INSURANCE PROVISIONS Sectionlll.docx Page 10 of 48 3/13/2015 Section III — General Conditions Upon approval of this Agreement by City Council, and then annually upon the anniversary date(s) of the insurance policy's renewal date(s) for as long as this Agreement remains in effect, the Contractor will furnish the City with a Certificate of Insurance(s) (using appropriate ACORD certificate, SIGNED by the Issuer, and with applicable endorsements) evidencing all of the coverage set forth above and naming the City as an "Additional Insured." In addition when requested in writing from the City, Contractor will provide the City with certified copies of all applicable policies. The address where such certificates and certified policies shall be sent or delivered is as follows: City of Clearwater Engineering Department Attn: Construction Office Specialist P.O. Box 4748 Clearwater, FL 33758 -4748 1. Contractor shall provide thirty (30) days written notice of any cancellation, non - renewal, termination, material change or reduction in coverage. 2. Contractor's insurance as outlined above shall be primary and non - contributory coverage for Contractor's negligence. 3. Contractor reserves the right to appoint legal counsel to provide for the Contractor's defense, for any and all claims that may arise related to Agreement, work performed under this Agreement, or to Contractor's design, equipment, or service. Contractor agrees that the City shall not be liable to reimburse Contractor for any legal fees or costs as a result of Contractor providing its defense as contemplated herein. The stipulated limits of coverage above shall not be construed as a limitation of any potential liability to the City, and the City's failure to request evidence of this insurance shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor's (or sub - contractors, representatives, or agents) obligation to provide the insurance coverage specified. 5.4 WAIVER OF RIGHTS The Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on Insurance will protect the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insured or additional insured thereunder, the Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Sub - contractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance otherwise payable under any policy so issued. In addition, the Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and the officers, directors, employees and agents of any of them for: (i) loss due to business interruption, loss of use or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to the Owner property or the Work caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other peril, whether or not insured by the Owner and; (ii) loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting Sectionlll.docx Page 11 of 48 3/13/2015 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section III — General Conditions from fire or other insured peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by the Owner during partial utilization, after substantial completion or after final payment. 6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES 6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE Contractor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction. Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep on the work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to the Owner's Representative except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor. The Contractor's superintendent shall keep a mobile cell phone on his person so he can be contacted whenever necessary. Contractor shall employ only competent persons to do the work and whenever the Owner's Representative shall notify Contractor, in writing, that any person on the work appears to be incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, disrespectful or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be removed from the project and shall not again be employed on it except with the written consent of the Owner's Representative. Contractor represents the City of Clearwater and shall conduct themselves in a professional manner to the public at all times. Contractor shall reimburse Owner for additional engineering and inspection costs incurred as a result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours or on the Owner normally approved holidays. At such times when Inspector overtime is required, the Contractor shall sign an overtime slip documenting such hours and the Contractor shall be provided a copy for his records. At the end of the project and prior to payment of withheld retainage funds, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a check made out to the Owner of Clearwater for full reimbursement of all Inspector overtime hours. Withheld retainage shall not be released until the Owner has received this check. Minimum number of chargeable hours for inspection costs on weekends or holidays shall be four hours. The cost of overtime inspection per hour shall be $80.00 per hour. Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, such sanitary accommodations for the use of Contractor's employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of Laws and Regulations and the Engineer. 6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and construct the work as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of Sectionlll.docx Page 12 of 48 3/13/2015 Section III — General Conditions persons or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours. Contractor shall adhere to the Community Development Code, Section 3 -1508 regarding noise restrictions from 6:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m. any day and all day Sunday. Contractor will not permit overtime work or the performance of work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without Owner consent given after prior notice to Engineer. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, Contractor shall furnish and assume full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work. All materials and equipment installed in the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Engineer, Contractors shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the quality of materials and equipment. The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure storage for all materials to be used in the Work so that their quality shall not be impaired or injured. Materials that are improperly stored, may be rejected by the Engineer without testing. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The City of Clearwater, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to purchase major equipment to be incorporated into the Work under the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, per Section III, Article 21. In such event, the Contractor shall cooperate and assist the Owner of Clearwater, at no additional cost, to implement the ODP documents and procedures. 6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or "or equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by Engineer. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer for approval. If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or equal" item, it may be considered as a proposed substitute item. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as required by the Engineer to allow the Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and is an acceptable substitute therefore. Request for review of proposed substitute and "or equal" will be not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor. Request for substitute and "or equal" items by Contractor must be submitted in writing to Owner's Representative and will contain all information as Engineer deems necessary to make a determination. Request for substitute shall identify why a substitute is submitted and include advantages to the Owner. All data provided by Contractor in support of any proposed substitute or "or equal" item will be at Contractor's expense. Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to Sectionlll.docx Page 13 of 48 3/13/2015 Section III — General Conditions evaluate each proposal or submittal made per this paragraph. Engineer will be sole judge of acceptability. 6.4 SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative before or at the preconstruction conference a list of all Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for Work to be performed on the Project. The Contractor shall include with this list the qualifications and references for each Subcontractor, supplier or other person and organization for review and approval. Any changes to this list must be submitted to the Owner's Representative for approval prior to the substitution of any Subcontractors, suppliers or other persons and organizations before performing any Work on the Project for the Contractor. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons performing or furnishing any of the work to communicate with the Engineer through Contractor. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the work to be performed by any specific trade. All work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall not pay or employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization whether initially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or Engineer may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization to furnish or perform any of the work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. Owner or Engineer will not undertake to settle any differences between Contractor and his Subcontractors or between Subcontractors. 6.5 USE OF PREMISES Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of works to the site and land areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents on other land areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, right -of -way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting Sectionlll.docx Page 14 of 48 3/13/2015 1 Section III — General Conditions from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed in or at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and their officials, directors, employees and agents from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Contractor's performance of the Work. During the progress of the Work, Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work or at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials. Contractor shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. 6.5.1 STAGING AREAS The Contactor shall obtain and deliver to the City written permission for the use of all staging and storage areas outside of the Limits of Construction. Use of right of way within the limits of construction must be approved by the City. All applicable erosion control, tree barricade and restoration, including time limits, specifications, etc., must be followed. 6.5.2 RESTORATION TIME LIMITS The timely restoration of all impacted areas, especially right -of -ways, is very important to the Citizens of Clearwater; therefore these time limits are imposed: • Debris piles shall be removed within five (5) consecutive calendar days. • Concrete driveways and sidewalks shall be replaced within ten (10) consecutive calendar days of removal. Resident access shall be maintained at all times. • All arterial and collector roadways shall be restored ASAP. • Local streets and asphalt driveways shall be restored as soon as a sufficient quantity is generated, however, this is never to exceed fifteen (15) consecutive calendar days. Local and resident access shall be maintained at all times. • Any irrigation systems or components damaged or impacted by construction activities shall be repaired or replaced "in- kind" within forty -eight (48) hours to minimize the loss of turfgrass or landscape plantings, particularly during periods of drought. • Sod must be restored "in- kind" within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days of a successful pipe pressure test, removal of concrete forms, backfill of excavations, replacement of driveways or sidewalks or other project specific milestone. It must be watered for a period of thirty (30) days after it is placed. Erosion control and dust control of denuded areas must be maintained at all times. If the project or a portion of it does not involve right -of ways, then a different schedule of sod restoration may be considered. 6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, Sectionlll.docx Page 15 of 48 3/13/2015 Section III — General Conditions product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner or Engineer in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the State of Florida and other governmental agencies, which are applicable during the performance of the work. 6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Owner's Representative shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. If Contractor performs any work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or arising out of such work: however, it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations to the Owner to report and resolve discrepancies as described above. When City projects include Federal or State funding, the requirements of Executive Order 11 -02 shall be adhered to utilizing the Homeland Security E- Verify System to verify employment eligibility. 6.8 PERMITS Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. The Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids. Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the work, and the Owner shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Clearwater Building Permit Fees will be waived. Sectionlll.docx Page 16 of 48 3/13/2015 1 Section III — General Conditions 6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (i) all persons on the work site or who may be affected by the work, (ii) all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and (iii) other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. In the event of temporary suspension of the work, or during inclement weather, or whenever Owner's Representative may direct; Contractor shall, and shall cause Subcontractors, to protect carefully the Work and materials against damage or injury from the weather. If, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, any portion of Work or materials shall have been damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or any Subcontractors to so protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced at the expense of Contractor. The Contractor shall initiate and maintain an accident prevention program which shall include, but shall not be limited to the establishment and supervision of programs for the education and training of employees in the recognition, avoidance and prevention of unsafe conditions and acts. Contractor shall provide first aid services and medical care to his employees. The Contractor shall develop and maintain an effective fire protection and prevention program and good housekeeping practices at the site of contract performance throughout all phases of construction, repair, alteration or demolition. Contractor shall require appropriate personal protective equipment in all operations where there is exposure to hazardous conditions. The Engineer may order that the work stop if a condition of immediate danger to the Owner's employees, equipment or if property damage exists. This provision shall not shift responsibility or risk of loss for injuries of damage sustained from the Contractor to Owner, and the Contractor shall remain solely responsible for compliance with all safety requirements and for the safety of all persons and property at the site of Contract performance. The Contractor shall instruct his employees required to handle or use toxic materials or other harmful substances regarding their safe handling and use. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions to protect pedestrians and motorists from harm, and to prevent disruptions of such traffic due to construction activity. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property and to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when execution of the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable. 6.10 EMERGENCIES In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, Contractor, with or without special instruction or authorization from Owner or SectionIll.docx Page 17 of 48 3/13/2015 Section III — General Conditions the Owner's Representative, is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If the Owner's Representative determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action. 6.11 DRAWINGS 6.11.1 SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, and SUBMITTAL REVIEW Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to Engineer for review and approval as called for in the Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information. Contractor shall also submit Samples to Engineer for review and approval. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have determined and verified: (i) all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar information with respect thereto, (ii) all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work, and (iii) all information relative to Contractor's sole responsibilities in respect to means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. Contractor shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. Each submittal will have a transmittal cover sheet identifying the shop drawing name, number, and technical specification reference; will bear a stamp or specific written indication that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. At the time of submission, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. The Contractor shall maintain a submittal log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each submittal within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days. The Contractor shall maintain a request for information (RFI) log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each RFI within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days. The untimely submission of Submittal or RFIs shall not be grounds for a delay claim from the Contractor. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated the Contract Documents. Engineer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a particular means method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety Sectionlll.docx Page 18 of 48 3/13/2015 1 Section III — General Conditions precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the time of submission and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph above discussing field measurements by the Contractor. Contractor shall furnish required submittals with complete information and accuracy in order to achieve required approval of an item within two (2) submittals. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor, for Engineer's costs for resubmittals that account for a number greater than twenty percent (20 %) of the total number of first time submittals, per the approved initial submittal log. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor for all third submittals. The number of first time submittals shall be equal to the number of submittals agreed to by Engineer and Contractor. All costs to Engineer involved with subsequent submittal of Shop Drawings, Samples or other items requiring approval will be backcharged to Contractor at the rate of 3.0 times direct technical labor cost by deducting such costs from payments due Contractor for Work completed. In the event that Contractor requests a substitution for a previously approved item, all of Engineer's costs in the reviewing and approval of the substitution will be backcharged to Contractor, unless the need for such substitution is beyond the control of Contractor. 6.11.2 AS -BUILT DRAWINGS The Contractor shall keep and maintain one set of blueprints, As -Built Drawings, in good order and legible condition to be continuously marked -up at the job site. The Contractor shall mark and annotate neatly and clearly all project conditions, locations, configurations and any other changes or deviations which may vary from the details represented on the original Contract Plans, including revisions made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings, and Change Orders during the construction process. The Contractor shall record the horizontal and vertical locations, in the plan and profile, of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated or which were not indicated on the Contract Plans and buried (or concealed), construction and utility features which are revealed during the construction period. The As -Built Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer, Engineer's Consultant, and the Owner's Representative at all times during the progress of the Project. The As -Built Drawings shall be reviewed by the Owner's Representative, or his designee, for accuracy and compliance with the requirements of "As -Built Drawings" prior to submittal of the monthly pay requests. The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked -up redline prints do not conform to the "As -Built Drawings" requirements. As -Built Drawings shall be submitted to the Owner Inspector for approval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance of final pay request. Final pay request shall not be processed until As -Built Drawings have been reviewed by the Engineer or the Engineer's Consultant for accuracy and completeness. SectionIll.docx Page 19 of 48 3/13/2015 Section III — General Conditions Prior to placing new potable water mains in service, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer intersection drawings, as specified for the water mains. The Owner's acceptance of the "As -Built Drawings" does not relieve the Contractor of the sole responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the As -Built Drawings. 6.11.2.1 General The Contractor shall prepare an "AS -BUILT SURVEY" per chapter 5J- 17.052, Florida Administrative Code (see definition below), signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The contractor will deliver to the Owner two hard copies of signed and sealed As -Built Drawings and an AutoCAD file. 5J- 17.050 Definition: (10)(a) As -Built Survey: a survey performed to obtain horizontal and/or vertical dimensional data so that constructed improvements may be located and delineated: also knonw as Record Survey. This survey shall be clearly titled "As -Built Survey" and shall be signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The survey must be delivered to the Owner of Clearwater Construction Division upon substantial completion of the project. If this condition is not met, the Owner will procure the services of a Professional Surveyor and Mapper registered in the State of Florida and will back charge the contractor a fee of $1,800 per day or any portion thereof to provide the Owner with the required As -Built Survey. 6.11.2.2 Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping Systems 1. Manholes and inlets shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. New and replaced service connections shall be dimensioned to the nearest downstream manhole. All manholes, cleanouts and catch basin invert and rim elevations, manhole and catch basin dimensions, pipe sizes, and pipe material shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if one exists. The terminal ends of all subdrains, inverts of all pipe in structures, and the flow line of inlets shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if one exists. 2. Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted. 6.11.2.3 Pressure Pipe construction (Water, Reclaimed Water, Forcemain) All pipes shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. Coordinates shall be at all pipe bends, tees, valves, reducers, and deflections. Also all new and replaced service connections for potable and reclaimed water will be located as described above. Additionally there must be survey coordinates no further than 100 feet apart on linear type construction and shall denote top of pipe elevation at those points. 6.11.2.4 Electrical and Control Wiring The as -built drawings shall include all changes to the original Contract Plans. The as -built drawings shall also include the size, color, and number of wires and conduit. For projects where this information is too voluminous to be contained on the blueline prints, the Contractor shall prepare supplemental drawings, on same size sheets as the blueline prints, showing the additional conduit runs, 1 -line diagrams, ladder diagrams, and other information. The wiring schematic SectionllI.docx Page 20 of 48 3/13/2015 Section III — General Conditions diagrams shall show termination location and wiring identification at each point on the ladder diagram. 6.11.2.5 Horizontal and Vertical Control The As -Built survey shall be based on the original datum used for the construction design plans or if required by the Owner the datum shall be referenced to the North American Datum of 1983/90 (horizontal) and the North American Vertical Datum of 1988. The unit of measurement shall be the United States Foot. Any deviation or use of any other datum, (horizontal and or vertical), must be approved by the Owner of Clearwater Engineering Department. 6.11.2.6 Standards The As -Built survey shall meet the Minimum Technical Standards per Chapter 5J -17 and the Clearwater CAD STANDARDS set forth below. In addition to locating all improvements that pertain to the as -built survey it is the requirement of the Owner to have minimum location points at every change in direction and no more than 100 feet apart on all pressure pipes. 6.11.2.7 Other The As -Built drawings shall reflect any differences from the original Contract Plans, in the same level of detail and units of dimensions as the Plans. CAD STANDARDS Layer Naming Prefixes and Suffixes DI prefix denotes digitized or scanned entities EP prefix denotes existing points - field collected EX prefix denotes existing entities - line work and symbols PR prefix denotes proposed entities - line work and symbols FU prefix denotes future entities (proposed but not part of this contract) - line work and symbols TX suffix denotes text — use for all text, no matter the prefix 6.11.3.1.2 Laver Naminu Definitions: GAS gas lines and appurtenances ELEC power lines and appurtenances PHONE telephone lines and appurtenances CABLE cable TV lines and appurtenances BOC curbs WALK sidewalk WATER water lines and appurtenances, sprinklers Sectionlll.docx Page 21 of 48 3/13/2015 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section III — General Conditions STORM storm lines and appurtenances TREES trees, bushes, planters SANITARY sanitary lines and appurtenances FENCE all fences BLDG buildings, sheds, finished floor elevation DRIVE driveways EOP edge of pavement without curbs TRAFFIC signal poles, control boxes TOPBANK top of bank TOESLOPE toe of slope TOPBERM top of berm TOEBERM toe of berm SEAWALL seawall CONCSLAB concrete slabs WALL walls, except seawall SHORE shoreline, water elevation CL centerline of road CLD centerline of ditch CLS centerline of swale CORNER property corners, monumentation BENCH benchmark, temporary benchmarks Other layers may be created as required, using above format. 6.11.3.2 Layer Properties All layers will use standard AutoCAD linetypes, bylayer. All layers will use standard AutoCAD colors, bylayer. All text will use standard AutoCAD fonts. 6.11.3.3 Text Styles Text style for EX layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 0 °, and a text times the plot scale. Text style for PR and FU layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 22. height of .010 times the plot scale. height of .008 5 °, and a text SectionIll.docx Page 22 of 48 3/13/2015 Section III — General Conditions 6.11.4 DELIVERABLES: The as -built survey shall be produced on bond material, 24" x 36" at a scale of 1 " =20' unless approved otherwise. The consultant shall deliver two hard copies and one digital copy of all drawings. Acceptable file formats include: DWG, of a shape file. Please address any questions regarding format to Mr. Tom Mahony, at (727) 562 -4762 or e-mail address Thomas.MahonyAmyClearwater.com. 6.12CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner, Engineer and Engineer's Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder includes defects or damage caused by abuse, vandalism, modification or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers. Until the acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Work shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part thereof by action of the elements, or from any other cause whatsoever, arising from the execution or non - execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair and make good, at his own expense, all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its completion and final acceptance by the Owner. In addition, "the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance ". Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes improper maintenance and operation by Owner's employees and normal wear and tear under normal usage for any portion of the Work, which has been partially accepted by the Owner for operation prior to final acceptance by the Owner. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: (i) observations by Owner's Representative, (ii) recommendation of any progress or final payment by Owner's Representative, (iii) the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by the Owner to contractor under the Contract Documents, (iv) use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner, (v) any acceptance by Owner or any failure to do so, (vi) any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of Acceptance by the Engineer. 6.13CONTINUING THE WORK Contractor shall carry on the work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with the Owner. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as the Owner or Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 6.14INDEMNIFICATION To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold the City, its officers, agents, and employees, harmless from and against any and all liabilities, demands, claims, suits, losses, damages, causes of action, fines or judgments, including costs, attorneys', witnesses', and expert witnesses' fees, and expenses incident thereto, relating to, arising out of, or resulting from: (i) the services provided by Contractor personnel under this Agreement; (ii) any negligent acts, errors, mistakes or omissions by Contractor or Contractor personnel; and (iii) Sectionlll.docx Page 23 of 48 3/13/2015 Section III — General Conditions Contractor or Contractor personnel's failure to comply with or fulfill the obligations established by this Agreement. Contractor will update the City during the course of the litigation to timely notify the City of any issues that may involve the independent negligence of the City that is not covered by this indemnification. The City assumes no liability for actions of Contractor and will not indemnify or hold Contractor or any third party harmless for claims based on this Agreement or use of Contractor - provided supplies or services. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this indemnification provision shall not be construed as a waiver of any immunity to which Owner is entitled or the extent of any limitation of liability pursuant to § 768.28, Florida Statutes. Furthermore, this provision is not intended to nor shall be interpreted as limiting or in any way affecting any defense Owner may have under § 768.28, Florida Statutes or as consent to be sued by third parties. 6.15CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION Contractor shall notify Owner by US mail addressed to the City Engineer of any changes in company contact information. This includes: contact phone, address, project manager, email addresses, etc. 7 OTHER WORK 7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE The City reserves the right to have its own forces enter the construction site at any time and perform work as necessary in order to perform infrastructure repair or maintenance, whether related to the project or not. The Contractor will allow complete access to all utility owners for these purposes. The City may have its own forces perform new work related to the project, however, this work will be identified in the Contract Scope of Work and coordination will be such that this activity is denoted in the Contractor's CPM Schedule so as not to cause any delays or interference with the Contractor's work or schedule. 7.2 COORDINATION If the Owner contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the following will be set forth in the Scope of Work: (i) the person who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be identified; (ii) the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, the Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility in respect of such coordination. 8 OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, the Owner shall issue all communications from the Owner to the Contractor through Owner's Representative. Sectionlll.docx Page 24 of 48 3/13/2015 Section III — General Conditions The Owner shall furnish the data required of the Owner under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make payments to Contractor promptly when they are due as provided in these General Conditions. The Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in the Article on Changes In The Work. The Owner's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in the Article on Tests and Inspections. In connection with the Owner's right to stop work or suspend work, see the Article on Engineer may Stop the Work. The Article on Suspension of Work and Termination deals with the Owner's right to terminate services of Contractor under certain circumstances. Owner shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. The Owner will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9 OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE Dependent of the project type, the Owner's Representative during the construction period will either be the Construction Manager, the Engineer, or a designee of the Project's Owner. The duties, responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Owner's Representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of Owner and Engineer. 9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents regarding design issues only, in the form of Submittal responses, RFI responses, Drawings or otherwise, as Engineer may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from Contract Documents. All other clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued form the Owner's Representative. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on the Owner and Contractor. If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof, if any, Contractor may make a written claim therefore as provided in the Articles for Change of Work and Change of Contract Time. 9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes to be defective, or that Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. The Owner's SectionlIl.docx Page 25 of 48 3/13/2015 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section III — General Conditions Representative or the Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. 9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS In connection with Engineer's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see articles on Shop Drawings and Samples. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Change Orders, see the articles on Changes of Work, Contract Price and Contract Time. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Applications for Payment, see the articles on Payments to Contractor and Completion. 9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES The Owner's Representative will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the work and Claims under the Articles for Changes of Work, Changes of Contract Time and Changes of Contract Price will be referred initially to Owner's Representative in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be delivered by the claimant to Owner's Representative and the other party to the Agreement promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to Owner's Representative and the other party within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit any response to Owner's Representative and the claimant within thirty (30) days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time. Owner's Representative will render a formal decision in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph. Owner Representative's written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor unless (i) an appeal from Owner Representative's decision is taken within thirty (30) days of the Owner Representative's decision, or the appeal time which may be stated in a Dispute Resolution Agreement between Owner and Contractor for the settlement of disputes or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention to appeal from Owner Representative's written decision is delivered by the Owner or Contractor to the other and to Owner's Representative within thirty (30) days after the date of such decision and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim, dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty (60) days of the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Owner and Contractor. When functioning as interpreter and judge, Owner's Representative will not show partiality to the Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by Owner's Representative with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent to any exercise by the Owner or Contractor of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter pursuant the Article on Dispute Resolution. SectionIII.docx Page 26 of 48 3/13/2015 Section III — General Conditions 9.6 LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES Neither Owner Representative's authority or responsibility under this paragraph or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Owner's Representative in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by Owner's Representative shall create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by Owner's Representative to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. Owner's Representative will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the work. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the work. Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by the Contractor will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents and, in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall also apply to Owner Representative's CEI, the Engineer's Consultants, and assistants. 10 CHANGES IN THE WORK Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, the Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as may otherwise be specifically provided). If the Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore as provided in these General Conditions. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in these General Conditions except in the case of an emergency as provided or in the case of uncovering work as provided in article for Uncovering Work. The Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders or Written Amendments recommended by Owner's Representative covering: Sectionlll.docx Page 27 of 48 3/13/2015 1 1 1 1 Section III — General Conditions changes in the work which are (i) ordered by the Owner (ii) required because of acceptance of defective work under the article for Acceptance of Defective Work or correcting defective Work under the article for Owner May Correct Defective Work or (iii) agreed to by the parties; changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties; and changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Owner's Representative pursuant to the article for Decisions on Disputes; 1 provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable ' Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in the article for Continuing the Work. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the work or the provisions of the Contract ' Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. 1 11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE ' 11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) ' payable to Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by Contractor shall be at Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Price. The Contract Price may only be adjusted by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on a written notice ' of claim stating the general nature of the claim, to be delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative or promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by 1 claimant's written statement that the claimed adjustment covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph. The value of any 1 Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: (i) where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (ii) 1 where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit), (iii) where the Work is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and 1 agreement is reached to establish unit prices for the Work. Where the work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and where the Owner's Representative, the Owner, the Engineer, the Engineer's Consultant, and Contractor cannot mutually agree on a lump sum price, the City of Clearwater shall pay for directed changes in the Work, on "COST REIMBURSEMENT" basis. The Contractor shall 1 1 1 Sectionlll.docx Page 28 of 48 3/13/2015 Section III — General Conditions apply for compensation, detailing Contractors forces, materials, equipment, subcontractors, and other items of direct costs required for the directed work. The application for Cost Reimbursement shall be limited to the following items: 1. Labor, including foremen, for those hours associated with the direct work (actual payroll cost, including wages, fringe benefits, labor insurance and labor taxes established by law). Expressly excluded from this item are all costs associated with negotiating the subject change. 2. Materials associated with the change, including sales tax. The costs of materials shall be substantiated through vendors' invoices. 3. Rental or equivalent rental costs of equipment, including necessary transportation costs if specifically used for the Work. The rental rates shall not exceed the current rental rates prevailing in the locality or as defined in the rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment (a.k.a. DataQuest Blue Book). The rental rate is defined as the full- unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment and shall cover the costs of all fuel, supplies, repairs, insurance, and other costs associated with supplying the equipment for work ordered. Contractor -owned equipment will be paid for the duration of time required to complete the work. Utilize lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly rates. Do not exceed estimated operating costs given in Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed for equipment on stand -by. 4. Additional costs for Bonds, Insurance if required by the City of Clearwater. The following fixed fees shall be added to the costs of the directed work performed by the Contractor or Subcontractor. A. A fixed fee of fifteen percent (15 %) shall be added to the costs of Item 1 above. If work is performed by a subcontractor, the Contractor's fee shall not exceed five percent (5 %), and the subcontractor's fee shall not exceed ten percent (10 %). B. A fixed fee of ten percent (10 %) shall be added to the costs of Item 2 above. C. No markup shall be added to the costs of Items 3 and 4. The fixed fees shall be considered the full compensation for all cost of general supervision, overhead, profit, and other general expense. 11.2ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished and performed for such sums as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. Contractor agrees that: (i) the allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and (ii) Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Owner's Representative to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by Sectionlll.docx Page 29 of 48 3/13/2015 Section III — General Conditions allowances and all the Work actually performed by the Contractor, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of unit price work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Owner's Representative. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. The Owner or Contractor may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price if: (i) the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Contract Documents; and (ii) there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and (iii) if Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or the Owner believes that the Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. On unit price contracts, Owner endeavors to provide adequate unit quantities to satisfactorily complete the construction of the project. It is expected that in the normal course of project construction and completion that not all unit quantities will be used in their entirety and that a finalizing change order which adjusts contract unit quantities to those unit quantities actually used in the construction of the project will result in a net decrease from the original Contract Price. Such reasonable deduction of final Contract Price should be anticipated by the Contractor in his original bid. 12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME The Contract Time (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after such occurrence, unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be determined by Owner's Representative. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the work within the Contract Time (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time (or Milestones) may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made therefore as provided in the article for Changes in the Sectionlll.docx Page 30 of 48 3/13/2015 Section III — General Conditions Work. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts by the Owner, acts of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by the article for Other Work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both the Owner and Contractor, an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall the Owner be liable to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or within the control of Contractor, or (ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including but not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by paragraph for Other Work. 13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION Contractor shall give Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents. The costs for these inspections, tests or approvals shall be borne by the Contractor except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body including all Owner Building Departments and Owner Utility Departments, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Owner's Representative the required certificates of inspection or approval. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner permit and impact fees will be waived. Contractor shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation of the Work. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected tested or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for observation. Uncovering Work as provided in this paragraph shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Owner's Representative has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. SectionIII.docx Page 31 of 48 3/13/2015 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section III — General Conditions 13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for Owner Representative's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. If Owner's Representative considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Owner's Representative or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Owner Representative's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as Engineer or Owner's Representative may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price for the costs of the investigation, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change in Contract Price. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided the article for Change in Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 13.3OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Engineer or Owner's Representative may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner's Representative to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner's Representative or Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any surety or other party. If the Owner's Representative stops Work under this paragraph, Contractor shall be entitled to no extension of Contract Time or increase in Contract Price. 13.4CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK If required by Engineer or Owner's Representative, Contractor shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer or Owner's Representative, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). 13.5 WARRANTY /CORRECTION PERIOD If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to the Owner and in accordance with the Owner's written instructions; (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has SectionIlI.docx Page 32 of 48 3/13/2015 Section III — General Conditions been rejected by the Owner, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, the Owner may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected. Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Final Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if specifically and expressly so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. 13.6ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, the Owner prefers to accept it, the Owner may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to the Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work such costs to be approved by Owner's Representative as to reasonableness. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Owner Representative's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in article for Change of Contract Price. If the acceptance occurs after the Owner Representative's recommendation for final payment an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to the Owner. 13.7OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Owner's Representative to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Owner's Representative in accordance with the article for Correction and Removal of Defective Work or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, the Owner may, after seven days' written notice to Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, the Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's Representatives, Agents and employees, the Owner's other contractors, and Owner's Representative, Engineer, and Engineer's Consultants access to the site to enable the Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and SectionIll.docx Page 33 of 48 3/13/2015 Section III — General Conditions damages incurred or sustained by the Owner in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against Contractor and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change of Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by the Owner of the Owner's rights and remedies hereunder. 14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Requests for payment shall be processed in accordance with F.S. 218.735 and as described herein. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT Contractor shall submit (not more often than once a month) to Owner's Representative for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed once each month and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Owner's Representative and the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, payment will not be made for materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work. Payment will only be made for that portion of the Work, which is fully installed including all materials, labor and equipment. A retainage of not less than five (5 %) of the amount of each Application for Payment for the total of all Work, including as -built survey and Inspector overtime reimbursement, completed to date will be held until final completion and acceptance of the Work covered in the Contract Documents. No progress payment shall be construed to be acceptance of any portion of the Work under contract. The Contractor shall review with the Engineer or the Construction Inspector all quantities and work for which payment is being applied for and reach agreement prior to submittal of an Official Pay Request. The Engineer or the Construction Inspector will verify that the on -site marked up as -built drawings are up to date with the work and are in compliance with the Contract Documents. In addition to all other payment provisions set out in this contract, the Owner's Representative may require the Contractor to produce for Owner, within fifteen (15) days of the approval of any progress payment, evidence and /or payment affidavit that all subcontractors and suppliers have been paid any sum or sums then due. A failure on the part of the contractor to provide the report as required herein shall result in further progress or partial payments being withheld until the report is provided. 14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment, free and clear of liens. No materials or supplies for the Work shall be purchased by Contractor or Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contact or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. Sectionlll.docx Page 34 of 48 3/13/2015 Section III — General Conditions Contractor warrants that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the Work, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and furnisher's of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and all supplies incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this Contract. Contractor shall at the Owner's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If Contractor fails to do so, then the Owner may, after having served written notice on said Contractor either pay unpaid bills, of which the Owner has written notice, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payment to Contractor shall be resumed in accordance with the terms of this Contract, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any obligations upon the Owner to the Contractor or the Surety. In paying any unpaid bills of the Contractor, the Owner shall be deemed the agent of Contractor and any payment so made by the Owner shall be considered as payment made under the Contract by the Owner to Contractor, and the Owner shall not be liable to Contractor for any such payment made in good faith. 14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS The Owner's Representative will within twenty (20) business days after receipt authorize and process payment by the Owner a properly submitted and documented Application for payment, unless the application requires review by an Agent. If the Application for payment requires review and approval by an Agent, properly submitted and documented Applications for payment will be paid by the Owner within twenty -five (25) business days. If an Application for payment is rejected, notice shall be given within twenty (20) business days of receipt indicating the reasons for refusing payment. The reasons for rejecting an Application will be submitted in writing, specifying deficiencies and identifying actions that would make the Application proper. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. The Owner's Representative or Agent may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment to Owner. Owner's Representative or Agent may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or test, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in Owner Representative's or Agent's opinion to protect the Owner from loss because: (i) the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, (ii) the Contract Price has been reduced by amendment or Change Order, (iii) the Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work, or (iv) Owner's Representative or Agent has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in the article on Suspension of Work and Termination. The Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the Owner's Representative or Agent because: (i) claims have been made against the Owner on account of Contractor's performance or furnishing of the Work, (ii) Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to the Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, (iii) there are other items entitling the Owner to a set -off against the amount recommended, or (iv) the Owner has actual knowledge of any of the events described in this paragraph. The Owner shall give Contractor notice of refusal to pay in accordance with the time constraints of this section with a copy to the Owner's Representative or Agent, stating the reasons for such actions, and Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the Sectionlll.docx Page 35 of 48 3/13/2015 Section III — General Conditions amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, when Contractor corrects to the Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action. 14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION Use by the Owner at the Owner's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner, Engineer, Owner's Representative, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by the Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Final Completion of all the Work subject to the following: The Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit the Owner to use any such part of the Work which the Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Contractor at any time may notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, Owner's Representative, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefore. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of the articles for Substantial Completion and Partial Utilization will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 14.5 FINAL INSPECTION Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Owner's Representative will make a final inspection with Engineer, Owner and Contractor and will within thirty (30) days notify Contractor in writing of particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. The Owner's Representative will produce a final punch list, deliver it to the Contractor within five (5) days of completion and assign a date for this work to be completed not less than thirty (30) days from delivery of the list. Failure to include any corrective work or pending items does not alter the responsibility of the contractor to complete all the construction services purchased pursuant to the contract. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 14.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT After Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Owner's Representative and has delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, As- built/Record Drawings, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by the paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, certificates of inspection, Inspector overtime reimbursement as required in the Contract Documents and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for Sectionlll.docx Page 36 of 48 3/13/2015 1 Section III — General Conditions progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, and (ii) executed consent of the surety to final payment using the form contained in Section V of the Contract Documents. Prior to application for final payment, Contractor shall clean and remove from the premises all surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an acceptable manner all property, both public and private, which has been damaged during the prosecution of the Work, and shall leave the Work in a neat and presentable condition. 14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE If through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if Owner's Representative so confirms, the Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for payment and recommendation of Owner's Representative, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by the Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Owner's Representative with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that such payment shall not constitute a waiver of claims. If on the basis of Owner Representative's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, all as required by the Contract Documents, Owner's Representative is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Owner's Representative will indicate in writing his recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner for payment. Thereupon, Owner's Representative will give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of this article. Otherwise, Owner's Representative will return the Application to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as to form and substance, the Owner shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt thereof pay contractor the amount recommended by Owner's Representative. 14.8WAIVER OF CLAIMS The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: a waiver of all claims by the Owner against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and a waiver of all claims by Contractor against the Owner other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. Sectionlll.docx Page 37 of 48 3/13/2015 Section III — General Conditions 15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK At any time and without cause, Owner's Representative may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety (90) days by notice in writing to Contractor, which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes an approved claim therefore as provided in the articles for Change of Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 15.2OWNER MAY TERMINATE Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events; if Contractor persistently fails to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule as adjusted from time to time); if Contractor disregards Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; if Contractor disregards the authority of Owner's Representative; if Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents; or if the Work to be done under this Contract is abandoned, or if this Contract or any part thereof is sublet, without the previous written consent of the Owner, or if the Contract or any claim thereunder is assigned by Contractor otherwise than as herein specified, or at any time Owner's Representative certifies in writing to the Owner that the rate of progress of the Work or any part thereof is unsatisfactory or that the work or any part thereof is unnecessarily or unreasonably delayed. The Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any), seven days' written notice and, to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of Contractor, exclude Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as the Owner may deem expedient. In such case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by the Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by the Owner will be reviewed by Owner's Representative as to their reasonableness and when so approved by Owner's Representative incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by the Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of the Owner against Contractor then existing or which may SectionllLdocx Page 38 of 48 3/13/2015 Section III — General Conditions thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by the Owner will not release Contractor from liability. Upon seven (7) days' written notice to Contractor and Owner's Representative, the Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the Owner, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items): for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE If, through no act or fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety (90) days by the Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or the Owner's Representative fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted or the Owner fails for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative, and provided the Owner or Owner's Representative does not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from the Owner payment on the same terms as provided in the article for the Owner May Terminate. However, if the Work is suspended under an order of court through no fault of Owner, the Contractor shall not be entitled to payment except as the Court may direct. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Owner's Representative has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted, or the Owner has failed for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due Contractor. The provisions of this article are not intended to preclude Contractor from making claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract Price or Change of Contract Time or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping Work as permitted by this article. 16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION If and to the extent that the Owner and Contractor have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution method and procedure will proceed. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisions of the article for Decisions on Disputes, the Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any Sectionlll.docx Page 39 of 48 3/13/2015 Section III — General Conditions dispute provided, however, that nothing herein shall require a dispute to be submitted to binding arbitration. 17 MISCELLANEOUS 17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS The form of all submittals, notices, change orders, pay applications, logs, schedules and other documents permitted or required to be used or transmitted under the Contract Documents shall be determined by the Owner's Representative subject to the approval of Owner. 17.2GIVING NOTICE Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, notice will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM Should the Owner or Contractor suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or any act of the other party or of any of the other party's officers, employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose. 17.4PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," the phrase shall include in each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs. 17.5ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT The Contractor shall not assign this contract or any part thereof or any rights thereunder without the approval of Owner, nor without the consent of surety unless the surety has waived its rights to notice of assignment. 17.6 RENEWAL OPTION Annual Contracts issued through the Engineering Department may be renewed for up to two (2) years, upon mutual consent of both the Owner and the ContractorNendor. All terms, conditions and unit prices shall remain constant unless otherwise specified in the contract specifications or in the Invitation to bid. Renewals shall be made at the sole discretion of the Owner, and must be agreed to in writing by both parties. All renewals are contingent upon the availability of funds, and the satisfactory performance of the Contractor as determined by the Construction Department. Sectionlll.docx Page 40 of 48 3/13/2015 1 Section III — General Conditions 17.7 ROLL -OFF CONTAINERS AND /OR DUMPSTERS All City construction projects shall utilize City of Clearwater Solid Waste roll -off containers and/or dumpsters for their disposal and hauling needs. For availability or pricing contact Mike Pryor at the City of Clearwater, Solid Waste Department, phone: (727) 562 -4923 or email: Michael .Pryorna,myClearwater.com. 18 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK The City reserves the right to accept and use any portion of the work whenever it is considered to the public interest to do so. The Engineer shall have the power to direct on what line or street the Contractor shall work and order thereof. 19 MATERIAL USED All material incorporated into the final work shall be new material unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish purchase receipts of all materials. 20 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case of conflict, error or discrepancy, as follows: Modifications, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary General Conditions, General Conditions, Supplementary Technical Specifications, Technical Specifications, Drawings. In a series of Modifications or Addenda the latest will govern. 21 OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) 21.1 SALES TAX SAVINGS The Owner reserves the right to purchase certain portions of the materials for the Project directly in order to save applicable sales tax in compliance with Florida Law since owner is exempt from the payment of sales tax. The contract price includes Florida sales and other applicable taxes for materials, supplies, and equipment which will be a part of the Contractor's Work. Owner- purchasing of construction materials, if selected, will be administered on a deductive Change Order basis. The contract price shall be reduced by the actual cost of the materials purchased by owner plus the normally applicable sales tax, even if the actual cost is in excess of the cost for the materials as -bid by the Contractor. For purposes of calculating engineering fees, contractor fees, architects fees, and any other amounts that are based on the contract amount, however, the original, as -bid contract amount shall be used. Direct purchase shall be considered for single items that exceed $10,000 in value and/or items identified in Section V, Bidders Proposal. The Contractor shall provide the Owner an ODP Summary of all intended suppliers, vendors, and materials for consideration as ODP materials (refer to ODP Instructions in Contract Appendix). 21.2TITLE AND OWNER RISK Owner will issue Purchase Orders and provide a copies of Owner's Florida Consumer Certification of Tax Exemption and Certificate of Entitlement directly to the Vendor for ODP materials. Invoices for ODP materials shall be issued to the Owner in care of the Contractor. Sectionlll.docx Page 41 of 48 3/13/2015 1 1 Section III — General Conditions Notwithstanding the transfer of ODP materials by the Owner to the Contractor's possession, the Owner shall retain legal and equitable title to any and all ODP materials; therefore, the owner assumes the risk of damage or loss at the time of purchase or delivery of items, unless material is damaged as the result of negligence by the Contractor. 21.3CONTRACTOR'S RECEIPT OF MATERIALS The Contractor shall be fully responsible for all matters relating to the receipt of materials furnished to the Owner including, but not limited to, verifying correct quantities, verifying documents of orders in a timely manner, coordinating purchases, providing and obtaining all warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents, and inspection and acceptance of the goods at the time of delivery. The Contractor shall coordinate delivery schedules, sequence of delivery, loading orientation, and other arrangements normally required by the Contractor for the particular materials furnished. The Contractor shall provide all services required for the unloading and handling of materials. The Contractor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from any and all claims of whatever nature resulting from non - payment of goods to suppliers arising from the action of the Contractor. As ODP materials are delivered to the job site, the Contractor shall visually inspect all shipments from the suppliers, and approve the vendor's invoice for materials delivered. The Contractor shall assure that each delivery of ODP materials is accompanied by documentation adequate to identify the Purchase Order against which the purchase is made. This documentation may consist of a delivery ticket and/or an invoice from the supplier conforming to the Purchase Order together with such additional information as the Owner may require. The Contractor will then forward the invoice and additional information, if available, to the Owner for payment within thirty (30) days of receipt of said goods or materials. Such payment shall be directly from public funds. The Contractor shall insure that ODP materials conform to the Specifications and determine prior to acceptance of goods at time of delivery if such materials are patently defective, and whether such materials are identical to the materials ordered and match the description on the bill of lading. If the Contractor discovers defective or non - conformities in ODP materials upon such visual inspection, the Contractor shall not utilize such nonconforming or defective materials in the Contractor's Work and instead shall properly notify the Owner of the defective or nonconforming condition so that repair or replacement of those materials can occur without undue delay or interruption to the Project. If the Contractor fails to perform such inspection and otherwise incorporates into the Contractor's Work such defective or nonconforming ODP materials, the condition of which it either knew or should have known by performance of an inspection, Contractor shall be responsible for all damages to the Owner, resulting from Contractor's incorporation of such materials into the Project, including liquidated damages. 21.4ODP RECORDS, WARRANTIES AND INDEMNIFICATION The Contractor shall maintain records of all ODP materials it incorporates into Contractor's Work from the stock of ODP materials in its possession. The Contractor shall account monthly to the Owner for any ODP materials delivered into the Contractor's possession, indicating portions of all such materials which have been incorporated in the Contractor's Work. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and managing all warranties and guarantees for all materials and products as required by the Contract Documents. All repair, maintenance, or Sectionlll.docx Page 42 of 48 3/13/2015 Section III — General Conditions damage- repair calls shall be forwarded to the Contractor for resolution with the appropriate supplier, vendor, or subcontractor. The Owner shall indemnify and hold Contractor harmless from any sales tax (and interest and penalties incurred in connection therewith) in the event there is a final determination that purchases made by Owner, which Owner treats as being exempt from sales tax, are subject to sales tax. "Final determination" shall mean an assessment by the Department of Revenue that is no longer subject to protest, or a determination of a court having jurisdiction over such matters that is final and not subject to appeal. Contractor agrees to promptly notify owner of any audit, assessment, proposed assessment or notice of deficiency issued with regard to the Project and relating to ODP materials. 22 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 22.1 GENERAL The Contractor shall notify all residents along the construction route or within a 500 -foot radius, unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, with a printed door hanger notice indicating the following information about the proposed construction work and the Contractor performing the work: City seal or logo; the scheduled date for the start of construction; the type of construction; general sequence and scheduling of construction events; possibility of water service disruption and/or colored water due to construction efforts; Contractor's name, the Superintendent's name, Contractor address and telephone number; Contractor's company logo (optional); requirement for residents to remove landscaping and/or other private appurtenances which are in conflict with the proposed construction; and other language as appropriate to the scope of Contract work. Sample door hanger including proposed language shall be approved by the City prior to the start of construction. Notification shall be printed on brightly colored and durable card stock and shall be a minimum of 4 -1/4 by 11 inches in size. Notification (door hanger) shall be posted to residences and businesses directly affected by the Contractor's activities no later than seven (7) days prior to the start of construction activity. Directly affected by the Contractor's activities shall mean all Contractor operations including staging areas, equipment and material storage, principal access routes across private property, etc. Contractor cannot start without proper seven (7) day notice period to residents. Contractor is required to maintain sufficient staff to answer citizen inquiries during normal business hours and to maintain appropriate message recording equipment to receive citizen inquires after business hours. Resident notification by the Contractor is a non - specific pay item to be included in the bid items provided in the contract proposal. 22.2 EXAMPLE CITY SEAL Of CITY OF CLEARWATER NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION TODAY'S DATE: / / PLEASE EXCUSE US FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE We are the construction contractor performing (state type of contract) for the City of Clearwater in your area. The work will be performed in the public right -of -way adjacent to your property. Sectionlll.docx Page 43 of 48 3/13/2015 Section III — General Conditions This notice is placed a minimum of seven (7) days in advance of construction to notify property owners of the pending start of construction. (Brief description of the construction process to be expected by the property owners) The construction process may necessitate the removal of certain items from the right -of -way. Typical items such as sprinklers, grass, and postal approved mailboxes will be replaced by the contractor within a reasonably short period of time. The replacement of driveways and sidewalks will be made using standard asphalt or concrete materials. The property owner is responsible for the expense and coordination to replace driveways and sidewalks which have customized colors, textures and/or materials. Small trees, shrubs, landscaping materials, unauthorized mailboxes or structures within the right -of -way which must be removed due to the construction process will not be replaced. The property owner is responsible to relocate any such items which the property owner wishes to save prior to the start of construction. Vehicles parked on the streets or within the right -of -way may be required to be placed elsewhere. We are available to answer any questions you may have regarding the construction process or any particular item that must be relocated. Please contact our Construction Manager at (727) . We will be more than happy to assist you. Construction is anticipated to begin on: Company Name Company Address Contractor Phone Number 23 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 23.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE The Owner desires to inform the general public on the Owner's use and expenditure of public funding for general capital improvement and maintenance projects. To help accomplish this purpose, the Contractor is required to prepare and display public project information signs during the full course of the contract period. These signs will be displayed at all location(s) of active work. Payment to Contractor for the preparation, installation and management of project sign(s) shall be included in the cost of the work. The number of and type of signs will be stated in SECTION IV, SCOPE OF WORK. 23.2TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE Sign type shall be "fixed" on stationary projects and "portable" on projects which have extended locations or various locations. The particular wording to be used on the signs will be determined after contract award has been approved. Contractor will be provided the wording to be used on sign at the preconstruction conference. 23.3 FIXED SIGN Fixed sign shall be 4 -foot by 6 -foot (4'x6') in size and painted on a sheet of exterior grade plywood of the same size and a minimum thickness of 1/2- inches. Sign shall be attached to a minimum of two (2) 4 -inch by 4 -inch (4 "x4 ") below grade pressure treated (P.T.) wooden posts and braced as necessary for high winds. Posts shall be long enough to provide secure anchoring in the ground. Bottom of sign must be a minimum of 24- inches above the ground. Alternate Sectionlll.docx Page 44 of 48 3/13/2015 1 Section III — General Conditions mounting system or attachment to fencing or other fixed structure can be considered for approval. Sign shall be painted white on both sides with exterior rated paint. 23.4 PORTABLE SIGNS Portable sign shall be a minimum of 24- inches by 30- inches (24 "x30 ") in size and will be attached to a standard sized portable traffic barricade. Sign material shall be aluminum, 0.080 - inches or thicker, background of white reflective sheeting, and shall be silkscreen or vinyl lettering. Portable sign shall be two signs located and attached to each side of the traffic barricade. 23.5SIGN COLORING Background shall be white. Project Descriptive Name shall be in blue lettering. All other lettering shall be black. Basic lettering on sign shall be in all capital letters, of size proportional to the sign itself. Each sign shall depict the City's sun and waves logo. The color of the sun shall be pantone yellow; the wave shall be process blue; and the text shall be black. 23.6 SIGN PLACEMENT Signs shall be placed where they are readily visible by the general public which pass by the project site. Signs are not to be placed where they may become a hazard or impediment to either pedestrian or vehicular traffic. For construction projects outside of the Owner's right -of -way, the signs will be placed on the project site. For projects constructed inside of the Owner's right -of- way, the signs will be placed in the right -of -way. Portable signs are to be moved to the locations of active work on the project. Multiple portable signs will be necessary where work is ongoing in several locations at the same time. Fixed signs are to be placed at the start of construction and will remain in place until the request for final payment. 23.7SIGN MAINTENANCE The Contractor is responsible for preparation, installation, movement, maintenance, replacement, removal and disposal of all project signs during the full course of the contract period. The Contractor will place and secure portable signs from dislocation by wind or other actions. Signs are to be cleaned as necessary to maintain legibility and immediately replaced if defaced. Sectionlll.docx Page 45 of 48 3/13/2015 Section III — General Conditions 23.8TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN 6' PROJECT NAME (CONTRACT NUMBER) (DEPARTMENT NAME) PROJECT T CONTRACTOR: COMPLETION DATE: FUNDING: OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE: ',Clearwater U vala- 2-3" 4 "x4" p Post ( "yo.) \/\/\/\ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ /\ \\ \ \/\ \ \ \ / \ \ \/ \ /�i / /% // 24 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE It will be required that the work will commence not later than five (5) calendar days after the Engineer gives written Notice to Proceed (NTP), which notice shall be given as outlined in Article 2 of these General Conditions. It is further required that all work within this contract be completed within the indicated number of consecutive calendar days as determined in Section IV, Scope of Work. Contract Time to commence at start date noted on the Notice to Proceed. If the Contractor fails to complete the work within the stipulated time, the City will retain the amount stated in the Contract, per calendar day, for each day that the contract remains incomplete. The work shall be discontinued on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved Holidays. If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to perform work on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved City of Clearwater Employee Holidays, that in the opinion of the Engineer, will require the presence of Inspectors, the Contractor shall pay Sectionlll.docx Page 46 of 48 3/13/2015 Section III — General Conditions the City of Clearwater, Florida, the amount of Four Hundred Eighty Dollars ($480.00) per each eight -hour (8) day for each Inspector given such assignment. The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance. 25 SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM Any company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or is engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria, is ineligible for, and may not bid on, submit a proposal for, or enter into or renew a contract with the City of Clearwater for goods or services for an amount equal to or greater than one million ($1,000,000.00) dollars. Therefore, if applicable, each entity submitting a bid, proposal, or response to a solicitation must certify to the City of Clearwater that it is not on either list or engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria at the time of submitting a bid, proposal or response, in accordance with section 287.135, Florida Statutes. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing, or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce. The certification form (the Certification) is attached hereto, and it must be submitted, along with all other relevant contract documents, at the time of submitting a bid, proposal, or response. Failure to provide the Certification may deem the entity's submittal non - responsive. If the City of Clearwater determines that an entity has submitted a false certification form, been placed either on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, (for contracts entered into or renewed on or after July 1, 2011 through June 30, 2012), or submitted a false certification form, has been placed either on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List or been engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria, (for contracts entered into or renewed on or after July 1, 2012) then the contract may be terminated at the option of the City of Clearwater. Other than the submission of a false certification, the option to waive the aforementioned deficiencies mentioned in the previous sentence may be asserted on a case -by -case basis, at the sole discretion of the City of Clearwater, if to the following conditions are found to exist: A. For Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, (all of the following must occur): 1. The scrutinized business operations were made before July 1, 2011. 2. The scrutinized business operations have not been expanded or renewed after July 1, 2011. 3. The City of Clearwater determines that it is in the best interest of the City to contract with the company or entity. SectionIII.docx Page 47 of 48 3/13/2015 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section III — General Conditions 4. The company or entity has adopted, has publicized and is implementing a formal plan to cease scrutinized business operations and to refrain from engaging in any new scrutinized business operations. B. For Companies Engaged in Business Operations in Cuba or Syria: 1. The business operations were made before July 1, 2012. 2. The business operations have not been expanded or renewed after July 1, 2012. 3. The City of Clearwater determines that it is in the best interest of the City to contract with the company or entity. 4. The company or entity has adopted, has publicized, and is implementing a formal plan to cease business operations and to refrain from engaging in any new business operations in Cuba or Syria. Further, the City may allow a company to bid on, submit a proposal for, or enter into or renew a contract with the City of Clearwater for goods or services for an amount equal to or greater than one million ($1,000,000.00) dollars, if the City makes a public finding that, absent one of the above exemptions, the City would otherwise be unable to obtain goods or services for which the contract is offered. The City retains the right to pursue civil penalties and any other applicable rights and remedies as provided by law for the false submission of the attached certification form. See Section V of the Contract for Certification Form to be executed and submitted with the Bid/Proposal Form. Sectionlll.docx Page 48 of 48 3/13/2015 1 SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 1 SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Table of Contents: 1 SCOPE OF WORK 1 1.1 SCOPE DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST 2 2 FIELD ENGINEERING 3 2.1 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR 3 2.1.1 GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS 3 2.1.2 LAYOUT DATA 4 2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY 4 3 DEFINITION OF TERMS 4 3.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS 4 3.2 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS 4 4 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK 6 5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK 6 6 CONCRETE 7 7 EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK 7 7.1 EXCAVATION 7 7.2 FORMS 7 8 REINFORCEMENT 7 8.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT 8 9 OBSTRUCTIONS 8 10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT 8 11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS 9 12 DEWATERING 9 12.1 GENERAL 9 12.2 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS 10 12.2.1 DEWATERING CONTROL 10 12.2.2 GENERIC PERMIT FOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND WATER FROM ANY NON-CONTAMINATED SITEACTIVITY 10 13 SANITARY MANHOLES 12 13.1 BUILT UP TYPE 12 13.2 PRECAST TYPE 13 13.2.1 MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) 13 13.3 DROP MANHOLES 13 13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS 13 SectionlV.docx i 11/26/2014 13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS 13 13.6 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES 14 14 BACKFILL 14 15 STREET CROSSINGS, ETC. 14 16 RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER, STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES 14 16.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT 14 17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL 15 17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 15 17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT 15 18 UNDERDRAINS 15 18.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 15 18.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT 16 19 STORM SEWERS 16 19.1 AS BUILT INFORMATION 16 19.2 TESTING 16 19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT 17 20 SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS 17 20.1 MATERIALS 17 20.1.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE 17 20.1.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE 18 20.2 INSTALLATION 18 20.2.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE 18 20.2.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE 18 20.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS 19 20.4 TESTING 19 20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS 19 20.4.2 TESTING OF FORCE MAINS 19 20.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT 19 20.5.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE 19 20.5.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE 20 21 DRAINAGE 20 22 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 20 22.1 BASE 20 22.1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE 21 22.1.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE 22 22.2 SUBGRADE 22 22.2.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 22 22.2.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT 22 23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS 22 23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 22 SectionlV.docx ii 11/26/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 23.1.1 AGGREGATE 22 23.1.2 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS 23 23.2 HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE 23 23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES 23 23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS 24 23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 24 23.6 CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION 25 23.6.1 CRACKS 25 23.6.2 POTHOLES 25 23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES 25 23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS 26 23.9 SUPERPAVE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 26 23.10 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 27 23.11 BASIS OF PAYMENT 27 24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT 27 25 GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS 28 25.1 IRRIGATION 28 25.1.1 DESCRIPTION 28 25.1.2 PRODUCTS 29 25.1.3 EXECUTION 33 25.2 LANDSCAPE 37 25.2.1 GENERAL 37 25.2.2 PRODUCTS 42 25.2.3 EXECUTION 45 26 HDPE DEFORMED REFORMED PIPE LINING 52 26.1 INTENT 52 26.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY 52 26.3 MATERIALS 52 26.4 CLEANING /SURFACE PREPARATION 53 26.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION 53 26.6 LINER INSTALLATION 53 26.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION 54 26.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION 54 26.9 PAYMENT 54 27 PLANT MIX DRIVEWAYS 54 27.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 54 27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT 54 28 REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS 55 29 CONCRETE CURBS 55 29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 55 29.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT 55 30 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 55 SectionN.docx iii 11/26/2014 30.1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 55 30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS 55 30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 56 30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT 56 31 SODDING 56 32 SEEDING 56 33 STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES 57 33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES 57 33.2 PRECAST TYPE 57 33.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT 58 34 MATERIAL USED 58 35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 58 36 STREET SIGNS 58 37 AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS 58 37.1 CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIO /VIDEO RECORDING 58 37.2 SCHEDULING OF AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING 58 37.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS 58 37.4 EQUIPMENT 58 37.5 RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO 59 37.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO 59 37.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION 59 37.8 LIGHTING 59 37.9 SPEED OF TRAVEL 59 37.10 VIDEO LOG/INDEX 60 37.11 AREA OF COVERAGE 60 37.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES 60 38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL 60 38.1 STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS 60 38.2 PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES 60 38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS 60 38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES 61 38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASINS 61 38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES 61 38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS 61 38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION 62 38.9 MAINTENANCE 62 38.10 COMPLIANCE 62 39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING 65 40 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE 65 41 POTABLE WATERMAINS, RECLAIMED WATERMAINS AND APPURTENANCES 65 SectionlV.docx iv 11/26/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 41.1 SCOPE 65 41.2 MATERIALS 66 41.2.1 GENERAL 66 41.2.2 PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS 66 41.2.3 GATE VALVES 68 41.2.4 VALVE BOXES 68 41.2.5 HYDRANTS 69 41.2.6 SERVICE SADDLES 70 41.2.7 TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS 70 41.2.8 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS 70 41.2.9 TAPPING SLEEVES 71 41.2.10 BLOW OFF HYDRANTS 71 41.3 CONSTRUCTION 71 41.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING 71 41.3.2 PIPE LAYING 71 41.3.3 SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS 73 41.3.4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES 73 41.4 TESTS 74 41.4.1 HYDROSTATIC TESTS 74 41.4.2 NOTICE OF TEST 74 41.5 STERILIZATION 74 41.5.1 STERILIZING AGENT 74 41.5.2 FLUSHING SYSTEM 74 41.5.3 STERILIZATION PROCEDURE 74 41.5.4 RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS 75 41.5.5 BACTERIAL TESTS 75 41.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 75 41.6.1 GENERAL 75 41.6.2 FURNISHAND INSTALL WATER MAINS 76 41.6.3 FURNISHAND INSTALL FITTINGS 76 41.6.4 FURNISHAND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND COVERS 76 41.6.5 FURNISHAND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS 76 42 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS 77 43 TENNIS COURTS 77 43.1 PAVED TENNIS COURTS 77 43.1.1 SOIL TREATMENTS 77 43.1.2 BASE COURSE 77 43.1.3 PRIME COAT 77 43.1.4 LEVELING COURSE 77 43.1.5 SURFACE COURSE 77 43.1.6 COLOR COAT 78 43.2 CLAY TENNIS COURTS 79 43.2.1 GENERAL 79 43.2.2 SITE PREPARATION 80 43.2.3 SLOPE 80 43.2.4 BASE CONSTRUCTION 81 SectionIV.docx v 11/26/2014 43.2.5 PERIMETER CURBING 81 43.2.6 SURFACE COURSE 81 43.2.7 ROOT BARRIER 81 43.2.8 FENCING 82 43.2.9 WINDSCREENS 82 43.2.10 COURT EQUIPMENT 82 43.2.11 SHADE STRUCTURE 84 43.2.12 WATER SOURCE (Potable) 84 43.2.13 CONCRETE 84 43.2.14 EXISTING SPORT TENNIS COURT LIGHTING 84 43.2.15 WATER COOLER 85 43.2.16 DEMONSTRATION 85 43.2.17 WARRANTY 85 44 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 86 44.1 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 86 44.2 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN 86 44.2.1 WORK ZONE SAFETY 86 44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES 87 44.3.1 ALL ROADWAYS 87 44.3.2 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS 87 44.3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS 87 44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS 87 44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN 87 44.5 INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION 88 44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 88 44.7 CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR 88 45 CURED -IN -PLACE PIPE LINING 88 45.1 INTENT 88 45.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY 89 45.3 MATERIALS 89 45.4 CLEANING /SURFACE PREPARATION 89 45.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION 90 45.6 LINER INSTALLATION 90 45.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION 90 45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION 90 45.9 PAYMENT 90 46 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING 91 46.1 MATERIALS 91 46.1.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS 91 46.1.2 QUALITY CONTROL 91 46.1.3 SAMPLES 91 46.1.4 REJECTION 91 46.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS 91 46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES 92 46.3.1 HANDLING OF PIPE 92 46.3.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS 92 SectionlV.docx vi 11/26/2014 1 1 1 1 1 46.3.3 PIPE JOINING 92 46.3.4 HANDLING OF FUSED PIPE 92 46.4 SLIPLINING PROCEDURE 92 46.4.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS 92 46.4.2 CLEANING AND INSPECTION 92 46.4.3 INSERTION SHAFT AND EXCAVATIONS 93 46.4.4 INSERTION OF THE LINER 93 46.4.5 CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES 93 46.4.6 UNDERDRAIN CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED 93 46.4.7 BACKFILLING 94 46.4.8 POINT REPAIR 94 46.4.9 CLEAN UP OPERATIONS 94 47 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RIBBED PIPE 94 47.1 SCOPE 94 47.2 MATERIALS 94 47.3 PIPE 94 47.4 JOINING SYSTEM 95 47.5 FITTINGS 95 48 GUNITE SPECIFICATIONS 95 48.1 PRESSURE INJECTED GROUT 95 48.2 REHABILITATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH GUNITE 95 48.3 COMPOSITION 95 48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS 96 48.5 MATERIALS 96 48.6 WATER 96 48.7 REINFORCEMENT 96 48.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS 96 48.9 SURFACE PREPARATION 97 48.10 PROPORTIONING 97 48.11 MIXING 97 48.12 APPLICATION 97 48.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS 98 48.14 SURFACE FINISH 98 48.15 CURING 98 48.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTION 98 48.17 INSPECTION 99 48.18 EQUIPMENT 99 49 SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION 100 49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT 100 49.2 PAYMENT 100 49.3 FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS 100 49.3.1 MATERIALS 100 49.3.2 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 101 49.4 STRONG SEAL MS -2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 101 49.4.1 MATERIALS 102 49.5 INFILTRATION CONTROL 102 SectionIV.docx vii 11/26/2014 49.6 GROUTING MIX 102 49.7 LINER MIX 102 49.8 WATER 103 49.9 OTHER MATERIALS 103 49.10 EQUIPMENT 103 49.11 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 103 49.11.1 PREPARATION 103 49.11.2 MIXING 104 49.11.3 SPRAYING 104 49.11.4 PRODUCT TESTING 104 49.11.5 CURING 104 49.11.6 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE 105 49.12 INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 105 49.12.1 SCOPE 105 49.12.2 MATERIALS 105 49.12.3 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 107 50 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 109 51 IN -LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM 109 51.1 SCOPE 109 51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS 110 51.2.1 ASPHALT 110 51.2.2 CONCRETE 110 51.2.3 COURT PATCH BINDER MIX 110 51.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT 110 51.4 APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXIPAVE 111 51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION 111 51.6 PLAYING LINES 111 51.7 GENERAL 111 51.8 LIMITATIONS 111 52 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 112 53 GABIONS AND MATTRESSES 112 53.1 MATERIAL 112 53.1.1 GABION AND RENO MATTRESS MATERIAL 112 53.1.2 GABION AND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL: 114 53.1.3 MATTRESS WIRE 115 53.1.4 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC 115 53.2 PERFORMANCE 115 54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS 116 54.1 SCOPE 116 54.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK 116 54.3 WORK METHODS 117 54.3.1 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING 117 54.3.2 DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT 117 54.4 LEVEL OF SERVICE 119 54.5 COMPLETION OF WORK 119 SectionIV.docx viii 11/26/2014 1 I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I 1 I I I 1 t 1 54.6 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL 119 54.7 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 119 55 MILLING OPERATIONS 120 55.1 EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE 120 55.2 ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS 120 55.3 SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS 121 55.4 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS 121 55.5 ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES 121 55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES 121 55.7 TYPES OF MILLING 121 55.8 MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS 121 55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 122 55.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT 122 56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 122 56.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 122 56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT 122 57 RIPRAP 122 57.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 122 57.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT 122 58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY 123 58.1 HAZARD POTENTIAL 123 58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TRAINING 123 59 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 123 59.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 124 60 SIGNING AND MARKING 124 60.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 124 61 ROADWAY LIGHTING 124 61.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 124 62 TREE PROTECTION 124 62.1 TREE BARRICADES 124 62.2 ROOT PRUNING 125 62.3 PROPER TREE PRUNING 126 63 PROJECT WEB PAGES 127 63.1 WEB PAGES DESIGN 127 63.2 WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES 127 63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE 127 63.4 MAPS AND GRAPHICS 127 63.5 INTERACTIVE FORMS 128 63.6 POSTING 128 63.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES 128 SectionlV.docx ix 11/26/2014 64 OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE 128 64.1 CLEARANCE OPTIONS 128 64.2 REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES 128 SectionN.docx x 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 1 SCOPE OF WORK 1.1 SCOPE DESCRIPTION Project Name: RO WRP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Project Project Number: 14- 0024 -UT Scope of Work: The Scope of Work will include but not limited to the coordination and demolition of the existing Power Company electrical service to the HSP Building. The demolition, cleaning and return to owner of existing 100kW generator, all connected equipment and fuel tank. All patching of existing HSPS generator building. Additional electrical system improvements will include but not be limited to: • The construction of a new electrical ductbank from the main electrical room in RO Building to the existing MCC in the HSPS building. • New 400A ATS at the HSPS generator building, • Breaker additions and modifications to the existing 1600A I -line switchboard and ATS, • A 1600A generator terminal cabinet connection point for an additional generator, • Relocation of the existing 30 kVA transformer in HSP Building, • Additional SCADA signals from existing generator, and replacement, of existing PLC5 in HSPS building. SCADA integration to be done by City's preferred vendor, • Scope to include all concrete patching, painting and asphalt paving from ductbank, demolition and equipment installation. The Contractor shall provide one (1) Fixed project sign as described in SECTION III, ARTICLE 23 of the Contract Documents. The final number of project signs will be determined at the beginning of the project based on the Contractor's schedule of work submitted for approval. Additional project signs may be required above the indicated amount due to the Contractor's schedule of work, which will be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. CONTRACT PERIOD: 244 CONSECUTIVE CALENDAR DAYS SectionlV.docx Page 1 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST Project Name: RO WRP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Project Project Number: 14- 0024 -UT The following Articles of the Technical Specifications will apply to this contract if marked "X" as shown below: 1 /1 Scope Of Work 2.1 0 Line and Grade Shall Be Performed By The Contractor 2.2 ❑ Line and Grade Shall Be Performed By The City 3 // Definition Of Terms 4 ❑ Order And Location Of The Work 5 /1 Excavation For Underground Work 6 ' Concrete 7 I Excavation And Forms For Concrete Work 8 / 1 Reinforcement 9 /1 Obstructions 10 0 Restoration Or Replacement Of Driveways, Curbs, Sidewalks And Street Pavement 11 ❑ Work In Easements Or Parkways 12 / 1 Dewatering 13 ❑ Sanitary Manholes 14 ►/ Backfill 15 0 Street Crossings, Etc. 16 ❑ Raising Or Lowering Of Sanitary Sewer, Storm Drainage Structures 17 /1 Unsuitable Material Removal 18 ❑ Underdrains 19 ❑ Storm Sewers 20 ❑ Sanitary Sewers And Force Mains 21 ❑ Drainage 22 /1 Roadway Base And Subgrade 23 /1 Asphaltic Concrete Materials 24 ❑ Adjustment To The Unit Bid Price For Asphalt 25 ❑ General Planting Specifications 26 El Hdpe Deformed - Reformed Pipe Lining 27 ❑ Plant Mix Driveways 28 ❑ Reporting Of Tonnage Of Recycled Materials 29 /1 Concrete Curbs 30 /1 Concrete Sidewalks And Driveways 31 /1 Sodding 32 ❑ Seeding 33 ❑ Storm Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins Or Other Storm Structures 34 ❑ Material Used 35 ►1 Conflict Between Plans And Specifications 36 ❑ Street Signs 37 ./ AudioNideo Recording Of Work Areas 38 ❑ Erosion And Siltation Control 39 ❑ Utility Tie In Location Marking SectionIV.docx Page 2of128 11/26/2014 1 1 1 t 1 1 t 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 40 I1 Award Of Contract, Work Schedule And Guarantee 41 ❑ Potable Water Mains, Reclaimed Water Mains and Appurtenances 42 ❑ Gas System Specifications 43 ❑ Tennis Courts 44 ❑ Work Zone Traffic Control 45 ❑ Cured -In -Place Pipe Lining 46 ❑ Specifications for Polyethylene Sliplining 47 ❑ Specifications for Polyvinyl Chloride Ribbed Pipe 48 ❑ Gunite Specifications 49 ❑ Sanitary and Storm Manhole Liner Restoration 50 // Project Information Signs 51 ❑ In -Line Skating Surfacing System 52 ❑ Resident Notification of Start of Construction 53 ❑ Gabions and Mattresses 54 ❑ Lawn Maintenance Specifications 55 ❑ Milling Operations 56 ❑ Clearing and Grubbing 57 ❑ Riprap 58 r Treatment Plant Safety 59 ❑ Traffic Signal Equipment and Materials 60 ❑ Signing And Marking 61 ❑ Roadway Lighting 62 ❑ Tree Protection 63 ❑ Project Web Pages 64 ❑ Overhead Electric Line Clearance 2 FIELD ENGINEERING 2.1 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR The Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering service required for the project. Such work shall include survey work to establish lines and levels and to locate and lay out site improvements, structures, and controlling lines and levels required for the construction of the work. Also included are such Engineering services as are specified or required to execute the Contractor's construction methods. Engineers and Surveyors shall be licensed professionals under the laws of the state of Florida. The Contractor shall provide three (3) complete sets of As- built Survey to the Engineer prior to final payment being made as outlined in Section III (General Conditions), Article 6.11.2 of these Contract Documents. 2.1.1 GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS Existing basic horizontal and vertical control points for the project are those designated on the Drawings or provided by the City. Control points (for alignment only) shall be established by the Engineer. The Contractor shall locate and protect control points prior to starting site work and shall preserve all permanent reference points during construction. In working near any permanent property corners or reference markers, the Contractor shall use care not to remove or disturb any such markets. In the event that markers must be removed or are disturbed due to the SectionlV.docx Page 3 of 128 11/26/2014 Section N — Technical Specifications proximity of construction work, the Contractor shall have them referenced and reset by a Land Surveyor qualified under the laws of the state of Florida. 2.1.2 LAYOUT DATA The Contractor shall layout the work at the location and to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings. Survey notes indicating the information and measurements used in establishing locations and grades shall be kept in notebooks and furnished to the Engineer with the record drawings for the project. 2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY At the completion of all work the contractor shall be responsible to have furnished to the project inspector a replacement of the wooden lath and stakes used in the construction of this project. Excessive stake . replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the City Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one -hour increments. Minimum charge is $100.00. The City will generate the project Record construction drawings. 3 DEFINITION OF TERMS For the purpose of these Technical Specifications, the definition of terms from SECTION III, ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS of these Contract Documents shall apply. For the purpose of the Estimated Quantities, the Contractor's attention is called to the fact that the estimate of quantities as shown on the Proposal Sheet is approximate and is given only as a basis of calculation upon which the award of the contract is to be made. The City does not assume any responsibility that the final quantities will remain in strict accordance with estimated quantities nor shall the contractor plead misunderstandings or deception because of such estimate of quantities or of the character or location of the work or of other conditions or situations pertaining thereto. 3.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference to the standards of any technical society, organization, or associate, or to codes of local or state authorities, shall mean the latest standard, code, specification, or tentative standard adopted and published at the date of receipt of bids, unless specifically stated otherwise. 3.2 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS Abbreviations used in the Contract Documents are defined as follows: AA Aluminum Association, Inc. AAMA Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers' Association AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ACI American Concrete Institute AISI American Iron and Steel Institute AMA Acoustical Materials Association AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association, Inc. ANSI American National Standards Institute Section1V.docx Page 4 of 128 11/26/2014 SectionIV.docx Section IV — Technical Specifications APA American Plywood Association ASAE American Society of Agricultural Engineers ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers ASHRAE American Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air Conditioning ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWG American Wire Gauge AWMA Aluminum Window Manufacturer's Association AWS American Welding Society AWWA American Water Works Association CFR Code of Federal Regulations CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CS Commercial Standards and National Bureau of Standards DEP Department of Environmental Protection (Florida) DOT Department of Transportation (Florida) EPA Environmental Protection Agency FAC Florida Administrative Code FBC Florida Building Code FFPC Florida Fire Prevention Code FGC Florida Gas Code FMC Florida Mechanical Code FPC Florida Plumbing Code FedSpec Federal Specifications HI Standards of Hydraulic Institute IBBM Iron Body, Bronzed Mounted IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IPS Iron Pipe Size MIL Military Specification NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers NBFU National Board of Fire Underwriters NEC National Electrical Code NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association NPT National Pipe Thread NWMA National Woodwork Manufacturers' Association PCA Portland Cement Association PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute SBC Standard Building Code (SBCCI) SBCCI Southern Building Code Congress International, Inc. SDI Steel Door Institute SFPC Standard Fire Prevention Code (SBCCI) SGC Standard Gas Code (SBCCI) SJI Steel Joist Institute SMACCNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association Page 5 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications SMC Standard Mechanical Code (SBCCI) SPC Standard Plumbing Code (SBCCI) SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council TCA Title Council of America UL Underwriters' Laboratories 4 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 18 — ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK. 5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK The contractor is responsible to take all necessary steps to conduct all excavation in a manner which provides for the successful completion of the proposed work while at all times maintaining the safety of the workmen, the general public and both public and private property. The contractor's methods of work will be consistent with the standard practices and requirements of all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies, particularly the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements for excavation. Unless otherwise specifically stated in these plans and specifications, the methods of safety control and compliance with regulatory agency safety requirements are the full and complete responsibility of the contractor. For the purposes of the Contractor's safety planning in the bidding process, the contractor is to consider all excavation to be done in the performance of this contract to be in soil classified as OSHA "Type C ". The Contractor's attention is called to specific requirements of OSHA for excavation shoring, employee entry, location of excavated material adjacent to excavation, the removal of water from the excavation, surface encumbrances and in particular the requirement of a "Competent Person" to control safety operations. The Contractor will identify his Competent Person to City staff at the start of construction. City staff are required from time to time to perform inspections, tests, survey location work, or other similar activity in an excavation prepared by the contractor. City staff in conformance with the OSHA Excavation Safety Requirements are to only enter an excavation in compliance with these OSHA standards. The City's staff reserve the option to refuse entry into the Contractor's excavation if, in the opinion of the City's staff, the entry into the Contractor's excavation is unsafe or does not conform OSHA requirements. If this circumstance occurs, the contractor must either provide the necessary safety requirements or provide alternate means for the accomplishment of the City's work at the Contractor's expense. The restoration quantities, if any, contained in the bid proposal for this contract to not contain sufficient quantities to allow the contractor to perform excavation work using strictly the "open cut" method whereby no shoring systems are used and trench side slopes are cut to conform to OSHA safety requirements without a shoring system. In addition to safety reasons, the Contractor is required to use excavation and trench- shoring methods in compliance with all safety requirements which allow the Contractor to control the amount of restoration work necessary to complete the project. Not more than one hundred (100) feet of trench shall be opened at one time in advance of the completed work unless written permission is received from the Engineer for the distance specified. For pipe installation projects, the trench shall be six (6) inches wider on each side than the greatest external horizontal width of the pipe or conduit, including hubs, intended to be laid SectionIV.docx Page 6 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications in them. The bottom of the trench under each pipe joint shall be slightly hollowed, to allow the body of the pipe to rest throughout its length. In case a trench is excavated at any place, excepting at joints, below the grade of its bottom as given, or directed by the Engineer, the filling and compaction to grade shall be done in such manner as the Engineer shall direct, without compensation. 6 CONCRETE Unless otherwise directed, all concrete work shall be performed in accordance with the latest editions of the Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures by the Portland Cement Association, the American Concrete Institute, and FDOT's Standard Specifications. All appropriate testing shall be performed according to the American Society of Testing Materials. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete shall have fiber mesh reinforcing and have a minimum compressive strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. The cement type shall be Type I and shall conform to AASHTO M -85. The aggregate shall conform to ASTM C -33. All ready mix concrete shall conform to ASTM C -94. The slump for all concrete shall be in the range of 3" to 5 ", except when admixtures or special placement considerations are required. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all concrete placement. All concrete shall be tested in the following manner: Placement of less than 5 cubic yards (cy) shall be tested at the Engineer's discretion. Otherwise, for each class, for each day, for every 50 cy or part thereof exceeding 5 cy, one set of 3 compressive strength cylinders will be required (1 at 7 days and 2 at 28 days). At the discretion of the Engineer, unacceptable test results may require the Contractor to provide further tests, as determined by the Engineer, to determine product acceptability, or need for removal, and compensation or denial thereof. 7 EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK 7.1 EXCAVATION Excavating for concrete work shall be made to the required depth of the subgrade or base upon which the concrete is to be placed. The base or subgrade shall be thoroughly compacted to a point 6" outside said concrete work before the forms are placed. Concrete shall be poured "in the dry". 7.2 FORMS Forms for concrete work shall be either wood or metal (except curbs, metal only, unless by written permission from Engineer). They shall be free from warps or bends, shall have a depth equal to the dimensions required for the depth of the concrete deposited against them and shall be of sufficient strength when staked to resist the pressure of concrete without moving or springing. 8 REINFORCEMENT When required, reinforcement shall be placed in the concrete work. Bar reinforcement shall be deformed: ASTMA -A 615, steel shall be billet Intermediate or Hard Grade: Rail Steel A.A.S.H.T.O. M42. Twisted Bars shall not be used, Fabric Reinforcement shall conform to the SectionN.docx Page 7 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications requirements of AASHTO M55 (ASTM A185). Welded deformed steel wire fabric for Concrete reinforcement shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 221 (ASTM A497). Epoxy coated reinforcing Steel Bars shall meet ASTM 775/A77 M -86 requirements. 8.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT Reinforcement shall not be paid for separately. The cost of such work shall be included in the contract unit price for the item of work specified. 9 OBSTRUCTIONS Any pipes, conduits, wires, mains, footings, driveways, or other structures encountered shall be carefully protected from injury or displacement. Any damage thereto shall be fully, promptly, and properly repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the owner thereof. Should it become necessary to change the position of water or gas or other pipes, sewer drains, or poles, the Engineer shall be at once notified of the locality and circumstances, and no claims for damages arising from the delay in adjusting the pipe, sewer drains or poles shall be made. Failure of the plans to show the location, nature or extent of any existing structures or obstructions shall not be the basis of a claim for extra work. Any survey monument or benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon completion of the work by a registered land surveyor. Any concrete removed due to construction requirements shall be removed to the nearest expansion joint or by saw cut. Contractor shall consult Inspector for the approved means. 10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT Driveways, sidewalks, and curbs destroyed or damaged during construction shall be replaced and shall be the same type of material as destroyed or damaged, or to existing City Standards, whichever provides the stronger repair. All street pavement destroyed or damaged shall be replaced with the same type of material, to existing City Standards, unless the existing base is unsuitable as determined by the Engineer, then the base shall be replaced with City approved material. All replaced base shall be a minimum 8" compacted thickness, or same thickness as base destroyed plus 2 ", if over 6 ", and compacted to 98% of maximum density per AASHTO T- 180. Unless called for in the proposal as separate bid items, cost of the above work including labor, materials and equipment required shall be included in the bid price per lineal foot of main or square yard of base. The bid price for street pavement, restoration or replacement when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work, and shall be paid for on a square yard basis. When replacement is over a trench for utilities, the area of replacement shall be limited to twice the depth of the cut plus twice the inside diameter of the pipe. All over this will be at the Contractor's expense. The bid price for restoration or placement of driveways, curbs and sidewalks, when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work and shall be paid for on the basis of the following units: Driveways, plant mix - per square yard: concrete - per square foot; curbs - per lineal foot; sidewalk 4" or 6" thick - per square foot. SectionlV.docx Page 8 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications Concrete walks at drives shall be a minimum of 6" thick and be reinforced with 6/6 X 10 /10 welded wire mesh (also see Articles 8 and 30). The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all driveway, curb, sidewalk and street restoration and replacement work. 11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS Restoration is an important phase of construction, particularly to residents affected by the construction progress. The Contractor will be expected to complete restoration Activities within a reasonable time following primary construction activity. Failure by the Contractor to accomplish restoration within a reasonable time shall be justification for a temporary stop on primary construction activity or a delay in approval of partial payment requests. Reasonable care shall be taken for existing shrubbery. Contractor shall replace all shrubbery removed or disturbed during construction. No separate payment shall be made for this work. The contractor shall make provision and be responsible for the supply of all water, if needed, on any and all phases of the contract work. The contractor shall not obtain water from local residents or businesses except as the contractor shall obtain written permission. Reuse water is available for the Contractor's use without charge from the City's wastewater treatment plants, provided the water is used on City of Clearwater contractual work. Details for Contractor to obtain and reuse water from the treatment plants will be coordinated at the pre - construction conference. The Contractor's use of reuse water must conform to all regulatory requirements. 12 DEWATERING 12.1 GENERAL Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, all pipe, except subdrains, shall be laid "in the dry ". The contractor shall dewater trench excavation as required for the proper execution of the work, using one or more of the following approved methods: well point system, trenched gravity underdrain system, or sumps with pumps. Well point systems must be efficient enough to lower the water level in advance of the excavation and maintain it continuously in order that the trench bottom and sides shall remain firm and reasonably dry. The well points shall be designed especially for this type of service, and the pumping unit used shall be capable of maintaining a high vacuum, and at the same time, of handling large volumes of air as well as of water. The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of all water resulting from trench dewatering operations, and shall dispose of the water without damage or undue inconvenience to the work, the surrounding area, or the general public. He shall not dam, divert, or cause water to flow in excess in existing gutters, pavements or other structures: and to do this he may be required to conduct the water to a suitable place of discharge may be determined by the Engineer. The cost of dewatering shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structures. SectionIV.docx Page 9 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 12.2 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS 12.2.1 DEWATERING CONTROL The City of Clearwater will hold the Contractor responsible for obtaining a Generic Permit for the Discharge of Produced Groundwater from Any Non - Contaminated Site Activity prior to dewatering or discharging into the City's streets, storm sewers or waterways. Prior to discharging produced groundwater from any construction site, the contractor must collect samples and analyze the groundwater, which must meet acceptable discharge limits. The following document has been incorporated into this section for reference... 12.2.2 GENERIC PERMIT FOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND WATER FROM ANY NON - CONTAMINATED SITE ACTIVITY City Notification Procedure - Contractor must provide the City of Clearwater Environmental Department with the following information prior to beginning dewatering activities: 1) A copy of all groundwater laboratory results 2) A copy of the FDEP Notification It is recommended that the Contractor call or meet with the City Environmental staff if you have any questions. You may contact the City at 562 -4750 for direction or further assistance. STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION GENERIC PERMITOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND WATER FROM ANY NON - CONTAMINATED SITE ACTIVITY The facility is authorized to discharge produced ground water from any non - contaminated site activity which discharges by a point source to surface waters of the State, as defined in Chapter 62- 620, F.A.C., only if the reported values for the parameters listed in Table 1 do not exceed any of the listed screening values. Before discharge of produced ground water can occur from such sites, analytical tests on samples of the proposed untreated discharge water shall be performed to determine if contamination exists. Minimum reporting requirements for all produced ground water dischargers. The effluent shall be sampled before the commencement of discharge, again within thirty (30) days after commencement of discharge, and then once every six (6) months for the life of the project to maintain continued coverage under this generic permit. Samples taken in compliance with the provisions of this permit shall be taken prior to actual discharge or mixing with the receiving waters. The effluent shall be sampled for the parameters listed in Table 1. TABLE 1 Screening Values for Discharges into: Parameter Fresh Waters Coastal Waters SectionIV.docx Page 10 of 128 11/26/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications Total Organic Carbon (TOC) 10.0 mg/1 10.0 mg/1 PH, standard units 6.0 -8.5 6.5 -8.5 Total Recoverable Mercury — by Method 1631E 0.012 1.1g/1 0.025 µg/1 Total Recoverable Cadmium 9.3 µg/1 9.3 µg/1 Total Recoverable Copper 2.9 µg/1 2.9 µg/1 Total Recoverable Lead 0.03 mg/1 5.6 µg/1 Total Recoverable Zinc 86.0 µg/1 86.0 µg/1 Total Recoverable Chromium (Hex.) 11.0 µg/1 50.0 µg/1 Benzene 1.0 µg/1 1.0 µg/1 Naphthalene 100.0 µg/1 100.0 µg/1 If any of the analytical test results exceed the screening values listed in Table 1, except TOC, the discharge is not authorized by this permit or by the City of Clearwater. (a) For initial TOC values that exceed the screening values listed in Table 1, which may be caused by naturally occurring, high molecular weight organic compounds, the permittee may request to be exempted from the TOC requirement. To request this exemption, the permittee shall submit additional information with a Notice of Intent (NOI), described below, which describes the method used to determine that these compounds are naturally occurring. The Department shall grant the exemption if the permittee affirmatively demonstrates that the TOC values are caused by naturally occurring, high molecular weight organic compounds. (b) The NOI shall be submitted to the appropriate Department district office thirty (30) days prior to discharge, and contain the following information: 1. the name and address of the person that the permit coverage will be issued to; 2. the name and address of the facility, including county location; 3. any applicable individual wastewater permit number(s); 4. a map showing the facility and discharge location (including latitude and longitude); 5. the name of the receiving water; and 6. the additional information required by paragraph (3)(a) of this permit. (c) Discharge shall not commence until notification of coverage is received from the Department. For fresh waters and coastal waters, the pH of the effluent shall not be lowered to less than 6.0 units for fresh waters, or less than 6.5 units for coastal waters, or raised above 8.5 units, unless the permittee submits natural background data confirming a natural background pH outside of SectionIV.docx Page 11 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications this range. If natural background of the receiving water is determined to be less than 6.0 units for fresh waters, or less than 6.5 units in coastal waters, the pH shall not vary below natural background or vary more than one (1) unit above natural background for fresh and coastal waters. If natural background of the receiving water is determined to be higher than 8.5 units, the pH shall not vary above natural background or vary more than one (1) unit below natural background of fresh and coastal waters. The permittee shall include the natural background pH of the receiving waters with the results of the analyses required under paragraph (2) of this permit. For purposes of this section only, fresh waters are those having a chloride concentration of less than 1500 mg/l, and coastal waters are those having a chloride concentration equal to or greater than 1500 mg/1. In accordance with Rule 62- 302.500(1)(a -c), F.A.C., the discharge shall at all times be free from floating solids, visible foam, turbidity, or visible oil in such amounts as to form nuisances on surface waters. If contamination exists, as indicated by the results of the analytical tests required by paragraph (2), the discharge cannot be covered by this Generic Permit. The facility shall apply for an individual wastewater permit at least ninety (90) days prior to the date discharge to surface waters of the State is expected, or, if applicable, the facility may seek coverage under any other applicable Department generic permit. No discharge is permissible without an effective permit. If the analytical tests required by paragraph (2) reveal that no contamination exists from any source, the facility can begin discharge immediately and is covered by this permit without having to submit an NOI request for coverage to the Department. A short summary of the proposed activity and copy of the analytical tests shall be sent to the applicable Department district office within one (1) week after discharge begins. These analytical tests shall be kept on site during discharge and made available to the Department if requested. Additionally, no Discharge Monitoring Report forms are required to be submitted to the Department. All of the general conditions listed in Rule 62- 621.250, F.A.C., are applicable to this Generic Permit. There are no annual fees associated with the use of this Generic Permit. 13 SANITARY MANHOLES 13.1 BUILT UP TYPE Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the drawings. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semicircular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be formed by one of the following methods: form directly into concrete manhole base, build up with brick and mortar, lay half tile in concrete, or lay full section of sewer pipe through manhole and break out top half of pipe. The manhole floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Free drop in manholes from inlet pipe invert to top of floor outside the channels shall not exceed twenty four inches. Standard Drop Manholes shall be constructed wherever free drop exceeds twenty four inches. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of manholes. SectionlV.docx Page 12 of 128 11/26/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch of mortar. Brick used may be solid only. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. 13.2 PRECAST TYPE Precast Sanitary Manholes shall conform to this specification unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. AASHTO M 85 Type II cement shall be used throughout with a minimum wall thickness of 5 inches. The precast sections shall conform to ASTM C 478 latest revision. Section joints shall be a tongue and groove with "ram neck" gasket or "0" ring to provide a watertight joint. Minimum concrete strength shall be 4000 psi at 28 days. Three sets of shop drawings and location inventory shall be submitted to the City Engineer for approval. Approval of shop drawings does not relieve contractor of responsibility for compliance to these specifications unless letter from contractor requesting specific variance is approved by the City Engineer. Location inventory submitted with shop drawing shall detail parts of manhole per manhole as numbered on the construction plans. All manhole parts shall be numbered or lettered before being sent to the job site to permit proper construction placement. A plan or list of the numbering system shall be present on the job site when manhole components are delivered. Precast manhole dimensions, drop entry, grout flow of channel, etc., shall be as shown on City of Clearwater Engineering Index #302 Sheets 1 and 2 of 2. Manhole sections shall be rejected if abused during shipping or placement and if pipe openings are not properly aligned. The "break in" to precast manholes for pipe entry will not be allowed. The manhole base shall be set on a pad of A 1 or A 2 Classification soil approximately five (5) inches thick to secure proper seating and bearing. 13.2.1 MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) Between the top of the manhole cone and the manhole cover frame, a manhole adjustment ring shall be installed. The intent of the manhole adjustment ring is to accommodate future grade changes without disturbing the manhole. See Section IV, Article 23.7 — Asphaltic Concrete — Adjustment of Manholes. 13.3 DROP MANHOLES Standard drop inlets to manholes shall be constructed of commercial pipe, fittings and specials as detailed on the drawings. 13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS Manhole frames and covers shall be set in a full bed of mortar with the top of the cover flush with or higher than finished grade as directed. Refer to Detail 301. 13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS The exterior and interior of all built up manholes shall be coated with two (2) coats of Type II Asphalt emulsion, moisture and damp proof (Specification ASTM D 1227 Type II Class I) as SectionW.docx Page 13 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications manufactured by W.R. Meadows Sealtite or approved equal. Interior of built up manholes which have sewers entering with a free drop or which receive discharge from a force main shall have the inside plastered with 1/2 -inch of grout and coated as precast manholes below. The exterior of all precast manholes shall have a 15 mil dry thickness of PROCO EP214 -351 Sewper Coating or approved equal. The interior shall be AGRU SUREGRIP HDPE or PP -R Liner with a minimum thickness of 2 mm. 13.6 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES Connections to existing sanitary manholes using approved PVC sewer main shall be made with a manhole adapter coupling by Flo Control, Inc., or approved water stop coupling. 14 BACKFILL Material for backfill shall be carefully selected from the excavated material or from other sources as may be required by the Engineer. Such material shall be granular, free from organic matter or debris, contain no rocks or other hard fragments greater than 3" in the largest dimension and all fill shall be similar material. Backfill placed around pipes shall be carefully placed around the sides and top of pipe by hand shovels and thoroughly compacted to 12" above the pipe by tamping or other suitable means. Backfill under all types of paving shall be compacted in layers not to exceed 12" in thickness unless alternate method is approved by the Engineer. Backfill shall be a minimum of 98% compaction as determined by the modified Proctor Density Test to the bottom of pavement. Backfill outside of pavement areas shall be compacted the full depth to the ground surface to a minimum of 95% compaction of AASHTO T 180 Standard Density Test. The cost of backfill shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of the pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structure. 15 STREET CROSSINGS, ETC. At such crossings, and other points as may be directed by the Engineer, the trenches shall be bridged in an open and secure manner, so as to prevent any serious interruption of travel upon the roadway or sidewalk, and also to afford necessary access to public or private premises. The material used, and the mode of constructing said bridges, and the approaches, thereto, must be satisfactory to the Engineer. The cost of all such work must be included in the cost of the trench excavation. 16 RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER, STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES Sanitary Sewer or Storm Drainage Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans or as indicated by the Engineer. 16.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work. SectionlV.docx Page 14 of 128 11/26/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL All unsuitable material, such as muck, clay, rock, etc., shall be excavated and removed from the site. All material removed is property of the Contractor, who shall dispose of said material off - site at his expense. The limits of the excavation shall be determined in the field by the Engineer. 17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the amount of cubic yards of unsuitable material excavated and replaced with suitable material as determined by either cross sections of the excavation, truck measure, or lump sum as specified in the Scope of Work and Contract Proposal. 17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for the removal of unsuitable material shall include: all materials, equipment, tools, labor, disposal, hauling, excavating, dredging, placing, compaction, dressing surface and incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, the removal of unsuitable material shall be included in the most appropriate bid item. 18 UNDERDRAINS The Contractor shall construct sub - surface drainage pipe as directed in the Contract Scope of Work and detail drawings contained in the Project construction plans. In general, underdrain pipe shall be embedded in a bed of #6 FDOT crushed aggregate, located behind the back of curb and aggregate surface covered with a non - degradable fibrous type filter material. A #57 aggregate may be used in lieu of #6 if it is washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be stone, slag or crushed gravel. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, underdrain pipe shall be 8" diameter, polyvinyl chloride pipe, in conformance with ASTM F -758 "Standard Specification For Smooth Wall PVC Underdrain Systems for Highways" latest revision, minimum stiffness of 46 in conformance with ASTM D2412, perforations in conformance with AASHTO M -189 described in FDOT Section 948 -4.5 or latest revision and in conformance with ASTM D3034 - SDR 35. Alternate acceptable underdrain pipe material is Contech A -2000 which is a rigid PVC pipe exceeds ASTM Specifications D1784, minimum cell classification of 12454B or 12454C, manufactured per ASTM F949 -93a, minimum pipe stiffness of 50 psi, with no evidence of splitting, cracking or breaking when pipe is tested in accordance with ASTM D2412 at 60% flatting and with a double gasket joint. Underdrain pipe placed beneath existing driveways and roadways shall be non - perforated pipe with compacted backfill. All poly - chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. Where ductile iron pipe is specified, pipe material shall be the same as specified for potable water pipe in these technical specifications. All underdrain aggregate shall be fully encased in a polyester filter fabric "sock" (Mirafi 140 -N or approved equal) per the construction detail drawings. 18.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of lineal feet of 8" Sub -drain in place and accepted. SectionIV.docx Page 15 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 18.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be based upon the unit price per lineal foot for underdrain as measured above, which shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to construct the underdrain (specifically underdrain pipe, aggregate and filter fabric). Underdrain clean -outs, sod, driveway, road and sidewalk restoration shall be paid by a separate bid item. 19 STORM SEWERS All storm drain pipe installed within the City of Clearwater shall be steel reinforced concrete unless otherwise specified or approved by the City Engineer. Said pipe shall comply with Section 430 of the 2013 FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction. All reinforced concrete pipe joints shall be wrapped with Mirafi 140N filter fabric or equivalent (as approved by the City Engineer). The cost for all pipe joint wraps shall be included in the unit price for the pipe. All pipe, just before being lowered into a trench, is to be inspected and cleaned. If any difficulty is found in the fitting the pieces together, this fitting is to be done on the surface of the street before laying the pipe, and the tops plainly marked in the order in which they are to be laid. No pipe is to be trimmed or chipped to fit. Each piece of pipe is to be solidly and evenly bedded, and not simply wedged up. Before finishing each joint, some suitable device is to be used to find that the inverts coincide and pipe is clear throughout. 19.1 AS BUILT INFORMATION The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the stations and left or right offsets of all manholes, inlet structures and terminals ends of subdrains, as measured from the nearest downstream manhole along the centerline of the sewer along with the elevations of the north edge of manhole cover, inverts of all pipe in structures, and the flow line of inlets. (Gutter) 19.2 TESTING The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly watertight sewer under all conditions. At the discretion of the City Engineer or his designee, the watertightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring the infiltration. The watertightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section of the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltration. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed 150 gallon per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltration is excessive the Contractor at his own expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No trench made joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation. The work under this Section shall include the internal video recording of new stormwater drainage pipes and drainage structures. The Contractor shall provide the City with a video of the completed stormwater drainage system, and a written report. The Contractor shall pump down SectionIV.docx Page 16 of 128 11/26/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications and clean the pipes and drainage structures, to the satisfaction of the City, prior to video recording. The video shall be of the standard DVD format, in color, with all the pertinent data and observations recorded as audio on the DVD. The data should include: 1) An accurate recorded footage of the pipe lengths. 2) The drainage structure number and pipe size. 3) The run of the pipe and direction of flow (i.e. from S -1 to S -2). 4) Details of structural defects, broken pipes, sags, dips, misalignments, obstructions and infiltration. The written report shall include the four (4) items listed previously. All visual and video recording inspections shall be completed by the Contractor and be in accordance with Section 430 -4.8 of the 2013 FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction. Any deficient or damaged pipe discovered during the video recording process shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to repair or replace at their own expense within the contractual duration. As a complement to the video report, the Contractor shall also provide digital photos of areas of concern in electronic (computer CD) and hard copy form (in color). All known pipe breaks or those breaks discovered after the video inspection shall be repaired by the Contractor regardless of the test allowances. Faulty sections of drainage pipes or drainage structures rejected by the Engineer shall be removed and re -laid by the Contractor. Sections of pipe that are repaired, re -laid or replaced shall be accompanied with a corresponding post construction video inspection at the Contractor's expense. In all cases that a leak is found, re- inspection shall be required at the Contractor's expense, to confirm that the problem has been resolved. 19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot for storm sewer pipe in place and accepted, measured along the centerline of the storm sewer pipe to the inside face of exterior walls of storm manholes or drainage structures and to the outside face of endwalls. Said unit price includes all work required to install the pipe (i.e. all materials, equipment, filter fabric wrap, labor and incidentals, etc.). 20 SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS 20.1 MATERIALS 20.1.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE GRAVITY SEWER PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall conform with ASTM specification D 3034 for S.D.R. 35. Sewer pipe with more than 10 feet of cover shall be SDR 26. The pipe shall be plainly marked with the above ASTM designation. The bell end of joints and fittings shall have a rubber sealing ring to provide a tight flexible seal in conformance with ASTM D 3212 76. The laying length of pipe joints shall be a maximum of 20 -feet. Unless otherwise noted in these specifications or construction plans, Ductile Iron pipe and fittings for gravity sewer shall conform to Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for DIP SectionIV.docx Page 17 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications water main except pipe shall be interior "polylined" in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Where sanitary sewer main is to be placed between building lots in a sideline easement, the sewer main shall, insofar as possible, be constructed without manholes or lateral connections within the side easement. The pipe material in the side easement between streets shall be C 900, SDR 18 polyvinyl chloride water main pipe as described in Technical Section 41. A two -way cleanout shall be installed on each lateral at the property line. 20.1.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE FORCE MAIN PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Unless otherwise noted in the specifications or construction plans, both polyvinyl chloride and ductile iron force main pipe and fittings shall conform to Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe except that DIP shall be " polylined" in accordance with manufactures recommendations. All polyvinyl chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. 20.2 INSTALLATION 20.2.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Installation of gravity sewer pipe shall be in conformance with recommended practices contained in ASTM D 2321 and Unibell UNI B 5. The bottom trench width in an unsupported trench shall be limited to the minimum practicable width (typically pipe OD plus 8 to 12 -inch on each side) allowing working space to place and compact the haunching material. The use of trench boxes and movable sheeting shall be performed in such a manner that removal, backfill and compaction will not disturb compacted haunching material or pipe alignment. Dewatering of the trench bottom shall be accomplished using adequate means to allow preparation of bedding, placement of the haunching material and pipe in the trench without standing water. Dewatering shall continue until sufficient backfill is placed above the pipe to prevent flotation or misalignment. Where pipe bedding is insufficient to adequately support pipe, the contractor will be required to remove unsuitable material and bed pipe in Class I material (1/2" Dia. aggregate) to provide firm support of pipe. Connections to manholes with sanitary pipe shall use a joint 2 feet in length and shall use an approved water stop around pipe joint entry. The laterals shown on the plans do not necessarily reflect exact locations. The contractor is required to locate all existing laterals for reconnection and to coordinate with the construction inspector the location of all new laterals. 20.2.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE Installation of force main pipe shall be in conformance with Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. SectionLV.docx Page 18 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 20.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS The contractor shall submit to the Engineer a marked set of "As Built" construction drawings describing both the stations and left or right offset of all lateral terminal ends as measured from the nearest downstream manhole along the center line of the sewer main. The as built drawings will also describe elevations of the north edge of the manhole cover rings and inverts of all main pipes in manholes. 20.4 TESTING 20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly water tight sewer under all conditions. The water tightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring infiltration. The water tightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section or the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltration. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed 50 gallon per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltration is excessive, the Contractor at his own expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No such repaired joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation. The Contractor shall TV inspect all mains to verify the true and uniform grade and the absence of bellies or dropped joints prior to acceptance. Any infiltration, dips or sags of more than 1/4- inches shall be cause for rejection. The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the line. 20.4.2 TESTING OF FORCE MAINS Force mains shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of 150 P.S.I. for two (2) hours, as described in Section 41.04 of these Technical Specifications for the testing of water mains. 20.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT 20.5.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Payment for in place sanitary sewer gravity main pipe shall be the unit price per lineal foot per appropriate range of depth of cut as contained in the contract proposal. Measurement for payment shall be along the centerline of the sewer main from center to center of manholes. Payment for laterals shall be the unit price per lineal foot of pipe as measured from the centerline of the sewer main pipe to the terminal end of the lateral pipe including a two -way cleanout at the property line. Payment for sewer pipe shall include all labor, equipment and materials necessary to complete the installation. This shall include clearing and grubbing, excavation, shoring and dewatering, backfill and grading. SectionlV.docx Page 19 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 20.5.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE Payment and measurement of force main pipe shall be the same as described in Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. 21 DRAINAGE The Contractor shall provide proper outlet for all water courses and drains interrupted during the progress of the work and replace them in as good condition as he found them. 22 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 22.1 BASE This specification describes the construction of roadway base and subgrade. The Contractor shall refer to Section IV, Article 1 "Scope of Work" of the city's Contract Specifications for additional roadway base and subgrade items. Roadway base shall be 8" compacted minimum thickness unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The subgrade shall be 12" compacted minimum thickness with a minimum Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) of 40 unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory a Proctor and an LBR for each type material. The Contractor shall also have an independent testing laboratory perform all required density testing. Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of the base, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contract Specifications will apply. Once the roadway base is completed, it shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs required to the base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost for placement of prime material shall be included in the bid item for base. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all base and subgrade placement or reworking. The following base materials are acceptable: 1. SHELL BASE: Shell base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 913 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The shell shall be FDOT approved. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 2. LIMEROCK BASE: Limerock base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The limerock shall be from a FDOT approved certified pit. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 3. CRUSHED CONCRETE BASE: Crushed concrete base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 204 and 901 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The crushed concrete material shall be FDOT approved. The Contractor shall provide certified SectionIV.docx Page 20 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications laboratory tests on gradation to confirm that the crushed concrete base material conforms to the above specifications. The LBR shall be a minimum of 185. LBR and gradation tests shall be provided to the city by the Contractor once a week for continuous operations, or every 1000 tons of material, unless requested more frequently by the City Engineer or designee. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 4. SOIL CEMENT BASE: Unless otherwise noted, soil cement base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 270 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. An Asphalt Rubber Membrane Interlayer (ARMI) shall be included in the pavement design per Section 341 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition) to minimize reflective cracking unless otherwise noted in the project plans and specifications. The ARMI layer shall be overlaid with asphalt on the same day it is placed for the Contractor to receive full compensation for the work. The soil cement base design shall be by a certified lot under the direction of a Registered Florida Professional Engineer, and must be approved by the City Engineer. Said design shall provide for a minimum of 300 P.S.I. in seven days. All plant mixed soil cement shall be certified by a registered laboratory that has been approved by the Engineer. The only approved method for spreading the cement is the use of a spreader box. The use of a spreader bar for spreading cement will not be allowed. The applying of the cement shall not be allowed when the wind velocity is sufficient to jeopardize material interests (i.e. vehicles, etc.) from airborne cement particles. The density testing frequency shall be at the discretion of the registered Florida Professional Engineer responsible for the soil cement design. 5. ASPHALT BASE: Full depth asphalt base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 280 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The cost for preparation, placement and compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid item price for asphalt or base. 6. REWORKED BASE: When the plans call for the working of the existing base, the finished reworked base shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 8" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, and be constructed in accordance with the applicable FDOT requirements for the type of material used. The density requirements (except for asphalt and soil cement base) shall be per Section 200 -7 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). For asphalt, the density requirements are per Section 330 -11 and for soil cement per Section 270 -5 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 22.1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of base in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency shall be a half -inch (1/2 "). Areas deficient in thickness shall either be fixed by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place. SectionIV.docx Page 21 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 22.1.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The unit price for base shall include: all materials, roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, prime, base, subgrade (unless the plans specify a separate pay item), stabilization, mixing, testing, equipment, tools, hauling, labor, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment for asphalt base shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 22.2 SUBGRADE All subgrade shall be stabilized and constructed in accordance with Sections 160 and 914 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition) unless otherwise noted herein. All subgrade shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 12" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer. If limerock is used, it shall also meet the requirements of Section 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of the subgrade, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contract Specifications will apply. The extent of said removal shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with accepted construction practices. The Contractor is responsible for clearing, grading, filling, and removing any trees or vegetation in the roadbed below the subgrade to prepare it per the plans. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price for base or subgrade. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory the bearing value after the mixing of materials for the stabilized subgrade. 22.2.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of stabilized subgrade in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency for mixing depth shall be per Section 161 -6.4 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. Acceptable bearing values shall be per Section 160 -7.2 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. Areas deficient in thickness or bearing values shall either be corrected by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place (latest edition). 22.2.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for subgrade shall include: roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, testing, stabilizing, mixing, materials, hauling, labor, equipment and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, subgrade shall be included in the bid item for base. 23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS This specification is for the preparation and application of all S -Type Marshall Mix Design asphaltic concrete materials on roadway surfaces unless otherwise noted. 23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 23.1.1 AGGREGATE All aggregates shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections 901 through 915 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. SectionIV.docx Page 22 of 128 11/26/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 23.1.2 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 23.2 HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE The plant and methods of operation used to prepare all asphaltic concrete and bituminous materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 320 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise noted, all acceptance procedures and quality control /assurance procedures shall conform to the requirements of Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall note that the City shall have the right to have an independent testing laboratory select, test, and analyze, at the expense of the City, test specimens of any or all materials to be used. Tests to be performed by the independent testing laboratory every 1000 tons include, but are not limited to, Marshall stability and flow, extraction/gradation and cores to determine density and thickness. The results of such tests and analyses shall be considered, along with the tests or analyses made by the Contractor, to determine compliance with the applicable specifications for the materials so tested or analyzed. The Contractor hereby understands and accepts that wherever any portion of the work is discovered, as a result of such independent testing or investigation by the City, which fails to meet the requirements of the Contract documents, all costs of such independent inspection and investigation as well as all costs of removal, correction, reconstruction, or repair of any such work shall be borne solely by the Contractor. Payment reductions for asphalt related items shall be determined by the following: 1. Density per Section 330 -11 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 2. Final surface or friction course tolerances per Section 330 -13 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 3. Thickness will be determined from core borings. Deficiencies of 1/4" or greater shall be corrected by the Contractor, without compensation, by either replacing the full thickness for a length extending at least 25' from each end of the deficient area, or when the Engineer allows for an overlay per Section 330 - 15.2.3 of FDOT's Standard Specifications 2000 edition. In addition, for excesses of 'A" or greater, the Engineer will determine if the excess area shall be removed and replaced at no compensation, or if the pavement in question can remain with payment to be made based on the thickness specified in the contract. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all asphalt. 23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES All asphalt mix designs shall conform to the requirements of Sections 331 and 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. All asphalt mix designs shall be approved by the Engineer PRIOR to the commencement of the paving operation. Reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP) material may be substituted for aggregate in the asphaltic concrete mixes up to 25% by weight. SectionIV.docx Page 23 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the following requirements: Table 1: Layer Thickness for Asphalt (Layers Are Listed in Sequence of Construction) COURSE THICKNESS (Inches) LAYER THICKNESS (Inches) Type S —I Type S —I with Type S —III Top Layer Type S —III FC -3 Type S —III with FC -3 Top Layer Type S —I with FC -3 Top Layer 1st 2nd 1st 2nd 1st 2nd 1st 2nd 1st 2nd 1st 2nd 1 1 1 1 %2 1 %2 2 11/4 3/4 * 1 1 2V2 11/4 11/4 1Y2 1 11/2 1 3 1'/2 1%2 2 1 2 1 * At the Engineer's discretion, 2" of S -III is acceptable for use on residential streets Additional Notes: 1. Type S —III shall be limited to the final (top) structural layer (one layer only). 2. All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the requirements of Sections 331 and 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 3. All pavement designs shall include a minimum of two inches of asphalt. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible to review the project plans for complete pavement design detail. 5. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, Type S —III per Section 331 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications shall be used as final riding surface on streets with the speed limit of less than 35 mph, streets with an average daily traffic (ADT) of less than 3000, and all residential streets. 6. An FC -3 friction course per Section 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications shall be used on streets with a speed limit of 35 mph or greater, and streets with an ADT of 3000 or greater. 23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The general construction requirements for all hot bituminous pavements (including limitations of operations, preparation of mixture, preparation of surface, placement and compaction of mixture, surface requirements, correction of unacceptable pavement, etc.) shall be in accordance with Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. SectionlV.docx Page 24 of 128 11/26/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 23.6 CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION 23.6.1 CRACKS Cracks in roadway pavement shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1 All debris to be removed from cracks by compressed air or other suitable method. 2. Apply a multiple layered application of bituminous binder and fine aggregate, as appropriate to the depth of the crack until the void of the crack is completely filled to the level of the surrounding roadway surface. 3. If application of asphaltic concrete is not to begin immediately after crack repair, cracks are to be sanded to prevent vehicular tracking. 4. Payment for crack filling shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. 23.6.2 POTHOLES Potholes shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris is to be removed from potholes by hand, sweeping, or other suitable method. 2. A tack coat is to be applied to the interior surface of the pothole. 3. The pothole is to be completely filled with asphaltic concrete, and thoroughly compacted. 4. Payment for pothole preparation shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. 23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and storm drain manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be paid on a per unit basis for each item. The use of manhole adjustment risers is acceptable under the following conditions: The riser shall meet or exceed all FDOT material, weld, and construction requirements. The riser shall consist of an A -36 hot rolled steel meeting or exceeding the minimum requirements of A.S.T.M. A -36. The riser shall be a single piece with a stainless steel adjustment stud and shall have a rust resistant finish. The use of cast iron, plastic, or fiberglass risers is not permitted. In addition, the installation of each riser shall be per manufacturer's specifications. Each manhole shall be individually measured, and each riser shall be physically marked to ensure that the proper riser is used. Also, the ring section shall be cleaned, and a bead of chemically resistant epoxy applied to the original casting, prior to installation of the riser. It is the Contractors responsibility to ensure that the manholes are measured, the risers are physically marked, the ring sections are thoroughly cleaned, and that the epoxy is properly applied prior to installation of each riser. If risers are not used, the adjustment of manholes shall be accomplished by the removal of pavement around manhole, grade adjustment of ring and cover, and acceptable replacement and compaction of roadway materials prior to paving. A full depth backfill using asphalt is acceptable. The use of Portland cement for backfill is not acceptable. SectionlV.docx Page 25 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications All manhole and valve adjustments shall be accomplished prior to the application of final asphaltic concrete surface. Unless otherwise noted in the specs or on the plans, the paving operation shall occur within seven (7) calendar days from the completion of the adjustment. On arterial roadways, the manholes are to be ramped with asphalt during the time period between initial adjustment and final resurfacing. Water and gas valves, sewer cleanouts, valve boxes, tree aeration vents, etc. will be adjusted by the Contractor with the cost for this work to be included in the unit cost of the asphalt. Care must be taken around said appurtenances to ensure that they are not paved over. It is the Contractor's responsibility to inform the owners of all utilities of impending work and coordinate their adjustments so they are completed prior to the scheduled paving. 23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS 1. All impacted radius returns within project limits shall be paved unless otherwise directed by the Construction Inspector or Engineer, with payment to be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt. 2. All pavement markings impacted by placement of asphalt shall be replaced prior to the road being open to traffic unless otherwise noted in the contract scope and plans. 3. All project related debris shall be hauled off the job site by the Contractor in a timely manner and at their own expense in conformance with all regulatory requirements. 4. The Contractor shall pay particular attention to sweeping when paving. Prior to paving, all construction areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper (either vacuum or mechanical type) that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre- wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways, curbs and roadways each day before leaving the job site. 5. The application of tack and prime coats (either required or placed at the Engineer's discretion) shall be placed per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Tack shall also be applied to the face of all curbs and driveways. The cost (including heating, hauling and applying) shall be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 6. Leveling course and spot patching shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 7. If an asphalt rubber binder is required, it shall conform to the requirements of Section 336 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 8. On all streets with curb and gutter, the final compacted asphalt shall be 'A" above the lip or face of said curb per City Index 101. 23.9 SUPERPAVE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 1. Unless otherwise noted in this section, all of the asphaltic concrete specifications in Sections 23.1 through 23.8 above shall apply to superpave asphaltic concrete. All asphaltic concrete pavement shall be designed and placed in accordance with the FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (latest edition). SectionIV.docx Page 26 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 2. All aggregate shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections 901 and 902 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 3. All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Asphaltic binder shall be Grade PG 67 -22 unless otherwise specified in the Scope of Work. 4. All superpave mix designs shall conform to Sections 320 and 334 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 5. All general construction requirements shall conform to Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 23.10 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Basis of measurement will be the number of tons of asphaltic concrete completed, in place and accepted. Truck scale weights will be required for all asphaltic concrete used. 23.11 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be made at the contract unit price for asphaltic concrete surface as specified and measured above. This price shall include all materials, preparation, hauling, placement, tack and/or prime coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, leveling, spot patching, filling of cracks, pothole repair, sweeping, debris removal, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the asphalt work in accordance with the plans and specifications. 24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT When this Article applies to the contract, the unit bid price for asphalt will be adjusted in accordance with the following provisions: 1. Price adjustment for asphalt shall only be made when the current FDOT Asphalt Price Index varies more than 10% from the bid price at the time of the bid opening. 2. The Bituminous Material Payment Adjustment Index published monthly by the FDOT shall be used for the adjustment of unit prices. This report is available on FDOT's internet site. The address is: http://www11.myflorida.com. It is under the section "Doing Business with FDOT" in the "Contracts Administration" section under "Asphalt Index ". For additional information, call FDOT @ 850- 414 -4000. 3. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of the bid opening will be used for the initial determination of the asphalt price. 4. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of placement of the asphalt will be used for payment calculation. 5. The monthly billing period for contract payment will be the same as the monthly period for the FDOT Payment Adjustment Index. 6. No adjustment in bid prices will be made for either tack coat or prime coat. 7. No price adjustment reflecting any further increases in the cost of asphalt will be made for any month after the expiration of the allowable contract time. 8. The City reserves the right to make adjustments for decreases in the cost of asphalt. SectionlV.docx Page 27 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 25 GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS 25.1 IRRIGATION 25.1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The work specified in this Section consists of the installation of an automatic underground irrigation system as shown or noted in the plans. Provide all labor, materials, equipment, services and facilities required to perform all work in connection with the underground sprinkler irrigation system, complete, as indicated on the drawings and/or specified. Work noted as "NIC ", "existing ", or "by others" is not included in this pay item. B. The irrigation plans are schematic in nature. Valves and pipes shall be located in the turf/landscape areas except at road/paving crossings. All piping under paving shall be sleeved. Changes in the irrigation system layout shall be modified with the approval of the Engineer. 25.1.1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The irrigation work shall be installed by qualified personnel or a qualified irrigation subcontracting company that has experience in irrigation systems of similar size, scope, mainline, system pressure, controls, etc. B. All applicable ANSI, ASTM, FED.SPEC. Standards and Specifications, and all applicable building codes and other public agencies having jurisdiction upon the work shall apply. C. Workmanship: All work shall be installed in a neat, orderly and responsible manner with the recognized standards of workmanship. The Engineer reserves the right to reject material or work which does not conform to the contract documents. Rejected work shall be removed or corrected at the earliest possible time at the contractor's expense. D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: The contractor shall prepare and deliver to the Engineer within ten (10) calendar days prior to completion of construction a minimum of three (3) hard cover binders with three rings containing the following information: 1. Index sheet stating the contractor's address and business telephone number, 24 hour emergency phone number, person to contact, list of equipment with name(s) and address(es) of local manufacturer's representative(s) and local supplier where replacement equipment can be purchased. 2. Catalog and part sheet on every material and equipment installed under this contract. 3. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment. 4. Provide the Engineer and the City of Clearwater maintenance staff with written and "hands on" instructions for major equipment and show evidence in writing to the Engineer at the conclusion of the project that this service has been rendered. a. Four -hour instruction (minimum) for the Drip Emitter equipment operation and maintenance. b. Two -hour instruction (minimum) for automatic control valve operation and maintenance. SectionIV.docx Page 28 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.1.1.2 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. The Irrigation Contractor shall coordinate the work with all other trades, all underground improvements, the location and planting of trees and all other planting. Verify planting requiring excavation 24 in. diameter and larger with the Engineer prior to installation of main lines. B. Provide temporary irrigation at all times to maintain plant materials. C. The Irrigation Contractor is responsible to maintain the work area and equipment until final acceptance by the Engineer. Repairs and replacement of equipment broken, stolen, or missing as well as regular maintenance operations shall be the obligation of the contractor. D. The Irrigation Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan (per FDOT specifications) to the Engineer prior to initiating construction on the site. The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of traffic signs, barriers, and any additional equipment to comply with the FDOT standards and to ensure the safety of its employees and the public. 25.1.1.3 WARRANTY A. The Manufacturer(s) shall warrant the irrigation system components to give satisfactory service for one (1) year period from the date of acceptance by the Engineer and the City of Clearwater. Should any problems develop within the warranty period due to inferior or faulty materials, they shall be corrected at no expense to the City of Clearwater or FDOT. 25.1.2 PRODUCTS 25.1.2.1 GENERAL A. All materials throughout the system shall be new and in perfect condition. No deviations from the specifications shall be allowed except as noted. 25.1.2.2 PIPING A. The irrigation system pipe shall be as stated herein and shall be furnished, installed and tested in accordance with these specifications. B. All pipe is herein specified to be Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, 1120, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM D2665 and D1785. C. All nipples, pipe connections, bushings, swing joints, connecting equipment to the mainline is required to be threaded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, Schedule 80. 25.1.2.3 PIPE FITTINGS A. All pipe fittings for Schedule 40 PVC pipe shall be as follows: Fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D2466, Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. All fittings shall bear the manufacturer's name or trademark, material designation, size, applicable IPS schedule and NSF seal of approval. The connection of mainline pipe to the automatic control valve shall be assembled with threaded Schedule 80 fittings and threaded Schedule 80 nipples. SectionIV.docx Page 29 of 128 11/26/2014 25.1.2.4 Section IV — Technical Specifications PVC PIPE CEMENT AND PRIMER A. Provide solvent cement and primer for PVC solvent weld pipe and fittings as recommended by the manufacturer. Pipe joints for solvent weld pipe to be belled end. B. Purple primer shall be applied after the pipe and fittings has been cut and cleaned. The Primer shall be of contrasting color and be easily recognizable against PVC pipe. 25.1.2.5 THREADED CONNECTIONS A. Threaded PVC connections shall be made using Teflon tape or Teflon pipe sealant. 25.1.2.6 GATE VALVES 25.1.2.6.1 MANUAL GATE VALVES 2 IN. AND SMALLER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. 200 -250 psi Ball Valve 2. PVC body - with Teflon Ball Seals 3. Threaded -Dual end Union Connectors 4. Non -Shock Safe -T Shear Stem 5. Safe -T Shear True Union Ball Valve as manufactured by Spears Manufacturing Company , Sylmer, California, or approved equal. 25.1.2.6.2 GATE VALVES 21/2" IN. AND LARGER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. AWWA -C -509 2. 2001b. O.W.G. 3. Cast Iron body - ASTM A 126 Class B 4. Deep socket joints 5. Rising stem 6. Bolted bonnet 7. Double disc 8. Equipped with 2" square operating key with tee handle B. Provide two (2) operating keys for gate valve 3" and larger. The "street key" shall be 5' long with a 2" square operating nut. 25.1.2.7 SLEEVES A. Sleeves: (Existing by City of Clearwater) 25.1.2.8 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. The remote control valve shall be a solenoid actuated, balance - pressure across -the diaphragm type capable of having a flow rate of 25 -30 gallons per minute (GPM) with a SectionlV.docx Page 30 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications pressure loss not to exceed 6.1 pounds per square inch (PSI). The valve pressure rating shall not be less than 150 psi. B. The valve body and bonnent shall be constructed of high impact weather resistant plastic, stainless steel and other chemical/UV resistant materials. The valve's one -piece diaphragm shall be of durable santoprene material with a clog resistant metering orifice. C. The valve body shall have a 1" inch (FNPT) inlet and outlet or a one inch slip by slip inlet and outlet for solvent weld pipe connections. D. The valve construction shall be as such to provide for all internal parts to be removable from the top of the valve without disturbing the valve installation. E. The valve shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California, or approved equal. F. Identify all control valves using metal I.D. tags numbered to match drawings. 25.1.2.9 VALVE BOXES A. For remote control drip valve assembly and UNIK control timer use a Brooks #36 concrete value box with #36 -T cast iron traffic bearing cover, or approved equal. B. For flush valve assembly use an Ametek #181014 (10 ") circular valve box with #181015 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. C. For air relief assembly use an Ametek #182001 (6 ") economy turf box with #182002 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. 25.1.2.10 DRIP IRRIGATION 25.1.2.10.1 CONSTRUCTION A. Techline shall consist of nominal sized one -half inch (1/2 ") low- density linear polyethylene tubing with internal pressure compensating, continuously self - cleaning, integral drippers at a specified spacing, (12 ", 18 ", or 24" centers). The tubing shall be brown in color and conform to an outside diameter (O.D.) of 0.67 inches and an inside diameter (I.D.) of 0.57 inches. Individual pressure compensating drippers shall be welded to the inside wall of the tubing as an integral part of the tubing assembly. These drippers shall be constructed of plastic with a hard plastic diaphragm retainer and a self - flushing/cleaning elastomer diaphragm extending the full length of the dripper. 25.1.2.10.2 OPERATION A. The drippers shall have the ability to independently regulate discharge rates, with an inlet pressure of seven to seventy (7 -70) pounds per square inch (PSI), at a constant flow and with a manufacturer's coefficient of variability (Cv) of 0.03. Recommended operating pressure shall be between 15 -45 PSI. The dripper discharge rate shall be 0.4, 0.6, or 0.9 gallons per hour (GPH) utilizing a combination turbulent flow /reduced pressure compensation cell mechanism and a diaphragm to maintain uniform discharge rates. The drippers shall continuously clean themselves while in operation. The dripperline shall be available in 12 ", 18" and 24" spacing between drippers unless otherwise specified. Techline pipe depth shall be under mulch unless otherwise specified on Plans. Maximum system pressure shall be 45 PSC. Filtration shall be 120 mesh or finer. Bending radius shall be 7 ". SectionlV.docx Page 31 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications B. For on- surface or under mulch installations, 6" metal wire staples (TLS6) shall be installed 3' -5' on center, and two staples installed at every change of direction. 25.1.2.10.3 LINE FLUSHING VALVES A. The sub - surface system shall utilize Automatic Line Flush Valves at the end of each independent zone area. This valve shall be capable of flushing one gallon at the beginning of each irrigation cycle. The valves shall match the dripline manufacturer and connect directly to the dripline. 25.1.2.10.4 AIR/VACUUM RELIEF VALVE A. Each independent irrigation zone shall utilize an Air/Vacuum Relief Valve at its high point(s). The air and vacuum relief valve shall seal effectively from 2 to 110 psi. 25.1.2.10.5 PRESSURE REGULATORS A. The pressure regulator shall be designed to handle steady inlet pressures over 150 pounds per square inch (psi) and maintain a constant outlet pressures of 25 psi. Regulating accuracy shall be within =/ -6 %. The pressure regulator shall be manufactured from high - impact engineering grade thermoplastics. Regulation shall be accomplished by a fixed stainless steel compression spring which shall be enclosed in a chamber separate from the water passage. 25.1.2.10.6 FILTERS A. The filter shall be a multiple disc type filter with notation indicating the minimum partial size to travel through or the mesh size of the element being used. The discs shall be constructed of chemical resistant thermoplastic for corrosion resistance. 25.1.2.10.7 FITTINGS A. All connections shall be made with barb or compression type fitting connections. Fittings and dripline shall be as manufactured by the manufacturer of the dripline to ensure the integrity of the subsurface irrigation system. 25.1.2.11 AUTOMATIC CONTROL TIMER A. The irrigation controller (control module) shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device only. The program shall be communicated to the Control Module from the Field Transmitter via an infrared connection. The controller shall be of a module type which may be installed in a valve box underground. The controller shall function normally if submerged in water and the communication from the transmitter shall function if submerged in water. B. The control module shall be housed in an ABS plastic cabinet and shall be potted to insure waterproof operation. The control module shall have two mounting slots for screws allowing the module to be securely mounted inside a valve box. C. The controller shall operate on one nine volt alkaline battery for one full year regardless of the number of stations utilized. The controller shall operate 1, 2, or 4 stations either sequentially or independently. SectionIV.docx Page 32 of 128 11/26/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications D. The controller shall have three independent programs with eight start times each, station run time capability from one minute to twelve hours in one minute increments, and a seven day calendar. The controller shall turn on stations via latching solenoids installed on the valves. Manual operations shall be initiated by attaching the Field Transmitter to the Control Module and programming a manual start. The controller shall be capable of manual single station or manual program operation. E. The controller shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 25.1.2.12 FIELD TRANSMITTER A. The irrigation controller shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device (Field Transmitter) only. The Field Transmitter shall communicate to the Control Module via an infrared connection. The Field Transmitter shall be water resistant and housed in ABS plastic and have a removable, reversible protective sheath. The Field Transmitter shall operate on one 9V alkaline battery. B. The Field Transmitter shall have a large LCD screen and a seven -key programming pad. A beep sound shall confirm every key stroke. The screen shall automatically turn off after one minute when not in use. C. The Field Transmitter shall be capable of programming an unlimited number of UNIK Control Modules. D. The Field Transmitter shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 25.1.2.13 LATCHING SOLENOID A. The Latching Solenoid shall be supplied with an installed, filtered adapter allowing installation of the solenoid onto any Rain Bird DV, PGA, PEB, PES -B, GB, of EFB series valve. B. The Latching Solenoid shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 25.1.3 EXECUTION 25.1.3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Before work is commenced, hold a conference with the Engineer to discuss general details of the work. B. Verify dimensions and grades at job site before work is commenced. C. During the progress of the work, a competent superintendent and any assistants necessary shall be on site, all satisfactory to the Engineer. This superintendent shall not be changed, except with the consent of the Engineer. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in his absence and all directions given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. D. Obtain and pay for all irrigation and plumbing permits and all inspections required by outside authorities. SectionIV.docx Page 33 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications E. All work indicated or notes on the Drawings shall be provided whether or not specifically mentioned in these Technical Special Provisions. F. If there are ambiguities between the Drawings and Specifications, and specific interpretation or clarification is not issued prior to bidding, the interpretation or clarification will be made only by the Engineer, and the Contractor shall comply with the decisions. In event the installation contradicts the directions given, the installation shall be corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost. G. Layout of sprinkler lines shown on the Drawing is diagrammatic only. Location of sprinkler equipment is contingent upon and subject to integration with all other underground utilities. Contractor shall employ all data contained in the contract Documents and shall verify this information at the construction site to confirm the manner by which it relates to the installation. H. Do not proceed with the installation of the sprinkler system when it is apparent that obstructions or grade differences exist or if conflicts in construction details, legend, or specific notes are discovered. All such obstructions, conflicts, or discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer. I. The disturbance of existing paving will not be permitted. Install all required sleeving prior to roadway base. 25.1.3.2 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING 25.1.3.2.1 TRENCHING - GENERAL A. Dig sides of trenches straight. Provide continuous support for pipe on bottom of trenches. Lay pipe to uniform grade. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on Drawings. B. Maintain 6 in. horizontal and minimum clearance between sprinkler lines and between all lines of other trades. C. Do not install sprinkler lines directly above another line of any kind. D. Maintain 6 in. vertical minimum between sprinkler lines which cross at angles of 45 degrees to 90 degrees. E. Exercise care when excavating, trenching and working near existing utilities. 25.1.3.2.2 BACKFILLING A. All pressure supply lines (mainline) shall have 18" of fill placed over the pipe. B. Initial backfill on all lines shall be of a fine granular material with no foreign matter larger than '/2 in. C. Compact backfill according to Section 125 of FDOT Specification Book, 1996 Edition. D. Do not, under any circumstances, use equipment or vehicle wheels for compacting soil. E. Restore grades and repair damages where settling occurs. F. Compact each layer of fill with approved equipment to achieve a maximum density per AASHTO T 180 - latest edition. Under landscaped area, compaction shall not exceed 95% of maximum density. SectionlV.docx Page 34 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications G. Compaction shall be obtained by the use of mechanical tampers or approved hand tampers. When hand tampers are used, the materials shall be deposited in layers not more than six (6 ") inches thick. The hand tampers shall be suitable for this purpose and shall have a face area of not more than 100 square inches. Special precautions shall be taken to prevent damage to the irrigation system piping and adjacent utilities. 25.1.3.2.3 ROUTING OF PIPING: A. Routing of pressure and non - pressure piping lines are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. B. Coordinate specimen trees and shrubs with routing of lines. 1. Planting locations shall take precedence over sprinkler and piping locations. 2. Report to Owner any major deviation from routing indicated. C. Conform to Drawings layout without offsetting the various assemblies from the pressure supply line. D. Layout drip tube and make any minor adjustments required due to differences between site and Drawings. Any such deviations in layout shall be within the intent of the original Drawings, and without additional cost. E. Layout all systems using an approved staking method, and maintain the staking of approved layout. 25.1.3.3 INSTALLATION 25.1.3.3.1 WATER SUPPLY A. Connections to the water sources shall be at the approximate locations indicated on the Drawings. Make minor changes caused by actual site conditions without additional cost to the Owner. 25.1.3.3.2 ASSEMBLIES A. Routing or pressure supply lines as indicated on Drawings is diagrammatic only. Install lines and required assemblies in accordance with details on Drawings. B. Do not install multiple assemblies on plastic lines. Provide each assembly with its own outlet. When used, the pressure relief valve shall be the last assembly. C. Install all assemblies in accord with the respective detail Drawings and these Technical Special Provisions. D. Plastic pipe and threaded fittings shall be assembled using Teflon tape, applied to the male threads only. 25.1.3.3.3 SLEEVES: (EXISTING BY CITY OF CLEARWATER) A. The contractor shall verify the location of all existing sleeves as shown on the roadway, utility and/or irrigation plans and notify the Engineer of any discrepancies. 25.1.3.3.4 PLASTIC PIPE A. Install plastic pipe in accord with manufacturer's recommendations. SectionIV.docx Page 35 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications B. Prepare all welded joints with manufacturer's cleaner prior to applying solvent. 1. Allow welded joints as least 15 minutes setup /curing time before moving or handling. 2. Partially center load pipe in trenches to prevent arching and shifting when water pressure is on. 3. Do not permit water in pipe until a period of at least four hours has elapsed for solvent weld setting and curing, unless recommended otherwise by solvent manufacturer. C. Curing 1. When the temperature is above 80 degrees F., allow soluble weld joints at least 24 hours curing time before water is introduced under pressure. D. Flushing the system: 1. After all sprinkler pipe lines and risers are in place and connected, open the control valves and flush out the system with a full head of water. E. Installing piping under existing pavement: 1. Piping under existing pavement may be installed by jacking & boring. 2. Secure permission from the Engineer before cutting or breaking any existing pavement. All repairs and replacements shall be approved by Engineer and shall be accomplished at no additional cost. 25.1.3.3.5 CONTROLLERS A. Install all automatic controllers as shown in the plans. 1. The location of all controllers shall be approved by the Engineers representative prior to installation. 25.1.3.3.6 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. Install at sufficient depth to provide not more than 6 in., nor less than 4 in. cover from the top of the valve to finish grade. B. Install valves in a plumb position with 24 in. minimum maintenance clearance from other equipment, 3 feet minimum from edges of sidewalks, buildings, and walls, and no closer than 7 feet from the back of curb or edge of pavement along roadways. C. Contractor shall adjust the valve to provide the proper flow rate or operating pressure for each sprinkler zone. 25.1.3.3.7 GATE VALVES A. Install where indicated and with sufficient clearance from other materials for proper maintenance. B. Check and tighten valve bonnet packing before backfill. SectionIV.docx Page 36 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.2 LANDSCAPE 25.2.1 GENERAL 25.2.1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Contract Documents shall include the Plans, Details, Specifications, Bid Proposal, Contract Agreement, including Installation Schedule, all Addenda, and Contractual and Special Conditions when required. 25.2.1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with Federal, State, Local, and other duly constituted authorities and regulatory agencies, without additional cost to the Owner in matters pertaining to codes, safety, and environmental matters. B. Any permits for the installation or construction of any of the work included under the contract, which are required by any of the legally constituted authorities having jurisdiction, shall be arranged for by the Contractor and paid for directly by the Contractor, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing. 25.2.1.3 SCOPE OF WORK A. All provisions of Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Plans, apply to the work specified in this Section. The Scope of Work includes everything for and incidental to executing and completing all landscape work shown on the Plans, Schedules, Notes and as specified herein. B. Furnish and provide all labor, plants and materials tools and equipment necessary to prepare the soil for plantings, to install and care for all plant materials (including finish grading if necessary); to remove and/or transplant existing plants if indicated; to furnish, plant, fertilize, guy and brace, water, mulch and prune all new plant materials; and to execute all other Work as described herein or indicated on the Plans. C. Work under this Section shall include labor and materials for final grading and raking to prepare the site for sodding, sprigging, or seeding, so finished lawn or playing field will appear even and uniform, will drain adequately, and will comply with the intent of the landscape drawings. D. Initial maintenance of landscape materials as specified in this document. 25.2.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Landscape work shall be contracted to a single firm specializing in landscape work, who shall in turn subcontract no more than 40% of the work specified. All subcontractors under the control of the Contractor involved in the completion of the landscape work, shall be made known to the Owner and the Landscape Architect prior to their commencement of work on the project. B. All work of this Section shall conform to the highest standard of landscape practices. C. The Plant Material Schedule included with these Plans is provided only for the Contractor's convenience; it shall not be construed as to conflict or predominate over the SectionIV.docx Page 37 of 128 11/26/2014 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications Plans. If conflict between the Plans and Specifications exists, the Plan shall predominate and be considered the controlling document. D. During this work, the Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining safety among persons in his employ in accordance with the standards set by The Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (and all subsequent amendments). Owner and Landscape Architect shall be held harmless from any accident, injury or any other incident resulting from compliance or non - compliance with these standards. E. The Contractor shall cooperate with and coordinate with all other trades whose work is built into or affects the work in this Section. F. All appropriate utility companies and agencies shall be contacted 72 hours prior to excavation. Call "One Call" at 1- 800 - 432 -4770. G. The Contractor shall carefully examine the site and all existing conditions affecting the work, such as: soil, obstructions, existing trees, utilities, etc. Report any conditions in conflict with the work to the Landscape Architect. 25.2.1.5 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor is required to submit prior to the expiration of the required maintenance period, two copies of typewritten instructions recommending procedures to be established by the Owner for maintenance of landscape work for a period of one year. B. Furnish unit prices for all plant materials and inert materials, including labor for all specified work. 25.2.1.6 ALTERNATES, ADDITIONS, DELETIONS, SUBSTITUTIONS A. If there are additions /alternates included in these Plans and Specifications, the Contractor must propose prices to accomplish the work stated as additions /alternates at the time of bidding. B. The Owner, through his Project Representative, reserves the right to add or deduct any of the work stated herein without rendering the Contract void. C. The Contractor must have written approval by the Project Representative for any substitutions not previously agreed to in the purchase agreement: installation without approval is entirely at the Contractor's risk. D. All material acquired through additions or substitutions shall be subject to all conditions and warranties stated herein. 25.2.1.7 ABBREVIATIONS /DEFINITIONS O.A. or HT: The over -all height of the plant measured from the ground to the natural, untied state of the majority of the foliage, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. C.T.: Clear trunk is measured from the ground to the bottom of the first leaf or frond stem with no foliage from ground to specified height. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear trunk measurement includes the "nut" at the base of the fronds. SectionIV.docx Page 38 of 128 11/26/2014 1 1 C. W: SPR.: Section IV — Technical Specifications Clear wood is measured from the ground to the bottom of the base of the lowest leaf sheath or boot, trimmed in a natural manner. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear wood measurement does not include the "nut" at the base of the fronds. Spread, branches measured in natural untied position to the average crown diameter, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. ST TR.: Straight trunk. MIN.: Minimum. GAL.: Gallon container size, i.e., 1 gallon, 3 gallon, 7 gallon, etc. O.C.: On center, distance between plant centers. DIA.: Diameter. LVS.: Leaves. D.B.H.: Diameter or caliper of main trunk of tree as measured at breast height at 4 -1/2 feet above grade. CAL.: B &B: PPP: FG: STD.: Caliper, the outside diameter of up to a four inch tree is measured six inches above grade, larger trees are measured at 12 inches above grade. Balled and burlapped in accordance with horticultural standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. Plants per pot. Field grown. Standard, single, straight trunk. Owner: To be known as that entity which holds title or control to the premises on which the work is performed. Owner 's Representative: Owner's on -site representative shall be responsible for approval of quantity and quality of materials specified and execution of installation. SectionN.docx Page 39 of 128 11/26/2014 Section W — Technical Specifications Contractor: Shall refer to that person or enterprise commonly known as the Landscape Contractor. Landscape Architect: This person or firm is the responsible representative of the Owner who produces the landscape Plans and Specifications. 25.2.1.8 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 25.2.1.8.1 PLANT MATERIALS A. Provide container grown or, if appropriate, freshly dug trees and shrubs. Do not prune prior to delivery. Do not bend or bind trees or shrubs in such a manner as to damage bark, break branches or destroy natural shape. Provide protective covering during delivery. If plant delivery is made in open vehicles, the entire load shall be suitably covered. B. All plants are to be handled at all times so that roots or root balls are adequately protected from sun, cold, or drying winds. No root balls for trees and container plants that have been cracked or broken shall be planted except upon special approval. Plants shall not be pulled by the tops or stems, nor handled in a rough or careless manner at any time. C. Balled and burlapped plants shall be moved with firm, natural, balls of soil, not less than 1 foot diameter of ball to every 1 inch caliper of trunk; root ball depth shall not be less than 2/3 of root ball diameter. B & B plants which cannot be planted upon delivery shall have their root balls covered with moist soil or mulch. D. Trees shall be dug with adequate balls, burlapped, and wire bound if needed. Root pruning to be done a minimum of 4 weeks before removal from the field and planting at the site. Root balls may not be encased in "grow bags" or other synthetic material, except plastic shrink wrap for transport only. E. Remove all fronds form sabal palms prior to planting, but leave a minimum of 12 inches of new frond growth above the bud. Do not damage bud. On all other palms, only a minimum of palm fronds shall be removed from crown to facilitate moving and handling. Clear trunk shall be determined after minimum fronds have been removed. Boots shall be removed from trunk unless otherwise specified. Palms shall be planted within 24 hours of delivery. F. Deliver trees and shrubs after preparations for planting have been completed and plant immediately. If planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery, set trees and shrubs in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and cover to keep the roots moist. G. Label at least one tree and one shrub of each variety with a securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name. H. Sod: Time delivery so that sod will be placed within twenty -four (24) hours after stripping. Protect sod against drying and breaking by covering palettes of sod or placing in a shaded area. SectionIV.docx Page 40 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.2.1.9 JOB CONDITIONS 25.2.1.9.1 ACCEPTANCE OF JOB CONDITIONS. A. The Contractor shall examine the sub - grade, verify elevations, observe the conditions under which work is to be performed and notify the Landscape Architect or Project Representative in writing of unsatisfactory conditions prior to beginning work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Landscape Architect. Start of work shall indicate acceptance of conditions and full responsibility for the completed work. B. Proceed with and complete the landscape work as rapidly as portions of the site become available, working within the seasonal limitations for each kind of landscape work and following the approved schedule. If seasonal limitations apply, notify the Landscape Architect for adjustments to the Schedule. C. Determine locations of all underground utilities and review for conflicts with planting procedures. D. When adverse conditions to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, drainage conditions or obstruction, the Contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect in writing prior to planting. E. Plant trees and shrubs after final grades are established and prior to the planting of lawns, protecting lawn trees and promptly repairing damages from planting operations. 25.2.1.9.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK A. The work shall be carried out to completion with the utmost speed. Immediately upon award of contract, the Contractor shall prepare a construction schedule and furnish a copy to the Owner's Representative and/or the Landscape Architect for approval. The Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with the approved schedule. B. If the Contractor incurs unforeseen costs, such as overtime hours, holidays, etc. in order to complete the work within the time stated in the Contract, and/or to maintain the progress schedule, all said costs shall be borne by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. C. The Owner's Representative's may request in writing work stoppage. Upon written request from the Owner's Representative, the Landscape Contractor shall suspend delivery of material and stop all work for such a period as deemed necessary by the Owner, the Owner's Representative, or the General Contractor with respect to any additional costs which may result from work stoppage. 25.2.1.9.3 UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall perform work in a manner which will avoid conflicts with utilities. Hand excavate, as required, to minimize possibility of damage to underground utilities. Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon by all parties concerned. SectionIV.docx Page 41 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.2.2 PRODUCTS 25.2.2.1 MATERIALS 25.2.2.1.1 PLANT MATERIALS: NOMENCLATURE A. Plant species, sizes, etc. shall be per Plans and Specifications on Plant Material Scheduled. Nomenclature is per Manual of Cultivated Plant, Standard Encyclopedia of Horticulture, L.H. Bailey, or Standardized Plant Names Dictionary, American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature (latest editions), or conforms with names accepted in the nursery trade. 25.2.2.1.2 PLANT MATERIALS: QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide healthy, vigorous stock grown under climatic conditions similar to conditions in the locality of the project. Plants shall have a habit of growth that is normal for the species and be sound, healthy, vigorous and free from insect pests or their eggs, plant diseases, defects and injuries. Plants shall be well branched and densely foliated when in leaf and shall have healthy, well- developed root systems. B. Trees shall be heavily branched or, in the case of palms, be heavily leafed. Some plant materials may be collected stock with the approval of the Landscape Architect. Provided tree species that have a single main trunk (central leader), unless otherwise stated. Trees that have the main trunk forming a "Y" shape or parallel branching are not acceptable. C. Plant materials shall be specified and shall be Florida #1 or better as to shape and quality for the species as outlined in Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants Part I and II, Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services (latest edition). D. The Owner or Landscape Architect reserves the right to inspect plant materials either at the place of growth or at the project site prior to planting for compliance with requirements for name variety, size quality, or designated area. E. Landscape materials shall be shipped with certificates of inspection as required by governmental authorities. The Contractor shall comply with all governing regulations that are applicable to landscape materials. F. Do not make substitutions. If specified landscape material is not available, submit Landscape Architect proof of it being non - available. In such event, if the Landscape Architect designates an available source, such shall be acquired from designated source. When authorized, a written change order for substitute material will be made by adjustment to Contract amount. G. Height and/or width of trees shall be measured from ground up; width measurement shall be normal crown spread of branches with plants in the normal position. This measurement shall not include immediate terminal growth. All measurements shall be taken after pruning for specified sizes. All trees and shrubs shall conform to measurements specified in the plant material schedule, except that plant material larger than specified may be used with the approval of the Owner or Landscape Architect; with no increase to the Contract price. Plant materials shall not be pruned prior to delivery. H. Plant Material shall be symmetrical, typical for variety and species. Plants used where symmetry is required shall be matched as nearly as possible. SectionlV.docx Page 42 of 128 11/26/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications I. Balled and burlapped plants shall have firm, natural balls of earth of sufficient diameter and depth to encompass the feeding root system necessary for full development of the plant and to conform with the standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. Root balls and tree trunks shall not be damaged by improper binding and B & B procedures. J. Container -grown plants may be substituted for balled and burlapped plants or vice -versa provided the quality is equal or better than specified and the Landscape Architect approves the substitution. K. Container grown stock shall have been grown in containers for at least four months, but not over two years. If requested, samples must be shown to prove no root bound condition exists. 25.2.2.1.3 GRASSES: SOD OR SEED A. Sod or seed (as /if specified) shall be a species as stated on the Plan. Solid sod shall be of even thickness and with a good root structure, 95% free of noxious week, freshly mowed before cutting, and in healthy condition when laid. It must not be stacked more than 24 hours before laying and it must be grown in soil compatible to that in which it will be installed. Sod must be kept moist prior to and after installation. B. Seed shall be delivered to the site in unopened bags with certification tags in place. Purity, germination and weed content shall be as certification requirements. 25.2.2.1.4 MULCH A. Mulch shall be 100% Grade `B" shredded cypress bark mulch, thoroughly mixed with a pre- emergence weed killer according to the label directions as specified on the plan. B. Install mulch to an even depth of 3" before compaction. 25.2.2.1.5 FERTILIZER A. Granular fertilizer shall be uniform in composition; free flowing and suitable for application with approved equipment; received at the site in full, labeled, unopened bags bearing the name, trade name or trademark and warranty of the producer; fully conforming to State of Florida fertilizer laws. B. All fertilizer shall bear the manufacturer's statement of analysis and shall contain the appropriate minimum amounts of elements for the type of use specified herein. C. Agriform 20 -10 -5 fertilizer tablets or approved equal, shall be placed in planting pit for all plant materials at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. D. Ground cover and annual areas shall receive fertilization with Osmocote Time Release Fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. E. For sod and seeded areas, fertilize with a complete granular fertilizer on Bahia and St. Augustine grass at the rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per one thousand (1,000) square feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% - 50% of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. The ratio of nitrogen to potash will be 1:1 or 2:1 for complete fertilizer formulations. Phosphorus shall be no more than 1/4 the nitrogen level. They shall also contain magnesium and micronutrients (i.e. manganese, iron, zinc, copper, etc.). SectionIV.docx Page 43 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.2.2.1.6 STAKES AND GUYS A. For trees, approved plastic or rubber guys shall be used between the stakes and the tree trunk. Galvanized steel guy wire shall not be used. B. Stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees over 2" caliper. Stakes shall be 2" x 2" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees 2" caliper and under. A minimum of 2 stakes per tree or an optional 3 stakes per tree shall be used. C. For single trunk palms, stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock, with a minimum of 3 stakes per palm. Batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5 - 2" x 4" by 16" wood connected with two - 3/4" steel bands shall be used around the palm trunk. D. Other tree staking systems may be acceptable if approved. 25.2.2.1.7 PLANTING SOIL A. Unless stated on the plans or in the specifications, install plant material in tilled and loosened native soil backfill. It is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor to test, prior to planting and at no additional cost to the Contract, any soils which may be unsuitable for the vigorous growth of plants. Unsuitable conditions shall be reported to the Landscape Architect immediately in writing. B. When required, planting soil media shall be provided by the Contractor and shall consist of 1/3 peat and 2/3 sandy loam, with no lumps over 1 ". C. Backfill and clean fill dirt provided by the Contractor shall be in a loose, friable soil. There must be slight acid reaction to the soil (about 6.0 — 6.5 pH) with no excess of calcium or carbonate, and it shall be free from excess weeds, clay lumps, stones, stumps, roots and toxic substances or any other materials that might be harmful to plant growth or a hindrance to grading, planting, and maintenance procedures and operations. No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used as fill dirt. D. Bed preparation for annual beds under 1 gallon container size shall consist of 3" of Florida peat or other approved organic soil amendment spread over full length and width of planting area. Rototil organic layer 6 inches to 8 inches into native soil. 25.2.2.1.8 SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Terra -Sorb AG or approved equal, soil amendment shall be mixed with native or planting soil for all trees, shrubs, ground cover, and annuals according to manufacturer's recommended application rates and methods, if specified on the Plans. 25.2.2.1.9 TREE PROTECTION A. Wood fencing shall be 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock with flagging on horizontal members. Space vertical members 6 feet to 8 feet on center. The barricade shall be placed so as to protect the critical protection zone area, which is the area surrounding a tree within a circle described by a radius of one foot for each inch of the tree's diameter at breast height DBH at 4 - '/2 feet above grade. SectionlV.docx Page 44 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.2.2.1.10 ROOT BARRIER SYSTEM A. Root barrier fabric shall be installed when specified in the plans and/or specifications for protection of adjacent paved surfaces according to specific product name or equal. Install as directed by the manufacturer. 25.2.2.1.11 PACKAGED MATERIALS A. Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis and name of manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery and while stored at the site. 25.2.2.1.12 PESTICIDES A. Pesticides shall be only approved, safe brands applied according to manufacturer's directions. 25.2.3 EXECUTION 25.2.3.1 PREPARATION 25.2.3.1.1 OBSTRUCTIONS BELOW GROUND A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to locate and mark all underground utilities, irrigation lines and wiring prior to commencement of the work. B. If underground construction, utilities or other obstructions are encountered in excavation of planting areas or pits, the Landscape Architect shall be immediately notified to select a relocated position for any materials necessary. 25.2.3.1.2 GRADING AND PREPARATION FOR PLANT MATERIALS A. All proposed landscape areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round -Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed landscape areas adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the manufacturer's specifications. B. New plant materials will not be installed until a 98% weed/turf eradication has been achieved. More than one application may be required to produce an acceptable planting bed. C. Pre - emergent herbicides are not a substitute for spray treatment of "Round -Up" or "Rodeo ", and may be used only with the written approval of the Landscape Architect. D. Should any plant material in the same, or adjacent beds be damaged by these chemicals, the same size, quantity and quality of plants shall be immediately replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. E. Any necessary corrections or repairs to the finish grades shall be accomplished by the Contractor. All planting areas shall be carefully graded and raked to smooth, even finish grade, free from depressions, lumps, stones, sticks or other debris and such that they will conform to the required finish grades and provide uniform and satisfactory surface drainage without puddling. SectionIV.docx Page 45 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications F. The Contractor shall remove debris (sticks, stones, rubbish) over 1 - 1/2 inches in any dimension form individual tree, shrub and hedge pits and dispose of the excavated material off the site. 25.2.3.1.3 PREPARATION FOR ANNUAL BED PLANTING A. Prepare native subgrade by rototilling or loosening by hand methods. Spread 3 inches of Florida peat (1/3), sandy loam (1/3), or other approved organic soil amendment over the full length and width of planting area for annuals. Rototill organic layer 6 inches to 8 inches into the native soil. Grade the planting bed by "crowning' to insure that surface drainage, percolation, and aeration occur at rapid rates. Add Osmocote time release fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. 25.2.3.1.4 PREPARATION FOR SEEDING AND SOD AREAS A. All proposed sod areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round -Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed sod areas adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the Manufacturer's Specifications. B. Limit preparation to areas which will be planted promptly after preparation. Loosen sub - grade of seed and sod areas to a minimum depth of 4 inches. C. Immediately prior to any turf work, the Contractor shall finish grade the soil to a smooth, even surface assuring positive drainage away from buildings and the subsequent turf flush to the tops of adjacent curbs and sidewalks. The surface shall be sloped to existing yard drains. D. A complete fertilizer shall be applied to St. Augustine or Bahia grass at a rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per 1000 square feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% - 505 of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. Thoroughly work fertilizer into the top 4 inches of soil. E. Moisten prepared seed and sod areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface moisture to dry before planting lawns. Do not create a muddy soil condition. 25.2.3.2 INSTALLATION 25.2.3.2.1 BERM CONSTRUCTION (IF SPECIFIED) A. Install berms at location and design shown on Plans and at the height and slope indicated. Height stated is for finished berm with soil at natural compaction. B. Exact location and configuration of berms may require modification to allow proper drainage; such changes will be coordinated with the Landscape Architect. C. If shown on the Plan, construct berms using clean sandy loam fill dirt which is well - drained, free of rocks, roots, or other debris, with a soil pH of an acid Nature (about 6.0 - 6.5). No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used in berm construction. 25.2.3.2.2 LAYOUT OF PLANT MATERIALS A. Unless otherwise stipulated, plant materials shall be approximately located per the plans by scale measurements using established building, columns, curbs, screen walls, etc. as SectionIV.docx Page 46 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications the measuring reference point. Slight shifting may be required to clear wires, prevent blockage of signage, etc. B. Shrubs and ground covers shall be located and spaced as noted on the plant material schedule (if provided), otherwise plants will be placed in the planting beds at the normally accepted spacing for each species. C. Leave an 18 inch (450 millimeters) border of mulched space between outer leaves of installed plant material and the bed line, curb, or building foundation wall for all plant sizes. D. Any necessary "minor" adjustments in the layout of planting shall be made by the Contractor with the approval of the Landscape Architect in order to conform as nearly as possible to the intent of the plans. 25.2.3.2.3 PLANTING PROCEDURES A. All shrubs, trees and ground covers or vines shall be planted in pits having vertical sides and being circular in outline. Planting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width of the root ball. B. Plants shall be set straight or plumb, in the locations shown, at such level that after settlement normal or natural relationship of the top of the root ball with the ground surface will be established. With regards to proper nursery practices, plants under certain conditions (i.e. low and wet areas) will benefit from being planted "high" with the root ball about 1 inch higher than the surrounding grade. C. All plant materials shall be fertilized with Agriform 20 -10 -5 planting tablets, or approved equal, at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. Agriform planting tablets shall be placed uniformly around the root mass at a depth that is between the middle and the bottom of the root mass. Application rate: 1 gallon 1 - 21 gram tablet 3 gallon 2 - 21 gram tablet 5 gallon 3 - 21 gram tablet 7 gallon 4 - 21 gram tablet Trees 3 tablets each %2" (12 millimeters) caliper Palms 7- 21 gram tablets D. Native soil shall be used in back - filling plant pits or as specified. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing additional soil for building tree saucers. E. When balled and burlapped plants are set, undisturbed native soil shall be left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Remove the top 4 inches (100 millimeters) of burlap wire, and all tie -down material from the root ball. Do not remove these materials from the bottom of the root ball. Thoroughly water -in before bringing the back -fill up to the proper grade Roots of bare plants shall be properly spread out, and planting soil carefully worked in among them. Failure to comply is cause for rejection. F. Containerized plants shall be installed with undisturbed native soil left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Planting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width of the root ball. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Thoroughly water -in before bringing the backfill up to the proper grade. Section1V.docx Page 47 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications G. Plant spacing shall be "on center" and varies with the different plant species. Space each variety of plant equally in the planting areas. Shrubs and ground covers adjacent to straight or curved edges shall be triangular - spaced in rows parallel to those edges. Plant a minimum of 18 inches from the back of the curb to the outside edge of the plant. H. All azaleas shall be placed into a prepared bed of amended soil containing 50% weed -free Florida peat or approved equivalent. Root balls shall be scarified vertically at 120 degree angles in a triangular pattern. I. Sabal palms may be planted deeper than normal if conditions warrant and if approved. 25.2.3.2.4 SODDING A. During periods of drought, sod shall be watered sufficiently at its origin to moisten the soil adequately to the depth to which it is to be cut. B. An application of 6 -6 -6, 40% organic, slow or controlled release fertilizer shall be made to all lawn areas just prior to the laying of the sod at a rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per 1,000 square feet. The ground shall be wet down before the sod is laid in place. C. Solid sod shall be laid tightly with closely abutting staggered joints with an even surface edge and sod edge, in a neat and clean manner to the edge of all the paving and shrub areas. Cut down soil level to 1 inch to 1 -1/2 inches below top of walks prior to laying sod. D. Within 2 hours after installing sod and prior to rolling, irrigate the sod. Sufficient water shall be applied to wet the sod thoroughly and to wet the sod to a depth of 2 inches (50 millimeters). Watering shall be done in a manner that will avoid erosion due to the application of excessive quantities, and the watering equipment shall be a type that will prevent damage to the finished sod surface. Watering shall be repeated as necessary to keep sod moist until rooted to subgrade. E. The sod shall be pressed firmly into contact with the sod bed using a turf roller or other approved equipment so as to eliminate air pockets, provide a true and even surface and insure knitting without any displacement of the sod or deformation of the surfaces of sodded areas. After the sodding operation has been completed, the edges of the area shall be smooth and shall conform to the grades indicated. F. If, in the opinion of the Landscape Architect, top dressing is necessary after rolling, clean silica sand shall be used to fill voids. Evenly apply sand over the entire surface to be leveled, filling -in dips and voids and thoroughly washing into the sod areas. G. On slopes steeper than 2:1 and as required, the sod shall be fastened in place with suitable wooden pins or by other approved method. 25.2.3.2.5 SEEDING A. Seed shall be installed per the specifications of the State of Florida Department of Transportation. See plan for type of seed. 25.2.3.2.6 TREE GUYING, BRACING AND STAKING A. Tree guying, staking and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor per sound nursery practices, and shall be done per details shown on the Plans. For trees, a minimum of 2 stakes per tree or an optional 3 stakes per tree at 120 degree spacing shall be used. SectionIV.docx Page 48 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications Stakes shall be driven in at an angle, then tightened to vertical supported by approved plastic or rubber guys. Trees shall be staked with a minimum of 4 feet height of stake above grade and a minimum of 30 inches of stake below grade. B. For single trunk palms, a minimum of 3 stakes per palm at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Toenail the stakes to batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5- 2 inch x 4 inch x 16 inch wood connected with two 3/a inch steel bands. Palms shall be staked with a minimum of 5 feet of stake above grade. C. Contractor shall remove all tree guying, staking, and bracing from trees six (6) months after the date of final acceptance of the landscape work. D. Stake only trees that require support to maintain a plumb position or are in potentially hazardous areas. 25.2.3.2.7 MULCHING A. All planting beds shall be weed -free prior to mulching. B. All curb, roadway, and bed line edges will be "trenched" to help contain the applied mulch. C. All plant beds and tree rings shall be mulched evenly with a 3 inch layer (before compaction) of 100% Grade B recycled cypress bark mulch, or other mulch as specified on the Plans or General Notes. D. Mulch shall not be placed against the trunks of plant materials or foundations of buildings. Maintain a minimum 3 inch clearance for trees and shrub trunks and a minimum 6 inch clearance for the walls of buildings. E. For beds of annual flowers, a 12 inch wide x 3 inch deep band of mulch shall be installed in front of the first row of annuals. Maintain a minimum 6 inches of non - mulched clearance from the outside edge of annuals. 25.2.3.2.8 PRUNING A. Pruning shall be done by an experienced certified Arborist to maintain the natural shape and form of the plant. B. Upon acceptance by the Owner, prune any broken branches, remove crossed branches, and branches hanging below the clear trunk of the tree. 25.2.3.2.9 CLEAN -UP A. During landscape work, store materials and equipment where directed by the Owner. B. The Contractor shall promptly remove any materials and equipment used on the job, keeping the area neat at all times. Upon completion of all planting, dispose of all excess soil and debris leaving pavements and work areas in safe and orderly condition. C. The clean -up of the site shall include the removal and proper disposal of the tree guying, staking, and bracing materials as described in specifications. SectionIV.docx Page 49 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.2.3.2.10 PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall provide safeguards for the protection of workmen and others on, about, or adjacent to the work, as required under the parameters of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (O.S.H.A.) standards. B. The Contractor shall protect the Owner's and adjacent property from damage. C. the Contractor shall protect the landscape work and materials from damage due to landscape operations. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. D. The Contractor shall provide protection (tree barricades) for all existing trees and palms as specified. 25.2.3.2.11 REPAIR OF DAMAGES E. The Contractor shall repair all damage caused by his operations to other materials, property, or trades to a level equal in quality to the existing condition prior to damage. F. The Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage done by his work or employees to other materials or trades' work. Patching and replacement of damaged work may be done by others, at the Owner's direction, but the cost of same shall be paid by the Contractor who is responsible for the damage. 25.2.3.3 MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor shall maintain all plant materials in a first class condition from the beginning of landscape construction until Final Acceptance. B. Operations: 1. Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, watering of turf and planting beds, mowing, fertilizing, cultivation, weeding, pruning, disease and pest control, replacement of dead materials, straightening, turf or planter settlement corrections, replacement of rejected materials, staking and guying repair and tightening, wash -out repairs and regrading, and any other procedures consistent with the good horticultural practice necessary to insure normal, vigorous and healthy growth of all work under the Contract. Mowing shall be consistent with the recommended height per the University of Florida Cooperative Extension Service. 2. Within the warranty period, the Contractor shall notify the Owner of any maintenance practices being followed or omitted which would be detrimental to the healthy, vigorous growth of the landscape. 3. The Contractor shall be responsible for the final watering of not less than one inch of water for all planted materials before leaving the site. 25.2.3.4 INSPECTION, REJECTION, AND ACCEPTANCE 25.2.3.4.1 INSPECTION A. Upon completion of the installation, the Contractor will notify the Owner or the Owner's Representative that the job is ready for inspection. Within 15 days of notifications, the installation will be inspected by the Landscape Architect. A written and/or graphic inspection report will be sent to the Owner and/or Landscape Contractor. SectionlV.docx Page 50 of 128 11/26/2014 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.2.3.4.2 REJECTION AND REPLACEMENT A. The Landscape Architect shall be final judge as to the suitability and acceptability of any part of the work. Plant material will be rejected if it does not meet the requirements set forth in Plans and Specifications. B. Replace any rejected materials immediately or within 15 days and notify the Landscape Architect that the correction has been made. 25.2.3.4.3 ACCEPTANCE A. After replacement of rejected plant material (if any) have been made, and completion of all other correction items, the Owner or Project Representative will accept the project in writing. B. Upon Final Acceptance, the Owner assumes responsibility for maintenance within the terms of the Contract. Acceptance will in no way invalidate the Contractor's warranty period. C. The Contractor's warranty period will begin after final acceptance of the project by the Owner. 1. If evidence exists of any lien or claim arising out of or in connection with default in performance of this Contract, the Owner shall have the right to retain any payment sufficient to discharge such claim and all costs in connection with discharging such claim. 2. Where the Specifications call for any stipulated item or an "approved equivalent ", or in words to that effect, the Contractor shall indicate the price of the type and species specified in the proposal, giving the price to be added or deducted from his Contract price. The final selection rests with the Owner or his representative. 3. Where plants installed do not meet specifications, the Owner reserves the right to request plant replacement or an appropriate deduction from the Contract amount to compensate for the value not received from the under - specified plant materials. No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for plants installed that exceed specifications. 25.2.3.5 WARRANTY A. The Contractor shall warranty all palms and trees furnished under this contract for a period of one (1) year and all shrubs for a period of six (6) months. Material which is either dead or in poor health during this period or at completion will be replaced at no charge to the Owner. Should any of the plant materials show 50% or more defoliation during the warranty period, due to the Contractor's use of poor quality or improper materials or workmanship, the Contractor upon notice, shall replace without delay same with no additional cost to the Owner. Should any plant require replacing, the new plant shall be given the equal amount of warranty. SectionIV.docx Page 51 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 26 HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING 26.1 INTENT It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of 8" to 12" sanitary sewers by the installation of a high density polyethylene, jointless, continuous, fold and form pipe liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand exposure to domestic sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a complete, fully restored and functioning installation. 26.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive tract record for the fold and form liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequalification approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed liner system and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the installer. 26.3 MATERIALS Pipe shall be made from P. E. 3408 polyethylene resins complying with ASTM D 3350, cell classification: P.E. 345434 D for High Density. It shall be Type 3, Grade 4, Class D, according to ASTM D 1248. The Contractor shall provide certified test results for review by the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. Material shall have a minimum thickness of SDR 32.5. Pipe specimens shall comply with the minimum property values shown below with the applicable ASTM requirements: Material Property ASTM Method Value HDPE HDPE Tensile Strength D 638 3,300 psi Elasticity Modulus E= 113,000 psi Impact Strength D 256 A 3.0 ft -lb /in Flexure Modulus E= 136,000 psi Expansion Coeff. c =0.009 in/in/deg F At the time of manufacture, each lot of liner shall be reviewed for defects and tested in accordance with ASTM D 2837 and D 1693. At the time of delivery, the liner shall be homogeneous throughout, uniform in color, free of cracks, holes, foreign materials, blisters, or deleterious faults. The Contractor shall provide, as requested, certified test results for review by the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. The Engineer may at any time request the Contractor provide test results from field samples to the above requirements. SectionIV.docx Page 52 of 128 11/26/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications Liner shall be marked at 5 -foot intervals or less with a coded number, which identifies the manufacturer, SDR, size, material, date, and shift on which the liner was extruded. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS -20 traffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of 50 years, and no structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet manufactures specifications of Pipe Liners, Inc. 3421 N. Causeway, Suite 321, New Orleans, LA 70002, 1- 800 - 344 -3744 or approved equal. Any approved equal liner system must be approved by the Engineer as an equal system prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequalification and/or equal liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later than 14 days prior to the date for receiving bids. 26.4 CLEANING /SURFACE PREPARATION It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the sewer from damage. All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants. 26.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected by means of closed- circuit color television, and recorded on VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The television system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to provide a clear picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. 26.6 LINER INSTALLATION Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide a tight fit to the full interior circumference of the existing sanitary sewer and shall be a continuous, jointless liner product from inside of manhole to inside of manhole. Contractor shall use installation methods approved by the liner manufacturer including liner placement, reforming to fit existing pipe, pressure and heat requirements and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during the insertion operation. Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, or other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense. OSHA requirements for installation procedures, in particular, confined spaces are to be met. SectionIV.docx Page 53 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 26.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 100% of the area of the original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method and material is to be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. The Contractor will be requested to reconnect any laterals discovered to not be reconnected at a later date. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information regarding the construction project. 26.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than a eight hour period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and property damage costs and claims. 26.9 PAYMENT Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per lineal foot including all preparation, bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, etc, to provide a fully completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems. 27 PLANT MIX DRIVEWAYS New driveways or existing black top driveways that must be broken back in widening the pavement (remove only enough to allow adequate grade for access to the street) shall be constructed or replaced in accordance with the specifications for paving the street with the exception that the base shall be six (6) inches. Use Section 23 G Asphaltic Concrete as specified for the street paving. When finished surface of existing drive is gravel, replacement shall be of like material. Payment shall be the same as Plant Mix Driveways. 27.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of square yard of Plant Mix Driveways in place and accepted. 27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square yard for Plant Mix Driveways as measured above, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. SectionIV.docx Page 54 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 28 REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS This Article deleted. 29 CONCRETE CURBS Concrete Curbs shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete curbs shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 100 feet, and scored joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 10 feet. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all concrete curbs. 29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be lineal feet of curb in place and accepted. 29.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot of curb, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 30 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 30.1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS Concrete sidewalks shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans or herein specified. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete sidewalks shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum width of four feet (4'). Concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of four inches (4 "), except at driveway crossings where a minimum thickness of six inches (6 ") is required. Also, 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement is required for all sidewalk that crosses driveways. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals of not more than 100 hundred feet, and scoring marks shall be made every 5 feet. Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. 30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS Concrete driveways, whether new construction or replacement, shall be a minimum of six (6) inches in thickness with 6/6 x 10 /10 welded wire mesh reinforcement and a minimum horizontal distance between expansion joints of no less than four (4) feet measured in any direction. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. SectionlV.docx Page 55 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all concrete sidewalks and driveways. 30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the number of square feet of 4" concrete sidewalk, 6" concrete sidewalk, and 6" concrete driveways in place and accepted. 30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square foot for each item as measured above, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this section and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, welded wire mesh where required, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 31 SODDING Unless otherwise noted herein, the contractor shall place all sod, either shown on the plans or at the direction of the Engineer, in conformance with Sections 575, 981, 982 and 983 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). The area for sod application shall be loosened and excavated to a suitable depth and finished to a grade compatible with existing grass and structures. Sod shall be placed with edges in close contact and shall be compacted to uniform finished grade with a sod roller immediately after placement. In sloped areas, the sod shall be graded and placed so as to prohibit erosion and undermining of the adjacent sidewalk. No sod that has been cut for more than 72 hours can be used unless authorized by the Engineer in advance. The sod shall be thoroughly watered immediately after placement. The Contractor shall continue to water sod as needed and/or directed by the Engineer as indicated by sun exposure, soil, heat and rain conditions, to establish and assure growth, until termination of the contract. Dead sod, or sod not acceptable to the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional compensation. Any questions concerning the type of existing sod shall be determined by the Engineer. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, payment for sod (including labor, equipment, materials, placement, rolling, watering, etc.) shall be included in other bid items. Payment for these associated bid items may be withheld until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. When this work is given as a separate bid item, it shall cover all labor, equipment and materials, (including water) required for this work and shall be paid for on the basis of each square foot in place and accepted. No payment for sod shall be made until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. 32 SEEDING Seed, or seed and mulch, shall only be used when specified for certain demolition projects. The seed and/or mulch shall be placed as called for on the plans in the following manner. The area to be seeded shall be brought to the required line and grade, fertilized and seeded in basic conformance with the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications Sections 570, 981, 982 and 983. However, no wildflower seed shall be used, and Argentine Bahia Seed shall be used instead of Pensacola Bahia. No sprigging will be required. Also, the addition of 20 lb. of Rye Seed (to total 60 lb. of seed per acre) will be required during the stated periods. It is also required that the Contractor maintain said seed until growth is assured. SectionlV.docx Page 56 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications When this work is given as a bid item, the item shall cover all labor, material, equipment (including water), required for this work, and shall be paid for on the basis of each square yard in place and accepted. If called for on the plans, but not shown as a bid item, then the cost of such work as stated above shall be included in the cost of other work. 33 STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES For details on specific design of a type of storm structure refer to Part B Index Numbers 200 to 235. When required, inlets, catch basins or other structures shall be constructed according to the plans and applicable parts of the specifications, Section Numbers 7, 8, & 9, and as approved by the Engineer. Said structures shall be protected and saved from damage by the elements or other causes until acceptance of the work. 33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the Index Numbers 201 and 202. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semi circular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be built up with brick and mortar on top of concrete base. The storm structure floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of the manholes. The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch of mortar. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. In cases where a storm pipe extends inside a structure, the excess pipe will be cut off with a concrete saw and shall not be removed with a sledge hammer. 33.2 PRECAST TYPE The manhole base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approximately five inches thick to secure proper seating and bearing. Precast Manholes and Junction Boxes: The Contractor may substitute precast manholes and junction boxes in lieu of cast in place units unless otherwise shown on the plans. Precast Inlets will not be acceptable. When precast units are substituted, the construction of such units must be in accordance with ASTM C 478, or the standard specifications at the manufacturers option. Precast structures must also meet the requirement that on the lateral faces, either inside or outside, the distance between precast openings for pipe or precast opening and top edge of precast structure be no less than wall thickness. A minimum of four courses of brick will be provided under manhole ring so that future adjustment of manhole lid can be accommodated. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Manhole using 0 ring between precast sections will not be acceptable for storm structures. SectionlV.docx Page 57 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 33.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment for Junction Boxes, Manholes or other structures shall be on a unit basis. 34 MATERIAL USED This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 19 — MATERIAL USED. 35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 20 — CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 36 STREET SIGNS The removal, covering or relocation of street signs by the Contractor is PROHIBITED. All street signs shall be removed, covered or relocated by the City's Traffic Engineering Division in accordance with Sections 700, 994, 995, and 996 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). The Contractor shall notify the City's Traffic Engineering Division a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the proposed sign relocation, covering or removal. 37 AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS 37.1 CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIONIDEO RECORDING Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall have a continuous color audio /video recording taken along the entire length of the Project including all affected project areas. Streets, easements, rights -of -way, lots or construction sites within the Project must be recorded to serve as a record of a pre - construction conditions. 37.2 SCHEDULING OF AUDIONIDEO RECORDING The video recordings shall not be made more than twenty -one (21) days prior to construction in any area. 37.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional videographer. The color audio videotapes shall be prepared by a responsible commercial firm known to be skilled and regularly engaged in the business of pre- construction color audio -video recording documentation. 37.4 EQUIPMENT All equipment, accessories, materials and labor to perform this service shall be furnished by the Contractor. The total audio video system shall reproduce bright, sharp, clear pictures with accurate colors and shall be free from distortion, tearing, rolls or any other form of imperfection. The audio portion of the recording shall reproduce the commentary of the camera operator with proper volume, clarity and be free from distortion and interruptions. In some instances, audio video coverage may be required in areas not accessible by conventional wheeled vehicles. Such coverage shall be obtained by walking. SectionIV.docx Page 58 of 128 11/26/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 37.5 RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO Each recording shall begin with the current date, project name and be followed by the general location, i.e., viewing side and direction of progress. Accompanying the video recording of each video shall be a corresponding and simultaneously recorded audio recording. This audio recording, exclusively containing the commentary of the camera operator or aide, shall assist in viewer orientation and in any needed identification, differentiation, clarification, or objective description of the features being shown in the video portion of the recording. The audio recording shall also be free from any conversations. 37.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO All video recordings must continuously display transparent digital information to include the date and time of recording. The date information shall contain the month, day and year. The time information shall contain the hour, minutes and seconds. Additional information shall be displayed periodically. Such information shall include, but not be limited to, project name, contract number, direction of travel and the viewing side. This transparent information shall appear on the extreme upper left hand third of the screen. Camera pan, tilt, zoom -in and zoom out rates shall be sufficiently controlled such that recorded objects will be clearly viewed during videotape playback. In addition, all other camera and recording system controls, such as lens focus and aperture, video level, pedestal, chrome, white balance, and electrical focus shall be properly controlled or adjusted to maximize picture quality. The construction documentation shall be recorded in SP mode. 37.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION The audio and video portions of the recording shall maintain viewer orientation. To this end, overall establishing views of all visible house and business addresses shall be utilized. In areas where the proposed construction location will not be readily apparent to the videotape viewer, highly visible yellow flags shall be placed, by the Contractor, in such a fashion as to clearly indicate the proposed centerline of construction. When conventional wheeled vehicles are used as conveyances for the recording system, the vertical distance between the camera lens and the ground shall not exceed 10 feet. The camera shall be firmly mounted such that transport of the camera during the recording process will not cause an unsteady picture. 37.8 LIGHTING All recording shall be done during time of good visibility. No taping shall be done during precipitation, mist or fog. The recording shall only be done when sufficient sunlight is present to properly illuminate the subjects of recording and to produce bright, sharp video recordings of those subjects. 37.9 SPEED OF TRAVEL The average rate of travel during a particular segment of coverage shall be directly proportional to the number, size and value of the surface features within that construction areas zone of influence. The rate of speed in the general direction of travel of the vehicle used during taping shall not exceed forty -four (44) feet per minute. SectionIV.docx Page 59 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 37.10 VIDEO LOG /INDEX All videotapes shall be permanently labeled and shall be properly identified by videotape number and project title. Each videotape shall have a log of that videotape's contents. The log shall describe the various segments of coverage contained on the video tape in terms of the names of the streets or location of easements, coverage beginning and end, directions of coverage, video unit counter numbers, engineering survey or coordinate values (if reasonably available) and the date. 37.11 AREA OF COVERAGE Tape coverage shall include all surface features located within the zone of influence of construction supported by appropriate audio coverage. Such coverage shall include, but not be limited to, existing driveways, sidewalks, curbs, pavements, drainage system features, mailboxes, landscaping, culverts, fences, signs, Contractor staging areas, adjacent structures, etc. within the area covered by the project. Of particular concern shall be the existence of any faults, fractures, or defects. Taped coverage shall be limited to one side of the Site, street, easement or right of way at any one time. 37.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES The cost to complete the requirements under this section shall be included in the contract items provided in the proposal sheet. There is no separate pay item for this work. 38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL 38.1 STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS No disturbed area may be denuded for more than thirty (30) calendar days unless otherwise authorized by the City Engineer. During construction, denuded areas shall be covered by mulches such as straw, hay, filter fabric, seed and mulch, sod, or some other permanent vegetation. Within sixty (60) calendar days after final grade is established on any portion of a project site, that portion of the site shall be provided with established permanent soil stabilization measures per the original site plan, whether by impervious surface or landscaping. 38.2 PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES Fill material stockpiles shall be protected at all times by on -site drainage controls which prevent erosion of the stockpiled material. Control of dust from such stockpiles may be required, depending upon their location and the expected length of time the stockpiles will be present. In no case shall an unstabilized stockpile remain after thirty (30) calendar days. 38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS During construction, all storm sewer inlets in the vicinity of the project shall be protected by sediment traps such as secured hay bales, sod, stone, etc., which shall be maintained and modified as required by construction progress, and which must be approved by the City Engineer before installation. SectionlV.docx Page 60 of 128 11/26/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES Sediment basins and traps, perimeter berms, filter fences, berms, sediment barriers, vegetative buffers and other measures intended to trap sediment and/or prevent the transport of sediment onto adjacent properties, or into existing water bodies; must be installed, constructed, or, in the case of vegetative buffers, protected from disturbance, as a first step in the land alteration process. Such systems shall be fully operative and inspected by the City before any other disturbance of the site begins. Earthen structures including but not limited to berms, earth filters, dams or dikes shall be stabilized and protected from drainage damage or erosion within one week of installation. 38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASINS Areas of 3 acres or more shall be required to have temporary sedimentation basins as a positive remedy against downstream siltation and will be shown and detailed on construction plans. During development, permanent detention areas may be used in place of silt basins, provided they are maintained to the satisfaction of the City. The Contractor will be required to prohibit discharge of silt through the outfall structure during construction of any detention area and will be required to clean out the detention area before installing any permanent subdrain pipe. In addition, permanent detention areas must be totally cleaned out and operating properly at final inspection and at the end of the one year warranty period. When temporary sedimentation basins are used, they shall be capable at all times of containing at least one (1) cubic foot of sediment for each one hundred (100) square feet of area tributary to the basin. Such capacity shall be maintained throughout the project by regular removal of sediment from the basin. 38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES Land alteration and construction shall be minimized in both permanent and intermittent waterways and the immediately adjacent buffer of 25 feet from top of bank of the waterways and the buffer area whenever possible, and barriers shall be used to prevent access. Where in channel work cannot be avoided, precautions must be taken to stabilize the work area during land alteration, development and/or construction to minimize erosion. If the channel and buffer area are disturbed during land alteration, they must be stabilized within three (3) calendar days after the in channel work is completed. Silt curtains or other filter /siltation reduction devices must be installed on the downstream side of the in channel alteration activity to eliminate impacts due to increased turbidity. Wherever stream crossings are required, properly sized temporary culverts shall be provided by the contractor and removed when construction is completed. The area of the crossing shall be restored to a condition as nearly as possible equal to that which existed prior to any construction activity. 38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS All swales, ditches and channels leading from the site shall be sodded within three (3) days of excavation. All other interior swales, etc., including detention areas will be sodded prior to issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy. SectionIV.docx Page 61 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION The construction of underground utility lines and other structures shall be done in accordance with the following standards: a. No more than 400 lineal feet of trench shall be open at any one time; b. Wherever consistent with safety and space consideration, excavated material shall be cast to the uphill side of trenches. Trench material shall not be cast into or onto the slope of any stream, channel, road ditch or waterway. 38.9 MAINTENANCE All erosion and siltation control devices shall be checked regularly, especially after each rainfall and will be cleaned out and/or repaired as required. 38.10 COMPLIANCE Failure to comply with the aforementioned requirements may result in a fine and/or more stringent enforcement procedures such as (but not limited to) issuance of a "Stop Work Order ". City of Clearwater Standard Detail Drawings No. 601 and 607 are examples of accepted methods that may be used or required to control erosion and siltation. SectionIV.docx Page 62 of 128 11/26/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications City of Clearwater - Erosion Control This notice is to inform the prime contractor that the City of Clearwater holds them responsible for soil erosion control on their site. The City of Clearwater Engineering Department has the responsibility to minimize the amount of soil erosion into the City's streets, storm sewers and waterways. The construction of a new residence or commercial site and major remodeling of an existing site creates a potential for soil erosion. These instances are usually the result of contractors and subcontractors accessing the property with equipment or construction materials. Then rain storms redistribute the eroded soil into the adjacent streets, storm systems and waterways. When erosion takes place, a City Inspector will place a correction notice at the site. The procedure will be as follows: 1st occurrence 2nd occurrence 3rd occurrence 4th occurrence Warning $32 Re- inspection Fee $80 Re- inspection Fee Stop Work Order Dependent on the severity of the erosion, the City's Engineering Department may elect to rectify the erosion problem and charge the contractor accordingly. The attached drawings and details are recommendations for the contractor to use as means to support the site from eroding. The contractor may elect to shovel and sweep the street daily or on an as needed basis. However, erosion must be held in check. If the contractor would like to meet with a City inspector on any particular site, please contact Construction Services at 562 -4750 or Planning & Development Services at 562 -4741. Erosion Control Required - City of Clearwater's Code of Ordinances requires erosion control on all land development projects. Erosion control must be in place and maintained throughout the job. Failure to do so may result in additional costs and time delays to the permit holder. Contact Engineering Department with specific questions at 562 -4750. SectionIV.docx Page 63 of 128 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications CITY OF CLEARWATER NOTICE OF EROSION VIOLATION UNDER SECTION 3 -701 (DIVISION 7 — EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL) OF THE CITY OF CLEARWATER CODE OF ORDINANCES, THIS SITE HAS BEEN FOUND IN VIOLATION. THIS SITE MUST BE RESTORED TO AN EROSION CONTROLLED SITE PRIOR TO ANY FURTHER DEVELOPMENT TO CONTINUE. Warning $32.00 Re- inspection Fee $80.00 Re- inspection Fee Stop Work Order DATE POSTED: Inspector's Name: CITY OF CLEARWATER PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT SERVICES 727 562 -4741 ENGINEERING /CONSTRUCTION 727 562 -4750 Received by: (Signature indicates only a copy of this notice has been received and does not in any way indicate admission of guilt or concurrence with findings of the inspector.) Inspector's Signature: IT IS A VIOLATION TO REMOVE THIS NOTICE ANY UNAUTHORIZED PERSON REMOVING THIS SIGN WILL BE PROSECUTED SectionlV.docx Page 64 of 128 11/26/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING The tie in locations for utility laterals of water, sanitary sewer, and gas shall be plainly marked on the back of the curb. Marking placed on the curb shall be perpendicular with respect to the curb of the tie in location on the utility lateral. Marks shall not be placed on the curb where laterals cross diagonally under the curb. The tie in location shall be the end of the utility lateral prior to service connection. Markings shall be uniform in size and shape and colors in conformance with the code adopted by the American Public Works Association as follows: SAFETY RED Electric power, distribution & transmission Municipal Electric Systems HIGH VISIBILITY SAFETY YELLOW Gas Distribution and Transmission Oil Distribution and Transmission Dangerous Materials, Produce Lines, Steam Lines SAFETY ALERT ORANGE Telephone and Telegraph Systems Police and Fire Communications Cable Television SAFETY PRECAUTION BLUE Water Systems Slurry Pipe Lines SAFETY GREEN Sewer Systems LAVENDER RECLAIMED WATER WHITE PROPOSED EXCAVATION Marks placed on curbs shall be rectangular in shape and placed with the long dimension perpendicular to the flow line of the curb. Marks placed on valley gutter and modified curb shall be 6 -inch x 3 -inch and placed at the back of the curb. Marks placed on State Road and vertical curb shall be 4 -inch X 2 -inch and be placed on the curb face. 40 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE This article not used. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 24 — AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE. 1 41 POTABLE WATERMAINS, RECLAIMED WATERMAINS AND 1 1 1 1 APPURTENANCES 41.1 SCOPE The Contractor shall furnish all plant, labor, materials and equipment to perform all operations in connection with the construction of potable water mains, reclaimed water mains and appurtenances including clearing, excavation, trenching, backfilling and clean up. SectionIV.docx Page 65 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 41.2 MATERIALS 41.2.1 GENERAL Materials, equipment and supplies furnished and permanently incorporated into the project shall be of first quality in every respect and shall be constructed and finished to high standards of workmanship. Materials shall be suitable for service intended, shall reflect modern design and engineering and shall be fabricated in a first class workmanlike manner. All materials, equipment and supplies shall be new and shall have not been in service at any time previous to installation, except as required in tests or incident to installation. Machined metal surfaces, exposed bearings and glands shall be protected against grit, dirt, chemical corrosion and other damaging effects during shipment and construction. 41.2.2 PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS 41.2.2.1 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Ductile Iron Pipe shall be in accordance with ANSUAWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision. Pipe thickness class, wall thickness and working pressure shall conform to the following table: Size Class Thickness (In.) Rated Water Working Pressure (PSI) 4" 51 0.26 350 6" 50 0.25 350 8" 50 0.27 350 12" 50 0.31 350 The trench laying condition shall be Type 2, Flat bottom trench backfill lightly consolidated to centerline of pipe. Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSUAWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision. Pipe shall be asphalt coated on the outside and standard cement lined and sealed coated with approved bituminous seal coat in accordance with ANSUAWWA C104/A21.4 80 or latest revision. 41.2.2.2 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe 4 -inch through 8 -inch shall be in accordance with ANSUAWWA C900 or latest revision and the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) Standard D 2241 and PVC Resin Compound conforming to ASTM Specification D 1784. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe shall have the same O.D. as Cast and Ductile Iron Pipe and be compatible for use without special adapters with Cast Iron Fittings. Pipe dimension ratio, working pressure and laying length shall conform to the following table: SectionIV.docx Page 66 of 129 11/26/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications Size Dimension Ratio (OD/Thick.) Rated Water Working Pressure (PSI) Laying Length (Ft) 4 18 150 20 6 18 150 20 8 18 150 20 Pipe larger than 8 -inch shall be ductile iron. The City Engineer reserves the right to require the use of ductile iron in sizes 4 -inch through 8 -inch when needed due to laying conditions or usage. The bell of 4 -inch and larger PVC pipe shall consist of an integral wall section with a solid cross section elastomeric ring which meets the requirements of ASTM D 1869. Each length of pipe shall bear identification that will remain legible during normal handling, storage and installation and so designate the testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe material for potable water service. All polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be laid with two (2) strands of insulated 12 gauge A.W.G. solid strand copper wire taped to the top of each joint of pipe with about 18- inches between each piece of tape. It is to be installed at every valve box through a 2 -inch PVC pipe to 12- inches minimum above the top of the concrete slab. The 2 -inch PVC pipe shall be the same length as the adjustable valve box, and the 2 -inch PVC pipe shall be plugged with a 2 -inch removable brass plug with recessed nut. This wire is to be continuous with splices made only by direct bury 3M brand splice kit approved by the Engineer. This wire is to be secured to all valves, tees and elbows. 41.2.2.3 FITTINGS AND JOINTS Fitting from 4 -inch through 16 -inch in size will be compact ductile iron cast in accordance with ANSUAWWA C153 /A 21.53 with mechanical joint bells. Bolts, nuts and gaskets shall be in accordance with requirements of ANSI/AW WA C 153/A 21.53. The working pressure rating shall be 350 P.S.I. Ductile iron fittings shall be coated and lined in accordance with require requirements of ANSUAWWA C104/A21.4. Mechanical joint glands shall be ductile iron in accordance with ANSUAWWA C111 /A 21.11. When reference is made to ANSI /AWWA Standards, the latest revisions apply. Only those fittings and accessories that are of domestic (USA) manufacture will be acceptable. 41.2.2.4 RESTRAINT Restraint of plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., shall be accomplished by the use of approved mechanical restraining rings or glands installed per manufacturers recommendations. Hydrants shall be restrained by the use of swivel connecting joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants shall be used only where hydrant runout length precludes the use of swivel joint connectors. 41.2.2.5 PIPE WITHIN CASING All pipe placed within casings shall be slip joint ductile iron restrained by the use of restraining gaskets designed for use with the particular joint being installed and have properly sized casing spacers (Cascade Series) installed on the pipe so that the pipe will be centered within the casing. SectionIV.docx Page 67 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications Each end of the casing shall be properly sealed to prevent the intrusion of soil, water, or debris within the casing itself. It shall be sealed by brick and mortar, cement or any approved method by the Engineer. 41.2.3 GATE VALVES Discs of valves shall be operated by methods which will allow operation in any position with respect to the vertical. Gate valves for interior piping or exposed above grade outside structures, shall be handwheel operated with rising stems. Valves 4- inches and larger, buried in earth shall be equipped with 2 -inch square operating nuts, valve boxes and covers. Valves shall be fitted with joints suitable for the pipe with which they are to be used. The direction of opening for all valves shall be to the left (counter clockwise). Pressure Rating: Unless otherwise shown or specified, valves for high pressure service shall be rated at not less than 150 psi cold water, nonshock. The manufacturer's name and pressure rating shall be cast in raised letters on the valve body. Installation: Installation shall be in accordance with good standard practice. Exposed pipelines shall be so supported that their weight is not carried through valves. Two Inch Diameter and smaller: Not allowed. These should be approved ball valves. Three Inch Diameter: Not allowed. Four Inch to Sixteen Inch Diameter: Gate Valves, 4 to 16 -inch diameter, inclusive, shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM Rubber in conformance with ANSI/A.W.W.A. Standard Specification C509 -515 latest revision. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509 -515, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 p.s.i. differential pressure, all internal parts removable from bonnet without removing body from pressure main, corrosion resistant bronze or stainless steel nonrising stem with 0 ring bonnet seal with epoxy coated inside and outside cast iron or ductile iron valve body.. Larger than Sixteen Inch Diameter: Gate valves larger than 16 -inch shall be suitable for the service intended and shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM rubber in conformance with ANSI/AWWA. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509 -80, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 psi differential pressure. All valves shall be equipped with steel cut bevel gears, extended type gear case and rollers, bronze or babbitt tracks and scrapers and valved by -pass. 41.2.4 VALVE BOXES Valve boxes shall be of standard extension design and manufacture and shall be made of cast iron. No PVC Risers or Derisers are allowed as part of a valve box assembly. They are to be a- piece valve box assembles. The lower part of the assembly can be ordered in various heights to accommodate different depths. Suitable sizes of valve boxes and extension pieces shall be provided where shown. The valve box cover shall be of cast iron. Valve boxes and their installation shall be included in the bid price for valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5 & Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2 & Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve boxes and pad detail. SectionlV.docx Page 68 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 41.2.5 HYDRANTS No other hydrants, other than those listed below, may be used in extension to or replacement of the City of Clearwater potable water system: • Kennedy Guardian #K 81D Fire Hydrant, • Mueller Super Centurion 25 Fire Hydrant • AVK Nostalgic 2780. • American Darling B -84 -B. No substitutions shall be allowed without the approval of the City of Clearwater. Above hydrants shall be in accordance with the latest revision of the AWWA Specification C 502 and include the following modifications: 1. All shipments to be palletized and tailgate delivery. 2. Hydrants shall conform to A.W.W.A. Standard C -502 latest revision and must be UL/FM listed. 3. Hydrants shall be of the compression type, closing with line pressure. 4. The operating threads will be contained in an operating chamber sealed at the top and bottom with an 0-ring seal. The chamber will contain a lubricating grease or oil. 5. Hydrants shall be of the traffic model breakaway type, with the barrel made in two sections with the break flange located approximately 2 -inch above the ground line. Breakaway bolts not allowed. 6. Operating nut shall be of one -piece bronze or ductile iron construction. 7. A dirt shield shall be provided to protect the operating mechanism from grit buildup and corrosion due to moisture. 8. A thrust washer shall be supplied between the operating nut and stem lock nut to facilitate operation. 9. Operating nut shall be a #7 (1-1/2-inch) pentagon nut. 10. Nozzles shall be of the tamper resistant, 1/4 turn type with 0-ring seals or threaded into upper barrel. Nozzles shall be retained with a stainless steel locking device. 11. The main valve shall be of EPDM solid rubber. 12. The seat shall be of a bronze ring threaded to a bronze insert in the hydrant shoe, with 0- rings to seal the barrel from leakage of water in the shoe. 13. The main valve stem will be 304 or higher grade stainless steel and made in two sections with a breakable coupling. 14. Hydrant shall have a 6 -inch Mechanical Joint epoxy lined elbow, less accessories. 15. Hydrant shall have a 5 -1/4 -inch valve opening, and shall be a left hand operation to open. 16. Hydrant shall be without drains. 17. Hydrant shall have two (2) 2 -1/2 -inch hose nozzles and one (1) 4 -1/2 -inch pumper nozzle. Threads shall be in accordance with the National Standard Hose Coupling Thread Specifications. SectionIV.docx Page 69 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 18. Hydrant body shall have a factory finish of yellow paint. All paints shall comply with AWWA standard C- 502 -85 or latest revision. All hydrants will be shop tested in accordance with the latest AWWA Specification C 502. Constrained joint assemblies shall be used which have bolted mechanical and swivel joints from the hydrant tee through to the hydrant. Constrained joints shall absorb all thrust and prevent movement of the hydrant. All hydrants shall be provided with an auxiliary gate valve so that the water to the hydrant may be shut off without the necessity of closing any other valve in the distribution system. No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's Engineering Department. 41.2.6 SERVICE SADDLES Service saddles shall be used on all service taps to 4 -inch P.V.C. water main. The largest service connection allowable on 4 -inch main shall be 1 -1/2 -inch. Service saddles shall be used on all 2- inch service connections to 6 -inch and larger mains. Service saddles (JCM 406 series or Ford FC 202 series) shall be wide bodied ductile iron with epoxy or nylon coating and shall have stainless steel straps. 41.2.7 TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS 1. All materials shall be tested in accordance with the applicable Federal, ASTM or AWWA Specification and basis of rejection shall be as specified therein. Certified copies of the tests shall be submitted with each shipment of materials. 2. All materials will be subject to inspection and approved by the Engineer after delivery; and no broken, cracked, misshapen, imperfectly coated or otherwise damaged or unsatisfactory material shall be used. 3. All material found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws, or other defects shall be rejected and promptly removed from the site. 4. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or water main accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. 41.2.8 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS The City of Clearwater owns and maintains all backflow prevention devices that are installed within their system. Therefore, any and all devices must be purchased from the City and installed by City work forces. Backflow prevention devices installed on customer's service lines at the point of delivery (service connection) shall be of a type in accordance with AWWA specification C506 or latest revision. Two (2) different types of backflow prevention devices are allowed. Type of device, when required, is determined by the degree of hazard presented to the municipal water system from possible backflow of water within the customers private system. The types of devices allowed are: SectionIV.docx Page 70 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 1. Double Check Valve Assembly a device composed of two single, independently acting, approved check valves, including tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the assembly and suitable connections for testing the watertightness of each check valve. 2. Reduced pressure principle backflow prevention device a device containing a minimum of two independently acting, approved check valves, together with an automatically operated pressure differential relief valve located between the two check valves. The unit must include tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the device, and each device shall be fitted with properly located test cocks. 41.2.9 TAPPING SLEEVES Steel body tapping sleeves shall be JCM Industries Inc., JCM 412 or Smith -Blair 622. All steel body tapping sleeves shall have heavy welded ASTM A 285, Grade C steel body, stainless steel bolts, manufacturer's epoxy coated body, and 3/4 -inch bronze test plug. 41.2.10 BLOW OFF HYDRANTS Blow offs are not allowed. 41.3 CONSTRUCTION 41.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING 1. Pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and accessories shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting with hoists or skidding so as to avoid shock or damage. Under no circumstances shall such materials be dropped. Pipe handled on skidways shall not be skidded rolled against pipe already on the ground. 2. Pipe shall be so handled that the coating and lining will not be damaged. If, however, any part of the coating or lining is damaged, the repair shall be made by the Contractor at his expense in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. 3. In distributing the material at the site of the work, each piece shall be unloaded opposite or near the place where it is to be laid in the trench. 41.3.2 PIPE LAYING 41.3.2.1 ALIGNMENT AND GRADE The pipe shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades with fittings, valves and hydrants at the required locations, spigots centered in bells; and all valves and hydrant stems plumb. All pipe installed shall be pigged and properly blown off before any pressure testing and sterilization of the pipe can be completed. The depth of cover over the water main shall be a minimum of 30- inches and a maximum of 42- inches below finished grade, except where approved by the Engineer to avoid conflicts and obstructions. Whenever obstructions not shown on the plans are encountered during the progress of the work and interfere to such an extent that an alteration of the plans is required, the Engineer shall have the authority to change the plans and order a deviation from the line and grade or arrange with the Owners of the structures for the removal, relocation, or reconstruction of the obstructions. SectionIV.docx Page 71 of 129 11/26/2014 Section N — Technical Specifications 41.3.2.2 INSTALLATION Proper implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and convenient performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves and hydrants shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece by means of a derrick, ropes, or other suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to materials and protective coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall materials be dropped or dumped in the trench. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. All pipe and fittings shall be carefully examined for cracks and other defects while suspended above the trench immediately before installation in final position. Spigot ends shall be examined with particular care as this area is the most vulnerable to damage from handling. Defective pipe or fittings shall be laid aside for inspection by the Engineer who will prescribe corrective repairs or rejection. All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the bell and spigot end of each pipe, and the outside of the spigot and the inside of the bell shall be wire brushed and wiped clean and dry and free from oil and grease before the pipe is laid. Pipe joints shall be made up in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe while it is being placed in the line. If the pipe laying crew cannot put the pipe into the trench and in place without getting earth into it, the Engineer may require that, before lowering the pipe into the trench, a heavy, woven canvas bag of suitable size shall be placed over each end and left there until the connection is to be made to the adjacent pipe. During laying operation, no debris, tools, clothing or other materials shall be placed in the pipe. As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill material tamped under it except at the bells. Precautions shall be taken to prevent dirt from entering the joint space. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug or other means approved by the Engineer. The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or cement lining and so as to leave a smooth end at right angles to the axis of the pipe. Pipe shall be laid with bell ends facing in the direction of laying unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. Where pipe is laid on the grade of 10 per cent or greater, the laying shall start at bottom and shall proceed upward with the bell ends of the pipe upgrade. Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line, either in the vertical or horizontal plane to avoid obstructions or to plumb stems; or where long radius curves are permitted, the amount of deflection allowed shall not exceed that allowed under the latest edition of ANSUAWWA C600 -82 and C900 81 or latest revisions. No pipe shall be laid when, in the opinion of the Engineer, trench conditions are unsuitable. SectionlV.docx Page 72 of 129 11/26/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 41.3.3 SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS 41.3.3.1 GENERAL Valves, hydrants, fittings, plugs and caps shall be set and joined to pipe in the manner specified above for installation of pipe. 41.3.3.2 VALVES Valves in water mains shall, where possible, be located on the street property lines extended unless shown otherwise on the plans. All valves shall be installed at the tee in all cases, not to exceed 18- inches from the main line. The valve box shall not transmit any shock or stress to the valve and shall be centered and plumb over the wrench nut of the valve, with the box cover flush with the surface of the finished pavement or such other level as may be directed. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5 & Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2 & Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve box and pad detail. 41.3.3.3 HYDRANTS Hydrants shall be located as shown or as directed so as to provide complete accessibility and minimize the possibility of damage from vehicles or injury to pedestrians. All hydrants located 10 -feet of more from the main shall have a gate valve at the main and another gate valve at the hydrant location. No valve can be located anywhere in the hydrant run to circumvent the use of two valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 5 of 5 for potable water hydrants. No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's Engineering Department. All hydrants shall stand plumb and shall have their nozzles parallel with, or at right angles to, the curb, with the pumper nozzle facing the curb. Hydrants shall be set to the established grade, with nozzles as shown or as directed by the Engineer. Each hydrant shall be connected to the main with a 6 -inch ductile iron branch controlled by an independent 6 inch gate valve. 41.3.3.4 ANCHORAGE Movement of all plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., unless otherwise specified shall be prevented by attaching approved mechanical restraining rings or glands and installed per manufacturers recommendations. Hydrants shall be held in place with restrained swivel joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants may be used where hydrant runout length precludes the use of hydrant connecting swivel joints. Where special anchorage is required, such anchorage shall be in accordance with details shown on the plans. 41.3.4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES Where shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, the water lines constructed under this contract shall be connected to the existing lines now in place. No such connection shall be made until all requirements of the specifications as to tests, flushing, and sterilization have been met and the plan of the cut in to the existing line has been approved by the Engineer. Section1V.docx Page 73 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications Where connections are made between new work and existing work, the connections shall be made in a thorough and workmanlike manner using proper materials and fittings to suit the actual conditions. All fittings shall be properly sterilized and pipe will be properly swabbed before connections to existing facilities. All connections to existing facilities will be completed under the supervision of the City of Clearwater Water Division. 41.4 TESTS 41.4.1 HYDROSTATIC TESTS After installation of water mains, complete with all associated appurtenances including service taps, all sections of newly laid main shall be subject to a hydrostatic pressure test of 150 pounds per square inch for a period of two (2) hours and shall conform to AWWA C600 latest revision. All mains shall be pigged and flushed to remove all sand and other foreign matter before any hydrostatic test can or will be performed. The pressure test shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The pump, pipe connection and all necessary apparatus, together with operating personnel, shall be furnished by the Contractor at his expense. The Contractor shall make all necessary taps into the pipe line. The Owner will furnish the water for the test. Before applying the test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe line. 41.4.2 NOTICE OF TEST The Contractor shall give the City of Clearwater's Owner Representative 48 -hours advance notice of the time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing. 41.5 STERILIZATION Before the system is put into operation, all water mains and appurtenances and any item of new construction with which the water comes in contact, shall be thoroughly sterilized in accordance with AWWA C651. 41.5.1 STERILIZING AGENT The sterilizing agent shall be liquid chlorine, sodium hypochlorite solution conforming to Federal Specification 0 S 602B, Grade D, or dry hypochlorite, commonly known as "HTH" or "Perchloron ". 41.5.2 FLUSHING SYSTEM Prior to the application of the sterilization agent, all mains shall be thoroughly flushed. Flushing shall continue until a clean, clear stream of water flows from the hydrants. Where hydrants are not available for flushing, such flushing shall be accomplished at the installed blow off devices generally at the ends of the lines. 41.5.3 STERILIZATION PROCEDURE All piping, valves, fittings and all other appurtenances shall be sterilized with water containing a minimum chlorine concentration of 75 ppm at any point in the system. This solution shall then remain in the distribution system for a minimum contact period of eight (8) hours and never more than 24 hours before it is flushed out. All valves in the lines being sterilized shall be opened and closed several times during the contact period. SectionlV.docx Page 74 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 41.5.4 RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS After the sterilization outlined above has been accomplished, flushing shall continue until free residual chlorine tests not less than 0.2 ppm nor more than 3.0 ppm. Residual chlorine test shall be in accordance with standard methods using a standard DPD test set. 41.5.5 BACTERIAL TESTS After the water system has been sterilized and thoroughly flushed as specified herein, City of Clearwater Water Division or the Owner's Representative personnel shall take samples of water from remote points of the distribution system in suitable sterilized containers. The City shall forward the samples to a laboratory certified by the Florida State Board of Health for bacterial examination in accordance with AWWA C651. If tests of such samples indicate the presence of coliform organisms, the sterilization as outlined above shall be repeated until tests indicate the absence of such pollution. The bacterial tests shall be satisfactorily completed before the system is placed in operation and it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to perform the sterilization as outlined above. If methods of sterilization differ materially from those outlined above, such methods shall be in accordance with directives of the Florida State Board of Health and all methods employed shall have the approval of that agency. Definite instructions as to the collection and shipment of samples shall be secured from the laboratory prior to sterilization and shall be followed in all respects. The City of Clearwater shall secure clearance of the water main from the Florida Department of Environmental Protection before the water distribution system is put into operation. 41.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 41.6.1 GENERAL Bids must include all sections and items as specified herein and as listed on the Bid Form. Payment for the work of constructing the project will be made at the unit price or lump sum payment for the items of work as set forth in the Bid, which payment will constitute full compensation for all labor, equipment, and materials required to complete the work. No separate payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the applicable pay items of work: • Clearing and grubbing • Excavation, including necessary pavement removal • Shoring and/or dewatering • Structural fill • Backfill • Grading • Tracer wire • Refill materials • Joints materials • Tests and sterilization • Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. SectionLV.docx Page 75 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 41.6.2 FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS 41.6.2.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the actual number of feet of pipe of each size and type satisfactorily furnished and laid, as measured along the centerline of the completed pipe line, including the length of valves and fittings. 41.6.2.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment, and constructing the water mains complete and ready for operation. 41.6.3 FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS 41.6.3.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment will be the number of tons, or decimal part thereof, of ductile iron fittings satisfactorily furnished and installed. Fitting weights shall be based on weights stamped on the body of the fitting, provided such weights do not exceed the theoretical weights by more than the tolerances permitted in ANSUAW WA C110/A 21.10 82, latest revision, in which case, the weight will be based upon the theoretical weight plus the maximum tolerance. 41.6.3.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials, and equipment required to furnish and install ductile iron fittings. 41.6.4 FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND COVERS 41.6.4.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of gate valves of each size satisfactorily furnished and installed. 41.6.4.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price for each size shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the valve complete with box and cover. 41.6.5 FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS 41.6.5.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of fire hydrants satisfactorily furnished and installed. The only hydrants allowed to be installed in the City of Clearwater utilities system are listed in Section 41.2.5. No exceptions. 41.6.5.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the fire hydrant complete including necessary thrust SectionIV.docx Page 76 of 129 11/26/2014 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 1 anchorage, 6 -inch pipe between the main and the hydrant and gate valve and valve box on the hydrant lead. 42 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS This article not applicable. 43 TENNIS COURTS 43.1 PAVED TENNIS COURTS 43.1.1 SOIL TREATMENTS All soil under courts shall be treated with DSMA 184 at the rate of 2 pounds active ingredient per 1,000 square foot. Materials shall be brought to the job site in tagged containers. Tags shall be retained and turned into the Engineer's Office. ' 43.1.2 BASE COURSE Base Course shall be Limerock 6" thick after compaction. Specifications for the base shall be the same as those for Limerock in Section IV - Article 22 of the City of Clearwater Technical 1 Specifications. Subgrade stabilizing will not be required. Surface shall be cut to within 1/2" of true grade in preparation of 1" leveling course. Prior to 1 applying prime coat, surface shall be approved by the Engineer. 43.1.3 PRIME COAT ' The material used for prime coat shall be cut -back Asphalt Grade RC -70 or RC -250 and shall conform to Section 300 of the Florida State Department of Transportation's "Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction ". 1 43.1.4 LEVELING COURSE A.Leveling Course shall be a minimum of 1" of Type S -III Asphaltic Concrete as specified in 1 Section 331 of FDOT's Standard Specification (latest edition). The Leveling Course shall be constructed running East and West. Finish surface of leveling course shall not vary more than 1/4" when checked with a 10 foot straight edge. If a deficiency of more than 1/4" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. 1 43.1.5 SURFACE COURSE Surface course shall be a minimum of 1" of Type S -III Asphaltic Concrete as specified in Section 331 of FDOT's Standard Specification (latest edition). The Surface Course shall be constructed running North and South. Finish surfaces shall not vary more than 1/4" in 10 feet. Prior to application of color coat, surface 1 shall be checked for low areas by flooding the surface with water. Low areas shall be patched as approved by the Engineer prior to application of the color coat. No areas which retain water will SectionlV.docx Page 77 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications be approved. If a deficiency of more than 'A" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. 43.1.6 COLOR COAT 43.1.6.1 MATERIALS Materials used in the patching and color coating of Tennis Courts shall be manufactured specifically for Tennis Court Application. All materials must be approved by the Engineer prior to the start of construction. Request for approval of coating materials may be submitted prior to the opening of bids. In requests for approval, the Contractor shall present manufacturer's literature along with the name, address, and date of three previous Tennis Court applications of the proposed material. 43.1.6.2 CONSTRUCTION 43.1.6.2.1 SURFACE PREPARATION The surface to be coated must be sound, smooth, and free from loose dirt or oily materials. Prior to the application of surfacing materials, the entire surface should be checked for minor depressions or irregularities. If it is determined that minor corrections are necessary, the Contractor shall make repairs using approved tack coat and/or patching mix in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for use. After patching the surface shall not vary more than 1/8" in ten feet in any direction. If a deficiency of more than 1/8" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. In order to provide a smooth, dense underlayment of the finish course, one or more applications of resurfacer or patch mix shall be applied to the underlaying surface as deemed necessary by the Engineer. Asphaltic concrete Surface Course with a smooth tight mix and no ponding, will not require the resurfacing or patching mix. Asphaltic Concrete Surface Course which is course and rough or is ponding water will require the use of the resurfacer or patch mix. No applications shall be covered by a succeeding application until thoroughly cured. 43.1.6.2.2 FINISH COLOR COURSE The finish course shall be applied to a clean, dry surface in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. A minimum of two applications of color coat will be required. Texture of cured color coat is to be regulated in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations to provide a medium speed surface for tennis play. The color of application shall be dark green for the regulation double's playing area and red for all other others. The finished surface shall have a uniform appearance and be free from ridges and tool marks. 43.1.6.3 PLAYING LINES Forty-eight (48) hours minimum after completion of the resurfacing, 2 inch wide playing lines shall be accurately located, marked and painted with approved marking paint. SectionIV.docx Page 78 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 43.1.6.4 WEATHER LIMITATIONS No parts of the construction involving Tennis Court surfacing or patching products shall be conducted during rainfall, or when rainfall is imminent or unless the air temperature is at least 50 degrees, Fahrenheit and rising. NOTE: The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum or 24 hours in advance of all base and asphalt related work. 43.2 CLAY TENNIS COURTS 43.2.1 GENERAL 43.2.1.1 SCOPE The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary for the installation of clay tennis court(s) as set forth in these specifications and /or the construction drawings. The scope of work is indicated on drawings and specified herein. Basis of design for clay courts with sub - surface irrigation system is Hydrogrid Tennis, Inc. or prior approved equal. 43.2.1.2 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS The Owner may make such investigation as he deems necessary to determine the ability of the Bidder to perform the work and the Bidder shall furnish to the Owner all such information and data for this purpose as the Owner may request. The Owner reserves the right to reject any Bid if the evidence submitted by, or investigations of such Bidders fail to satisfy the owner that such Bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the Contract and to complete the work contemplated herein within the time limit agreed upon. Factors to be considered in awarding the Bid shall include the successful completion of similar sub - surface irrigation clay tennis court installations of like value, scope, size and quality as this project, with in the last five (5) years. The Owner desires to award this contract to firms that have been in business for a minimum of five (5) years. The qualifications and experience of the personnel assigned to the project will be a determining factor in the award of the Bid. 43.2.1.3 STANDARDS The Contractor shall perform all work in a thorough, workmanlike manner and conform to standards for tennis court construction as prescribed or approved by the United States (Lawn) Tennis Association and the United States Tennis Court and Tract Builders Association. The Contractor shall construct the tennis courts with laser guided equipment. 43.2.1.4 BUILDING PERMITS AND TAXES The Contractor shall secure all construction permits required by law, the City of Clearwater will waive all permit fees. 43.2.1.5 COURT LAYOUT The Owner shall establish two horizontal control points and a construction bench mark. The Contractor shall locate the four corners of each battery and shall layout the courts in conformance with the specifications and drawings. SectionIV.docx Page 79 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 43.2.1.6 BUILDING REQUIREMENTS The Owner shall provide and maintain reasonable access to the construction site, as well as an area adjacent to the site for storage and preparation of materials. Adequate water outlets within fifty (50) feet of the site shall be provided. 43.2.1.7 SCHEDULE The Owner desires to award the contract to firms who will complete this project in a reasonable time schedule. Consideration in awarding this bid will be given to firms who may commence and complete the project within a reasonable period of time after award of the bid. The Owner, in its sole discretion, will determine the reasonable schedule standard as it relates to the "Notice to Proceed." 43.2.2 SITE PREPARATION 43.2.2.1 SUITABILITY The Contractor shall examine the site to determine its suitability for installation of the courts. 43.2.2.2 DEMOLITION The contractor shall demo the existing tennis courts, remove the existing ten (10) foot high fence surrounding the tennis courts and all underground utilities within the limits of the construction area. Utilities extending outside the construction limits shall be capped and terminated. The existing tennis courts shall be ground into millings suitable to be mixed into the sub -grade at the proposed location of the new clay tennis courts. Any sub -grade material beneath the existing tennis courts not suitable for planting beds shall be removed and also utilized as sub -grade material beneath the new courts. All demolition materials not utilized in construction of the new courts shall be removed and disposed from the project site. The Contractor shall provide documentation of any recycled materials. 43.2.2.3 SUB -GRADE The sub -grade shall be graded to a tolerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the final sub -grade elevation. The sub -grade shall be graded level. A compaction to a density not less than 95% of the maximum standard density as determined by AASHTO T -180 is required. The Contractor shall provide documentation of testing to the Owner. 43.2.2.4 FINAL GRADE The final grades outside the tennis court areas and within the construction limits shall be graded to a tolerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the final grade elevations with positive drainage away from tennis courts and towards drainage swales or outfall structures. A compaction to a density not less than 95% of the maximum standard density as determined by AASHTO T -180 is required. The contractor shall provide documentation of testing to the Owner. 43.2.3 SLOPE 43.2.3.1 SLOPE REQUIREMENTS Rate and direction of slope of the finished surfaces shall be one (1) inch in forty (40) feet, all in one plane, as indicated on the drawings. SectionIV.docx Page 80 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 43.2.4 BASE CONSTRUCTION 43.2.4.1 LINER Two layers of 6 mil construction plastic shall be installed over the sub -grade surface with a minimum overlap of five (5) feet where pieces are joined. Use only materials that are resistant to deterioration when tested in accordance with ASTM E 154, as follows: a. Polyethylene sheet, Construction Grade. 43.2.4.2 BASE COURSE The base course shall consist of six (6) inches of porous base material as supplied by Quality Aggregate of Sarasota Florida. The surface of the base course shall be smooth and even, and it shall be within one - quarter (1/4) inch of the established grade. 43.2.4.3 IRRIGATION SYSTEM Perforated pipe shall be installed in trenches in the base course. These trenches shall be in on four (4) foot centers and shall be run perpendicular to the slope of the court. The pipe shall be two and one - quarter (2 -1/4) inch diameter with a nylon needle punched sock surrounding the pipe. Six (6) water control canisters shall be installed per court with each canister controlling five (5) grid pipe trenches. Provide all required controls systems time clocks; float switches, control wiring and solenoids, etc. for a complete sub - surface irrigation system. 43.2.5 PERIMETER CURBING 43.2.5.1 CURB Brick curb shall be installed around the entire perimeter of the court area with an elevation of one - quarter (1/4) to one -half (1/2) inch above the finished screening course elevation. 43.2.6 SURFACE COURSE 43.2.6.1 COURT SURFACE A surface course of ISP Type II Aquablend or Lee Hyroblend tennis court material shall be installed over the screening course to a compacted depth of one (1) inch. The Aqua/Hydroblend material shall be watered to its full depth immediately after leveling and then compacted by rolling with a tandem roller weighing 600 to 1000 pounds. The finished surface shall not vary from specified grade by more than one - eighth (1/8) inch. 43.2.7 ROOT BARRIER Root barrier (geo -tech fabric) eighteen (18) inches height shall be placed in a trench on the outside edge of the perimeter curbing eighteen (18) inches in depth with herbicide coating buttons to prevent plant root systems in entering the sub - surface base course of the clay tennis courts. SectionIV.docx Page 81 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 43.2.8 FENCING 43.2.8.1 DESIGN The contractor shall provide a total color coated fencing system as indicated on drawings and described herein. All components: frames, fabric and fittings shall be black. Basis of Design Ameristar HT-25 or prior approved equal subject to strict compliance with Ameristar published specification. 43.2.8.2 POSTS All posts shall be a minimum 2 -1/2" Ameristar HT-25 pipe; top rails 1 -5/8" Ameristar HT-25 pipe with manufacturers standard "Permacoat" color system. 43.2.8.3 FENCE FABRIC Fence Fabric shall be 1 -3/4" #6 gauge mesh throughout, manufactures standard galvanized wire with PVC coating. All fabric to be knuckled on both selvages. 43.2.8.4 GATES Provide gates at locations indicated. At service gates, provide a keeper that automatically engages gate life and holds it in the open position until manually released. Provide gate stops for double gates consisting of a mushroom -type flush plate with anchors, set in concrete, and designed to engage a center drop rod or plunger -bar. Include a locking device and padlock eyes as an integral part of the latch, permitting both gate leaves to be locked with a single padlock. Provide latch, fork type or plunger -bar type to permit operation from either side of gate, with padlock eye as an integral part of the latch. Gate Hinges — Size and material to suit gate size, non - lift -off type, and offset to permit 180- degree gate opening. Provide one and one -half (1 -1/2) pair of hinges for each leaf over six (6) foot nominal height. 43.2.9 WINDSCREENS The contractor shall provide nine (9) foot high windscreens at all ten (10) foot high fencing. Basis of design is Durashade plus by Ball Products, Inc. or equal by Putterman. Black high - density polyethylene, eight (8) oz. per square yard edges hemmed with grommets at twelve (12) inch on center. Attach to chain link fencing at the top and bottom with 50 LBS plastic ties. 43.2.10 COURT EQUIPMENT 43.2.10.1 POST FOUNDATIONS Post foundations shall be not less than thirty -six (36) inches in length, eighteen (18) inches in width and thirty (30) inches in depth. Foundations shall be placed to provide an exact distance between posts of forty -two (42) feet on a doubles court and thirty-three (33) feet on a singles court. 43.2.10.2 NET POSTS & SLEEVES Net posts shall be galvanized steel having an outside diameter of not less than two and seven- eighths (2 7/8) inches with electrostatically applied enamel finish and shall be equipped with a reel type net tightening device. Post sleeves and posts shall be set plumb and true so as to support SectionIV.docx Page 82 of 129 11/26/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications the net a height of forty -two (42) inches above the court surface at the posts. Post sleeves shall be Schedule 40 PVC to be set in concrete per net post manufactures recommendation. 43.2.10.3 CENTER STRAP ANCHOR A center strap anchor shall be firmly set in accordance with the rules of the USTA. 43.2.10.4 NET A tennis net conforming to the USTA regulations shall be installed on each court. The net shall have black synthetic netting, a headband of white synthetic material in double thickness with the exterior treated for resistance to mildew and sunlight, and bottom and end tapes of back synthetic material treated to prevent deterioration from the sunlight. A vinyl coated, impregnated steel cable, having a diameter of one quarter (1/4) inch and a length five (5) feet greater than length between the net post shall hold the net in suspension. The net shall have tie strings of a synthetic material at each corner. Basis of Design — Duranet DTS by Ball Products, Inc. 43.2.10.5 CENTER STRAP Provide a center strap of white heavy duty polyester webbing with black oxide coated brass slide buckles and nickel plated double end snap. Center strap shall be placed on the net and attached to the center strap anchor. 43.2.10.6 LINE TAPES Line tapes shall be 100% nylon and shall be two (2) inches in width. The tapes shall be firmly secured by aluminum nails with aluminum length of two and one -half (2 — 1/2) inches. Positioning shall be in accordance with regulations of the USTA. 43.2.10.7 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT Deliver the following equipment to the owner: 1. Ride -on Tandem Roller - Brutus AR -I Roller, automatic forward- neutral- reverse transmission; 24 inch wide drum; 3 -horse power Briggs and Stratton engine. 2. Hand drag brooms (4 each) - 7' wide aluminum frame with 4 -1/2" synthetic bristles; Proline. 3. Tow drag brooms (1 each) - 7' wide aluminum frame 4 -1/2" synthetic bristles; Proline. 4. Deluxe Proline Line Sweeper (4 each) - friction - driven rubber sleeves; synthetic bristle brush; with fence hook cast aluminum. 5. Scarifier/Lutes (2 each) - 30" wide all aluminum; Proline. 6. Tennis Shoe Cleaners (2 each) - steel frame construction "Scrusher" exact installation location by Owner. 7. Tennis Two Step (2 each) - polyethylene construction with two rubber panels. 8. Court Rake (1 each) — six -foot length aluminum. SectionIV.docx Page 83 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 43.2.11 SHADE STRUCTURE Provide shade structures as indicted on drawings. Basis of design: Suntrends, Inc. "Cabana Bench 8" — 8'long x 6' wide gable design with standard canvas canopy, direct burial installation. Provide concrete footing, size and reinforcement as required by shade structure manufacture. 43.2.12 WATER SOURCE (Potable) The owner shall supply water line to within fifty (50) feet of the courts with 50 pounds per square inch running pressure at its terminus. This line shall have the capacity to supply 30 gallons of water per minute for each court. 43.2.13 CONCRETE Provide concrete consisting of portland cement per ASTM C 150, aggregates per ASTM C 33, and potable water. Mix materials to obtain concrete with a minimum 28 -day compressive strength of 3,500 psi. Use at least four sacks of cement per cu. yd., 1 -inch maximum size aggregate, 3 -inch maximum slump. 43.2.14 EXISTING SPORT TENNIS COURT LIGHTING 43.2.14.1 SHOP DRAWINGS The Contractor shall provide signed and sealed electrical shop drawings by a professional electrical engineer for approval of the relocation and re- aiming of the existing tennis court sport lighting fixtures and electrical service to water coolers. The shop drawings shall include all necessary information according to local electrical codes in providing a complete operating system from the existing electrical panel. The shop drawings shall provide data showing the maximum foot candles the existing fixtures will provide at its new locations for tournament play. Shop drawings shall be submitted to the Parks and Recreation Department for approval. 43.2.14.2 RE -LAMP The Contractor shall re -lamp and clean lens of all existing lighting fixtures after relocating the light pole and fixtures to its new location. The City will provide the new lamps. 43.2.14.3 ELECTRICAL PERMIT The Contractor shall submit electrical drawings to City of Clearwater Planning and Development Services to obtain permits for installation of the electrical works. 43.2.14.4 POLES & FIXTURES The Contractor shall install three (3) new sixty foot (60') poles and fourteen (14) new fixtures. The City will purchase and provide the new poles and fixtures for the Contractor to install, any other miscellaneous items required to provide a complete operable system shall be provided by the Contractor. Attached with this specification are the photometric lumination charts for the eight -(8) tennis courts. This information is provided by Musco Sport Lighting, 1838 East Chester Drive, Suite #104, High Point, NC 27265, phone (336) 887 -0770 fax (336) 887 -0771. Contact Douglas A. Stewart. Contractor shall install the poles and fixtures based on the following information: SectionlV.docx Page 84 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications Pole T1 existing 5 fixture pole, remove one fixture and place on pole T5 Pole T2 existing 12 fixture pole, remove six fixtures and place on pole T5 Pole T3 existing 5 fixture pole, remove one fixture and place on pole T5 Pole T4 new pole with new seven fixtures and two circuits Pole T5 new pole w /existing sixteen fixtures (8 on one side and 8 on the other) and 2 circuits Pole T6 new pole with new seven fixtures and two circuits Pole T7 existing 5 fixture pole, remove two fixtures and place on pole T5 Pole T8 existing 12 fixture pole, remove four fixtures and place on pole T5 Pole T9 existing 5 fixture pole, remove two fixtures and place on pole T5 Light levels ended up at 58+ footcandles. Existing poles have concrete footing approximately one foot wide on all sides Contractor shall plan relocation light poles accordingly. 43.2.14.5 ELECTRICAL CONDUITS Existing electrical conduits are installed individually to the existing light pole, it is suggested the Contractor place electrical junction boxes at existing pole locations and utilize existing conduits. New conduits will be required for the three (3) new light poles and the Contractor shall include the cost for these electrical conduits in the relocating of the new light poles. 43.2.15 WATER COOLER 43.2.15.1 SHOP DRAWINGS The Contractor shall provide shop drawings for the installation of water cooler in the cabana area of the tennis courts, electrical, water and drainage submitted to the Parks and Recreation Department for approval. 43.2.15.2 WATER FOUNTAIN Basis for design: Halsey Taylor HOF Series — water cooler with sealed back panels, or equal. 43.2.16 DEMONSTRATION Instruct the Owner's personnel on proper operation and maintenance of court and equipment. 43.2.17 WARRANTY 43.2.17.1 EQUIPMENT The Contractor shall supply warranty cards and operation and maintenance manuals for all equipment to the Owner upon completion of construction of the project. 43.2.17.2 WARRANTY The Contractor shall warranty the courts, fencing, sidewalks and court accessories against defective materials and /or workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of completion. SectionIV.docx Page 85 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 43.2.17.3 WARRANTY SUB- SURFACE IRRIGATION SYSTEM The Contractor shall warranty the sub - surface irrigation of the clay tennis courts for a period of two years from the day of completion. 44 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 44.1 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL The Contractor shall be responsible to furnish, operate, maintain and remove all work zone traffic control associated with the Project, including detours, advance warnings, channelization, hazard warnings and any other necessary features, both at the immediate work site and as may be necessary at outlying points. 44.2 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor shall prepare a detailed traffic control plan designed to accomplish the level of performance outlined in the Scope of the Work and/or as may be required by construction permits issued by Pinellas County and/or the Florida Department of Transportation for the Project, incorporating the methods and criteria contained in Part VI, Standards and Guides for Traffic Controls for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance, Utility and Incident Management Operations in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices published by the U.S. Department of Transportation and adopted as amended by the Florida Department of Transportation, or most recent addition. 44.2.1 WORK ZONE SAFETY The general objectives of a program of work zone safety is to protect workers, pedestrians, bicyclists and motorists during construction and maintenance operations. This general objective may be achieved by meeting the following specific objectives: • Provide adequate advance warning and information regarding upcoming work zones. • Provide the driver clear directions to understanding the situation he will be facing as he proceeds through or around the work zone. • Reduce the consequences of an out of control vehicle. • Provide safe access and storage for equipment and material. • Promote speedy completion of projects (including thorough cleanup of the site). • Promote use of the appropriate traffic control and protection devices. • Provide safe passageways for pedestrians through, in, and/or around construction or maintenance work zones. The 2004 Design Standards (DS), Index 600 "When an existing pedestrian way or bicycle way is located within a traffic control work zone, accommodation must be maintained and provision for the disabled must be provided. Only approved temporary traffic control devices may be used to delineate a temporary traffic control zone pedestrian walkway. Advanced notification of sidewalk closures and detours marked shall be provided by appropriate signs ". 2004 Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction SectionIV.docx Page 86 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 102 -5 Traffic Control: 102 -5.1 Standards: FDOT Design Standards (DS) are the minimum standards for the use in the development of all traffic control plans 44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES Roadway types: Major Arterials, Minor Arterials, Local Collectors, and Local Following are typical requirements to be accomplished prior to closure. The number of requirements increase with traffic volume and the importance of access. Road closures affecting business or sole access routes will increase in process requirements as appropriate. For all but local streets, no road or lane closures are allowed during the Christmas holiday season and the designated "Spring Break" season with prior approval by the City Engineer. 44.3.1 ALL ROADWAYS Obtain permits for Pinellas County and Florida Department of Transportation roadways. Traffic control devises conform to national and state standards. 44.3.1.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Standard property owner notification prior to start of construction for properties directly affected by the construction process. 44.3.2 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS Consult with City Traffic staff for preliminary traffic control options. Develop Formal Traffic Control Plan for Permit Submittal to Regulatory Agency as necessary. 44.3.2.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Message Board Display, Minimum of 7 -day notice period prior to road closure and maybe longer for larger highway. The message board is to be provided by the Contractor. 44.3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS 44.3.3.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION C -View Release 44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS 44.3.4.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION News Release The Message Board may need to be displayed for a period longer than 7 days. 44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor is invited and encouraged to confer in advance of bidding, and is required, as a specification of the work, to confer in advance of beginning any work on the Project, with the Traffic Operations Division, Municipal Services Building, 100 South Myrtle Avenue, telephone 562 -4750, for the purpose of approval of the Contractor's proposed detailed traffic control plan. SectionIV.docx Page 87 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications All maintenance of traffic (MOT) plans shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer or an individual who is certified in the preparation of MOT plans in the State of Florida. 44.5 INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION The Traffic Operations Division may inspect and monitor the traffic control plan and traffic control devices of the Contractor. The City's Construction Inspector assigned to the project, may make known requirements for any alterations or adjustments to the traffic control devices. The Contractor shall take direction from the Project Engineer or Project Inspector. 44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL Payment for work zone traffic control is a non - specific pay item to be included in the construction costs associated with other specific pay items unless specifically stated otherwise in the Scope of Work in these Technical Specifications and a bid item(s) is included for Work Zone Traffic Control in the proposal form. 44.7 CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on the Project have a current International Municipal Signal Association, Work Zone Traffic Control Safety Certification or Worksite Traffic Supervisor Certification from the American Traffic Safety Association with additional current Certification from the Florida Department of Transportation. This requirement for Certification will be noted in the Scope of Work and/or sections of these Technical Specifications. When the certified supervisor is required for the Project, the supervisor will be on the Project site at all times while work is being conducted. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on a 24 -hour per day basis and shall review the project on a day -to -day basis as well as being involved in all changes to traffic control. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall have access to all equipment and materials needed to maintain traffic control and handle traffic related situations. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall ensure that routine deficiencies are corrected within a 24 -hour period. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on the site within 45 minutes after notification of an emergency situation, prepared to positively respond to repair the work zone traffic control or to provide alternate traffic arrangements. Failure of the Worksite Traffic Supervisor to comply with the provisions of this Subarticle may be grounds for decertification or removal from the project or both. Failure to maintain a designated Worksite Traffic Supervisor or failure to comply with these provisions will result in temporary suspension of all activities except traffic and erosion control and such other activities deemed to be necessary for project maintenance and safety. 45 CURED -IN -PLACE PIPE LINING 45.1 INTENT It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of sanitary sewer and storm pipes by the installation if a cured in place jointless, continuous, thermosetting resin impregnated polyester flexible felt liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand SectionlV.docx Page 88 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications exposure to domestic sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a complete, fully restored and functioning installation. 45.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive tract record for the liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequalification approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed liner system(s) and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the installer. 45.3 MATERIALS The liner shall be polyester fiber felt tubing saturated with a resin prior to insertion. Resin type and qualities shall be as specified by the manufacturer to obtain a cured liner with the following properties: Tensile Strength Flexural Strength Flexural Modulus of Elasticity Long Term Modulus of Elasticity (50 Years) ASTM D638 ASTM D790 ASTM D790 ASTM D2290 3,000 psi 4,500 psi 300,000 psi 150,000 psi Liner shall meet strengths as shown in ASTM F1216 unless otherwise submitted and approved by the Engineer. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS -20 traffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of 50 years, and no structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet manufactures specifications of Insituform of North America, Inc., 3315 Democrat Road, Post Office Box 181071, Memphis, Tennessee 38118; or InLiner USA 1900 N.W. 44th St., Pompano Beach Florida 33064, 305- 979 -0802, or an approved equal. Any approved equal liner system must be approved by the Engineer as an equal system prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequalification and/or equal liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later than 14 days prior to the date for receiving bids. 45.4 CLEANING /SURFACE PREPARATION It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the sewer from damage. All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants. SectionIV.docx Page 89 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 45.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected by means of closed - circuit color television, and recorded on DVD, CD VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The television system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to provide a clear picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. 45.6 LINER INSTALLATION Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide for a tight fit on the interior of the existing pipe to be lined. Contractor shall use installation methods approved by the liner manufacturer including operations for inversion, heat curing and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during the insertion operation. Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, excessive wrinkling or other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense. 45.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 95% of the area of the original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method and material is to be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. The Contractor will be requested to reconnect any laterals discovered to not be reconnected at a later date. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information regarding the construction project. 45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than an eight -hour period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and property damage costs and claims. 45.9 PAYMENT Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per lineal foot including all preparation, bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, lateral reconnection, etc, to provide a fully completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems. SectionIV.docx Page 90 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 46 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING 46.1 MATERIALS 46.1.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS The pipe supplied under this specification shall be high performance, high molecular weight, high density polyethylene pipe (Driscopipe 1000) as manufactured by Phillips Driscopipe, Inc., Dallas, Texas and shall conform to ASTM D 1248 (Type III, Class C, Category 5, Grade P34) or approved equal. Minimum cell classification values shall be 345434C as referenced in ASTM D 3350 latest edition. If fittings are required, they will be supplied under this specification and shall be molded or manufactured from a polyethylene compound having a cell classification equal to or exceeding the compound used in the pipe. To insure compatibility of polyethylene resins, all fittings supplied under this specification shall be of the same manufacture as the pipe being supplied. 46.1.2 QUALITY CONTROL The resin used for manufacturer of the pipe shall be manufactured by the pipe manufacturer, thus maintaining complete control of the pipe quality. The pipe shall contain no recycled compound except that generated in the manufacturer's own plant from resin of the same specification from the same raw material. The pipe shall be homogeneous throughout and free of visible cracks, holes, foreign inclusions, or other deleterious defects, and shall be identical in color, density, melt index, and other physical properties. The polyethylene resin used shall have all ingredients pre compound prior to extrusion of pipe, in plant blending is not acceptable. The Engineer may request, as part of the quality control records submittal, certification that the pipe produced is represented by the quality assurance testing. Additionally, test results from manufacturer's testing or random sampling by the Engineer that do not meet appropriate ASTM standards or manufacturer's representation, may be cause for rejection of pipe represented by the testing. These tests may include density and flow rate measurements from samples taken at selected locations within the pipe wall and thermal stability determinations according to ASTM D 3350, 10.1.9. 46.1.3 SAMPLES The owner or the specifying engineer may request certified lab data to verify the physical properties of the materials supplied under this specification or may take random samples and have them tested by an independent laboratory. 46.1.4 REJECTION Polyethylene pipe and fittings may be rejected for failure to meet any of the requirements of this specification. 46.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS Pipe supplied under this specification shall have a nominal IPS (Iron Pipe Size) O.D. unless otherwise specified. The SDR (Standard Dimension Ratio) of the pipe supplied shall be as specified by the Engineer, on the construction plans and/or the scope of work. SectionIV.docx Page 91 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES 46.3.1 HANDLING OF PIPE Pipe shall be stored on clean, level ground to prevent undue scratching or gouging of the pipe. If the pipe must be stacked for storage, such stacking should be done in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. The handling of the pipe should be done in such a manner that it is not damaged by dragging over sharp objects or cut by chokers or lifting equipment. 46.3.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS Segments of pipe having cuts or gouges in excess of 10% of the wall thickness of the pipe should be cut out and removed. The undamaged portions of the pipe shall be rejoined using the butt fusion joining method. 46.3.3 PIPE JOINING Sections of polyethylene pipe should be joined into continuous lengths on the job site above ground. The joining method shall be the butt fusion method and shall be performed by the manufacturer's representative and in strict accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. The butt fusion equipment used in the joining procedures should be capable of meeting all conditions recommended by the pipe manufacturer, including, but not limited to, temperature requirements, alignment, and fusion pressures. 46.3.4 HANDLING OF FUSED PIPE Fused segments of pipe shall be handled so to avoid damage to the pipe. When lifting fused sections of pipe, chains or cable type chokers should be avoided. Nylon slings are preferred. Spreader bars should be used when lifting long fused sections. Care should be exercised to avoid cutting or gouging the pipe. 46.4 SLIPLINING PROCEDURE 46.4.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS The liner(s) to be slip lined into the existing storm sewer shall have the following sizes: 12 -inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 15 -inch existing sewer. 16 -inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 18 -inch existing sewer. 18 -inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 21 -inch existing sewer. 21 Y2 -inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 24 -inch existing sewer. 28 -inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 30 -inch existing sewer. 34 -inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 36 -inch existing sewer. 42 -inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 48 -inch existing sewer. 46.4.2 CLEANING AND INSPECTION The existing line shall be cleaned of debris and other obstructions prior to TV inspections or insertion of the polyethylene liner. Cleaning can be accomplished with a high velocity cleaner, a bucket and scrapper, root saws, corkscrews, and rodding or balling units. The method used will be determined by the condition of the existing line. Final cleaning may be required prior to inserting the liner. SectionlV.docx Page 92 of 129 11/26/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 46.4.3 INSERTION SHAFT AND EXCAVATIONS All excavations shall conform to OSHA requirements and any additional requirements as set by the specifying engineer or his representative. Insertion shaft excavations shall coincide with points requiring removal of obstructions or shall be determined by the engineer. An entry slope grade of 2 1/2:1 maximum shall be used to provide a safe bending radius for the polyethylene. The bottom of the entry pit should provide a straight section for ease of entry of the liner into the existing pipe. The length of the level excavation should be at least twelve times the diameter of the liner being inserted. The width of the shaft should be as narrow as possible. The required width will depend on the location, type of soil, depth of the existing sewer line and the water table. 46.4.4 INSERTION OF THE LINER After completion of the access shaft, the top half of the existing sewer shall be broken or cut and removed for the full length of the access shaft. A fabricated pulling head shall be connected to the leading end of the liner pipe. A cable shall be connected to the pulling head so that the liner pipe can be pulled into the existing sewer. Power winches used for pulling in long lengths of polyethylene liner pipe shall be rated equal to the project requirements. Once started, the pulling operation should continue to completion. Insertion is normally done at about a slow walking speed. After insertion, a minimum of 12 hours shall be allowed for the liner pipe to reach equilibrium with the sewer temperature and to allow the liner pipe to stress relieve itself. The polyethylene liner pipe should protrude at least 6 inches into the manhole where it terminates. After the 12 -hour equilibrium period, the annular space between the original pipe and the liner shall be pressure grouted. Said grouting must be from the bottom up to prevent air pockets from forming. Also the grout must be recommended for underwater application and have elastomeric properties. Products used shall be approved by the engineer. The liner shall not be displaced when the annular space is being filled. Spacers, inflatable plugs or other methods approved by the Engineer must be used to prevent displacement. The length of fused pipe that can be pulled will vary depending on field conditions, the ease of access to the area, and the working space available. 46.4.5 CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES The Contractor shall be solely responsible to confirm all pipe sizes prior to ordering, fusing and installation of the liner. 46.4.6 UNDERDRAIN CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED After the liner has been pulled into place, allowed to recover and sealed at the manholes, pipe connections okayed by the engineer shall be reconnected to the liner pipe. SectionIV.docx Page 93 of 129 11/26/2014 Section N — Technical Specifications Pipe connections shall be connected by the use of a pre - fabricated polyethylene saddle. A neoprene gasket shall be installed between the saddle and the liner pipe so that a complete water seal is accomplished when the saddle is placed on the liner pipe and secured with stainless steel bands. 46.4.7 BACKFILLING All excavations shall be backfilled using on site materials or as specified by the engineer. Cost for backfilling of access shafts and underdrain connections shall be including in the unit price bid for sliplining and reconnection of service laterals. Before any excavation is done for any purpose, it will be the responsibility of the contractor to contact the various utility companies and to determine the locations of their facilities. It will be the responsibility of the contractor to provide adequate protection for utility facilities. Any temporary construction right of way and/or storage areas will be arranged for by the contractor. 46.4.8 POINT REPAIR The engineer or his representative will determine if a point repair is necessary only after it has been demonstrated that a liner pipe cannot be pulled through the existing pipe. Payment will be made for each repair. The contractor will be expected to remove the obstruction and clear the pipe. If removing the top of the existing pipe will accomplish the removal of the obstruction, the bottom of the existing pipe should remain in place to form a cradle for the liner. 46.4.9 CLEAN UP OPERATIONS All materials not used in the backfilling operation shall be disposed of off site by the contractor. Finish grading shall be required. In locations other than street right -of -ways, the surface shall be graded smooth and sodded with the same kind of grass as the existing lawn. Excavation points in street right -of -ways shall be repaired as specified by the engineer. 47 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RIBBED PIPE 47.1 SCOPE This specification designates general requirements for unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic (spiral wound) pipe with integral wall bell and spigot joints for the conveyance of storm water. 47.2 MATERIALS All pipe and fittings shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with specification for "Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large Diameter Ribbed Gravity Storm Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter ". The pipe and fittings shall be made of PVC plastic. 47.3 PIPE The bell shall consist of an integral wall section. The solid cross section fiber ring shall be factory assembled on the spigot. Sizes and dimensions shall be as shown in this specification. SectionIV.docx Page 94 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications Standard laying lengths shall be 13 ft. + 1 inch. At manufacturer's; option, random lengths of not more than 15% of total footage may be shipped in lieu of standard lengths. 47.4 JOINING SYSTEM Joints shall be either an integral bell gasketed joint. When the joint is assembled according to manufactures recommendation it will prevent misalignment of adjacent pipes and form a silt tight joint. 47.5 FITTINGS All fittings and accessories shall be as manufactured and furnished by the pipe supplier or approved equal and have bell and/or spigot configurations compatible with that of the pipe. 48 GUNITE SPECIFICATIONS 48.1 PRESSURE INJECTED GROUT Pressure injected grout shall be of cement and water and shall be proportioned generally in the ratio of 1.5 (one and one half) cubic foot (one and one half bags) of cement to 1 (one) cubic foot (7.50 gal.) of water. This mix shall be varied as the grouting proceeds as is necessary to provide penetration in the operator's judgment. Cement shall be Portland Cement conforming to all of the requirements of the American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, latest edition serial designation C150 for Portland Cement, Type I. Portland Cement shall weigh not less than 94 pounds per cubic foot. Water used in the grout shall be fresh, clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, alkali, vegetable, sewage and/or organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighing 8.33 pounds per gallon. Grout pump shall be of the positive displacement type and shall be capable of producing adequate pressure to penetrate the area. All pressure grouting will be at the direction of the Engineer. 48.2 REHABILITATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH GUNITE Guniting shall conform to all requirements of "Specifications for Materials, Proportioning, and Application of Shotcrete (ACI 506.2 77)" published by the American Concrete Institute, Detroit, Michigan, except as modified by those specifications. Steel reinforcement shall be incorporated in the Gunite as required and shall be furnished, bent, set and placed in accordance with the provisions of these specifications. The purpose of this specification is to obtain a dense and durable concrete having the specified strength. 48.3 COMPOSITION Gunite shall be composed of Portland Cement, aggregate and water so proportioned as to produce a concrete suitable for pneumatic application. SectionIV.docx Page 95 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS Concrete ingredients shall be selected, proportioned in such a manner as will produce concrete which will be extremely strong, dense and resistant to weathering, and abrasion. Concrete shall have a minimum 28 -day strength of 4,000 psi. 48.5 MATERIALS Portland Cement: Cement shall be Portland cement conforming to all of the requirements of the American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, Latest Serial Designation C150 for Portland Cement, Type I. A bag of cement shall be deemed to weigh not less than 94 pounds per cubic foot. Fine Aggregate: Fine aggregate shall be natural siliceous sand consisting of hard, clean, strong, durable and uncoated particles, conforming to the requirements of American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, Latest Serial Designation C33 for Concrete Aggregates. Fine aggregate shall not contain less than 3% nor more than 6% of moisture. Fine aggregate shall be evenly graded from fine to coarse and shall be within the following limits: Passing No. 3/8 Sieve 100% Passing No. 4 Sieve 95% to 100% Passing No. 8 Sieve 80% to 100% Passing No. 16 Sieve 50% to 85% Passing No. 30 Sieve 25% to 60% Passing No. 50 Sieve 10% to 30% Passing No. 100 Sieve 2% to 10% 48.6 WATER Water used in mixing, at the nozzle shall be fresh, clean, and free from injurious amounts of oil, acid, alkali, vegetable, sewage, and/or organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighing 8.33 pounds per gallon. 48.7 REINFORCEMENT Steel mesh reinforcement shall be electrically welded, cold drawn, mild steel fabric conforming to the latest requirements of ASTM Standard Specifications, Serial Designation A 185 for Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. Mesh can be fabricated from cold drawn steel wire conforming to the requirements of the latest ASTM Standard Specifications, Serial Designation A 82 and sized as shown on Plans Page 7 of 7. 48.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS Cement shall be stored with adequate provisions for the prevention of absorption of moisture. It shall be stored in a manner that will permit easy access for inspection and identification of each shipment. Aggregate shall be stockpiled at points selected to provide maximum drainage and to prevent the inclusion of any foreign material during rehandling. SectionIV.docx Page 96 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 48.9 SURFACE PREPARATION Unsound materials of construction and all coated, scaly, or unsound concrete in manholes and inlets shall be removed by chipping with pneumatic hammers and chisels to sound surface, all cracks and cavities shall be chipped to such formation that their sides form approximately a 45 degree angle to the exposed surface for at least one (1) inch in depth. All areas to receive pneumatic concrete shall be cleaned by flushing or scouring with water and compressed air jets to assure removal of all loose particles. All areas of existing surfaces that do not require chipping shall be given a wet sandblasting with the gunite equipment and the air pressure at the cement gun shall not be less than 50 psi. Surface preparation of existing metal surface of a corrugated pipe shall be lightly sandblasted to remove loose material. All sandblasted areas shall then be cleaned by an air /water blast to remove all particles from the cleaning operation. To insure perfect bond, the newly sandblasted surface shall be thoroughly moistened with water prior to application of gunite. In no instance shall gunite be applied in an area where free running water exists. 48.10 PROPORTIONING Prior to start of guniting the Contractor shall submit to the Owner the recommended mix as a ratio of cement to aggregate. Recommended mix shall be on the basis of test data from prior experience. Provided data submitted is adequate no further testing of recommended mix will be required. If required, the Contractor shall provide all equipment necessary to control the actual amounts of all materials entering into the concrete. The types of equipment and methods used for measuring materials shall be subject to approval. 48.11 MIXING Gunite shall be thoroughly mixed by machine and then passed through a sieve to remove all large particles before placing in hopper of the cement gun. The mixture shall not be permitted to become damp. Each batch should be entirely discharged before recharging is begun. The mixer should be cleaned thoroughly enough to remove all adherent materials from the mixing vanes and from the drum at regular intervals. Water in any amount shall not be added to the mix before it enters the cement gun. Quantities of water shall be controlled by a valve at the nozzle of the gun. Water content shall be adjusted as required for proper placement, but shall in no case exceed four gallons of water per sack of cement, including the water contained in the aggregate. Remixing or tempering shall not be permitted. Mixed material that has stood 45 minutes without being used shall be discarded. Rebound materials shall not be reused. 48.12 APPLICATION Gunite shall not be placed on a frozen surface nor during freezing weather. Gunite shall not be placed when it is anticipated that the temperature during the following 24 hours will drop below 32 degrees, Fahrenheit. Sequence of application may be from bottom to top or vice versa if rebound is properly removed. Corners shall be filled first. "Shooting" shall be from an angle as near perpendicular to the SectionlV.docx Page 97 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications surface as practicable, with the nozzle held approximately 3 feet from the work (except in confined control). If the flow of material at the nozzle is not uniform and slugs, sand spots, or wet sloughs result, the nozzleman shall direct the nozzle away from the work until the faulty conditions are corrected. Such defects shall be replaced as the work progresses. Guniting shall be suspended if: 1. Air velocity separates the cement from the sand at the nozzle. 2. Temperature approaches freezing and the newly placed gunite cannot be protected. Gunite shall be applied in one or more layers to such total thickness as required to restore the area as detailed over the original lines of the adjoining surface, unless otherwise specified. All cavities, depressions, washouts and similar failures shall be rebuilt to original lines by use of gunite reinforced with wire mesh. Where the cavity exceeds 4 inches in depth a layer of mesh shall be used for each 3 inches of depth of gunite. In no case shall wire mesh be placed behind existing reinforcement. The time interval between successive layers in sloping vertical or overhanging work must be sufficient to allow initial but not final set to develop. At the time the initial set is developing, the surface shall be cleaned to remove the thin film of laitance in order to provide a perfect bond with succeeding applications. 48.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS Construction joints or day's work joints shall be sloped off to a thin, clean, regular edge, preferably at a 45- degree slope. Before placing the adjoining work, the slope portion and adjacent gunite shall be thoroughly cleaned as necessary, then moistened and scoured with an air jet. 48.14 SURFACE FINISH Nozzleman shall bring the gunite to an even plane and to well formed corners by working up to ground wires or other guides, using lower placing velocity than normal. After the body coat has been placed, the surface shall be trued with a thin edge screed to remove high areas and expose low areas. Low areas shall be properly filled with concrete to insure a true, flat surface. After the concrete surface has been trued, the entire surface shall be given a flashcoat finish except where a special type finish is specified on the drawings. 48.15 CURING Curing shall be in accordance with either paragraph 3.7.1(d) or paragraph 3.7.5. of ACI 506.2 77 depending upon atmospheric condition. 48.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTION During progress of the work, where appearance is important, adjacent areas or grounds which may be permanently discolored, stained, or otherwise damaged by dust and rebound, shall be adequately protected sensitive areas, when contacted, shall be cleaned by early scraping, brushing or washing, as the surroundings permit. SectionlV.docx Page 98 of 129 11/26/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 48.17 INSPECTION Because of the importance of workmanship affecting the quality of the gunite, continual inspection during placing shall be maintained. Any imperfections discovered shall be cut out and replaced with sound material. 48.18 EQUIPMENT Cement Gun: The mixing and delivering equipment shall be either the vertical double chamber type or rotary type. The upper chamber of the double chamber type shall receive and pressurize the dry mix and deliver it to the lower chamber. The lower chamber shall force the pressurized mix into the delivery hose by means of a feed wheel. The type of feeder utilized should be of sufficient capacity that the lower chamber may continuously furnish all required material to the delivery hose while the upper chamber receives the recharge. The rotary type cement gun shall have an enlarged hopper to feed material into a rotating multiported cylinder. Material shall fall by gravity into a port which shall then be rotated to a position in which the material is expelled by air into a moving stream of air. All equipment must be kept in good repair. The interior of drums, feed gearing and valves shall be cleaned as often as necessary (at least once every 8 hour shift) to prevent material from caking on critical parts. Nozzle: Nozzle shall be the premixing type with perforated water feed ring inside the nozzle. The maximum length of material hose for the application of gunite shall be approximately 150 feet although it shall be permissible to use as much as 800 feet of material hose if the supply air pressure measured at the cement gun is increased to maintain proper velocity. The following table gives requirements for compressor size, hose size and air pressure using 150 feet of material hose: Comp. Cap (cfm) Max. Hose Dia. (In.) Max. Size Nozzle (In.) Min. Air Press. (psi) 365 1 5/8 1 5/8 60 600 2 2 80 750 2 1/2 2 1/2 90 For each 25 feet of material hose used in excess of 150 feet, the required air pressure shall be increased by 5 psi. Air Compressor: Any standard type of compressor shall be satisfactory if it is of sufficient capacity to provide, without interruption, the pressures and volume of air necessary for the longest hose delivery. The air compressor capacity determinations shall include allowances made for the air consumed in blowing rebound, cleaning, reinforcing and for incidental uses. Compressor equipment shall be of such capacity so as to insure air pressures at the special mixer capable of producing the required material velocities. Water Supply: The water pressure at the discharge nozzle should be sufficiently greater than the operating air pressure to assure the water is intimately mixed with the other materials. If the line water pressure is inadequate, a water pump or pressurized tank shall be introduced into the line. The water pressure shall be uniformly steady (nonpulsating). SectionIV.docx Page 99 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 49 SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION 49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT It is the intent of this portion of the specification to provide for the structural rehabilitation of manhole walls and bases with solid preformed liners and made -in -place liner systems used in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. In addition to these specifications, the Contractor shall comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for work. Purpose of work is to eliminate infiltration, provide corrosion protection, repair voids and to restore the structural integrity of the manhole. For any particular system the Contractor will submit manufacturer's technical data and application instructions. All OSHA regulations shall be met. 49.2 PAYMENT Payment for liners shall be per vertical foot of liner installed from the base to the top of the installed liner. Liners will generally be installed to the top of existing or new corbels. No separate payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the pay item per linear foot of liner: Bypass pumping; Traffic Control; Debris Disposal; Excavation, including necessary pavement removal; Shoring and/or dewatering; Structural fill; Backfill and compaction; Grout and mortar; Brick; Resetting of the manhole ring and cover; Pipe extensions and connectors necessary to the installation; Replacement of unpaved roadway and grass or shrubbery plot; Replacement of roadway base and asphalt surface; and Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. 49.3 FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS 49.3.1 MATERIALS 49.3.1.1 LINERS Liners shall be fiberglass engineered to meet or exceed AASHTO H 20 loading of 16,000 pound vertical wheel load. Manhole liners are to be of the integral corbel design unless otherwise stipulated. Manhole liners are to be as large in diameter as will fit into the existing manhole. The contractor shall measure the existing manhole immediately prior to ordering materials and is solely responsible for the fitting of the liner. Contractor will be required to submit factory certification for fiberglass liners. The manhole liner shall meet all requirements of ASTM D 3753. 49.3.1.2 MORTAR Mortar shall be composed of one part Portland Cement Type I and between two and three parts clean, well graded sand, 100% of which shall pass a No. 8 sieve. 49.3.1.3 GROUTING Grouting shall be a concrete slurry of four bags of Portland Cement Type II per cubic yard of clean, well graded sand. SectionIV.docx Page 100 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 49.3.2 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION Excavate an area around the top of the existing manhole sufficiently wide and deep for the removal of the manhole ring and corbel section. Remove the frame and cover and corbel section without damaging the existing manhole walls. Care is to be taken not to allow brick or soil to fall into the existing manhole. Remove or reinsert loose brick which protrude more than one inch from the interior wall of the manhole and which could interfere with the insertion of the fiberglass liner. If the shelf of the manhole invert is not level around the perimeter, form a flat shelf with mortar. Cut the liner to the proper length. Cutouts in the manhole shall be made to accommodate existing inlet and outlet pipes, drops and cleanouts. Lower the liner into the existing manhole and set the bottom of the liner into quick setting grout. Obtain a good bottom seal to prevent the loss of grout from the annular space between the outside of the liner and the inside wall of the existing manhole. Set the liner as nearly vertically as possible. Pour six inches of quick setting grout above the initial bottom seal in the annular void to insure an adequate bottom seal. Bridge the gap from drops, laterals, force mains, cleanouts and all existing piping between the existing manhole wall and the new manhole liner with P.V.C. pipe. Use quick setting mortar to seal the area around the manhole liner and piping. Fill the annular space between the manhole liner and the existing manhole interior walls with grout. Care must be taken not to deflect the manhole liner due to head pressure. Set the existing manhole ring and cover using brick to make elevation adjustments as needed. Observe watertightness and repair any visible leakage. Backfill around the new liner and compact the backfill. Sod the disturbed area. Match existing sod. Where manholes fall in paved areas, disturbed base shall be replaced twice the original thickness and compacted in 8" layers. Asphalt shall be replaced with 1 1/2" of Pinellas County Type II surface. 49.4 STRONG SEAL MS -2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM This specification shall govern all work to spray apply a monolithic fiber reinforced cementitious liner to the wall and bench surfaces of brick, concrete or any other construction material; Strong Seal MS 2 product. Described are procedures for manhole preparation, cleaning, application and testing. The applicator must be approved, trained and certified as having successfully completed factory training. The applicator /contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and materials for applying the Strong Seal MS 2 product directly to the contour of the manhole to form a structural cementitious liner of a minimum 1/2" thickness using a machine specially designed for the application. All aspects of the installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and with the following specifications which includes: 1. The elimination of active infiltration prior to making the application. 2. The removal of any loose and unsound material. Sectionw.docx Page 101 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 3. The spray application of a pre blended cementitious mix to form a monolithic liner in a 2 coat application. 49.4.1 MATERIALS 49.4.1.1 PATCHING MIX Strong Seal shall be used as a patching mix according to the manufacturer's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive Strength (ASTM C -109) 15 min., 200 psi 6 hrs., 1,400 psi 2. Shrinkage (ASTM C -596) 28 days, 150 psi 3. Bond (ASTM C -952) 28 days, 150 psi 4. Cement Sulfate resistant 5. Density, when applied 105 +/- 5 pcf 49.5 INFILTRATION CONTROL Strong Plug shall be used to stop minor water infiltration according to the manufacture's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C -109) - 600 psi, 1 hr.; 1000 psi 24 hrs. 2. Bond (ASTM C -952) - 30 psi, 1 hr.; 80 psi, 24 hrs. 49.6 GROUTING MIX Strong -Seal Grout shall be used for stopping very active infiltration and filling voids according to the manufacture's recommendations. The grout shall be volume stable, and have a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 250 psi and a 1 day strength of 50 psi. 49.7 LINER MIX Strong Seal MS 2 shall be used to form the monolithic liner covering all interior manhole surfaces and shall have the following minimum requirements at 28 days: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C 109) 3,000 psi 2. Tensile strength (ASTM C 496) 300 psi 3. Flexural strength (ASTM C 78) 600 psi 4. Shrinkage (ASTM C 596) 0% at 90% R.H. 5. Bond (ASTM C 952) 130 psi 6. Density, when applied 105 + pcf Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at the Job site. Bag weight shall be 50 51 pounds and contents shall have dry bulk density of 54 to 56 pounds per cubic foot. Fiberglass rods which are contained in the product shall be alkaline resistant and shall be 1/2" to 5/8" long with a diameter of 635 to 640 microns. Products shall, in the un mixed state, have a lead content not greater than two percent (2 %) by weight. SectionlV.docx Page 102 of 129 11/26/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications Strong Seal MS 2C shall be made with Calcium Aluminate Cement and shall be used according to the manufacturer's recommendations in applications where there is evidence of severe sulfide conditions. Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at job site. Bag weight shall be 50 -51 pounds and contents must have a dry bulk density of 50 56 pounds per cubic foot. Cement content must be 65 % -75% of total weight of bag. One bag of product when mixed with correct amount of water must have a wet density of 95 108 pounds per cubic foot and must yield a minimum of .67 cubic foot of volume. Fiberglass rods must be alkaline resistant with rod lengths not less than 1/2" in length nor greater than 5/8" in height. Product shall not include any basic ingredient that exceeds maximum allowable EPA limit for any heavy metal. Manufacturer must provide MSDS sheets for product(s) to be used in reconstruction process. A two coat application of liner material will be required (no exceptions) with the first coat rough troweled to force materials into cracks and crevices to set the bond. The second coat to be spray applied to assure minimum 1/2" thickness after troweling or brush finishing to a relatively smooth finish. 49.8 WATER Shall be clean and potable. 49.9 OTHER MATERIALS No other material shall be used with the mixes previously described without prior approval or recommendation from the manufacturer. 49.10 EQUIPMENT A specially designed machine consisting of an optimized progressive cavity pump capable of producing a minimum of 250 psi pumping pressure, contra blend mixer with twin ribbon paddles with discharge, and an air system for spray application of product. Equipment must be complete with water storage and metering system. Mixer and pump is to be hydraulically powered. Equipment is to be mounted to heavy duty construction tandem axle road worthy trailer complete with electric brakes and running lights. Internal combustion engine must be included to power the hydraulic system and air compressor. 49.11 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 49.11.1 PREPARATION 1. Place boards over inverts to prevent extraneous material from entering the sewer lines and to prevent up stream line from flooding the manhole. 2. All foreign material shall be removed from the manhole wall and bench using a high pressure water spray (minimum 1,200 psi). Loose and protruding brick, mortar and SectionIV.docx Page 103 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications concrete shall be removed using a mason's hammer and chisel and/or scraper. Fill any large voids with quick setting patching mix. 3. Active leaks shall be stopped using quick setting specially formulated mixes according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Some leaks may require weep holes to localize the infiltration during the application after which the weep holes shall be plugged with the quick setting mix prior to the final liner application. When severe infiltration is present, drilling may be required in order to pressure grout using a cementitious grout. Manufacturer's recommendations shall be followed when pressure grouting is required. 4. Any bench, invert or service line repairs shall be made at this time using the quick setting mix and following the manufacturer's recommendations. 5. After all preparation has been completed, remove all loose material. 49.11.2 MIXING For each bag of product, use the amount of water specified by the manufacturer and mix using the Spray Mate Model 35C or 35D equipment for 30 seconds to a minute after all materials have been placed in the mixing hopper. Place the mix into the holding hopper and prepare another batch with timing such that the nozzleman can spray in a continuous manner without interruption until each application is complete. 49.11.3 SPRAYING The surface, prior to spraying, shall be damp without noticeable free water droplets or running water. Materials shall be sprayed, applied to a minimum uniform thickness to insure that all cracks, crevices and voids are filled and a somewhat smooth surface remains after light troweling. The light troweling is performed to compact the material into voids and to set the bond. Not before the first application has begun to take an initial set (disappearance of surface sheen which could be 15 minutes to 1 hour depending upon ambient conditions) is the second application made to assure a minimum total finished thickness of 1/2 inch. The surface is then troweled to a smooth finish being careful not to over trowel so as to bring additional water to the surface and weaken it. A brush finish may be applied to the finished coat to remove trowel marks. Manufacturer's recommendation shall be followed whenever more than 24 hours have elapsed between applications. The wooden bench covers shall be removed and the bench is sprayed such that a gradual slope is produces from the walls to the invert with the thickness at the edge of the invert being no less than 1/2 inch. The wall bench intersection shall be rounded to a uniform radius, the full circumference of the intersection. The final application shall have a minimum of four (4) hours cure time before being subjected to active flow. 49.11.4 PRODUCT TESTING At some point during the application, at least four (4) 2 inch cubes may be prepared each day or from every 50 bags of product used, identified and sent, in accordance with the Owner's or Manufacturer's directions, for compression strength testing as described in ASTM C 109. 49.11.5 CURING Ambient manhole conditions are adequate for curing so long as the manhole is covered. It is imperative that the manhole be covered as soon as possible after the application has been completed. SectionIV.docx Page 104 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 49.11.6 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten (10) inches of mercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for forty eight (48) inch diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ninety (90) seconds for seventy two (72) inch diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 49.12 INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 49.12.1 SCOPE Materials and application procedures for manhole rehabilitation for the purpose of restoring structural integrity, providing corrosion resistance, and stopping infiltration by means of: 1. Hydraulic grouting, where required, as a preliminary measure to stop high volume infiltration 2. Hydrophilic grouting (positive side waterproofing), where required, as follows: a. Hydrophilic foam - injected through wall of manhole to fill voids and/or b. Hydrophilic gel- injected through wall of manhole to stop active leaks 3. Cementitious waterproofing with crystallization (negative side waterproofing) 4. Calcium aluminate cement lining, minimum of 1/2 inch 5. Epoxy coating, minimum of 30 dry mils 49.12.2 MATERIALS 49.12.2.1 REPAIRING CEMENT A quick setting hydraulic cement compound shall be used to plug all visible minor leaks and to instantly stop major leaks, so that further waterproofing processes may proceed unhindered. The repairing cement shall be nonshrinking, nonmetallic, and noncorrosive. The compound shall have the following properties: Set Time Tensile Strength ASTM C 307 Compressive Strength ASTM -C 109 1 -3 minutes 1 day 510 psi 3 days 745 psi 28 days 855 psi 1 day 3,125 psi 7 days 7,808 psi 28 days 9,543 psi SectionlV.docx Page 105 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications Flexural Strength ASTM C 78 1 day 410 psi 3 days 855 psi 28 days 1,245 psi 49.12.2.2 HYDROPHILIC GROUTING Based on conditions found in and around the manhole, the applicator shall pressure inject either one or both of the following materials: 1. An expansive foam grout shall be used to stop major intrusion of water and fill cracks in and voids behind the structure's surface. Physical properties are as follows: Tensile Strength Elongation Bonding Strength 380 psi ASTM D 3574 -86 400% ASTM D 3574 -86 250 -300 psi 2. A hydrophilic gel grout shall be used for soil stabilization behind the manhole -to prevent seepage, to provide a damming effect, and to place a hydrostatic barrier around exterior of manhole. Physical properties are as follows: Density Tensile Strength Elongation Shrinkage Toxicity 8.75 -9.17 lbs /gal 150 psi 250% Less than 4% Non Toxic ASTM D -3574 ASTM D- 412 ASTM D -3574 ASTM D -1042 49.12.2.3 WATERPROOFING A waterproofing component based on the crystallization process shall be applied. The system combines cementitious and silicate based materials that are applied to negative side surfaces to seal and stop leakage caused by hydrostatic pressure. A combination of five coats (using three components -two powders and a special liquid) react with moisture and the constituents of the substrate to form the crystalline structure. It becomes an integral part of the structure and blocks the passage of water. With moisture present, the crystallization process will continue for approximately six months. Upon completion the color will be light grey. Physical properties are as follows: Slant/Shear bond Strength ASTM (to be given) Tensile Strength (7 day cure) ASTM C 190 Permeability (3 day cure) CRD 48 55 to Calcium Aluminate Cement 1,200 1,800 psi 380 psi (2.62 MPa) 325 psi (2.24 MPa) 8.1x1O11cm /sec to 7.6x10 cm/sec at 100% RH at 50% RH 49.12.2.4 CEMENT LINING A self bonding calcium aluminate cement shall be applied to restore structural integrity and provide corrosion resistance qualities. The cement (before adding fibers) shall have the following properties: Calcium Aluminate Cement 12 Hrs 24 Hrs 7 Days 28 Days SectionlV.docx Page 106 of 129 11/26/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications Astm C 495 Compressive Strength, Psi 7000 11000 12000 13000 Astm C 293 Flexural Strength, Psi 1000 1500 1800 2000 Astm C 596 Shrinkage At 90% Humidity -- <0.04 <0.06 <0.08 Astm C 666 Freeze -Thaw Aft 300 Cycle No Damage Astm C 990 Pull - Out Strength 200 - 230 Psi Tensile Astm C 457 Air Void Content (7 Days) 3% Astm C 497 Porosity/Adsorption Test 4 - 5% Modules of Elasticity: 7.10 X 10 PSI after 24 Hrs moist curing at 68 F. The calcium aluminate cement shall be reinforced with inert fibers which comply with ASTM C 1116 and ASTM C 1018, added at the rate of one pound per cubic yard of concrete. The mixture shall be applied to a thickness of at least one half inch, but no greater than two inches. It will have a dark grey color. 49.12.2.5 EPDXY COATING A high build, flexible waterproofing epoxy shall be applied to a minimum of 30 dry mils. This epoxy will seal structure from moisture and provide protective qualities to the surface, including excellent resistance to chemical attack and abrasion. The epoxy shall be 100% solids, can be applied to damp surfaces, cures to a tile like finish, is easy to clean, and has no toxic fumes. Its uses include sewage treatment plants and other sewer structures. The epoxy shall have the following properties at 75 degrees F: Mixing Ratio (Parts A:B), by volume 1:1 Color (other colors available on request) Light Gray Pot Life, hrs 1 Tensile Strength, psi, min 2,000 Tensile Elongation, % 10 —20 Water Extractable Substances, mg. /sq. in., max 5 Bond Strength to Cement (ASTM 882) psi 1,800 49.12.2.6 CHEMICAL RESISTANCE Alcohols, Trichloroethylene, Nitric Acid (3 %), Jet Fuels, Water, Sulfuric Acid (3% 10 %), MEK, Wine, Butyl Acetate, Beer, Lactic Acid (3 %), Gasoline, Corn Oil, Aluminum Sulfate, Paraffin Oil, Vegetable Juice, Sodium Chloride, Motor Oil, Hydrochloric Acid (3 %), and many others. 49.12.3 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 49.12.3.1 PROCEDURAL OVERVIEW Work shall proceed as follows: 1. Remove rungs (steps), if desired by client. 2. Clean manhole and remove debris. a. Plug lines and/or screen out displaced debris. b. Apply acid wash, if necessary, to clean and degrease. c. Hydroblast and/or sand blast structure. SectionIV.docx Page 107 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications d. Remove debris from work area. 3. Repair minor defects in walls, benches, and inverts, as required, with repairing cement. (Note: Major structural repairs, such as rebuilding of benches, will also be made as required by client. 4. Inject hydrophilic grout through all surfaces, as needed, to eliminate infiltration. 5. Apply cementitious /crystallization waterproofing agents to all surfaces, repeating steps as needed. 6. Spray and/or hand apply calcium aluminate cement lining to all surfaces. 7. Spray apply epoxy coating to all surfaces. NOTE: Steps 1 -5 shall be executed consecutively with minimal delays; calcium aluminate (Step 6) shall require a cure time of at least twenty -four hours for needed adhesion of epoxy (Step 7) to cement lining. 49.12.3.2 PREPARATION An acid wash shall be used (if needed) to clean and degrease. Then, if the client desires, the rungs shall be removed. Next, the entire structure is thoroughly water and/or sand blasted to remove any loose or deteriorated material. Care shall be taken to prevent any loose material from entering lines and other areas by either plugging the lines ( where feasible) or inserting protective screens. 49.12.3.3 STRUCTURAL REPAIR Hand place or spray apply hydraulic cement material as necessary to prepared surface to fill cracks and voids in structure. Allow twenty (20) minutes before applying waterproofing/crystallization. 49.12.3.4 INFILTRATION CONTROL Pressure injection of hydrophilic gel and hydrophilic foam. 1. Drill 5/8" holes through active leaking surface. 2. Install all zert fittings, as recommended by manufacturer. 3. Inject material until water flow stops. 4. Remove fittings (if necessary). 49.12.3.5 WATERPROOFING /CRYSTALLIZATION PROCESS 1. Apply a slurry coat of powder #1 to moist wall using a stiff brush, forming an undercoat. 2. Apply dry powder #2 to slurry coat by hand. 3. Brush or spray on sealing liquid during the application to penetrate and initiate the crystal forming process. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3, until there are no visible leaks. 5. Apply powder #1 as an overcoat. 6. Allow one (1) hour to cure before applying cement lining. SectionIV.docx Page 108 of 129 11/26/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 49.12.3.6 CEMENT LINING 1. Dampen surface. 2. Mix material in mixer as recommended for spray or hand trowel application. 3. Apply cement until required build up of at least one half inch (and no more than 2 inches) has been achieved. 4. Trowel to smooth finish, restoring contours of manhole. 5. Texture brush surface to prepare for epoxy finish. 6. Allow for a 24 -hour cure time prior to epoxy coating. NOTE: If conditions of heavy humidity prevail, a dry air blower shall be used to facilitate curing times. 49.12.3.7 EPDXY COATING Spray apply epoxy coating using airless spraying equipment until surface is visibly covered and a thickness of at least 30 mils has been achieved. Manhole may be safely entered after six (6) hours, as epoxy will be hardened. Full cure strength will be achieved at forty eight (48) hours. 49.12.3.8 CLEAN UP The work crew shall remove all debris and clean work area. 49.12.3.9 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten (10) inches of mercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for forty eight (48) inch diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ninety (90) seconds for seventy two (72) inch diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 49.12.3.10 WARRANTY All materials and workmanship shall be warranted to the Owner for a period of five (5) years, provided that all the above mentioned repair steps are used. 50 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 23 — PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS. 51 IN -LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM 51.1 SCOPE 1. These specifications pertain to the application of the Plexiflor Color Finish System over recreational areas intended for In -Line Skating activities. The materials specified in the SectionIV.docx Page 109 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications site plans shall be of colors indicated and for application over the Plexipave Acrylic Latex System. 2. The work shall consist of suitable cleaning and preparation of the surface to assure a satisfactory bond of the system to the existing surface. 3. All coverage rates are calculated prior to dilution. 4. Plexiflor In -line Skating Surfacing System • 1 Coat of Acrylic Resurfacer • 2 Coats of Fortified Plexipave • 2 Coats of Plexiflor • Plexicolor Line Paint 51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS 51.2.1 ASPHALT Allow new asphalt to cure a minimum of 6 months. The surface must be checked for birdbaths, cracks and other irregularities and repaired with Court Patch Binder according to California Specification Section 10.14. (Surfacing prior to six months may make the asphalt subject to indentation). 51.2.2 CONCRETE Concrete shall have a wood float or broom finish. DO NOT PROVIDE STEEL TROWEL FINISH. DO NOT USE CURING AGENTS OR CONCRETE HARDENERS. Allow the concrete to cure a minimum of 30 days. Acid Etch the entire surface with Concrete Preparer according to California Specification Section 10.13. Check surface for birdbaths, cracks and other irregularities and repair with Court Patch Binder according to California Specification Section 10.14. 51.2.3 COURT PATCH BINDER MIX Court Patch Binder Mix: 100 Lbs. #80 -100 Mesh Silica Sand (dry) 3 gallons Couth Patch Binder 1 to 2 gallons Portland Cement. 51.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT 1. Application of the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix shall be applied to the clean, dry, level surfaces to receive the Plexiflor Surfacing System. The mix shall be applied according to California Specification Section 10.8 using the following mix: Acrylic Resurfacer Water (Clean and Potable) Sand (60 -80 mesh) Liquid Yield 55 gallons 20 -40 gallons 600 -900 pounds 112 -138 gallons 2. Over asphalt surfaces, apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two coats (depending on surface porosity) at a rate of .05 -.07 gallons per square yard per coat. 3. Non - coated concrete surfaces must be neutralized with concrete preparer and primed with California Ti -Coat according to Specification Section 10.17. The Acrylic Resurfacer Mix SectionIV.docx Page 110 of 129 11/26/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications must be applied within 3 hours of the TiCoat application while the primer is dry but still tacky to the touch. Apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two applications at a rate of .05 -.07 gallons per square yard per coat. 51.4 APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXIPAVE After the filler coat application has dried, apply two coats of Fortified Plexipave at an undiluted rate of .05 -.07 gallons per square yard per coat using the following mix: Plexipave Color Base 30 gallons Plexichrome 20 gallons Water 20 gallons 51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION 1. Plexiflor is factory premixed and ready to use from the container. The material may be diluted with one (1 ) part water to six (6) parts Plexiflor to improve flowability and provide uniform application. 2. Apply two coats of Plexiflor at a rate of .04 -.05 gallons per square yard per coat. 3. Plexiflor is applied (in a similar manner to Plexipave) in windrows on the surface with sufficient quantity to cover as the squeegee is pulled over the surface. Apply only light pressure to the squeegee. Do not allow ridges to form between passes of the squeegee. Ridges existing after material dries should require corrective action. 4. Plexiflor and its preliminary coatings should be allowed to thoroughly dry prior to application of subsequent coats. 51.6 PLAYING LINES Four hours minimum after completion of the color resurfacing, playing lines shall be accurately located, marked and painted with Plexicolor Line Paint as specified by The National In -Line Hockey Association. 51.7 GENERAL 1. The contractor shall remove all containers, surplus materials and debris upon completion of work leaving the site in a clean, orderly condition that is acceptable to the owner. Gates shall be secured and all containers shall be disposed of in accordance with Local, State and Federal regulations. 2. Materials specified for the Plexiflor System shall tee delivered to the site in sealed, property labeled arums with California Products Corporation labels that are stenciled with the proper batch code numbers. Products packaged or labeled in any other manner will not be accepted. Mixing with clear, fresh water shall only be done at the job site. Coverage rates are based upon material prior to mixing with water as specified. 51.8 LIMITATIONS 1. Do not apply if surface temperature is less than 50 °F or more than 1 40 °F. 2. Do not apply when rain or high humidity is imminent. 3. Do not apply when surface is damp or has standing water. SectionIV.docx Page 111 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 4. Plexiflor will not hide surface imperfections of previous coatings. 5. Keep from freezing. Do not store in the hot sun. 6. Keep containers tightly closed when not in use. 7. Plexiflor will not prevent substrate cracks from occurring. 8. Plexiflor will mark slightly from normal use of some In -line Skates. 9. Coefficient of friction = 0.78 10. Coating Application Drying Time: 30 minutes to 1 hour at 70 °F with 60% relative humidity. 11. Keep court clean. Excess dirt or foreign material can cause the surface to be slippery. In -Line hockey is a physical sport. Always wear NIHA recommended protective gear. 52 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 22 - RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION. 53 GABIONS AND MATTRESSES 53.1 MATERIAL 53.1.1 GABION AND RENO MATTRESS MATERIAL 53.1.1.1 PVC COATED WIRE MESH GABIONS & MATTRESSES Gabion & mattress basket units shall be of non - raveling construction and fabricated from a double twist by twisting each pair of wires through three half turns developing the appearance of a triple twist. The galvanized wire core shall have a diameter of 0.1063 inches (approx. US gauge 12). All wire used in the fabrication of the gabion shall comply with or exceed Federal Specifications QQ- W -461H, possess a maximum tensile strength of 70,000 p.s.i. with a Finish 5, Class 3 zinc coating in accordance with the current ASTM A -641. The weight of zinc coating shall be determined by ASTM A -90. The grade of zinc used for coating shall be High Grade or Special High Grade, as prescribed in ASTM B -6, Table 1. Uniformity of coating shall equal or exceed four 1- minute dips by the Preece test, as determined by ASTM A -239. The PVC coating shall be extruded and adhere to the wire core prior to weaving. The PVC coated wire shall be woven into a double twisted hexagonal mesh having uniform openings of 3 1/4 inches by 4 Y2 inches. The overall diameter of the mesh wire (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) shall be 0.146 inches. Selvedge and reinforcing wire shall be of heavily galvanized wire core, 0.1338 inches in diameter (approx. US gauge 10), coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.173 inches. Lacing and connecting wire shall be of soft tensile strength (75,000 PSI max), heavily galvanized wire core, 0.087 inches in diameter (approx. US gauge 13 %2), coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.127 inches. The use of alternate wire fasteners shall be permitted in lieu of tie wire providing the alternate fastener produces a four (4) wire selvedge joint with a strength of 1200 lbs. per linear foot while remaining in a locked and closed condition. Properly formed interlocking fasteners shall be spaced from 4 to 6 inches and have a minimum 3/4 square inch inside area to properly confine the required selvedge wires. Tiger -Tite SectionlV.docx Page 112 of 129 11/26/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications Interlocking Fasteners are an approved alternate joint material. The Interlocking Wire Fastener shall meet stainless steel material specification ASTM A -313, Type 302, Class 1, or equal. All of the above wire diameters are subject to tolerance limit of 0.004 inches in accordance with ASTM A -641. 53.1.1.2 PVC (POLYVINYL CHLORIDE) COATING The coating shall be gray in color and shall have a nominal thickness of 0.0216 inches but not less than 0.015 inches in thickness. The protective PVC plastic shall be suitable to resist deleterious effects from exposure to light, immersion in salt or polluted water and shall not show any material difference in its initial compound properties. The PVC compound is also resistant to attack from acids and resistant to abrasion. 1. Specific Gravity: a. According to ASTM D -2287 and ASTM D- 792; in the range of 1.30 to 1.34. 2. Tensile Strength: a. According to ASTM D -142; not less than 2980 psi. 3. Modulus of Elasticity: a. According to ASTM D -412; not less than 2700 psi at 100% strain. 4. Resistance to Abrasion: a. According to ASTM 1242; weight loss <12% (Method B). 5. Brittleness Temperature: a. According to ASTM D -746, Procedure A; shall be at least 8.3 degrees centigrade below the minimum temperature at which the gabions will be handled or placed but not lower than -9.4 degrees centigrade. 6. Hardness: a. According to ASTM D -2240; shall be between 50 and 60 Shore D when tested. 7. Creeping Corrosion: a. Maximum corrosion penetration to the wire core from a square cut end section shall not be more than 25mm when the specimen has been immersed for 2000 hours in a 50% SOLUTION HC1 (hydrochloric acid 12 Be). 53.1.1.3 ACCELERATED AGING TESTS Variation of the initial properties will be allowed, as specified below, when the specimen is submitted to the following Accelerated Aging Tests: 1. Salt Spray Test: a. According to ASTM B -117 b. Period of test = 3000 hours. 2. Exposure to ultraviolet rays: a. According to ASTM D -1499 and ASTM G -23 (Apparatus Type E). Period of test = 3000 hours at 63 degrees centigrade. SectionIV.docx Page 113 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 3. Exposure to high temperature: a. Testing period: 240 hours at 105 degrees centigrade, when tested in accordance with ASTM D- 1203 and ASTM D -2287. 53.1.1.4 PROPERTIES AFTER AGING TESTS After the above Accelerated Aging Tests have been performed, the PVC compound shall exhibit the following properties: 1. Appearance: a. The vinyl coating shall not crack, blister or split and shall not show any remarkable change in color. 2. Specific Gravity: a. Shall not show change higher than 6% of its initial value. 3. Durometer Hardness: a. Shall not show change higher than 10% of its initial value. 4. Tensile Strength: a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. 5. Elongation: a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. 6. Modulus of Elasticity: a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. 7. Resistance to Abrasion: a. Shall not show change higher than 10% of its initial value. 8. Brittleness Temperature: a. Cold Bend Temperature - Shall not be lower than -20 degrees centigrade. b. Cold Flex Temperature - Shall not be higher than +18 degrees centigrade. 53.1.2 GABION AND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL: The filler stone shall be limestone from a source approved by the Engineer before delivery is started. Representative preliminary samples of the stone shall be submitted by the contractor or supplier for examination and testing by the Engineer. The stone shall have a minimum specific gravity of 2.3 and be of a quality and durability sufficient to insure permanency in the structure. The individual stones shall be free of cracks, seams, and other defects that would tend to promote deterioration from natural causes, or which might reduce the stones to sizes that could not be retained in the gabion or mattress baskets. The stone shall meet the following physical requirements: • Absorption, maximum 5% • Los Angeles Abrasion (FM 10T096), maximum loss 45% • Soundness (Sodium Sulphate), (FM 1- T104), maximum loss 12% SectionIV.docx Page 114 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications • Flat and elongated pieces, materials with least dimension less than one third of greatest dimension shall not exceed 5% by weight. All filler material shall be uniformly graded between 4 inch and 8 inch (equivalent spherical diameter) and shall be angular in form. Rounded stones shall not exceed 10% of the stone, by weight and 70% of the stone, by weight, shall exceed the largest dimension of the mesh opening. 53.1.3 MATTRESS WIRE Mattress wire shall conform to the same specifications as gabions except as follows: 1. The nominal diameter of the wire used in the fabrication of the netting shall be 0.0866 inches minimum, subject to diameter tolerance in accordance with the current ASTM A 641, Table 3. 2. All wire shall be galvanized according to ASTM A 641, Table 1. The minimum weight of the zinc coating shall be 0.70 ozs. /sq. ft. for the 0.0866 inch wire used for mesh and lacing and 0.80 ozs. /sq. ft. for the 0.106 wire used for selvedge. 3. Adhesion of the zinc coating to the wire shall be capable of being wrapped in a close helix at a rate not exceeding 15 turns per minute around a cylindrical steel mandrel having a diameter 3 times the nominal wire diameter being tested. After the wrap test is completed, the wire shall not exhibit any cracking or flaking of the zinc coating to such an extent that any zinc can be removed by rubbing with bare fingers. 53.1.4 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC Fabric shall conform to FDOT Standard Index 199, Type D -2, and FDOT Standard Specifications, 1996 edition, Section 985. 53.2 PERFORMANCE Gabions and Reno Mattresses shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations and as shown on the Drawings. Fabrication of gabion baskets shall be in such a manner that the sides, ends, lid and diaphragms can be assembled at the construction site into rectangular baskets of the sizes specified and shown on the Drawings. Gabions and mattresses shall be of single unit construction; the base, lid ends and sides shall be either woven into a single unit or one edge of these members connected to the base section of the gabion in such a manner that the strength and flexibility at the connecting point is at least equal to that of the mesh. Where the length of the gabion and mattress exceeds one and one -half its horizontal width, they shall be equally divided by diaphragms of the same mesh and gauge as the mattresses shall be furnished with the necessary diaphragms secured in proper position on the base so that no additional tying is required at this juncture. The wire mesh is to be fabricated so that it will not ravel. This is defined as the ability to resist pulling apart at any of the twists or connections forming the mesh when a single wire strand in a section of mesh is cut. Each gabion or mattress shall be assembled by tying all untied edges with binding wire. The binding wire shall be tightly looped around every other mesh opening along seams so that single and double loops are alternated. A line of empty gabions shall be placed into position according to the contract drawings and binding wire shall be used to securely tie each unit to the adjoining one along the vertical reinforced edges and the top selvedges. The base of the empty gabions placed on top of a filled line of gabions shall be tightly wire to the latter at front and back. SectionlV.docx Page 115 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications To achieve better alignment and finish in retaining walls, gabion stretching is recommended. Connecting wires shall be inserted during the filling operation in the following manner: Gabions shall be filled to one third full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite faces of each cell at one third height. The gabion shall then be filled to two thirds full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite face of each cell at one two third height. The cell shall then be filled to the top. Filler stone shall not be dropped more than 12" into the gabions and mattresses. Geotextile fabric shall be installed at locations shown in the Drawings. The surface to receive the cloth shall be prepared to a relatively smooth condition free of obstructions which may tear or cut the cloth. The panel shall be overlapped a minimum of 30 inches and secured against movement. Cloth damaged or displaced during installation, gabion work, or backfill shall be replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the contractor's expense. The work shall be scheduled so that the fabric is not exposed to ultraviolet light more than the manufacturer's recommendations or five days, whichever is less. 54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS 54.1 SCOPE To remove trash and debris from landscape and paved area; maintenance and fertilization of plant beds and landscape materials; maintenance, repair, and operation of irrigation systems; ornamental pest control; palm pruning; maintenance of traffic; and the cleaning of hard surfaces at designated areas. The Contractor is to work with the City in coordinating maintenance activities and reporting irregularities in the work zone. The Contractor(s) will provide the labor and materials required to maintain the specified landscaped areas including: • Traffic safety and Maintenance of Traffic; • Trash and debris removal from the job site; • Removal of weeds in landscaped areas and hard surfaces; • Proper trimming and pruning of landscape plants and palms; • Proper fertilization and pest control of landscape and palms (may be subcontracted); • Irrigation service and repair; • Mulch replacement; • Cleaning of hard surfaces; and the • Reporting of irregularities at the job site. 54.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK The Contractor(s) shall accomplish all landscape maintenance required under the contract between the hours of 6:30 a.m. and 7:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday, excluding observed holidays. The City may grant, on an individual basis, permission to perform contract maintenance at other hours. All work shall be completed in a continuous manner, that is the cleanup, weeding, trimming, etc., be completed before leaving the job site. SectionlV.docx Page 116 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 54.3 WORK METHODS 54.3.1 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING The Contractor(s) will adhere to a work schedule provided by the City (see Level of Service). Any variations to that schedule, requested by either party, must be approved, either verbally or in writing by an authorized representative of the other party. 54.3.2 DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT The contractor(s) shall provide the following service at each scheduled visit to the designated location: 54.3.2.1 LITTER Remove trash and debris from the area to be maintained. Proper disposal of collected trash and debris is a requirement of the contractor. Extraordinary amounts of debris caused by hurricanes, tornadoes, vandalism, etc., would be the responsibility of the City to clean up. The contractor should report such accumulations of debris when they are encountered. Bids for the extraordinary cleanup from the contractor would be considered. 54.3.2.2 VISUAL CHECK The site should be checked for irregularities, such as irrigation leaks, vehicle damage, dead or damaged plant material, vandalism, etc., which should be reported to the City within 24 hours after providing the service. 54.3.2.3 PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING All plant material should be trimmed in a manner that promotes the natural shape and mature size of the particular specie. Trimming should be performed at intervals that will maintain plants in a neat appearance. Trimming should be performed to promote fullness of the plants, while maintaining height restrictions in Clear Sight Zones as established on the landscape plans. Plants shall be kept trimmed to the back of curb. Brown foliage shall be removed from Liriope. Palm pruning to be performed at least once per year, preferably in late June or July following flower formation, according to the following specifications: 54.3.2.4 PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.) Remove all descending fronds, to the base of the frond; all parallel and ascending fronds are to remain in order to leave a full, rounded head; seed heads may remain, but remove old faded heads that are encountered in the pruning process; remove loose frond boots; remove vegetation; such as strangler figs, Brazilian Pepper, Asparagus fern, etc., growing in the frond boots or on the trunk. Provide the rounded, classic cut on all Medjool palm boots. No climbing spikes allowed on palms. 54.3.2.5 DEBRIS REMOVAL All debris from pruning process is to be removed from the job site and disposed of by the contractor. Work sites should be left in a clean and neat appearance upon completion. SectionIV.docx Page 117 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 54.3.2.6 TRAFFIC CONTROL Proper and safe work zones in vehicular traffic areas are to be set up and maintained by the contractor, according to the attached Maintenance of Traffic specifications. 54.3.2.7 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY Contractor is responsible for maintaining safe work zones in areas where pedestrian and park users are present. The City reserves the right to limit the hours of operation in certain high pedestrian use areas. 54.3.2.8 PLANT FERTILIZATION All tree and plant material should be fertilized with the appropriate amount of 20 -6 -12 sulfur coated, slow release, ornamental fertilizer, three times per year. Applications should be made in mid - February, early June, and mid - September, for the first two years. Fertilizer types and amounts will change with requirements of maturing landscape materials. 54.3.2.9 WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA Weeds should be removed on a regular basis in order to keep them from being visibly noticeable. Weed control with the use of appropriate herbicides is allowable, given they are properly applied by a certified applicator. Herbicide damage to landscape material will be remedied by contractor at his/her expense. 54.3.2.10 MULCH CONDITION Should be maintained at a thickness that will discourage weed growth as well as help retain soil moisture, usually 3 inches. 54.3.2.11 IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR Should be performed at each visit to assure the systems proper operation and timing. Drip tubing should be kept covered with mulch. Timer should be checked for proper time of day and operating schedule. Leaks or breaks in the system should be repaired before the next scheduled system running time. All repairs which will be charged at $20.00 or more must be approved in advance by the city. Minor repairs, less than $20.00, should be billed to the City in addition to the monthly maintenance fee. 54.3.2.12 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL Should be performed by a properly licensed and certified applicator to keep pest populations at a less than damaging level. Landscape materials lost to or extensively damaged by pests will be replaced by the contractor at the contractor's expense. Diazinon products are not to be used on City properties. 54.3.2.13 PALM FERTILIZATION Apply three pounds of Magnesium sulfate and one pound of Potassium evenly, per tree, across the root zone (typically within the dripline), annually in early February. 54.3.2.14 FREEZE PROTECTION The City will provide a freeze /frost protection fabric for the Contractor to install over freeze /frost sensitive plants (Lantana and Pentas). The covering material will be stored at a City facility (yet SectionIV.docx Page 118 of 129 11/26/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications to be determined). Contractor will remove the covering material from storage and install over the sensitive plants, securely fastening edges of the material to the ground per manufacturer's directions. The City will furnish metal pins needed for securing fabric to the ground. The City will notify the Contractor one (1) day or twenty -four (24) hours minimum prior to the need to protect plant material. After uses, the Contractor will prepare the fabric for storage and return it to the designated City facility. Protective covering shall be removed the following afternoon or remain in place as directed by the City. The City shall notify the Contractor by 11:00 a.m. about removing the cover or keeping it in place due to continued freezing temperatures. The City may cancel the freeze protection event at any time prior to the end of the scheduled installation day (5:00 p.m.) The Contractor will be compensated for the number of hours mobilization or on -site work at the contracted rate per man -hour unit price. The Contractor shall provide a unit price for the installation and removal of the covering fabric on a per event basis, as well as an hourly rate per employee required. The City and contractor will coordinate appropriate irrigation operations with weather conditions. Should freeze /frost damage occur, the Contractor shall perform remedial work as per unit basis, as directed by the City. 54.4 LEVEL OF SERVICE This location is to be serviced weekly. Repairs to damage or vandalism to be made within 7 working days of reported irregularity. Weekly visits should occur no closer than six and no further than ten calendar days apart. 54.5 COMPLETION OF WORK Within 24 hours of completing work the contractor shall notify the supervisor assigned to monitor the contract either in person or by phone of said completion. It is acceptable to leave a phone message. However, to make certain the message is received, it is advisable to call between 6:30 a.m. — 7:30 a.m. or 2:30 p.m. — 3:00 p.m. 1 54.6 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Upon receiving notification from the Contractor, the City shall inspect the serviced location the following business day. If, upon inspection, the work specified has not been completed, the City shall contact the Contractor to indicate the necessary corrective measures. The Contractor will be given 48 hours from this notification to make appropriate corrections. If the work has been completed successfully then the City will pay for services billed. 54.7 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1. This location will be newly installed and under warranty by the installer for twelve (12) months period on plants, trees and palms. Landscape installer will coordinate irrigation operation with the Maintenance contractor to assure adequate irrigation to the landscape materials. Installer will also be responsible for the untying of palm heads /fronds as he feels appropriate. 2. All listed acreage or square footage figures are estimates. 3. All maintenance shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, consistent with trade practices and standards which prevail in the industry. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to any plant material or site feature caused by the Contractor or his/her employees. The Contractor shall be notified in writing SectionIV.docx Page 119 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications of the specific nature of the damage and cost of repair. The City shall, at its option, invoice the Contractor for the payment, or reduce by the amount of the repairs the next regular payment to the Contractor. 5. Occasionally circumstances (standing water, prolonged inclement weather, parked vehicles, etc.) may make all or portions of a location unserviceable during the regular schedule. The Contractor shall notify the City Supervisor of such occurrences, and shall schedule to perform the required maintenance to the location as soon as the pertaining circumstances are relieved. 55 MILLING OPERATIONS 55.1 EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE Unless otherwise noted in the specs, plans or this Article, the milling operation shall be performed in accordance with Section 327 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all milling. 55.2 ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS 1. If the milling machine is equipped with preheating devices, the contractor is responsible to secure any necessary permits, and for complying with all local, state and federal environmental regulations governing operation of this type of equipment. 2. All milled surfaces must be repaved within seven days from the time it was milled, unless otherwise noted in the contract documents. 3. Prior to paving, all milled areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper either of the vacuum or the mechanical type, that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre- wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways and curbs in addition to the roadways before leaving the job site. 4. In cases where concrete valley swales are present, the adjoining pavement shall be milled to allow for the new asphalt grade to be flush with the concrete surface. 5. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing any asphalt that remains in the curb line and/or median curbs after the milling operation of a street is complete. The cost of this removal shall be included in the bid item for milling. 6. All radius returns on streets to be milled shall also be milled unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, with payment to be included in the bid item for milling. 7. Any leveling or base replacement required after milling shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications for S -Type resurfacing projects or Section 330 (latest edition) for superpave resurfacing projects. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 8. Any roadway base material exposed as a result of the milling operation shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs required to said base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and SectionlV.docx Page 120 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost of said prime shall be included in the bid item for milling. 9. Prior to the placement of asphalt, the face of all curbs and driveways shall be tacked after the milling operation is complete. 55.3 SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS All surplus existing materials resulting from milling operations shall remain the property of the City. The transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials shall be performed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall contact the Public Services Division at (727) 562 -4950 to schedule delivery of material. 55.4 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS All surplus materials not claimed by the City shall become the property of the Contractor. The Contractor shall dispose of the material in a timely manner and in accordance with all regulatory requirements in areas provided by the Contractor at no additional expense to the City. 55.5 ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES All utilities and related structures requiring adjustment shall be located and adjusted by their owners at the owner's expense. The Contractor shall arrange his schedule to allow utility owners the time required for such adjustments (minimum 48 hours notice per State Statute). All utility adjustments shall be completed prior to the commencement of milling and resurfacing operations. 55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and stormwater utility manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor in accordance with Section IV, Article 23.7 of the City's Technical Specifications. 55.7 TYPES OF MILLING There are two types of milling used by the City: A. Wedge — This will consist of milling a six foot wide strip along the curb line of the pavement adjacent to the curb so the new asphalt will align with the original curb height and pavement cross section. B. Full Width — This will consist of milling the entire roadway (i.e. curb line /edge of pavement to curb line /edge of pavement). All existing horizontal and vertical geometry shall remain unless otherwise indicated or approved by the Engineer. 55.8 MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS Intersections, as well as other areas (including radius returns) are to be milled and repaved to restore and/or improve the original drainage characteristics. Said work should extend approximately 50 to 100 feet in both directions from the low point of the existing swale. SectionIV.docx Page 121 of 129 11/26/2014 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The quantity to be paid for will be the area milled, in square yards, completed and accepted. 55.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for milling shall include: all materials, preparation, hauling, transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials, disposal of all surplus material, any required milling of radius returns and intersections, prime and/or tack coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, removal of asphalt from curbs, sweeping, labor, equipment, and all incidentals necessary to complete the milling in accordance with the plans and specifications. 56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING The work included in this specification includes the removal and disposal of all structures, appurtenances, asphalt, concrete, curbs, walls, trees, roots, vegetation, boulders, conduits, poles, posts, pipes, inlets, brush, stumps, debris and other obstructions resting on or protruding through the ground surface necessary to prepare the area for construction. Clearing and grubbing shall be performed in accordance with Section 110 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, the Contractor shall take ownership of all removed material and dispose of them off -site in accordance with all Local, State and Federal Requirements. 56.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be either a lump sum quantity or the number of acres cleared and grubbed as specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer. 56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for clearing and grubbing shall include: all removal and disposal of materials and structures as well as all materials, hauling, equipment, tools, labor, leveling of terrain, landscape trimming and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. 57 RIPRAP The work included in this specification includes the construction of either sand - cement or rubble riprap as shown on the plans. The riprap shall be constructed per Section 530 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 57.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement for riprap shall be the volume of sand used in cubic yards for sand - cement, or the dry weight in tons for rubble. 57.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for sand - cement riprap shall include: all materials, testing, labor, grout, hauling, equipment, excavation, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of sand - cement and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. The pay item for rubble riprap shall include: all materials, required bedding stone, dressing and shaping for placement of bedding stone, filter fabric, testing, hauling, excavating, backfill, SectionlV.docx Page 122 of 129 11/26/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications dressing and shaping for placement of rubble, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. No payment will be granted if concrete or stone that exists on -site is used as rubble riprap. 58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY This article applies to all City projects located at one of the City's Wastewater Treatment Plants (WWTP) or Potable Water Reservoirs. 58.1 HAZARD POTENTIAL The Contractor shall be aware that hazardous materials are used at the WWTP's and the water reservoirs. These may include sodium hypochlorite, gaseous chlorine, sulfur dioxide and ammonia. Potential safety hazards associated with these substances include: • An accidental spill or release can impair respiratory functions and result in severe burns to the skin and eyes. At the pre - construction conference, the contractor will be provided with a copy of the City of Clearwater Public Utilities Department Emergency Response Plan, and a copy of the applicable Material Safety Data Sheets. All employees of the contractor and sub - contractor assigned to this job shall be familiar with the content of these documents. 58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TRAINING Prior to issuance of a notice to proceed, the contractor must submit documentation regarding employee safety training relating to the items in Section A above. The documentation must include: • Verification that all employees assigned to this job have received and understood training in the proper work practices necessary to safely perform the job while working around gaseous chlorine and sulfur dioxide gas. • The date of the training, and • The means used to verify that the employee understood the training. 59 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS All traffic signal work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications (Sections 603 through 699), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes, but is not limited to, the following items: all necessary equipment, materials, guaranties, acceptance procedures, signal timings, field tests, grounding, conduit, signal and interconnect cable, span wire assemblies, pull and junction boxes, electrical power service assemblies, poles, signal assemblies, pedestrian assemblies, inductive loop detectors, pedestrian detectors, traffic controller assemblies, controller cabinets and accessories, removal of existing traffic signal equipment, and internally illuminated signs. All traffic signal installations shall be mast arms and conform to the requirements of FDOT's Mast Arm Assembly standard, and shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the state of Florida. All mast arm calculations, as well as the geotechnical report, shall also be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the state of Florida. All mast arm colors shall be determined and approved by the City prior to ordering from the manufacturer. SectionlV.docx Page 123 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications All traffic signal indicators for vehicles and pedestrians shall be LED's and, approved by both the City and FDOT. In addition to this, all pedestrian signal indicators shall utilize countdown features. Contractor changes to the operation of an existing signal is PROHIBITED unless directed by the City's Traffic Engineering Division. 59.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 60 SIGNING AND MARKING All signing and marking work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes the following work: RPM's (Section 706), painted traffic stripes and markings (Section 710), thermoplastic stripes and markings (Section 711) and tubular delineators /flex posts (Sections 705 and 972). The Contractor is responsible to ensure that striping is correctly placed. Errors in striping or markings shall be "blacked -out" with paint, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. No payment will be made for these incorrect or "blacked -out" areas. Omissions in striping or markings shall be corrected to the City's satisfaction prior to any payment being made. 60.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 61 ROADWAY LIGHTING All roadway lighting shall be constructed per Sections 715 and 992 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. 61.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 62 TREE PROTECTION 62.1 TREE BARRICADES A. A protective barrier shall be placed around all protected trees and palms prior to land preparation or construction activities within or adjacent to the work zone, including all staging and/or lay down areas. Protective barriers shall be installed as follows: 1. At or greater than the full dripline of all species of Mangroves and Cabbage Palms. SectionIV.docx Page 124 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 2. At or greater than the full dripline or all protected native pine trees and other conifer species. 3. At or greater than two- thirds of the dripline of all other protected species 4. At or greater than the full dripline of trees within a specimen tree stand. B. Protective barriers are to be constructed using no less than two -inch lumber for upright posts. Upright posts are to be at least four feet in length with a minimum of one foot anchored in the ground. Upright posts are to be placed at a maximum distance of eight feet apart. Horizontal rails are to be constructed using no less than one inch by four -inch lumber and shall be securely attached to the top of the upright post. The project City's representative must approve any variation from the above requirements. C. Whenever a protective barrier is required, it shall be in place until all construction activity is terminated. The area within the barrier limits shall remain undisturbed by any activity during construction. Native ground cover and understory vegetation existing within the barriers shall remain throughout construction. Exotic plant species may only be removed by manual labor utilizing hand tools or by other means if authorized in writing by the City's representative. D. Prior to the erection of any required protective barrier, all surface foreign material, trash or debris shall be removed from the area enclosed by the barrier, and after erection of the barrier no such material or litter shall be permitted to remain within the protected area. No equipment, chemicals, soil deposits or construction materials shall be placed within such protective barriers. E. No signs, building permits, wires, or other attachments of any kind shall be attached to any protected tree or palm. F. At all times, due care shall be taken to protect the critical root zone of trees protected by this section, and root pruning requirements shall apply to such trees. 62.2 ROOT PRUNING A. Where proposed construction improvements involve excavation and/or impacts to the critical root zone of protected trees, the Contractor shall be required to have an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist perform, or directly supervise root pruning to reduce the impacts of construction. The critical root zone is equivalent to the tree's dripline. Prior to any clearing, grubbing or excavation activities, the affected roots must be severed by clean pruning cuts at the point where grubbing or excavation impacts the root system. Roots can be pruned utilizing specified root pruning equipment designed for that purpose or by hand digging a trench and pruning roots with a pruning saw, chain saw or other equipment designed for tree pruning. Root pruning by trenching equipment or excavation equipment is strictly prohibited. Roots located in the critical root zone that will be impacted by construction activities shall be pruned to a minimum depth of 18 inches below existing grade or to the depth of the proposed impact if less than 18 inches from existing grade. Tim Kurtz, Senior Landscape Architect is the City's Representative on Engineering Department projects for root Pruning issues and can be reached at (727) 562 -4737, or through the construction inspector assigned to the project. B. Root pruning shall only be performed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. SectionIV.docx Page 125 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications C. Any proposed root pruning trenches shall be identified on site (i.e. staked or painted) inspected and approved by the City's representative prior to actual root pruning. D. Root pruning shall be performed as far in advance of other construction activities as is feasible, but at a minimum shall be performed prior to ANY impacts to the soil. Associated tree protection measures should be implemented upon completion of said root pruning. E. If there is a likelihood of excessive wind and/or rain exceptional care shall be taken on any root pruning activities. F. Root pruning shall be limited to a minimum of ten inches per one inch of the trunk diameter from the tree base. Any exception must be approved by the City's representative prior to said root pruning. G. Roots shall be cut cleanly, as far from the trunk of the tree as possible. Root pruning shall be done to a minimum depth of 18" from existing grade, or to the depth of the disturbance if less than 18 ". H. Root pruning shall be performed using a Doscocil Root Cutting Machine or equivalent. Alternate equipment or techniques must be approved by the City's representative, prior to any work adjacent to trees to be preserved. I. Root pruning shall be completed, inspected and accepted prior to the commencement of any excavation or other impacts to the critical root zones of trees to be protected. J. Excavations in an area where root are present shall not cause the tearing or ripping of tree roots. Roots must first be cleanly severed prior to continuing with the excavation, or tunneled around to prevent damage to the root. K. Tree roots shall not be exposed to drying out. Root ends shall be covered with native soil or burlap and kept moist until final backfill or final grades has been established. L. When deemed appropriate (e.g., during periods of drought) the City representative may require a temporary irrigation system be utilized in the remaining critical root zones of root pruned trees. M. When underground utility lines are to be installed within the critical root zone, the root pruning requirement may be waived if the lines are installed via tunneling or directional boring as opposed to open trenching. 62.3 PROPER TREE PRUNING A. All tree pruning and/or root pruning on existing trees to remain shall only be performed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. Furthermore, all tree work shall conform to the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 2001, American National Standard for tree care operations — Tree, Shrub and other Woody Plant Maintenance — Standard practices (pruning) ANSI A -300. B. Proper pruning techniques for all lateral branches of protected trees are required. Flush cuts (pruning cuts that remove the branch collar) and stub cuts (cuts that leave a stub on the tree) are improper techniques. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. C. No protected tree shall have more than 30 percent of its foliage removed. SectionN.docx Page 126 of 129 11/26/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications D. No protected tree shall be topped, hat racked or lion - tailed. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. E. Tree Trunks and limbs shall be protected. The use of tree spikes or other devices that damage trunk and bark tissue on protected trees shall be prohibited. Any protected tree that has been damaged in such a manner will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. 63 PROJECT WEB PAGES 63.1 WEB PAGES DESIGN If requested by the City, Engineer shall design the Project Web Site in accordance with the current City Web Site standards and styles. Project Web Site should include general project information as: Project Name & Number, Scope description, Location, Schedule, and Project Contacts. Note: Occasionally City modifies the general design of the City's Web Site, and the Engineer shall consult the City Webmaster for the current requirements, before designing or updating the Project Web Pages. 63.2 WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES ' Project Web Pages should conform to the W3C Web Accessibility Guidelines and US Section 508 guidelines whenever possible: ' http://www.w3.org/TR/1999/WAI-WEBCONTENT-19990505/ http://www.section508.gov/ In particular, use of variable -width tables, user - adjustable /relative font sizes, ALT text for images, CSS whenever possible, etc. Accessibility should be a priority over design/aesthetics. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE The City's Sun and Waves logo should be used for everyday business, on all print and electronic material. It should be used on all internal correspondence, brochures, advertising, vehicles, apparel and signage. It should be used only in the manner presented here, in the proportion shown here, with no alterations. It should not be condensed, lengthened, or otherwise distorted to fit a space. The logo is approved for use by city departments, and is not to be used by outside vendors without the permission of the City Manager, Assistant City Manager or Public Communications office. Electronic versions of the logo should be obtained from the Public Communications. This is for internal use only. 63.4 MAPS AND GRAPHICS Use of maps and graphics is recommended to illustrate the project; only approved graphics should be posted to the Project Web Pages. SectionlV.docx Page 127 of 129 11/26/2014 Section IV — Technical Specifications 63.5 INTERACTIVE FORMS The site should also include an interactive form or other options to allow Public's input sent back to the City regarding the Project. 63.6 POSTING The site should be presented to the City's Webmaster for review and posting to the City's Web Server. Posting of the Project Web Pages to a different than City's Web server, if approved, should be coordinated with the City's Webmaster for resolving all accessibility and conformity issues. 63.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES Unless otherwise specified and agreed Engineer is responsible for keeping the posted Web Pages up -to -date, by sending revisions and updates through the City Project Manager to the City's Webmaster for posting. 64 OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE 64.1 CLEARANCE OPTIONS When working in the vicinity of overhead power lines the Contractor shall utilize one of the following options: Option 1 - Having the power lines de- energized and visibly grounded. Option 2 - Maintaining a minimum distance of 20 feet of clearance for voltages up to 350 kV an 50 feet of clearance for voltages more than 350 kV. Option 3 - Determine the line voltage and provide clearance in accordance with the table included in Section 64.2. 64.2 REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES VOLTAGE (nominal, kV, alternating current) MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCE (feet) Up to 50 10 Over 50 to 200 15 Over 20 to 350 20 Over 350 to 500 25 Over 500 to 750 35 Over 750 to 1,000 45 Over 1000 (as established by the utility owner /operator or registered professional engineer who is a qualified person with respect to electric power SectionlV.docx Page 128 of 129 11/26/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications transmission and distribution) Note: The value that follows "to" is up to and includes that value. For example, over 50 to 200 means up to and including 200kV. SectionlV.docx Page 129 of 129 11/26/2014 SECTION IVa SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IVa SUPPLEMENTARY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS The Technical Specifications of the Construction Contract; Articles 1 through 63 inclusive; are a part of this contract. The following supplements modify, change, delete from or add to the Technical Specifications of the Construction Contract. Where any article of the Technical Specifications is modified or any paragraph, subparagraph or clause thereof is modified or deleted by these supplements, the unaltered provisions of that article, paragraph, subparagraph or clause shall remain in effect. MODIFICATIONS TO TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ARTICLES 1 -63 Basis for measurement and payment for all Articles shall be superseded by Division 01630 in Section IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications. ARTICLE 3 - DEFINITION OF TERMS 3 Add to the definition of "Estimated Quantities" the following statement: The basis of payment for work and materials will be the actual amount of work done and materials furnished. Contractor agrees that he will make no claim for damages, anticipated profits, or otherwise on account of any difference between the amounts of work actually performed and materials actually furnished and the estimated amounts thereof. ARTICLE 6 - CONCRETE 6 Add the following: Mixing time: Deliver concrete to site and discharge within 1 -1/2 hour or before 300 revolutions of mixer drum, after introduction of mixing water to cement and aggregates or cement to aggregates. For concrete joints: A. General: Provide joints of types indicated. Hold locations and alignment to within plus 1/4 IN. Finish concrete surface adjacent to previous section to within plus 1/8 IN, with tooled radius of 1/4 IN. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Section IVa 14-0024 -UT Supplementary Technical Specifications 00992 -0222 IVa - 1 B. Metal keyway joints: Form by installing metal parting strip, left in place. Stake and support like side form. Provide dowels or tie bars where indicated. C. Weakened plane joints: 1. Tooled joints: Tool groove in freshly placed concrete. Groove dimensions: 3/8 IN at surface and 1/4 IN at root. D. Construction joints: Install at end of day's work or wherever concreting must be interrupted for 30 minutes. Place timber bulkhead full depth of slab, securely staked. E. Expansion joints: Place 3/4 IN preformed expansion joints at intervals as indicated and at all junctions with previously placed sidewalks, curb or other structures. Seal sidewalk joints with polyurethane sealant. Finishing concrete: A. As soon as placed, strike off and screed to crown and cross section, slightly above grade so that consolidation and finishing will bring final plan elevations. First pass of fist screed should maintain uniform ridge full width. B. Consolidate by vibrating screeds, internal units or a combination. C. Test with 6 FT straightedges, equipped with long handles and operated from sidewalk. Draw excess water and laitance off from surface. D. Float finish so as to leave no disfiguring marks, but to produce a uniform granular or sandy texture. Exterior sidewalks at buildings shall receive light broom finish. E. Tool pavement edges with suitable edger. F. Final finish shall equal existing textures and conditions. Curing concrete: A. Cure for 7 days by method applicable to ambient conditions. Apply curing medium as soon as possible. Maintain to prevent detrimental loss of water from surface and edges of concrete during entire curing period. B. Burlap curing: Cover entire surface and edges. Keep continuously wet. After removal of forms, fold burlap over back of curb on slab, to subgrade. C. Curing compound: Spray on white - pigmented membrane forming compound. Use power driven spraying equipment, and spread at rate not to exceed 200 SQ FT /GAL. Concrete surfaces must be moist before application. Recoat, if directed by the Engineer, to eliminate pinholes or holidays. Do not use compound on surfaces to which new concrete is to be bonded. Cold and hot weather concreting: 1. Cold weather (comply with ACI -306). City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Section IVa 14-0024-UT Supplementary Technical Specifications 00992 -0222 IVa - 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 a. Cease concrete placing when descending air temperature in shade falls below 40° F. Do not resume until ambient temperature has risen to 40° F. b. If placing is authorized maintain temperature of mix between 60 and 80° F. Heat aggregates or water or both. Water temperature may not exceed 175° F; aggregates, 150° F. c. When average daily temperature is below 50° F provide insulative protection of 12 IN minimum thickness loose dry straw or equivalent, for 10 days. d. Remove and replace all frost injured concrete. e. Never use salt or other antifreeze. 2. Hot weather (comply with ACI -305). a. Cease concrete placing when plastic mix temperature cannot be maintained under 90° F. b. Aggregates or water or both may be cooled. Cool water with crushed ice; aggregates by evaporation or water spray. c. Never batch cement hotter than 160° F. ARTICLE 9 - OBSTRUCTIONS 9 Revise the 5th sentence to read, Any survey monument or benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon completion of the work by a Florida registered Professional Surveyor and Mapper (PSM). ARTICLE 14 - BACKFILL 14 Replace the 3rd and 4th paragraphs with the following: Backfill under all types of paving shall be compacted in layers not to exceed 6" in thickness unless alternate method is approved by the Engineer. Backfill shall be a minimum of 98% compaction as determined by AASHTO T 180 (Modified Proctor Density Test) to the bottom of pavement. Backfill outside of pavement areas shall be compacted the full depth to the ground surface to a minimum of 95% compaction as determined by AASHTO T 180 (Modified Proctor Density Test). Backfill for structures shall be in accordance with Division 02210 IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications. ARTICLE 38 — EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL City of Cleatwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Section IVa 14-0024-UT Supplementary Technical Specifications 00992 -0222 IVa - 3 38 Add the following: See Sedimentation and Erosion Control Notes and Details drawing, which states "Contractor shall prepare and submit a Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) and National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit in accordance with FDEP criteria for an NPDES construction activities permit. Visit www.dep. state .fl.us /water /stormwater /npdes for more information. Contractor shall obtain a FDEP generic permit for the discharge of produced groundwater. All soil erosion and sediment control measures shall be installed prior to disturbance and maintained through project completion." 38.9 Add the following: No additional payment will be made to the Contractor for the re- establishment of erosion control devices which may become damaged, destroyed, or otherwise rendered unsuitable for their intended function during the construction of the Project. Near completion of the project, when directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall dismantle and remove the temporary devices used for sediment control during construction. All erosion control devices in seeded areas shall be left in place until the grass is established. Seed areas around devices, and mulch after removing or filling temporary control devices. Cleanup all areas. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Section IVa 14- 0024 -UT Supplementary Technical Specifications 00992 -0222 IVa - 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 The following divisions are included as part of supplemental technical specifications. DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 00005 Certification Page 00005 -1 - 1 01010 Summary of Work 01010 -1— 4 01040 Coordination with Owners Operations 01040 -1 — 6 01045 Cutting and Patching 01045 -1— 6 01291 Schedule of Values 01291 -1 — 3 01297 Progress Payment Procedures 01297 -1 — 2 01300 Submittal Procedures 01300 -1 - 10 01301 Pre - Construction Conference 01301 -1 —2 01310 Project Coordination 01310 -1 —1 01312 Progress Meetings 01312 -1— 2 01322 Progress Schedule 03122 -1 —10 01411 Spill Prevention Control & Countermeasures Plan 01411 -1 — 5 01420 References 01420 -1 — 9 01452 Testing Laboratory Services Furnished by Contractor 01452 -1 — 3 01510 Temporary Utilities 01510 -1 — 5 01511 Temporary Electricity 01511 -1 — 2 01522 Contractors Field Office and Sheds 01511 -1 — 2 01570 Temporary Controls 01570 -1 — 9 01630 Measurement and Payment 01630 -1 — 4 01651 Transportation and Handling of Products 01651 -1 — 4 01661 Storage and Protection of Products 01611 -1 — 4 01721 Protection of the Work and Property 01721 -1 — 5 01724 Connections to Existing Facilities 01724 -1 —1 01740 Cleaning 01740 -1— 3 01751 Starting and Placing Equipment into Operation 01751 -1 — 5 01772 Closeout Requirements 01772 -1 — 2 01781 Operations and Maintenance Data 01781 -1 — 7 01782 Record Documents 01782 -1 — 4 01783 Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials 01783 -1 — 2 DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK 02050 Demolition 02050 -1 — 3 02220 Excavation, Backfill, Fill and Grading for Structures 02220 -1 — 6 DIVISION 3 — CONCRETE 03300 Cast in Place Concrete 03300 -1 — 20 DIVISION 5 - METALS 05050 Metal Fastenings 05050 -1 — 1 City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Section IVa 14-0024-UT Supplementary Technical Specifications 00992 -0222 IVa - 5 DIVISION 9 — FINISHES 09900 Painting and Special Coatings 09900 -1— 20 DIVISION 13 — SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13080 Vibration Seismic and Wind Controls for Electrical Systems 13080 -1 — 2 13100 Instrumentation and Control — General Requirements 13100 -1 — 25 13110 Instrumentation and Control— Control Enclosures 13110-1 —1 1 13120 Instrumentation and Control — SCADA Hardware 13120 -1 — 7 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16010 General Provisions for Electrical Systems 16010 -1 — 9 16070 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 16070 -1— 6 16075 Identification for Electrical Systems 16075 -1 -12 16111 Rigid Conduits 16111 -1 —12 16112 Flexible Conduits 16112 -1— 3 16120 Low - Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 16120 -1 — 8 16121 Instrumentation and Communication Cables 16121 -1 —16 16137 Underground Ductbanks for Electrical Systems 16137 -1 — 5 16289 Surge Protective Devices 16289- 1— 7 16440 Switchboards 16440 -1 -10 16441 Generator Quick Connect Switchboards — Low Voltage 16441 -1 — 6 16450 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 16450 -1 — 6 16496 Manual Transfer Switch 16496 -1— 7 END OF SUPPLEMENTARY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Section IVa 14-0024 -UT Supplementary Technical Specifications 00992 -0222 IVa - 6 SECTION 00005 - CERTIFICATION PAGE PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER'S CERTIFICATION FOR AUBREY HAUDRICOURT, P.E. PROJECT NAME: RO WTP #1 HIGH SERVICE PUMP STATION ELECTRICAL IMPROVEMENTS The following sections of the Technical Specifications in the Issued for Bid above referenced project were prepared under my direction and supervision. DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16010 Electrical — General Provisions 16070 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 16075 Identification for Electrical Systems 16111 Rigid Conduits 16112 Flexible Conduits 16120 Low Voltage Conductors and Cables 16121 Instrumentation and Communication Cable 16137 Underground Ductbanks for Electrical Systems 16289 Surge Protective Devices 16440 Swtichboards 16441 Generator Quick Connect 16450 Grounding 16496 Manual Transfer Switch Aubrey Haudricourt, P.E. Florida Professional Engineer No. 66861 McKim & Creed, Inc. 1365 Hamlet Avenue Clearwater, Florida 33756 END OF SECTION * .1.( ZA1D. 4C‘?‘‘ ►gilt ■ submittal for the City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Certification Page 00005 -1 SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Table of Articles for this Section is: Article Title 1.1 Section Includes 1.2 Location and Description of Work 1.3 Other Construction Contracts 1.4 Work By Others 1.5 Work By CITY 1.6 Owner - furnished Equipment and Materials 1.7 Assigned Procurement Contracts 1.8 Sequence and Progress of Work 1.9 CONTRACTOR's Use of Site 1.10 Easements and Rights -of -Way 1.11 Notices to CITY and Authorities of Properties Adjacent to the Work 1.12 Salvage of Equipment and Materials 1.2 LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The Work is being performed for the City of Clearwater (CITY). B. The Work is located at the site of the Reverse Osmosis (RO) Water Treatment Plant No.1, 1657 Palmetto St. Clearwater FI.: C. The Work to be performed under this Contract includes, but is not limited to, constructing the Work outlined below and specifically detailed in all related specifications and drawings that will require one building permit. The Work shall be as follows: 1. Provide and Install the following major items. a. Provide all temporary back up power systems necessary to keep plant and high service pumping system in service. Coordinate with City for any shutdowns. b. Demolition and return to owner all equipment shown on drawings or specified in contract documents. c. Remove existing Duke Energy power service from High Service Pump Station (HSPS). Coordinate with Utility. d. Remove fuel from existing diesel storage tank for salvage and have tank cleaned for storage. Provide and coordinate with CITY on tank removal. Remove and dispose of existing fuel piping and remove tank to offsite location (Clearwater location to be determined) the existing bulk 550 gallon diesel storage tank. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Summary of Work 01010 -1 e. Provide and install concrete reinforced ductbank between HSPS and RO Plant main electrical room as shown on drawings. f. Provide and install all conduit and wiring as shown or specified in contract documents. g. Remove and drain all fluids from one existing 100kW emergency generator and all associated appurtenances and return to the CITY. h. Provide and install new NEMA 3R Manual Transfer Switch 'ATS' with 400A receptacle (Total of 1) as specified on drawing. i. Provide and install new NEMA 3R generator termination cabinet with "quick connect" lugs and disconnect breaker as shown and specified. j. Provide and install new breaker in existing I -line for HSPS power. k. Replace existing PLC 5 with new PLC and HMI screen and appurtenances as shown or described, in existing cabinet, for monitoring and control of HSP and Chemical Systems. Coordinate with plant SCADA system for transfer of signals. Replace all control wiring between HSP motor controllers and PLC. Programming by others I. Installation of Surge Protection Devices for electrical, instrumentation and control equipment. m. Training for all systems. 1.3 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT A. Contracting Method: Work shall be constructed under one prime Electrical Contractor. Electrical Contractor shall, self perform over 60% percent of the total labor work using their own workforce. Electrical contractor shall supply all electrical equipment. As an option, he may elect to subcontract out the site /civil, structural, or instrumentation and controls portion of this contract. 1.4 WORK BY OTHERS A. Other construction contracts have been or will be awarded by CITY that are in close proximity to or border on the Work of this Contract. Work under these other contracts is briefly described as follows: 1. IPP Relocation Project Monitoring Point. 1.5 WORK BY CITY A. CITY will perform the following in connection with the Work: 1. Operate all existing valves, gates, pumps, equipment, and appurtenances that will affect CITY's operation, unless otherwise specified or indicated. 1.6 CITY- FURNISHED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. Items of equipment and materials to be furnished by CITY for installation by CONTRACTOR are: 1. None. 1.7 ASSIGNED PROCUREMENT CONTRACTS City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Summary of Work 01010 -2 A. Contracts for procurement of goods described in this paragraph will be assigned to CONTRACTOR as specified in the Agreement. 1. None. 1.8 SEQUENCE AND PROGRESS OF WORK A. Requirements for sequencing and coordinating with CITY's operations, including maintenance of plant operations during construction, and requirements shutdowns, are in Section 01143, Coordination with CITY's Operations. 1.9 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF SITE A. CONTRACTOR's use of the Site shall be confined to the areas defined in the pre -bid meeting. Within 10 days of Notice to Proceed, Contractor shall submit a markup of the site plan showing the proposed storage area. B. Move stored products that interfere with operations of CITY, other contractors, and others performing work for CITY. 1.10 EASEMENTS AND RIGHTS -OF -WAY A. Easements and rights -of -way will be provided by CITY in accordance with the General Conditions. Confine construction operations within CITY's property, public rights -of -way, easements obtained by CITY, and the limits shown. Use care in placing construction tools, equipment, excavated materials, and materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work to avoid damaging property and interfering with traffic. Do not enter private property outside the construction limits without permission from the owner of the property. 1.11 NOTICES TO CITY AND AUTHORITIES OF PROPERTIES ADJACENT TO THE WORK A. Notify owners of adjacent property and utilities when prosecution of the Work may affect their property, facilities, or use of property. B. When it is necessary to temporarily obstruct access to property, or when utility service connection will be interrupted, provide notices sufficiently in advance to enable affected persons to provide for their needs. Conform notices to Laws and Regulations and, whether delivered orally or in writing, include appropriate information concerning the interruption and instructions on how to limit inconvenience caused thereby. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Summary of Work 01010 -3 C. Notify utility owners and other concerned entities at least 10 full business days prior to cutting or closing streets or other traffic areas or excavating near Underground Facilities or exposed utilities. 1.12 SALVAGE OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. Existing equipment and materials removed and not shown or specified to be reused in the Work will become CONTRACTOR's property, unless otherwise stated. See exceptions above in Scope. B. Existing equipment and materials removed by CONTRACTOR shall not be reused in the Work, except where so specified or indicated. C. Carefully remove in manner to prevent damage all equipment and materials specified or indicated to be salvaged and reused or to remain property of CITY. Store and protect salvaged items specified or indicated to be used in the Work. Replace in kind or with new items equipment, materials, and components damaged in removal, storage, or handling through carelessness or improper procedures. D. CONTRACTOR may furnish and install new items, with CITY's's approval, instead of those specified or indicated to be salvaged and reused, in which case such removed items will become CITY'S property of first right of refusal. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HS PS Electrical Improvements 0992 -0222 14-0024-UT Summary of Work 01010 -4 SECTION 01040 - COORDINATION WITH OWNERS OPERATIONS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. This Section includes requirements for coordinating with CITY's operations during the Work, and includes requirements for tie -ins and shutdowns necessary to complete the Work without impact on CITY's operations except as allowed in this Section. 2. CONTRACTOR shall provide labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals shown, specified and required to coordinate with CITY's operations during the Work. B. Coordination: 1. Review installation procedures under other Specification sections and coordinate Work that must be performed with or before the Work specified in this Section. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 01010, Summary of Work. 2. Section 01724, Connections to Existing Facilities. D. Except for shutdowns specified in this Section, perform the Work such that CITY's facility remains in continuous satisfactory operation during the Project. Schedule and conduct the Work such that the Work does not: impede CITY's production or processes, create potential hazards to operating equipment and personnel, reduce the quality of the facility's products or effluent, or cause odors or other nuisances. E. Work not specifically covered in this Section or in referenced Sections may, in general, be completed at any time during regular working hours in accordance with the CITY Bid Documents and Special Conditions, subject to the requirements in this Section. F. CONTRACTOR has the option of providing additional temporary facilities that can eliminate or mitigate a constraint without additional cost to CITY, provided such additional temporary facilities: do not present hazards to the public, personnel, structures, and equipment; that such additional temporary facilities do not adversely affect CITY's ability to comply with Laws and Regulations, permits, and operating requirements; that such temporary facilities do not generate or foster the generation of odors and other nuisances; and that requirements of the Contract Documents are fulfilled. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Coor. with Owner's Operation 14-0024-UT 01040 -1 00992 -0222 G. Coordinate shutdowns with CITY. When possible, combine multiple tie -ins into a single shutdown to minimize impacts on CITY's operations and processes. H. Do not shut off or disconnect existing operating systems, unless accepted by CITY in writing. Operation of existing equipment will be by CITY unless otherwise specified or indicated. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Substitute Sequence Submittal: When deviation from specified sequence is proposed, provide submittal explaining in detail the proposed sequence change and its effects, including evidence that CITY's operations will not be adversely affected by proposed change. List benefits of proposed sequence change, including benefits to Progress Schedule. Submit in accordance with Section 01630, Substitution Procedures. B. Informational Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Shutdown Planning Submittal: a. For each shutdown, submit an inventory of labor and materials required to perform the shutdown and tie -in tasks, an estimate of time required to accomplish the complete shutdown including time for CITY to take down and start up existing equipment, systems, or conduits, and written description of steps required to complete the Work associated with the shutdown. b. Furnish submittal to CITY at least thirty days prior to proposed shutdown start date. Do not start shutdown until obtaining CITY's acceptance of shutdown planning submittal. 2. Shutdown Notification: After acceptance of shutdown planning submittal and prior to starting the shutdown, provide written notification to CITY of date and time each shutdown is to start. Provide notification at least 3 days in advance of each shutdown. 1.3 GENERAL CONSTRAINTS A. Specified in the Contract Documents are the sequence and shutdown durations, where applicable, for CITY'S equipment, systems, and conduits that are to be taken out of service temporarily for the Work. New equipment, materials, and systems may be used by CITY after the specified field quality controls and testing are successfully completed and the materials or equipment are Substantially Complete. B. The following constraints apply to coordination with CITY's operations: 1. Operational Access: CITY'S personnel shall have access to equipment and areas that remain in operation. 2. Temporary Partitions and Enclosures: CONTRACTOR shall provide temporary partitions and enclosures necessary to maintain dust -free, heated, and ventilated spaces in areas that are adjacent to the Work and City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Coor. with Owner's Operation 14-0024-UT 01040 -2 00992 -0222 that must be kept operational. Comply with Section 01510, Temporary Utilities. 3. Schedule and perform equipment and system start-ups for Tuesday through Thursday. Equipment and systems shall not be placed into operation on Monday, Friday, Saturday, and Sunday without prior approval of CITY. 4. Dead End Valves or Pipe: Provide blind flanges, watertight bulkheads, or valve at temporary and permanent terminuses of pipes and conduits. Blind flanges and bulkheads shall be suitable for the service and braced and blocked, as required, or otherwise restrained as directed by CITY. Temporary valves shall be suitable for their associated service. Where valve is provided at permanent terminus of pipe or conduit, also provide on downstream side of valve a blind flange with drain /flushing connection. 5. CITY will assist CONTRACTOR in dewatering process tanks, basins, conduits, and other work areas to be dewatered for shutdowns. Maintain clean and dry work area by pumping and properly disposing of fluid that accumulates in work areas. 6. Draining and Cleaning of Conduits, Tanks, and Basins: a. Unless otherwise specified, CONTRACTOR shall dewater process tanks, basins, conduits, and pipelines at beginning of each shutdown. Flush, wash down, and clean tanks, basins, pipelines, conduits, and other work areas. b. CONTRACTOR shall remove liquids and solids and dispose of them at appropriate location at the Site as directed by CITY. Unless otherwise specified or indicated, contents of pipes, tanks, basins, and conduits undergoing modifications shall be transferred to existing process tanks or conduits at the Site with capacity sufficient to accept such discharges, using hoses, piping, pumps, or other means provided by CONTRACTOR. Discharge of fluids across floors is not allowed. c. If drainage point is not available on the piping or conduit to be drained, provide a wet tap using tapping saddle and valve or other method approved by ENGINEER. Uncontrolled spillage of contents of pipes or conduits is not allowed. d. Spillage shall be brought to ENGINEER's attention immediately, both verbally and in writing, and reported in accordance with Laws and Regulations. CONTRACTOR shall wash down spillage to floor drains or sumps and flush the system to prevent clogging and odors. If spillage is not suitable for discharge to the drainage system, such as chemical spills, as determined by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall remove spillage by other method, such as vactor truck, acceptable to ENGINEER. 7. Regular plant deliveries of chemicals /etc. shall not be postponed due to road closure. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Coor. with Owner's Operation 14-0024 -UT 01040 -3 00992 -0222 1.4 SEQUENCE OF WORK A. Perform the Work in the specified sequence. Certain phases or stages of the Work may require working 24 -hour days or work during hours outside of regular working hours. Work may be accelerated from a later stage to an earlier stage if CITY's operations are not adversely affected by proposed sequence change, with CITY's acceptance. Stages specified in this Article 1.4 are sequence - dependent. B. Sequence: 1. Install temporary HSPS fuel tank and test HSPS generator (shutdown required for test) 2. Remove existing fuel tank and fuel piping 3. Install ductbank between HSPS and main electrical room 4. Install new HSPS breaker in main switchboard (shutdown may be required) 5. Intercept existing HSPS wiring and connect temporarily to main electrical gear. (HSP shutdown required) 6. Remove existing HSPS, utility service, disconnects, generator and appurtenances. 7. Install new manual ATS and connect to HSPS feeder. (HSPS shutdown required) 8. Install main generator terminal cabinet connect to main ATS (shutdown required) 1.5 SHUTDOWNS A. General: 1. Terminology: A "shutdown" is when a portion of the normal operation of CITY's facility, whether equipment, systems, piping, roadway or conduit, has to be temporarily suspended or taken out of service to perform the Work. 2. Work that may interrupt normal operations shall be accomplished at times convenient to CITY. The High Service Pump System (HSPS) must be kept running or other arrangements for temporary power or supplemental distribution system pumping must be performed. The RO plant can withstand short power outages at certain times. Ground Storage Tanks (GST) must be kept at nominal levels. 3. Furnish at the Site, in close proximity to the shutdown work areas, tools, equipment, spare parts and materials, both temporary and permanent, necessary to successfully complete the shutdown. Complete to the extent possible, prefabrication of piping and other assemblies prior to the associated shutdown. Demonstrate to ENGINEER's satisfaction that CONTRACTOR has complied with these requirements before commencing the shutdown. 4. If CONTRACTOR's operations cause an unscheduled interruption of CITY's operations, immediately re- establish satisfactory operation for CITY. 5. Unscheduled shutdowns or interruptions of continued safe and satisfactory operation of CITY's facilities that result in fines or penalties by authorities City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Coor. with Owner's Operation 14-0024 -UT 01040 -4 00992 -0222 having jurisdiction shall be paid solely by CONTRACTOR if, in ENGINEER's opinion, CONTRACTOR did not conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, or was negligent in the Work, or did not exercise proper precautions in conducting the Work. 6. Shutdowns shall be in accordance with Table 01143 -A of this Section. 7. For temporary, short-term shutdowns of smaller piping, conduits, equipment, and systems, coordinate requirements for such shutdowns with ENGINEER and CITY. B. Shutdowns of Electrical Systems: Comply with Laws and Regulations, including the National Electric Code. CONTRACTOR shall lock out and tag circuit breakers and switches operated by CITY and shall verify that affected cables and wires are de- energized to ground potential before shutdown Work is started. Upon completion of shutdown Work, remove the locks and tags and notify ENGINEER that facilities are available for use. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. In addition to requirements of this Section, conform to requirements of Section 01723, Cutting and Patching, and Section 01724, Connections to Existing Facilities. 3.2 SCHEDULES A. The schedules listed below, following the "End of Section" designation, are part of this Specification section: 1. Table 01143 -A, Schedule of Shutdowns. At a minimum these are some of the more major power interruptions, others still may be needed. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Coor. with Owner's Operation 01040 -5 TABLE 01040 -A SCHEDULE OF SHUTDOWNS RO WTP #1 Shut- down No. Area Equipment Constraints Maximum Duration 1 Install temporary HSPS fuel tank and test HSPS generator (shutdown required for test of generator) HSPS Generator If there is a power Toss system pressure will need to be supplemented by other treatment plants 1 hr 2 Install new HSPS breaker in main switchboard Main circuit Breaker & ATS This shutdown depends on constraint within switchboard 20min — 1 hr 3 Install new manual ATS and connect to HSPS feeder. HSPS MCC System pressure will need to be supplemented by other treatment plants 2hrs 4 Connect main generator terminal cabinet connect to main ATS Entire Plant except HSPS HSPS can be powered using new manual transfer switch and portable generator. GST's should be topped off prior to commencement of this operation 2-4hrs 5 Possible isolated systems Entire Plant Multiple short shutdowns systems 20min - 1 hr City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Coor. with Owner's Operation 14- 0024-UT 01040 -6 00992 -0222 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Coor. with Owner's Operation 14- 0024-UT 01040 -7 00992 -0222 SECTION 01045 - CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall perform cutting and coring, and rough and finish patching of holes and openings in existing construction. 2. Provide cutting, coring, fitting and patching, including attendant excavation and fill, required to complete the Work, and to: a. uncover existing ductbanks or utilities in the areas of generator platform, relocated bulk fuel tanks, new manholes and new ductbanks. b. remove samples of installed Work as specified or required for testing; c. remove construction required to perform required alterations or additions to existing work; d. uncover the Work for CITY's observation of covered Work or observation by authorities having jurisdiction; e. connect to completed Work not performed in proper sequence; f. remove or relocate existing utilities and pipes that obstruct the Work in locations where connections must be made; g. make connections or alterations to existing or new facilities. h. remove and replace defective Work 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Cutting and Patching Request: a. Submit written request to CITY, well in advance of executing cutting or alteration that affects one or more of the following: 1) Design function or intent of Project. 2) Work of CITY or other contractors. 3) Structural value or integrity of an element of the Project. 4) Integrity or effectiveness of weather - exposed or moisture - resistant elements or systems. 5) Efficiency, operational life, maintenance, or safety of operational elements. 6) Visual qualities of sight- exposed elements. b. Request shall include: 1) Identification of Project and contract name and number. 2) Description of affected Work of CONTRACTOR and work of others (if any). 3) Necessity for cutting. 4) Effect on work of CITY, other contractors (if any), and on structural or weatherproof integrity of Project. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical improvements 14-0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Cutting and Patching 01045 -1 1 5) Description of proposed Work, describing: sc ope of cutting and patching; trades who will be executing the Work; products proposed to be used; extent of refinishing; schedule of operations; alternatives to cutting and patching, if any. 6) Designation of entity responsible for cost of cutting and patching, when applicable. 7) Written permission of other contractors (if any) whose work will be affected. 2. Recommendation Regarding Cutting and Patching: a. Should conditions of work, or schedule, indicate a change of materials or methods, submit written recommendation to CITY including: 1) Conditions indicating change. 1 2) Recommendations for alternative materials or methods. 3) Items required with substitution request, in accordance with the substitution request requirements of the Contract Documents. 3. Product Data: a. Submit manufacturer's product data for the protective compound to be applied to core - drilled surfaces and cut concrete surfaces. B. Informational Submittals: Submit the following: 1 1. Submit written indication designating the day and time that the construction associated with cutting and patching will be uncovered, to provide for 1 observation. Do not begin cutting or patching operations until submittal is accepted by CITY. 2. X -ray Investigations: a. Proposed method of investigation. Submit and obtain CITY's acceptance prior to performing X -ray inspections. b. Report of X -ray evaluation of slabs, floors, and walls to be cut or core- drilled. C. Comply with submittal requirements in the Division 02 through Division 16 Specifications for patching materials. 1 PART 2 — PRODUCTS 1 2.1 MATERIALS A. Materials - General: 1 1. Use materials in conformance with the Contract Documents. 1 2. If not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, use materials and products that are identical to existing materials and products affected by cutting and patching Work. 3. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to fullest extent possible. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials whose installed performance will equal or surpass that of existing materials. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Cutting and Patching 14-0024-UT 01045 -2 00992 -0222 4. Replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during cutting and patching operations, using materials that do not void required or existing warranties. B. Compound Applied to Core - Drilled Surfaces and Cut Concrete Surfaces: 1. After core - drilling and before installing the utility or equipment through the penetration, coat exposed concrete and steel with solvent -free, two - component, epoxy protective coating. 2. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. Sikagard 62, by Sika Corporation. b. Or equal. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Perform cutting and coring in such manner that limits extent of patching. B. Structural Elements: Do not cut or patch structural elements in manner that would change structural element's load- carrying capacity as load deflection ratio. C. Operating Elements: Do not cut or patch operating elements in manner that would reduce their capacity to perform as intended. Do not cut or patch operating elements or related components in manner that would increase maintenance requirements or decrease operational life or safety. D. Replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during cutting and patching operations, using methods that do not void required or existing warranties. 3.2 INSPECTION A. Examine surfaces to be cut or patched and conditions under which cutting or patching are to be performed before starting cutting or patching work. B. Report unsatisfactory or questionable conditions to CITY in writing. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. C. Non - Destructive Investigation: 1. In advance of cutting or coring through existing slabs or walls, use X -ray or other non - destructive methods accepted by CITY to determine location of reinforcing steel, electrical conduits, and other items embedded in slabs or walls. 2. Submit to CITY written report of findings of evaluation. 3. Perform X -ray investigation and submit results to CITY sufficiently in advance of cutting work to allow time to identify and implement alternatives if changes to the Work are necessary because of conduit or other features in floor or wall. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Cutting and Patching 01045 -3 3.3 PREPARATION A. Provide temporary support required to maintain structural integrity of Project, to protect adjacent Work from damage during cutting, and to support the element(s) to be cut. B. Protection of Existing Construction During Cutting and Patching: 1. Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of the Project that will be exposed during cutting and patching operations. 2. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. 3. Do not cut existing pipe, conduit, ductwork, or other utilities serving facilities scheduled to be removed or relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them. 3.4 CORING A. Core -drill holes to be cut through concrete and masonry walls, slabs, or arches, unless otherwise accepted by CITY in writing. B. Coring: 1. Perform coring with non - impact rotary tool using diamond core - drills. Size holes for pipe, conduit, sleeves, equipment or mechanical seals, as required, to be installed through the penetration. 2. Do not core -drill through electrical conduit or other utility lines embedded in walls or slabs without approval of CITY. To extent possible, avoid cutting reinforcing steel in slabs and walls. C. Protection: 1. Protect existing equipment, utilities, and adjacent areas from water and other damage covered by core - drilling operations. 2. After core - drilling and before installing the utility or equipment through the penetration, coat exposed concrete and steel with protective coating material indicated in Paragraph 2.1.B of this Section. Apply protective coating in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Cleaning: 1. Vacuum or otherwise remove slurry and tailings from the work area following core - drilling. 3.5 CUTTING A. Cutting — General: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Cutting and Patching 01045 -4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1. Cut existing construction using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction, and that provide proper surfaces to receive installation or repair. 2. In general, use hand or small power tools suitable for sawing or grinding. Avoid using hammering and chopping when possible. 3. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to the size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. 4. Provide adequate bracing of area to be cut prior to start of cutting. 5. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from exposed or finished side into concealed side. 6. Provide equipment of adequate size to remove cut panel. 7. Provide temporary covering over cut openings where not in use. B. Cutting — Concrete and Masonry: 1. Cut through concrete and masonry using concrete wall saw with diamond saw blades. 2. On both the element being cut, provide for control of slurry generated during sawing. 3. After cutting concrete and before installing subsequent construction on or through the opening, coat exposed concrete and steel with protective coating material indicated in Paragraph 2.1.B of this Section. Apply protective coating in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.6 PATCHING A. Patching — General: 1. Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing -up, and similar operations following performance of other Work. 2. Patch with durable seams that are as inconspicuous as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements indicated in the Contract Documents. 3. Patch to provide airtight connections to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. 4. Where feasible, test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of installation. B. Restoration: 1. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in manner that eliminates evidence of patching and refinishing. 2. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection. 3. For an assembly, refinish the entire unit that was patched. 4. Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even - plane surface of uniform appearance. 3.7 CLEANING City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Cutting and Patching 01045 -5 A. Cleaning and Restoration: 1. Clean areas and spaces where cutting, coring, or patching were performed. 2. Clean piping, conduit, and similar constructions before applying paint or other finishing materials. 3. Restore damaged coverings of pipe and other utilities to original condition. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024-UT 00992 -0222 Cutting and Patching 01045 -6 SECTION 01291 - SCHEDULE OF VALUES PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Submit to CITY for acceptance a Schedule of Values that allocates cost to each item of the Work. Schedule of Value list of line items shall correspond to each aspect of the Work, establishing in detail the portion of the Contract Price allocated to each major component of the Work. B. Upon request of CITY, support values with data that substantiate their correctness. C. Submit preliminary Schedule of Values to CITY for initial review. CONTRACTOR shall incorporate CITY's comments into the Schedule of Values and resubmit to CITY. CITY may require corrections and re- submittals until Schedule of Values is acceptable. D. Schedule of Values and the Progress Schedule updates specified in Section 01322, Progress Schedule, shall be basis for preparing each Application for Payment. Schedule of Values may be used as a basis for negotiating price of changes, if any, in the Work. E. Include in Schedule of Values unit price payment items with their associated quantity. Provide in the Schedule of Values detailed breakdown of unit prices when required by CITY. F. Requirements for preliminary Schedule of Values and Schedule of Values are: 1. Schedule of Values shall show division of Work between CONTRACTOR and Subcontractors. Line items for Work to be done by Subcontractor shall include the word, "(SUBCONTRACTED) ". 2. Schedule of Values shall include breakdown of costs for materials and equipment, installation, and other costs used in preparing the Bid by CONTRACTOR and each Subcontractor. List purchase and delivery costs for materials and equipment for which CONTRACTOR may apply for payment as stored materials. 3. Include separate amounts for each Specification Section in the Contract Documents by structure, building, and work area. 4. Identify each line item with number corresponding to the associated Specification Section number. List sub -items of major products or systems, as appropriate or when requested by CITY. 5. Sum of individual values shown on the Schedule of Values shall equal the total of associated payment item. Sum of payment item totals in the Schedule of Values shall equal the Contract Price. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Schedule of Values 01291 -1 6. Include in each line item a directly proportional amount of CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit. Do not include overhead and profit as separate item(s). 7. Include separate line item for each allowance, and for each unit price item 8. Include line item for bonds and insurance in amount not exceeding 2.0 percent of the Contract Price. This may be applied for in the first Application for Payment. 9. Include items for the General Conditions, permits (when applicable), construction Progress Schedule, and other items required by CITY. Include such items in Applications for Payment on schedule accepted by CITY 10. Line items for Site maintenance such as dust control, snow removal, compliance with storm water pollution prevention plans and permits, spill prevention control and countermeasures plans, and for construction photographic documentation; temporary utilities and temporary facilities, field offices, temporary controls, field engineering, and similar Work shall be included in the Schedule of Values and proportioned in Applications for Payment throughout duration of the Work. 11. Include separate line items under each appropriate payment item for mobilization and demobilization. Document for CITY the activities included in mobilization and demobilization line items. a. Mobilization will be limited to 2 percent of the Contract Price, and will be paid in 2 payments, with each payment being 50% of the total mobilization cost. b. Demobilization shall be at least 2 percent of the Contract Price and shall be included with the Application for Payment following Substantial Completion, or other schedule accepted by CITY. 12. Costs for submittals, operations and maintenance manuals, field testing, and training of operations and maintenance personnel shall be as follows, unless otherwise accepted by CITY: a. Up to eight percent of cost (including overhead and profit) of each equipment item, exclusive of transportation and installation costs associated with that item, may be allocated to preparation of submittals and may be included in the Application for Payment following CITY's approval of Shop Drawings (and acceptance of other submittals, as applicable) required for fabricating or purchasing for that item for the Work. b. Up to three percent of total cost of each item (including overhead and profit), including materials and equipment, and installation, may be apportioned to testing and included in the Application for Payment following CITY's acceptance of the associated written Site testing report(s). c. Up to a total of four percent of equipment cost (including overhead and profit), exclusive of transportation and installation costs, may be apportioned to operations and maintenance manuals and training of operations and maintenance personnel, which may be included in the Application for Payment following completion of training for that item. 13. Schedule of Values shall include an itemized list of Work by work area, as applicable, for Work included in Section 01143, Coordination with Owner's Operations. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Schedule of Values 01291 -2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 14. Submit Schedule of Values on 8.5 -inch by 11 -inch white paper. 15. Coordinate Schedule of Values with resource loading of the Progress Schedule, in accordance with Section 01322, Progress Schedule. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Submit to CITY 5 copies of Schedule of Values. 2. Content of Schedule of Values submittals shall conform to Article 1.1 of this Section. 3. Time Frames for Submittals: a. Submit preliminary Schedule of Values within ten days of date that the Contract Times commence running in accordance with the Notice to Proceed. b. Submittal of the Schedule of Values shall be in accordance with the General Conditions. CITY will not accept Applications for Payment without an acceptable Schedule of Values. c. When required by CITY, promptly submit updated Schedule of Values to include cost breakdowns for changes in the Contract Price. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Schedule of Values 01291 -3 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Schedule of Values 01291 -4 SECTION 01297 PROGRESS PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 PROGRESS PAYMENTS A. General. 1. CONTRACTOR's requests for payment shall be in accordance with the Agreement, General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions, and the Specifications. 2. Applications for Payment shall be in the form provided by the CITY. B. Procedure: 1. Submit to CITY four originals of each complete Application for Payment and other documents to accompany the Application for Payment. 2. CITY will act on request for payment in accordance with the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. C. Each request for progress payment shall include: 1. Completed Application for Payment form, including summary/signature page, progress estimate sheets, and stored materials summary. Progress estimate sheets shall have the same level of detail as the Schedule of Values. 2. For materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but suitably stored, submit documentation in accordance with the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. Legibly indicate on invoice or bill of sale the specific materials or equipment included in the payment request and corresponding bid /payment item number for each. 3. For payment requests that include payment for Work under an allowance, submit documentation acceptable to CITY of the authorization of allowance Work. 4. For payment requests (other than request for final payment) that include reduction or payment of retainage in an amount greater than that required in the Contract Documents, submit on form acceptable to CITY consent of surety to partial release or reduction of retainage. D. Requirements for request for final payment are in the General Conditions, as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions, and Section 01772, Closeout Requirements. E. The allowance indicated for permit, licenses and fees Allowance in Bid Form and Schedule of Values is to pay for all permits, licenses and other fees required of the CONTRACTOR from the various agencies having jurisdiction for construction of the project. The allowance shown on the Schedule of Bid Prices is an estimate of fees required. Payment will be based on the actual permit, license or City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Progress Payment Procedures 14-0024-UT 01297 -1 00992 -0222 fee paid directly to agency, documented by paid receipts, specifically excluding any labor, mark -up, overhead and profit, administration and other costs involved in obtaining permits or licenses or paying fees. Fees specifically excluded from this allowance include but are not limited to reinspection fees and expired permit fees. The CITY reserves the right to award any, all, or none of the money associated with this allowance. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Progress Payment Procedures 14-0024-UT 01297 -2 00992 -0222 SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide submittals in accordance with the General Conditions as modified by the Supplementary Conditions, and this Section. 2. Provide submittals well in advance of need for the material or equipment, or procedure (as applicable), in the Work and with ample time required for delivery of material or equipment and to implement procedures following CITY's approval or acceptance of the associated submittal. Work covered by a submittal will not be included in progress payments until approval or acceptance of related submittals has been obtained in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3. CONTRACTOR is responsible for dimensions to be confirmed and corrected at the Site, for information pertaining solely to the fabrication processes and to techniques of construction, and for coordinating the work of all trades. CONTRACTOR's signature of submittal's stamp and letter of transmittal shall be CONTRACTOR's representation that CONTRACTOR has met his obligations under the Contract Documents relative to that submittal. 4. CONTRACTOR shall group Shop Drawing submittals such that the Engineer's agreed maximum number of first time Shop Drawin submittals of twenty five (25) is not exceeded. If exceeded, per the General Conditions, subsequent Shop Drawing submittals will be backcharged to CONGTRACTOR at the rate of three (3.0) times direct technical labor rate cost by deducting such costs from payments due CONTRACTOR for Work completed. 5. CONTRACTOR shall group RFIs submittals such that the Engineer's agreed maximum number of first time RFIs submittals of ten (10) is not exceeded. If exceeded, per the General Conditions, subsequent RFI submittals will be backcharged to CONGTRACTOR at the rate of three (3.0) times direct technical labor rate cost by deducting such costs from payments due CONTRACTOR for Work completed. B. Samples: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Submittal Procedures 01300 -1 1. Conform submittal of Samples to the General Conditions as modified by the Supplementary Conditions, this Section, and the Specification Section in which the Sample is specified. 2. Furnish at the same time Samples and submittals that are related to the same unit of Work or Specification Section. CITY will not review submittals without associated Samples, and will not review Samples without associated submittals. 3. Samples shall clearly illustrate functional characteristics of product, all related parts and attachments, and full range of color, texture, pattern, and material. 1.2 TYPES OF SUBMITTALS A. Submittal types are classified as follows: 1) Action Submittals, 2) Informational Submittals, 3) Closeout Submittals, and 4) Maintenance Material submittals. Type of each required submittal is designated in the respective Specification Sections; when type of submittal is not specified in the associated Specification Section, submittal will be classified as follows: 1 Action Submittals include: a. Shop Drawings. b. Product data. c. Delegated design submittals, which include documents prepared, sealed, and signed by a design professional retained by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, or Supplier for materials and equipment to be incorporated into the completed Work. Delegated design submittals do not include submittals related to temporary construction unless specified otherwise in the related Specification Section. Delegated design submittals include: design drawings, design data including calculations, specifications, certifications, and other submittals prepared by such design professional. d. Samples. e. Testing plans, procedures, and testing limitations. 2. Informational Submittals include: a. Certificates. b. Design data not sealed and signed by a design professional retained by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, or Supplier. c. Pre - construction test and evaluation reports, such as reports on pilot testing, subsurface investigations, potential Hazardous Environmental Condition, and similar reports. d. Supplier instructions, including installation data, and instructions for handling, starting -up, and troubleshooting. e. Source quality control submittals (other than testing plans, procedures, and testing limitations), including results of shop City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Submittal Procedures 01300 -2 testing. f. Field or Site quality control submittals (other than testing plans, procedures, and testing limitations), including results of operating and acceptability tests at the Site. g. Supplier reports. h. Sustainable design submittals (other than sustainable design closeout documentation). i. Special procedure submittals, including health and safety plans and other procedural submittals. j. Qualifications statements. 3. Closeout Submittals include: a. Maintenance contracts. b. Operations and maintenance data. c. Bonds, such as maintenance bonds and bonds for a specific product or system. d. Warranty documentation. e. Record documentation. f. Sustainable design closeout documentation. g. Software. 4. Maintenance Material Submittals include: a. Spare parts. b. Extra stock materials. c. Tools. 5. When type of submittal is not specified and is not included in the list above, CITY will determine the type of submittal. B. Not Included in this Section: Administrative and procedural requirements for following are covered elsewhere in the Contract Documents: 1. Requests for interpretations of the Contract Documents. 2. Change Orders, Work Change Directives, and Field Orders. 3. Applications for Payment 4. Progress Schedules. 5. Photographic documentation. 6. Reports and documentation required in accordance with applicable permits 7. Site survey data. 1.3 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED IN THIS SECTION A. Informational Submittals: Provide the following: 1. Schedule of Submittals: a. Timing: 1) Provide submittal within time frames specified in the Contract Documents. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Submittal Procedures 01300 -3 2) Provide updated Schedule of Submittals with each submittal of the updated Progress Schedule. b. Content: In accordance with the General Conditions as modified by the Special Conditions, and this Section. Requirements for content of preliminary Schedule of Submittals and subsequent submittals of the Schedule of Submittals are identical. Identify on Schedule of Submittals all submittals required in the Contract Documents. Updates of Schedule of Submittals shall show scheduled dates and actual dates for completed tasks. Indicate submittals that are on the Project's critical path. Indicate the following for each submittal: 1) Date by which submittal will be provided to CITY. 2) Whether submittal will be for a substitution or "equal ". Procedures for substitutions and "or equals" are specified in the General Conditions and the Division 01 Specifications 3) Date by which CITY's response is required. At least 14 days shall be allowed from CITY's receipt of each submittal. Allow increased time for large or complex submittals. 4) For submittals for materials or equipment, date by which material or equipment must be at the Site to avoid delaying the Work and to avoid delaying the work of other contractors. c. Prepare Schedule of Submittals using same software, and in same format, specified for Progress Schedules. d. Coordinate Schedule of Submittals with the Progress Schedule. e. Schedule of Submittals that is not compatible with the Progress Schedule, or that does not indicate submittals on the Project's critical path, or that that places extraordinary demands on CITY for time and resources, is unacceptable. Do not include submittals not required by the Contract Documents. f. In preparing Schedule of Submittals: 1) Considering the nature and complexity of each submittal, allow sufficient time for review and revision. 2) Reasonable time shall be allowed for: CITY's review and processing of submittals, for submittals to be revised and resubmitted, and for returning submittals to CONTRACTOR. 3) Identify and accordingly schedule submittals that are expected to have long anticipated review times. 1.4 PROCEDURE FOR SUBMITTALS A. Submittal Identification System: Use the following submittal identification system, consisting of submittal number and review cycle number. 1. Submittal Number: Shall be separate and unique number correlating to each individual submittal required. CONTRACTOR shall assign submittal number as follows: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Submittal Procedures 01300 -4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 a. First part of submittal number shall be the applicable Specification Section number, followed by a hyphen. b. Second part of submittal number shall be a three -digit number (sequentially numbered from 001 through 999) assigned to each separate and unique submittal provided under the associated Specification Section. c. Typical submittal number for the third submittal provided for Section 15061, Ductile Iron Process Pipe, would be "15061- 003" 2. Review Cycle Number: Shall be a letter designation indicating the initial submittal or re- submittal associated with each submittal number: a. "A" = Initial (first) submittal. b. "B" = Second submittal (e.g., first re- submittal). c. "C" = Third submittal (e.g., second re- submittal). 3. Examples: Example Description Submittal Identification Submittal No. Review Cycle Initial (first) review cycle of the third submittal provided under Section 15061, Ductile Iron Process Pipe 15061 -003- A Second review cycle (first re- submittal) of third submittal provided under Section 15061, Ductile Iron Process Pipe 15061 -003- B B. Letter of Transmittal for Submittals: 1. Provide separate letter of transmittal with each submittal. Each submittal shall be for one Specification Section. 2. At beginning of each letter of transmittal, provide a reference heading indicating: CONTRACTOR's name, CITY's name, Project name, Contract name and number, transmittal number, and submittal number. 3. For submittals with proposed deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents, letter of transmittal shall specifically describe each proposed variation. C. Contractor's Review and Stamp: 1. Contractor's Review: Before transmitting submittals to CITY, review submittals to: a. assure proper coordination of the Work; b. determine that each submittal is in accordance with CONTRACTOR's desires; City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Submittal Procedures 01300 -5 c. verify that submittal contains sufficient information for CITY to determine compliance with the Contract Documents. 2. Incomplete or inadequate submittals will be returned without review. 3. Contractor's Stamp and Signature: a. Each submittal provided shall bear CONTRACTOR's stamp of approval and signature, as evidence that submittal has been reviewed by CONTRACTOR and verified as complete and in accordance with the Contract Documents. b. Submittals without CONTRACTOR's stamp and signature will be returned without review. Signatures that appear to be computer - generated will be regarded as unsigned and the associated submittal will be returned without review. c. CONTRACTOR's stamp shall contain the following: "Project Name: Contractor's Name: Date: Reference Item /Submittal Title: Specifications: Section: Page No.: Paragraph No.: Drawing No.: of Location of Work: Submittal No. and Review Cycle: Coordinated by Contractor with Submittal Nos.: I hereby certify that the Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents relative to Contractor's review and approval of this submittal. Approved By (for Contractor): D. Submittal Marking and Organization: 1. Mark on each page of submittal and each individual component submitted with submittal number and applicable Specification paragraph. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Submittal Procedures 01300 -6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2. Arrange submittal information in same order as requirements are written in the associated Specification Section. 3. Each Shop Drawing sheet shall have title block with complete identifying information satisfactory to CITY. 4. Package together submittals for the same Specification Section. Do not provide required information piecemeal. E. Format of Submittal and Recipients: 1. Action Submittals and Informational Submittals: Furnish in accordance with Table 01330 -A, except that submittals of Samples shall be as specified elsewhere in this Section: TABLE 01300 -A: SUBMITTAL CONTACTS AND REQUIRED COPIES Submittals shall be electronic format as agreed to with the CITY prior to Notice to Proceed. 2. Samples: a. Securely label or tag Samples with submittal identification number. Label or tag shall include clear space at least three inches by three inches in size for affixing CITY's review stamp. Label or tag shall not cover, conceal, or alter appearance or features of Sample. Label or tag shall not be separated from the Sample. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Submittal Procedures 01300 -7 Address for Deliveries Contact Person E -mail Address No. of Hard - copies Remarks a City: 100 South Myrtle Ave, #200 Clearwater , FL 33758 Jeff Walker ieff.walker@mvclearwater.com One b Resident Project Rep At the Site. Greg Thurman Greq.thurman@mvclearwater.co One m c Project Engineer Aubrey Haudricourt ahaudricourta.mckimcreed.com One See Notes Notes: Contractor shall provide one hard copy of approved major equipment submittals. All other general material submittals (pipe, conduit, wire, etc.) shall be electronic only. Submittals shall be electronic format as agreed to with the CITY prior to Notice to Proceed. 2. Samples: a. Securely label or tag Samples with submittal identification number. Label or tag shall include clear space at least three inches by three inches in size for affixing CITY's review stamp. Label or tag shall not cover, conceal, or alter appearance or features of Sample. Label or tag shall not be separated from the Sample. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Submittal Procedures 01300 -7 b. Submit number of Samples required in Specifications. If number of Samples is not specified in the associated Specification Section, provide at least three identical Samples of each item required for CITY's approval. Samples will not be returned to CONTRACTOR. If CONTRACTOR requires Sample(s) for CONTRACTOR's use, notify CITY in writing and provide additional Sample(s). CONTRACTOR is responsible for furnishing, shipping, and transporting additional Samples. c Deliver one Sample to CITY's office at the Site. Deliver balance of Samples to CITY at address listed in Table 01330 -A, unless otherwise directed by CITY. 3. Closeout Submittals: a. Provide the following Closeout Submittals in accordance with Table 01300 -A: maintenance contracts; bonds for specific products or systems; warranty documentation; and sustainable design closeout documentation. On documents such as maintenance contracts and bonds, include on each document furnished original signature of entity issuing the document. b. Operations and Maintenance Data: Submit in accordance with Section 01781, Operations and Maintenance Data. c. Record Documentation: Submit in accordance with Section 01782, Record Documents. d. Software: Submit number of copies required in Specification Section where the software is specified. If number of copies is not specified, provide two copies on compact disc in addition to software loaded on to CITY's computer(s) or microprocessor(s). 4. Maintenance Material Submittals: For spare parts, extra stock materials, and tools, submit quantity of items specified in associated Specification Section. Furnish in accordance with Section 01783, Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials. F. Distribution: 1. Distribution of Hardcopies: CITY will distribute each reviewed submittal requiring CITY's written response as follows: a. CONTRACTOR: Five copies (except closeout submittals and maintenance material submittals). b. CITY: Two copies. c. Resident Project Representative: One copy (except closeout submittals and maintenance material submittals). G. Resubmittals: CONTRACTOR shall make corrections required by CITY and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings, and submit, as required, new samples for review and approval. CONTRACTOR shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by the CITY on previous submittals. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024-UT 00992 -0222 Submittal Procedures 01300 -8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.5 CITY'S REVIEW A. Timing: CITY's review will conform to timing accepted by CITY in the accepted Schedule of Submittals. B. Submittals not required in the Contract Documents will not be reviewed by CITY and will not be recorded in CITY's submittal log. All hardcopies of such submittals will be returned to CONTRACTOR. C. Action Submittals, Results of CITY's Review: Each submittal will be given one of the following dispositions: 1. Approved: Upon return of submittal marked "Approved ", order, ship, or fabricate materials and equipment included in the submittal (pending CITY's approval or acceptance, as applicable, of source quality control submittals) or otherwise proceed with the Work in accordance with the submittal and the Contract Documents. 2. Approved as Corrected: Upon return of submittal marked "Approved as Corrected ", order, ship, or fabricate materials and equipment included in the submittal (pending CITY's approval or acceptance, as applicable, of source quality control submittals) or otherwise proceed with the Work in accordance with the submittal and the Contract Documents, provided it is in accordance with corrections indicated. 3. Approved as Corrected — Resubmit: Upon return of submittal marked "Approved as Corrected — Resubmit ", order, ship, or fabricate materials and equipment included in the submittal (pending CITY's approval or acceptance, as applicable, of source quality control submittals) or otherwise proceed with the Work in accordance with the submittal and the Contract Documents, provided it is in accordance with corrections indicated. Provide to CITY record re- submittal with all corrections made. Receipt of corrected re- submittal is required before materials or equipment covered in the submittal will be eligible for payment. 4. Revise and Resubmit: Upon return of submittal marked "Revise and Resubmit ", make the corrections indicated and re- submit to CITY for approval. 5. Not Approved: This disposition indicates material or equipment that cannot be approved. Upon return of submittal marked "Not Approved ", repeat initial submittal procedure utilizing approvable material or equipment. D. Informational Submittals, Results of CITY's Review: 1. Each submittal will be given one of the following dispositions: a. Accepted: Information included in submittal conforms to the applicable requirements of the Contract Documents, and is acceptable. No further action by CONTRACTOR is required City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Submittal Procedures 01300 -9 relative to this submittal, and the Work covered by the submittal may proceed, and products with submittals with this disposition may be shipped or operated, as applicable. b. Not Accepted: Submittal does not conform to applicable requirements of the Contract Documents and is not acceptable. Revise submittal and re- submit to indicate acceptability and conformance with the Contract Documents. 2. The following types of Informational Submittals, when acceptable to CITY, will not receive a written response from CITY. Disposition as "accepted" will be recorded in CITY's submittal log. When submittals of the following are not acceptable, CITY will provide written response to CONTRACTOR a. Material safety data sheets (MSDS). b. Compaction testing reports. c. Concrete testing reports. d. Manufacturer's instructions. E. Closeout Submittals, Results of CITY's Review: Dispositions and meanings are the same as specified for Informational Submittals. When acceptable, Closeout Submittals will not receive a written response from CITY. Disposition as "accepted" will be recorded in CITY's submittal log. When Closeout Submittal is not acceptable, CITY will provide written response to CONTRACTOR. F. Maintenance Material Submittals, Results of CITY's Review: Dispositions and meanings are the same as specified for Informational Submittals. When acceptable, Maintenance Material Submittals will not receive a written response from CITY. Disposition as "accepted" will be recorded in CITY's submittal log. When Maintenance Material Submittal is not acceptable, CITY will provide written response to CONTRACTOR, and CONTRACTOR is responsible for costs associated with transporting and handling of maintenance materials until compliance with the Contract Documents is achieved. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater ISO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Submittal Procedures 01300 -10 SECTION 01301 - PRE - CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. A pre- construction conference will be held for the Project. 2. CONTRACTOR shall attend the conference prepared to discuss all items on the agenda. 3. CITY will distribute an agenda, preside at conference, and prepare and distribute minutes to all conference participants and others as requested. B. Purpose of conference is to designate responsible personnel, establish working relationships, discuss preliminary schedules submitted by CONTRACTOR, and review administrative and procedural requirements for the Project. Matters requiring coordination will be discussed and procedures for handling such matters will be established. C. Date, Time and Location: Conference will be held after execution of the Contract and before Work starts at the Site. CITY will establish the date, time, and location of conference and notify the interested and involved parties. D. Prior to the conference, submit the following preliminary schedules in accordance with the General Conditions: 1. Progress Schedule. 2. Schedule of Submittals. 3. Schedule of Values. E. CONTRACTOR shall provide information required and contribute appropriate items for discussion. CONTRACTOR shall bring to the conference the following, with sufficient number of copies for each attendee: 1. Preliminary Progress Schedule, as submitted to CITY. 2. Preliminary Schedule of Submittals, as submitted to CITY. 3. Preliminary Schedule of Values, as submitted to CITY. 4. List of emergency contacts for CONTRACTOR and all subcontractors. Emergency contacts shall be reachable 24 -hours per day, 7 days per week. 1.2 REQUIRED ATTENDANCE A. Representative of each entity attending the conference shall be authorized to act on that entity's behalf. B. Contractor Attendance: Conference shall be attended by CONTRACTOR's project manager, Site superintendent, project managers for major Subcontractors, and major equipment Suppliers as CONTRACTOR deems appropriate. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Pre- Construction Conference 01301 -1 C. Other attendees will be representatives of: 1. CITY. 2. Authorities having jurisdiction over the Work, i.e. Building Dept. Electrical & Building Inspectors. 3. Utility owners, as applicable. 4. Others as requested by CITY, or CONTRACTOR. 1.3 AGENDA A. Purpose of the conference is to designate responsible personnel and establish working relationships. Matters requiring coordination will be discussed and procedures for handling such matters will be established. A complete agenda will be furnished to CONTRACTOR prior to the conference date. However, CONTRACTOR shall be prepared to discuss all of the following: 1. Designation of responsible personnel. 2. Subcontractors. 3. Progress Schedule. 4. Critical work sequencing. 5. Transmittal, review and distribution of CONTRACTOR submittals. 6 Schedule of Submittals. 7. Processing of Field Orders, requests for information and clarification, and Change Orders. 8. Requirements for copies of Contract Documents. 9. Schedule of Values. 10. Processing and schedule of Applications for Payments. 11. Use of Site, office and storage areas. 12. CITY's requirements. 13. CONTRACTOR responsibility for safety and first aid procedures. 14. Security. 15. Housekeeping. 16. Field offices. 17. Maintaining record drawings. 18. Permits. 19. Emergency telephone numbers. 20. Operation and maintenance manuals. 21. Temporary utilities. 22. Pre - submittal conference(s). 23. Any other Project related items. 24. Discuss AHJ's electrical inspection requirements and proper advanced notification request procedure for inspections. PART 2 — MATERIALS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Pre - Construction Conference 01301 -2 SECTION 01310 - PROJECT COORDINATION PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. CONTRACTOR shall coordinate the Work, including testing agencies whether hired by CONTRACTOR, CITY, or others; Subcontractors, Suppliers, and others with whom coordination is necessary, in accordance with the General Conditions, Special Conditions, and this Section, to complete the Work within the Contract Times and in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. In accordance with the General Conditions as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall cooperate with and coordinate the Work with other contractors, utility service companies, CITY's employees working at the Site, and other entities working at the Site, in accordance with Section 01110, Summary of Work. C. CONTRACTOR will not be responsible or liable for damage unless damage is through negligence of CONTRACTOR, or Subcontractors, Supplier, or other entity employed by CONTRACTOR. D. Attend and participate in all project coordination and progress meetings, and report on the progress of the Work and compliance with the Progress Schedule. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Project Coordination 14-0024-UT 01310 -1 00992 -0222 SECTION 01312 - PROGRESS MEETINGS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. Progress meetings will be held throughout the Project. CONTRACTOR shall attend each progress meeting prepared to discuss in detail all items on the agenda. 2. CITY will preside at progress meetings and will prepare and distribute minutes of progress meetings to all meeting participants and others as requested. B. Date and Time: 1. Regular Meetings: Every month on a day and time agreeable to CITY, and CONTRACTOR. 2. Other Meetings: As required. C. Place: CONTRACTOR's field office at the Site or other location mutually agreed upon by CITY and CONTRACTOR. 1.2 REQUIRED ATTENDANCE A. Representatives present for each entity shall be authorized to act on that entity's behalf. B. Required Attendees: 1. CONTRACTOR: 2. CITY. 3. Others, as appropriate. 1.3 AGENDA A. Agenda will include, but will not necessarily be limited to, the following: 1. Transcript of previous meeting. 2. Progress since last meeting. a. CONTRACTOR's. b. Subcontractor's. 3. Completion status. 4. Planned progress for next period. 5. Problems, conflicts and observations. 6. Status of Shop Drawings, and requests for information or clarification. 7. Change Orders. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Progress Meetings 01312 -1 8. Payment Applications. 9. Quality standards and control. 10. Schedules, updated Project Schedules, including off -site fabrication and delivery schedules; corrective measures, if required. 11. Coordination between parties. 12. Permits. 13. Safety concerns. 14. Construction photographs. 15. Record drawings. 16. Punch list status. 17. RFI and AAR status. 18. Other business. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Progress Meetings 01312 -2 SECTION 01322 - PROGRESS SCHEDULE PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit Progress Schedules and related documents in accordance with the General Conditions, as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions, and this Section, unless otherwise accepted by CITY. 2. Maintain and update Progress Schedules and related documents. 3. Progress Schedule shall be resource- loaded CPM Progress Schedule. 4. CITY's acceptance of the Progress Schedule or related documents, and comments or opinions concerning activities in the Progress Schedule and related documents shall not control CONTRACTOR's independent judgment concerning means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, unless the associated means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure is directed by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR is solely responsible for complying with the Contract Times. B. Use of Float: 1. Float belongs to the Project and may be used by CITY or CONTRACTOR to accommodate changes in the Work, or to mitigate the effect of events that delay performance or conformance with the Contract Times. 2. Changes or delays that influence Activities that have float and that do not extend the Critical Path are not justification for an extension of the Contract Times. C. Factors Affecting the Progress Schedule: 1. In preparing the Progress Schedule, take into consideration submittal requirements and submittal review times, time for fabricating and delivering materials and equipment, Subcontractors' work, availability and abilities of workers, availability of construction equipment, weather conditions, restrictions in operations at the Site and coordination with CITY's operations, and other factors that have the potential to affect completion of the Work within the Contract Times. 2. Comply with sequencing requirements indicated in the following: a. Section 01010, Summary of Work. b. Section 01143, Coordination with Owner's Operations. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Progress Schedule 01322 -1 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. The following terms are defined for this Section and supplement the terms defined in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions: 1. Activity: An element of the construction work that has the following specific characteristics: consumes time, consumes resources, has a definable start and finish, is assignable, and is measurable. 2. Constraint: An imposed date on the Progress Schedule or an imposed tie between Activities. The Contract Times are Constraints. 3. CPM Progress Schedule: Computerized Progress Schedule in Critical Path Method (CPM) format which accounts for the entire Work, defines the interrelationships between elements of the Work, reflects the uncompleted Work, and indicates the sequence with which the Work has been completed, indicates the sequence in which uncompleted Work will be completed, and indicates the duration of each Activity. 4. Critical Path: The continuous chain of Activities with the longest duration for completion within the Contract Times. 5. Early Start: The earliest possible date an Activity can start according to the assigned relationships among Activities. 6. Early Finish: The earliest date an Activity can finish according to the assigned relationships among the Activities. 7. Late Finish: The latest date an Activity can finish without extending the Contract Times. 8. Late Start: The latest date an Activity can start without extending the Contract Times. 9. Float: The time difference between the calculated duration of the Activity chain and the Critical Path. 10. Total Float: The total number of days that an Activity (or chain of Activities) can be delayed without affecting the Contract Times. 11. Network Diagram: A time - scaled logic diagram depicting the durations and relationships of the Activities. 12. Work Areas, Area, or System: A logical breakdown of the Project elements or a group of Activities which, when collectively assembled, are readily identifiable on the Project (for example, yard piping, a structure or building, a treatment process, or other logical grouping). 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Progress Schedule Preparer: a. CONTRACTOR shall retain services of a scheduling consultant or shall self - prepare and maintain the Progress Schedule using qualified employee with experience in scheduling, and experienced with the scheduling software required for this Project, and experience serving as Progress Schedule preparer on construction projects of similar type, size, and scope to this Project. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Progress Schedule 01322 -2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 b. Progress Schedule preparer shall have not less than five years experience using the schedule software required on construction projects of similar type, size, and scope as this Project. c. Prior to engaging a scheduling consultant or using a qualified employee, submit to CITY the following: 1) Name and address of proposed Progress Schedule preparer and the names of personnel who will be assigned to scheduling the Project. 2) Information sufficient to demonstrate that proposed Progress Schedule preparer and scheduling personnel to be assigned to the Project possess qualifications complying with requirements of this Section. For each person assigned, submit list of similar type, size, contract value of projects, names and contact information of engineer or architect and owner. d. CITY's Review of Qualifications: 1) CITY will respond to CONTRACTOR whether proposed scheduling personnel are acceptable within 14 days after CITY's receipt of complete qualifications. 2) If qualifications are not acceptable, submit qualifications of acceptable personnel within 14 days of receipt of CITY's non- acceptance. 3) CITY's acceptance or non - acceptance of qualifications does not release CONTRACTOR from its obligations under the Contract Documents. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Quantity of each submittal required and timing of submittals are in this Section. B. Informational Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Ninety -day Bar Chart: a. Preliminary 90 -day bar chart. b. Acceptable 90 -day bar chart. 2. Initial Progress Schedules: a. Preliminary Progress Schedule with associated Network Diagrams, narrative report, and mathematical tabulations. b. Acceptable Progress Schedule with associated Network Diagrams, narrative report, and mathematical tabulations. c. Preliminary resource - loaded Progress Schedule and associated reports. d. Acceptable resource - loaded Progress Schedule and associated reports. e. Submit each Progress Schedule submittal with letter of transmittal complying with requirements of Section 01300, Submittal Procedures. 3. Progress Schedule Updates. a. Progress Schedule updates shall comply with requirements of this Section, and shall include updated Progress Schedule, narrative City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Progress Schedule 01322 -3 report, updated Network Diagram when relationships among Activities are changed, and updated mathematical tabulations. b. Submit updated Progress Schedule at each progress meeting. If a Progress Schedule remains unchanged from one progress meeting to the next, submit a written statement to that effect. For monthly Progress Schedule submittals, bring to progress meeting the number of copies of the updated Progress Schedule specified in Section 01312, Progress Meetings. 4. Look -Ahead Schedules a. Submit 60 -day look -ahead schedule at each progress meeting. 5. Time Impact Analyses: Submit in accordance with this Section. 6. Recovery Schedule: Submit in accordance with this Section. 7. Qualifications: a. Progress Schedule preparer, and other personnel that will assist Progress Schedule preparer in preparing and maintaining the Progress Schedule. 1.5 INITIAL PROGRESS SCHEDULES A. Type and Organization of Progress Schedules: 1. Prepare Progress Schedule using the latest version of Primavera Project Planner software with Primavision, unless other scheduling software is acceptable to CITY. 2. Sheet Size: 22 inches by 34 inches, unless otherwise accepted by CITY. 3. Time Scale: Indicate first date of each work week. 4. Activity Designations: Indicate title and related Specification Section number. 5. Progress Schedules shall be CPM Progress Schedules. 6. Organization: a. Indicate on the separate Schedule of Submittals dates for submitting and reviewing Shop Drawings, Samples, and other submittals. b. Group deliveries of materials and equipment into a separate sub - schedule that is part of the Progress Schedule. c. Group construction into Work Area sub - schedules (that are part of the Progress Schedule) by Activity. d. Clearly indicate the Critical Path on the Progress Schedule. e. Organize each Work Area sub - schedule by Specification Section number. B. Preliminary Progress Schedule: 1. Within 7 days after the Contract Times commence running, CONTRACTOR shall submit to CITY the preliminary Progress Schedule covering the entire Project, with associated Network Diagrams. 2. Submit ten copies of preliminary Progress Schedule and associated reports and schedule - related documents to accompany the preliminary Progress Schedule, in accordance with the Submittals Article of this Section. Submit in accordance with Section 01330, Submittal Procedures. 3. CITY will conduct a timely review of the preliminary Progress Schedule. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992-0222 Progress Schedule 01322 -4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4. Preliminary Progress Schedule shall comply with the Contract Documents relative to Progress Schedules, but need not be resource - loaded. C. Initial Acceptance of Progress Schedule: 1. At least 75 days after the Contract Times commence running, a scheduling conference attended by CONTRACTOR, Progress Schedule preparer, CITY, and others as appropriate will be held at the Site to review for acceptability to CITY the preliminary Progress Schedule and associated Network Diagram and other reports and schedule- related documents required. CONTRACTOR shall have an additional 15 days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the Progress Schedule and associated Network Diagram. Other than bonds and insurance, mobilization, and approved Shop Drawings (and acceptance of other submittals, as applicable) required for fabricating or purchasing materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work, no progress payment will be made to CONTRACTOR until acceptable Progress Schedule, Network Diagram, and other reports and schedule - related documents required are submitted to CITY. 2. Submit ten copies each of acceptable Progress Schedule with Network Diagram, reports, and other schedule - related documents required to accompany the initial acceptable Progress Schedule, in accordance with the Submittals Article of this Section. Submit in accordance with Section01330, Submittal Procedures. 3. The Progress Schedule will be acceptable to CITY if it provides an orderly progression of the Work to completion within the Contract Times, in accordance with the Contract Documents. Such acceptance will not impose on CITY responsibility for the Progress Schedule, for sequencing, scheduling, or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve CONTRACTOR from CONTRACTOR's full responsibility therefor. 4. Initially- accepted Progress Schedule shall be identified as the baseline Progress Schedule. D. Resource - Loaded Progress Schedule: 1. Within seven days after CITY's acceptance of the Progress Schedule, submit to CITY resource - loaded Progress Schedule complying with resource - loading requirements in this Section. 2. Submit ten copies each of the preliminary and the acceptable resource - loaded Progress Schedules and associated reports to accompany the initial submittals of resource - loaded Progress Schedules in accordance with the Submittals Article of this Section. Submit in accordance with Section 01330, Submittal Procedures. 3. Resource- loaded Progress Schedules will be reviewed by CITY within fourteen days of CITY's receipt, and CITY's comments will be transmitted to CONTRACTOR. 4. Make revisions required in accordance with CITY's comments and resubmit to CITY within seven days of CONTRACTOR's receipt of CITY's comments. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024-UT 00992 -0222 Progress Schedule 01322 -5 5. Resource - loaded Progress Schedule accepted by CITY shall be the basis for determining the amount of each CONTRACTOR progress payment. E. If the Progress Schedule reflects completion date(s) different than the Contract Times, the Contract Times are not thereby voided, nullified, or affected. The Contract Times govern. Where the Progress Schedule reflects completion date(s) that are earlier than the Contract Times, CITY may accept such Progress Schedule with CONTRACTOR to specifically understand that no Claim for additional Contract Times or additions to the Contract Price shall be brought against CITY resulting from CONTRACTOR's failure to complete the Work by the earlier date(s) indicated on the accepted Progress Schedule. 1.6 PROGRESS SCHEDULE UPDATES A. Updates: 1. Update the Progress Schedule each month. If during progress of the Work events develop that necessitate changes in the initially accepted Progress Schedule (e.g., baseline Progress Schedule), identify updated Progress Schedules sequentially as Progress Schedule Revision 1, 2, 3, and continuing in sequence as required. Number the Progress Schedule submittals in accordance with Section 01330, Submittal Procedures. 2. CONTRACTOR's Progress Schedule update shall include a narrative report in accordance with this Section. Narrative report shall include description of current progress and status of each Area of the Project, a description of progress for the period, a description of the Critical Path, a discussion of current or potential delays, Change Orders (pending and approved in since the previous Progress Schedule update), and other problems associated with maintaining the Work on schedule. 3. The update to the Progress Schedule shall be based on retained logic. Progress override logic is not allowed. 4. Required scheduling software, and schedule organization, format, and content for updated Progress Schedules are identical to that required in this Section for initial Progress Schedules. 5. Submit to CITY ten hard copies of the updated Progress Schedule, Network Diagram, narrative report, and other schedule - related reports and documents required, and two compact discs (CD) each with a complete software backup copy of the Progress Schedule. 6. Submit updated Network Diagrams when revisions are proposed to the logic. Indicate in the narrative report delays that have occurred since the previous updated Progress Schedule. Payment for out -of- sequence Work is not allowed. B. Monthly Schedule Meeting: 1. During the month, utilizing the previous month's 60 -day Zook -ahead schedule. CONTRACTOR shall record the percent complete, start and finish dates of each scheduled Activity with the remaining duration for each Activity started but not completed, including Activities associated with procurement of materials and equipment. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Progress Schedule 01322 -6 2. On the same day each month, at least one week prior to a progress meeting, CONTRACTOR, Progress Schedule preparer, CITY, and others as appropriate shall meet at the Site and tour the Work to review and update the schedule and progress information gathered by CONTRACTOR during the month. After acceptance of CONTRACTOR's updated data, Progress Schedule preparer shall use this information to update the Progress Schedule. 1.7 NETWORK DIAGRAMS (PERT CHARTS) A. Network Diagrams, General: 1. Prepare and submit Network Diagrams, as generated using the scheduling software on paper of the size indicated for Progress Schedules in this Section. 2. Group Network Diagrams by Area and show the order and interdependence of Activities and sequence and quantities in which the Work will be accomplished. 3. Do not use match lines on Network Diagrams. Depict interrelationships to or from Activities outside the Area shown using an Activity symbol with Activity number and description. 4. In preparing Network Diagrams, comply with the basic concept of precedence diagramming method (PDM) network scheduling to show how start of a given Activity depends on completion of preceding Activities, and how the Activity's completion may affect the start of subsequent Activities. 5. Level of schedule detail shall define the day -to -day Activities of the Work. B. Network Diagram Content: 1. Clearly indicate the Critical Path and distinguish the Critical Path from other paths on the network. 2. Organize Network Diagrams by grouping into major Work Areas, including one for procurement of materials and equipment, and by specific Activity within each Area. 3. Logic diagrams shall include the following: a. Activity number. b. Activity description. c. Activity duration (in work days). d. Critical Path denoted. e. Float for each Activity. f. Activity or System designation. g. Coded Area designation. h. Responsibility code (e.g., CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, trade, operation, Suppliers, or other entity responsible for accomplishing an Activity). i. Shift number (if more than one shift per day is to be employed). C. Network Diagram Revisions: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Progress Schedule 01322 -7 1. General: a. When conditions develop that require revisions to logic or durations of the Network Diagram associated with the initially accepted Progress Schedule (e.g., baseline Progress Schedule), identify updates to the Network Diagram in the same manner required in this Section for Progress Schedule updates. b. Revision of the logic or durations from the baseline Progress Schedule initially accepted by CITY shall be submitted to CITY for acceptance. c. Incorporate into the Progress Schedule revisions to logic or duration accepted by CITY, and include in monthly narrative report both a description of revisions and listing of Activities affected by revisions. d. Changes resulting from Change Orders and other additions or deletions, shall be fully incorporated into the Progress Schedule and Network Diagram on the first update after the associated Change Order is approved by CITY, including adjustments to the Contract Price. 2. Submit revised Network Diagrams with updated Progress Schedule submittals. 1.8 RESOURCE LOADING REPORTS A. Resource Loading: 1. After CITY's initial acceptance of the Progress Schedule, CONTRACTOR shall assign resources for personnel labor- hours, materials, and equipment to each construction Activity within each responsibility code. Submit resource schedule reports with each updated Progress Schedule. 1.9 NARRATIVE REPORT A. Prepare and include with the preliminary Progress Schedule and each subsequent Progress Schedule submittal, written narrative report describing the schedule - related requirements of the Contract Documents and CONTRACTOR's plan and schedule for complying with such requirements. Narrative report shall describe the methods of sequencing and operation, resources to be employed, time frames for the construction of each of the major Systems on the Project, and time frames for complying with the Contract Times and CONTRACTOR's interim schedule milestones. 1.10 TIME IMPACT ANALYSIS A. Time Impact Analyses, General: 1. Prepare and submit a time impact analysis when one or more of the following occurs: a Change Order proposal is prepared, a Work Change Directive is issued that will affect the Progress Schedule, or when delays are experienced. Time impact analysis shall illustrate the influence of each Change Order, Work Change Directive, or delay, as applicable, on the Contract Times and schedule milestones. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Progress Schedule 01322 -8 2. Each time impact analysis shall include a sketch (fragnet) demonstrating how CONTRACTOR proposes to incorporate the changes in the Work or, as applicable, delays into the Progress Schedule. Fragnet shall include all logic, resource changes, and additions required as result of said Change Order, Work Change Directive, or delay. 3. Fragnet shall show all CPM logic revisions for the Work associated with the Change Order, Work Change Directive, or delay and its relationship to other Activities in the Network Diagram. 4. Time impact analysis shall demonstrate the time impact, based on date the Change Order or Work Change Directive was given to CONTRACTOR, or as applicable the date the delay was implemented; the status of the Work at that point in time; and the Activity duration of affected Activities. Activity duration used in the time impact analysis shall be those included in the latest update of the Progress Schedule accepted by CITY, closest to the time of the start of the delay or start of the Change Order or Work Change Directive, as adjusted by mutual, written agreement of the parties and CITY. 5. Timing of Time Impact Analysis: a. Submit each time impact analysis within 7 days after the following, as applicable: 1) Start of the delay. 2) After the submittal of Change Order proposal. 3) After CONTRACTOR receipt of Work Change Directive. b. When CONTRACTOR does not submit time impact analysis for a specific change or delay, within the specified period of time for such submittal, such non - submittal shall be construed that no extension of the Contract Times is required. B. Evaluation by CITY and Acceptance: 1. CITY's evaluation of each time impact analysis comprised of complete information will be completed in timely manner after CITY's receipt. Changes in the Contract Times will be made only by Change Order. 2. When mutual agreement is reached between the parties on effect of the change or delay in the Project, incorporate into the next Progress Schedule update the associated fragnets illustrating the influence of changes and delays. 1.11 RECOVERY SCHEDULES A. Recovery Schedules, General: 1. When updated Progress Schedule indicates that the ability to comply with the Contract Times falls 30 or more days behind schedule, and there is no excusable delay, Change Order, or Work Change Directive to support an extension of the Contract Times, CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit a Progress Schedule demonstrating CONTRACTOR's plan to accelerate the Work to achieve compliance with the Contract Times ( "recovery schedule ") for CITY's acceptance. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Progress Schedule 01322 -9 2. Submit recovery schedule within 7 days after submittal of updated Progress Schedule where need for recovery schedule is indicated. B. Implementation of Recovery Schedule: 1. At no additional cost to CITY, do one or more of the following: furnish additional labor, provide additional construction equipment, provide suitable materials, employ additional work shifts, expedite procurement of materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work, and other measures necessary to complete the Work within the Contract Times. 2. Upon acceptance of recovery schedule by CITY, incorporate recovery schedule into the next Progress Schedule update. C. Lack of Action: 1. CONTRACTOR's refusal, failure, or neglect to take appropriate recovery action, or to submit a recovery schedule, shall constitute reasonable evidence that CONTRACTOR is not prosecuting the Work or separable part thereof with the diligence that will ensure completion within the Contract Times. Such lack of action shall constitute sufficient basis for CITY to exercise remedies available to CITY under the Contract Documents. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Progress Schedule 01322 -10 SECTION 01411 - SPILL PREVENTION CONTROL & COUNTERMEASURES PLAN PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, tools, professional engineering (when required), and incidentals as shown, specified, and required to comply with Laws and Regulations regarding spill prevention control and countermeasures (SPCC) planning and compliance, including 40 CFR Part 112. B. CONTRACTOR shall determine whether a SPCC Plan is required. If SPCC Plan is required, CONTRACTOR shall prepare, implement and maintain SPCC Plan as required by Laws and Regulations. C. Determination of Need for SPCC Plan: 1. CONTRACTOR shall determine need for SPCC Plan. 2. Professional Engineer: a. If the Site will include storage of more than 10,000 gallons of oil in above - ground storage, or if the Site does not comply with oil discharge history criteria specified in 40 CFR 112, CONTRACTOR shall retain a qualified professional engineer to determine need for SPCC Plan and, if SPCC Plan is required, professional engineer shall prepare or supervise preparation of SPCC Plan. b. If a professional engineer is not required to prepare the full SPCC Plan, but the SPCC Plan includes environmentally - equivalent SPCC measures, or impracticality determinations, CONTRACTOR shall retain a qualified professional engineer to prepare and certify those portions of the SPCC Plan dealing with environmentally equivalent measures and impracticality determinations; the balance of the SPCC Plan may be prepared by and self - certified by CONTRACTOR. 3. Submit to CITY letter presenting results of evaluation of whether a SPCC Plan is required for the Project in accordance with Laws and Regulations. D. SPCC Plan is required if the Project activities at the Site meet the following criteria: 1. The Site and activities thereon are not exempt from Laws and Regulations. 2. Oil is stored, used, transferred, or otherwise handled at the Site. 3. Maximum oil storage capacity at the Site equals or exceeds either of the following thresholds: 42,000 gallons of completely buried capacity, or 1,320 of above - ground capacity. Capacity includes total storage tank volume and operational storage volume at the Site for contractors and Subcontractors, including bulk storage tanks, containers with 55- gallon storage capacity and larger, mobile tanks located at the Site, and other containers covered by Laws and Regulations. Motive storage containers, such as those on City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Spill Prevention Plan 01411 -1 construction equipment and vehicles, is not included. Oil includes petroleum products, fuel oil, hydraulic fluid, oil sludge, oil refuse, oil mixed with wastes other than dredged material, synthetic oil, vegetable oil, animal fats and oils, and other oils defined in Laws and Regulations. 4. There is reasonable expectation, based on location of the Site, that oil spill would reach navigable waters of the United States or adjoining shorelines. E. If SPCC Plan is not required, CONTRACTOR shall ensure that conditions that preclude the need for SPCC Plan, including the activities of all contractors and Subcontractors at the Site, are maintained throughout duration of the Project. Should changes that affect the storage, use, or handling of oil at the Site occur, reassess the need for SPCC Plan at no additional cost to CITY and provide to CITY evaluation letter regarding need for SPCC Plan. F. If SPCC Plan is required, develop SPCC Plan and submit for acceptance by CITY. SPCC Plan shall be specific to the Site and shall include the following: 1. Stamp, original signature, and license number of CONTRACTOR'S professional engineer, when self - certification by CONTRACTOR is not allowed by Laws and Regulations. 2. Site plan identifying the name (or tag number) and location of each tank and container that will contain a substance regulated in 40 CFR 112 and other Laws and Regulations, including above - ground and buried tanks. Site plan shall indicate general directions of storm water runoff, including storm sewers and drainage inlets, and storm sewer outfall locations. 3. For each tank and container on the Site plan, provide a table that lists the tank or container's name and tag number, type of oil stored, and maximum storage capacity. List total storage capacity of all tanks and containers at the Site covered by SPCC Laws and Regulations. 4. Predictions of direction, rate of flow, and total quantity of oil that could be discharged from the Site as result of storage tank or container failure. 5. Operating procedures that prevent oil spills, including procedures for oil handling, details of secondary containment structures at fuel and oil transfer areas, and details and descriptions of equipment to be used for oil handling, including piping. 6. Details of and descriptions of control measures installed at the Site by CONTRACTOR to prevent spill from reaching navigable waters, including secondary containment and diversionary structures. For on -shore Sites, one of the following must be used, at minimum: dikes, berms, or retaining walls; curbing; culverts, gutters, or other drainage systems; weirs, booms, or other barriers; spill diversion ponds; retention ponds; sorbent materials. Where appropriate, the SPCC Plan shall clearly demonstrate that containment or diversionary structures or equipment are not practical. Include brittle fracture evaluation, where required, for field- constructed above - ground storage containers undergoing repair, alteration, construction, or change in service. 7. Plans for countermeasures to contain, clean up, and mitigate effects of oil spill that reaches navigable waters, including written commitment of manpower, equipment, and materials to quickly control and remove spilled oil. Include estimation of time required to contain spill after spill occurs. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Spill Prevention Plan 01411 -2 8. Contact list and telephone numbers for facility response coordinator, National Response Center, cleanup contractors, and all appropriate federal, state, and local authorities having jurisdiction to be contacted in event of spill or discharge. 9. Program for monthly inspections of the Site by CONTRACTOR for SPCC Plan compliance. Notify CITY of each inspection at least 72 hours in advance. 10. Measures for Site security relative to oil storage. 11. Procedures for safely handling mobile containers such as totes, drums, and fueling vehicles and construction equipment that remain at the Site. 12 Procedures and schedules for periodic testing of integrity of tanks and containers, and associated piping and valves. 13. Plans for bulk storage container compliance. 14. Plans for personnel training and oil spill prevention briefings. 15. For SPCC Plans that do not follow the format listed in Laws and Regulations, provide cross - reference to requirements of Laws and Regulations, including 40 CFR 112.7. G. Obtain acceptance of SPCC Plan by CITY, for coordination with CITY's Site - specific SPCC Plan, if any. H. SPCC Plan shall be reviewed by CONTRACTOR's professional engineer (when professional engineer is required) and CITY every five years, as applicable. I. Post a copy of accepted, certified SPCC Plan in conspicuous location at the Site and provide copies to CITY, other contractors, and Subcontractors as appropriate. All contractors shall comply with SPCC Plan. J. In event of violation of SPCC Plan or release of oils attributable to construction operations, CONTRACTOR shall: 1. Immediately issue notifications in accordance with Laws and Regulations, including 40 CFR 110 and 40 CFR 112. When required by Laws and Regulations, report to National Response Center, US Environmental Protection Agency, and other authorities having jurisdiction, if any. 2. Have spill clean -up performed in conformance with Laws and Regulations and the SPCC Plan. 3. Pay fines or civil penalties (or responsible portion thereof) imposed on CITY by authorities having jurisdiction, and pay costs associated with clean -up of spills. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Professional Engineer: a. When required by Laws and Regulations, engage a registered professional engineer legally qualified to practice in the jurisdiction where the Site is located and experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. b. Submit qualifications data. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Spill Prevention Plan 01411 -3 c. Responsibilities include but are not necessarily limited to: 1) Carefully reviewing Laws and Regulations relative to SPCC. 2) Preparing written requests for clarifications or interpretations of criteria specified in the Contract Documents for submittal to CITY by CONTRACTOR, and obtaining from authorities having jurisdiction clarifications regarding Laws and Regulations as required. 3) Preparing or supervising the preparation of letter -report evaluation of need for SPCC Plan in accordance with the Contract Documents. Evaluation shall include professional engineer's seal, registration number, and original signature. 4) When SPCC Plan is required, preparing, supervising the preparation of, or reviewing the SPCC Plan (or designated portions thereof when oil storage at the Site will be 10,000 gallons or less) in accordance with the Contract Documents. SPCC Plan (or designated portions thereof) shall include professional engineer's seal, registration number, and original signature. 5) Periodically re- evaluating the need for SPCC Plan and issuing findings as letter- reports with seal, license number, and signature. When SPCC Plan is required, periodically evaluating the SPCC Plan and providing recommendations for compliance with Laws and Regulations, in accordance with the Contract Documents. 6) Certifying that: a) it is familiar with the Laws and Regulations, including 40 CFR 112, and b) it has visited, examined, and is familiar with the Site, planned modifications to the Site under the Project as such modifications pertain to SPCC Laws and Regulations, and c) it has performed the evaluations and prepared SPCC Plan in accordance with the Contract Documents, and d) procedures for required testing and inspections have been established, and e) the said evaluations and SPCC Plan are adequate for the Project, and f) the said evaluations and SPECC Plan conform to all Laws and Regulations, applicable industry standards, and to prevailing standards of practice. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Certifications: With each evaluation letter and SPCC Plan submittal, include certification signed by preparer of submittal that the submittal conforms to the Contract Documents and Laws and Regulations. Signature on all certifications shall be original. 2. Evaluations: a. Submit letter presenting results of evaluation of whether a SPCC Plan is required for the Project. Submit evaluation no later than fourteen City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Spill Prevention Plan 01411 -4 days after the Contract Times commence running, unless longer time is allowed by CITY. b. Submit updated evaluations as required when conditions at the Site change. Submit updated evaluation no later than seven days after the conditions at the Site change, or within seven days of CITY's request, unless longer time is allowed by CITY. 3. SPCC Plan: When SPCC Plan is required: a. Submit to CITY. Submit within fourteen days of receipt of CITY's acceptance of evaluation submittal. b. Update and resubmit the SPCC Plan, or acceptable SPCC Plan amendments, as required when conditions at the Site change. Submit updated SPCC Plan or amendments no later than seven days after the change in conditions at the Site change giving rise to the SPCC Plan change or amendment, or within seven days of CITY's request, unless longer time is allowed by CITY. 4. SPPC Plan Distribution: When SPCC Plan is required, submit copies of letters transmitting SPCC Plan and amendments (if any) to contractors and Subcontractors working at the Site. 5. Qualifications Statements: CONTRACTOR's professional engineer, when requested by CITY. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Spill Prevention Plan 01411 -5 SECTION 01420 - REFERENCES PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DEFINITIONS A. Definitions and terminology applicable to all the Contract Documents are included in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. B. Terminology used in the Specifications includes: 1. "Indicated" refers to graphic representations, notes, or schedules on the Drawings, or to other paragraphs or schedules in the Specifications and similar locations in the Contract Documents. Terminology such as "shown ", "noted ", "scheduled ", and "specified" are used to help the user locate the reference without limitation on the location. 2. "Installer", "applicator", or "erector" is CONTRACTOR or another entity engaged by CONTRACTOR, either as an employee or Subcontractor, to perform a particular construction activity, including installation, erection, application or similar Work. Installers shall be experienced in the Work that installer is engaged to perform. a. The term "experienced ", when used with the term "installer" means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project; being familiar with the special requirements indicated; being familiar with Laws and Regulations; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction, and complying with requirements of the Supplier of the material or equipment being installed. 3. Trades: Use of a term such as "carpentry" does not imply that certain construction activities must be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name, such as "carpenter", unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents or required by Laws or Regulations. Such terminology also does not imply that specified requirements apply exclusively to trade personnel of the corresponding generic name. 4. "Assigned specialists" and similar terms: Certain Sections of the Specifications require that specific construction activities be performed by specialists recognized as experts in those operations. Engage said specialists for those activities, and their engagement is a requirement over which CONTRACTOR has no option. These requirements do not conflict with enforcement of building codes and other Laws and Regulations. Also, such requirements are not intended to interfere with local trade union jurisdictional settlements and similar conventions. Such assignments shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of responsibility for complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.2 APPLICABLE CODES City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements References 14- 0024 -UT 01420 -1 00992 -0222 A. References in the Contract Documents to local code(s) shall mean the following: 1. State of Florida. 2. City of Clearwater. 3. National Electric Code. 4. NFPA 101, Life Safety Code. 1.3 ABBREVIATIONS A. Common abbreviations that may be found in the Contract Documents are listed below, alphabetically by their written -out meaning: alternating current a -c ampere A Architectural Barriers Act ABA Americans with Disabilities Act ADA Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines ADAAG ante meridian a.m. average avg biochemical oxygen demand BOD brake horsepower bhp British thermal unit Btu Centigrade (or Celsius) C chlorinated polyvinyl chloride CPVC chlorofluorocarbons CFC Code of Federal Regulations CFR cubic inch cu in cubic foot cu ft cubic yard cu yd, or CY cubic feet per minute cfm cubic feet per second cfs decibel db degree Centigrade (or Celsius) (Write) degrees C or °C degrees Fahrenheit degrees F or °F diameter dia direct current d -c dollars $ each ea City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements References 14- 0024 -UT 01420 -2 00992 -0222 efficiency eff Fahrenheit F feet ft feet per hour fph feet per minute fpm feet per second fps figure Fig flange flg foot -pound ft-lb gallon gal gallons per hour gph gallons per minute gpm gallons per second gps gram g grams per liter g/L Hertz Hz horsepower hp or HP hour hr human - machine interface HMI inch in. inches water gage in. w.g. inch -pound in.-lb inside diameter ID iron pipe size IPS thousand pounds kips thousand pounds per square inch ksi kilovolt- ampere kva kilowatt kw kilowatt-hour kwhr or kwh linear foot lin ft or LF liter L Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (USGBC) LEED maximum max mercury Hg milligram mg City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements References 14- 0024 -UT 01420 -3 00992 -0222 milligrams per liter mg /I or mg /L milliliter ml millimeter mm million gallons per day mgd or MGD million gallon MG minimum min national pipe threads NPT net positive suction head NPSH net positive suction head available NPSHA net positive suction head required NPSHR nitrogen oxide (total concentration of mono - nitrogen oxides NOx such as nitric oxide (NO) and nitrogen dioxide (NO2)) nominal pipe size NPS number no. operator interface terminal OIT ounce oz ounce -force ozf outside diameter OD parts per hundred pph parts per million ppm parts per billion ppb polyvinyl chloride PVC post meridian p.m. pound lb pounds per square inch psi pounds per square inch absolute psia pounds per square inch gauge psig pounds per square foot psf process control system PCS programmable logic controller PLC revolutions per minute rpm second sec specific gravity sp gr, or SG square sq square foot sq ft, or sf City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements References 14- 0024 -UT 01420 -4 00992 -0222 square inch sq in. square yard sq yd, or SY standard std standard cubic feet per minute scfm total dynamic head TDH totally - enclosed fan - cooled TEFC volt V volts alternating current vac volts direct current vdc volatile organic compounds VOC 1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Refer to Article 3 of the General Conditions, as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions, relative to reference standards and resolving discrepancies between reference standards and the Contract Documents. Provisions of reference standards are in effect in accordance with the Specifications. B. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in the Work shall be familiar with reference standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable reference standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. Where reference standards are needed for a construction activity, obtain copies of standards from the publication source. C. Abbreviations and Names: Where reference standards, specifications, codes, manuals, Laws or Regulations, or other published data of international, national, regional or local organizations are referred to in the Contract Documents, the organization issuing the standard may be referred to by their acronym or abbreviation only. Following acronyms or abbreviations that may appear in the Contract Documents shall have the meanings indicated below. Listing is alphabetical by acronym. AA Aluminum Association AABC Associated Air Balance Council AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ACI American Concrete Institute ACS American Chemical Society ADSC- International Association of Foundation Drilling. IAFD AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements References 14-0024 -UT 01420 -5 00992 -0222 AF &PA American Forest and Paper Association ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers Association (formerly Anti - Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association (AFBMA)) AGMA American Gear Manufacturers Association Al Asphalt Institute AIA American Institute of Architects AIChE American Institute of Chemical Engineers AISC American Institute of Steel Construction AISI American Iron and Steel Institute AITC American Institute of Timber Construction ALSC American Lumber Standards Committee AMA Acoustical Materials Association AMCA Air Movement and Control Association AMP National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers, Architectural Metal Products Division ANSI American National Standards Institute APA The Engineered Wood Association API American Petroleum Institute APHA American Public Health Association AREA American Railway Engineering Association ARI Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute ASAE American Society of Agricultural Engineers ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASNT American Society for Non - Destructive Testing ASQ American Society for Quality ASSE American Society of Safety Engineers ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWCI Association of the Wall and Ceiling Industry AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute AWPA American Wood Protection Association AWPI American Wood Preservers Institute AWS American Welding Society AWWA American Water Works Association BAAQMD Bay Area Air Quality Management District BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association BIA Brick Industry Association CBMA Certified Ballast Manufacturers Association CDA Copper Development Association City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements References 14- 0024 -UT 01420 -6 00992 -0222 CEMA Conveyor Equipment Manufacturers Association CGA Compressed Gas Association CISCA Ceilings and Interior Systems Construction Association CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute CMAA Crane Manufacturers Association of America CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CSI Construction Specifications Institute DIN Deutsches Institut fur Normung eV (German Institute for Standardization) DIPRA Ductile Iron Pipe Research Association EJCDC Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc. ETL Intertek Testing Services, Inc. (formerly ETL Testing Laboratories, Inc.) FCC Federal Communications Commission FEMA Federal Emergency Management Agency FHWA Federal Highway Administration FM Factory Mutual (FM Global) FRPI Fiberglass Reinforced Plastics Institute FS Federal Specification GA Gypsum Association GANA Glass Association of North America HEW United States Department of Health, Education and Welfare HI Hydraulic Institute HMI Hoist Manufacturers Institute HUD United States Department of Housing and Urban Development IBC International Building Code ICC International Code Council ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America IFI Industrial Fasteners Institute IRI Industrial Risk Insurers ISA Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society (formerly Instrument Society of America) ISO Insurance Services Office ISO International Organization for Standardization LPI Lightning Protection Institute MIA Marble Institute of America ML/SFA Metal Lath /Steel Framing Association City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements References 14- 0024 -UT 01420 -T 00992 -0222 MS Military Specifications MSS Manufacturers' Standardization Society MMA Monorail Manufacturers Association NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers NAPF National Association of Pipe Fabricators, Inc. NARUC National Association of Regulatory Utilities Commissioners NBHA National Builders Hardware Association NBS United States Department of Commerce, National Bureau of Standards NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association NEC National Electric Code NELMA Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NESC National Electrical Safety Code NETA International Electrical Testing Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council NGA National Glass Association NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association NHPMA Northern Hardwood and Pine Manufacturers Association NIST United States Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete Association NSF National Sanitation Foundation NSSGA National Stone, Sand, and Gravel Association NTMA National Terrazzo and Mosaic Association OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration PCA Portland Cement Association PCI Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute PEI Porcelain Enamel Institute PFI Pipe Fabrication Institute PPI Plastics Pipe Institute PGMC Primary Glass Manufacturers Council PS Product Standards Section, United States Department of Commerce RCSC Research Council on Structural Connections (part of AISC) RMA Rubber Manufacturers Association SAE Society of Automotive Engineers City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements References 14- 0024 -UT 01420 -8 00992 -0222 SCAQMD Southern California Air Quality Management District SCPRF Structural Clay Products Research Foundation SCTE Society of Cable Telecommunications Engineers SDI Steel Deck Institute SDI Steel Door Institute SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturing Association SJI Steel Joist Institute SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association SPI Society of the Plastics Industry SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau SSPC Society for Protective Coatings SWI Steel Window Institute TCNA Tile Council of North America TEMA Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers Association TIA/EIA Telecommunications Industry Association /Electronic Industries Alliance UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. USAB United States Access Board USDOE United States Department of Energy USEPA United States Environmental Protection Agency USGBC United States Green Building Council USGS United States Geological Survey USPHS United States Public Health Service WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau WCMA Window Covering Manufacturers Association WCMA Wood Component Manufacturers Association WDMA Window and Door Manufacturers Association WWEMA Water and Wastewater Equipment Manufacturers Association WWPA Western Wood Products Association PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements References 14- 0024 -UT 01420 -9 00992 -0222 SECTION 01452 - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall employ and pay for services of independent testing laboratory to perform specified services. 2. Inspection, sampling, and testing shall be as specified in the Specifications including but not limited to: a. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. b. Section 05051, Anchor Bolts, Toggle Bolts, and Concrete Inserts. c. Section 05050, Metal Fastenings d. Other tests in the Contract Documents that are not specifically assigned to others. 3. CONTRACTOR shall pay for: a. Tests not specifically indicated in the Contract Documents as being CITY's responsibility. b. Tests made for CONTRACTOR's convenience. c. Repeat tests required because of CONTRACTOR's negligence or defective Work, and retesting after failure of test for the same item to comply with the Contract Documents. 4. Testing laboratory is not authorized to approve or accept any portion of the Work or defective Work; rescind, alter, or augment requirements of Contract Documents; and perform duties of CONTRACTOR. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Standards referenced in this Section are: 1. ASTM E329, Specification for Agencies Engaged in Construction Inspection and /or Testing. 2. ISO /IEC 17025, General Requirements for the Competence of Testing and Calibration Laboratories. 3. NIST SRM, Standard Reference Materials. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Testing Laboratory: a. Comply with applicable requirements of ASTM E329. b. Testing laboratory shall be licensed to operate in the same state as the Site. Where applicable, laboratory shall be certified by the authority having jurisdiction for the types of testing required. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Testing Laboratory by Contractor 14- 0024 -UT 01452 -1 00992 -0222 1 c. Testing equipment used by laboratory shall be calibrated at maximum intervals of twelve months by devices of accuracy traceable to one of the following: NIST SRM, ISO /IEC 17025, certified by state or local bureau of weights and measures, or values of natural physical constants generally accepted in the engineering and scientific community. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Quality Control Submittals and Test Reports: Testing laboratory shall promptly submit to CONTRACTOR results of testing and inspections, including: a. Date issued. b. Project title, number, and name of the Site. c. Testing laboratory name and address. d. Name and signature of inspector or person obtaining samples. e. Date of inspection or sampling. f. Record of temperature and weather. g. Date of test. h. Identification of material or product tested, and associated Specification Section. i. Location in the Project. j. Type of inspection or test. k. Results of tests and observations regarding compliance with the Contract Documents. 2. Qualifications Statements: a. Testing Laboratory: 1) Qualifications statement indicating experience and facilities for tests required under the Contract Documents. 2) Copy of report of inspection of facilities during most recent NIST inspection tour. Include memorandum of remedies of deficiencies reported during inspection. 3) Copy of certificate of calibration for each instrument or measuring device proposed for use, by accredited calibration agency. 1.5 TESTING LABORATORY DUTIES A. Testing laboratory shall: 1. Cooperate with CONTRACTOR and provide qualified personnel promptly on notice. 2. Perform required inspections, sampling, and testing of materials and methods of construction; comply with applicable reference standards and the Contract Documents; and ascertain compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents. 3. Promptly notify CITY and CONTRACTOR of irregularities or deficiencies in the Work that are observed during performance of services. 4. Promptly submit to CONTRACTOR copies of reports of inspections and tests. 5. Perform additional tests and services, as required by CONTRACTOR. 1.6 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Testing Laboratory by Contractor 14-0024 -UT 01452 -2 00992 -0222 A. CONTRACTOR shall: 1. Cooperate with testing laboratory personnel. 2. Provide to testing laboratory preliminary representative samples of materials and products to be tested, in required quantities. 3. Promptly submit to CITY copies of results of tests and inspections received from testing laboratory. 4. Provide to laboratory the preliminary design mix proposed for concrete and other material mixes to be tested by testing laboratory. 5. Provide labor and facilities: a. For access to the Work to be tested, and where required, to Suppliers' operations. b. For obtaining and handling samples at the Site. c. For facilitating inspections and tests. d. For testing laboratory's exclusive use for storing and curing of test samples. e. Forms for preparing concrete test beams and cylinders. 6. Notify laboratory and CITY sufficiently in advance of operations to allow assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests. 7. Arrange with laboratory and pay for additional services, sampling, and testing required for CONTRACTOR's convenience. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Testing Laboratory by Contractor 14- 0024 -UT 01452 -3 00992 -0222 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01510 TEMPORARY UTILITIES PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. CONTRACTOR shall provide all temporary utilities required for the Project. 1. Make all arrangements with utility service companies for temporary services and obtain required permits and approvals for temporary utilities. 2. Pay all utility service costs, including cost of electricity, water, fuel, and other utility services required for the Work. 3. Continuously maintain adequate utilities for all purposes during the Project, until removal of temporary utilities and temporary facilities. At minimum, provide and maintain temporary utilities through Substantial Completion and removal of temporary field offices and sheds. 4. Should CITY occupy part of the Project prior to Substantial Completion of the entire Work, cost of utilities consumed via temporary utilities serving the portion occupied by CITY will be shared proportionately between CITY and CONTRACTOR as mutually agreed to by the parties. 5. Maintain, including cleaning, temporary utilities and continuously provide consumables as required. 6. Temporary utilities and temporary facilities shall be adequate for personnel using the Site and requirements of Project. 7. Provide temporary utilities and temporary facilities in compliance with Laws and Regulations and, when applicable, requirements of utility owners. B. Provide the following temporary utilities 1. Electricity. 2. Lighting. 3. Telephone and communications. 4. Heating, ventilating, and temporary enclosures. 5. Water. 6. Sanitary facilities. 7. First -aid facilities. 8. Fire protection. 1.2 REQUIREMENTS FOR TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Electrical: 1. Provide temporary electrical service required for the Work and per Specification 01510, including continuous power for temporary field offices and sheds. Provide temporary outlets with circuit breaker protection and ground fault protection. B. Lighting. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Temporary Utilities 01510 -1 1. Minimum lighting shall be five foot - candles for open areas and ten foot - candles for stairs and shops. Provide minimum of one, 300 -watt lamp every 15 feet in indoor Work areas. Provide night security lighting of five foot - candles, minimum, within 50 feet of all parts of the Site during hours of darkness, controlled by photocell. C. Telephone and Communications. 1. Provide temporary telephone and communications required for CONTRACTOR's operations at the Site and for summoning emergency medical assistance. D. Heating, Ventilating, and Enclosures. 1. Provide sufficient temporary heating, ventilating, and enclosures to ensure safe working conditions and prevent damage to existing facilities and the Work. 2. Except where otherwise specified, temporary heating shall maintain temperature of the area served between 50 degrees F and maximum design temperature of building or facility and its contents. 3. Maintain temperature of areas occupied by CITY's personnel or electronic equipment, including offices, lunch rooms, locker rooms, toilet rooms, and rooms containing computers, microprocessors, and control equipment, between 65 degrees F and 80 degrees F with relative humidity Tess than 75 percent. 4. Required temperature range for storage areas and certain elements of the Work, including preparation of materials and surfaces, installation or application, and curing as applicable, shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents for the associated Work and the Supplier's recommended temperature range for storage, application, or installation, as appropriate. 5. Provide temporary ventilation sufficient to prevent accumulation in construction areas and areas occupied by CITY of hazardous and nuisance levels or concentrations of dust and particulates, mist, fumes or vapors, odors, and gases, associated with construction. 6. Provide temporary enclosures and partitions required to maintain required temperature and humidity. E. Water. 1. Provide temporary water facilities including piping, valves, meters if not provided by owner of existing waterline, backflow preventers, pressure regulators, and other appurtenances. Provide freeze - protection as required. 2. Provide water for temporary sanitary facilities, field offices, Site maintenance and cleaning and, when applicable, disinfecting and testing of systems. 3. Continuously maintain adequate water flow and pressure for all purposes during the Project, until removal of temporary water system. F. Sanitary Facilities. 1. Provide suitably - enclosed chemical or self - contained toilets for CONTRACTOR's employees and visitors to the Site. Location of temporary toilets shall be acceptable to CITY. 2. Provide supply of potable drinking water and related facilities and consumables for all personnel using the Site. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 'HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Temporary Utilities 01510 -2 3. Provide suitable temporary washing facilities for employees and visitors. G. First -aid Facilities. 1. Provide temporary first -aid stations at or immediately adjacent to the Site's major work areas, and inside CONTRACTOR's temporary field office. Locations of first - aid stations shall be determined by CONTRACTOR's safety representative. 2. Provide list of emergency telephone numbers at each hardwired telephone at the Site. List shall be in accordance with the list of emergency contact information required in Section 01301, Pre - Construction Conference. H. Fire Protection. 1. Provide temporary fire protection, including portable fire extinguishers rated not Tess than 2A or 5B in accordance with NFPA 10, Portable Fire Extinguishers, for each temporary building and for every 3,000 square feet of floor area under construction. 2. Comply with NFPA 241, Safeguarding Building Construction, Alternation, and Demolition Operations, and requirements of fire marshals and authorities having jurisdiction at the Site. 1.3 USE OF CITY'S SYSTEM A. Use of Permanent Utility Systems Provided Under the Project: 1. Permanent electrical, lighting, water, heating, ventilating, and fire protection systems and first -aid facilities may be used to provide temporary utilities and temporary facilities if the following are met: a. Obtain CITY's written permission to use permanent systems. b. Permanent systems to be used for temporary utilities or temporary facilities shall have achieved Substantial Completion, including complete functionality of all controls. c. CONTRACTOR shall pay all costs while using permanent system, including operation, maintenance, replacement of consumables, and provide replacement parts. 2. Do not use the following permanent facilities: a. Telephone and communication facilities. b. Sanitary facilities. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Materials and equipment for temporary systems may be new or used, but shall be adequate for purposes intended and shall not create unsafe conditions, and shall comply with Laws and Regulations. B. Provide required materials, equipment, and facilities, including piping, wiring, and controls. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Temporary Utilities 01510 -3 PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install temporary facilities in neat, orderly, manner, and make structurally, mechanically, and electrically sound throughout. B. Location of Temporary Utilities and Temporary Facilities: 1. Locate temporary systems for proper function and service. 2. Temporary systems shall not interfere with or provide hazards or nuisances to: the Work under this and other contracts, movement of personnel, traffic areas, materials handling, hoisting systems, storage areas, finishes, and work of utility companies. 3. Do not install temporary utilities on the ground, with the exception of temporary extension cords, hoses, and similar systems in place for short durations. C. Modify and extend temporary systems as required by progress of the Work. 3.2 USE A. Maintain temporary systems to provide safe, continuous service as required. B. Properly supervise operation of temporary systems: 1. Enforce compliance with Laws and Regulations. 2. Enforce safe practices. 3. Prevent abuse of services. 4. Prevent nuisances and hazards caused by temporary systems and their use. 5. Prevent damage to finishes. 6. Ensure that temporary systems and equipment do not interrupt continuous progress of construction. C. At end of each work day, check temporary systems and verify that sufficient consumables are available to maintain operation until work is resumed at the Site. Provide additional consumables if the supply on hand is insufficient. 3.3 REMOVAL A. Completely remove temporary utilities, facilities, equipment, and materials when no longer required. Repair damage caused by temporary systems and their removal and restore the Site to condition required by the Contract Documents; if restoration of damaged areas is not specified, restore to preconstruction condition. B. Where temporary utilities are disconnected from existing utility, provide suitable, watertight or gastight (as applicable) cap or blind flange, as applicable, on service line, in accordance with requirements of utility owner. C. When permanent utilities and systems that were used for temporary utilities, upon Substantial Completion replace all consumables such as filters and Tight bulbs and parts used during the Work. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Temporary Utilities 01510 -4 END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Temporary Utilities 01510 -5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01511 - TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. CONTRACTOR shall provide temporary electrical service during the Project. At minimum, provide temporary electrical service through Substantial Completion of the entire Project and removal of temporary field offices and sheds. B. Cost of electricity used for the Project, including cost of electricity for start-up and testing, shall be paid by CONTRACTOR. C. Source: Electric power for temporary electrical service is available from Duke Energy unless an agreement from the CITY establishes a source from their distribution. Point of connection to power source shall be determined by Duke or the CITY. D. Limits of Temporary Electric Service: 1. Provide and maintain temporary electric service so that electricity can be obtained at all locations within the Project's work areas using extension of no more than 100 feet. 2. Temporary electric service required beyond limits shown or indicated shall be provided by contractor requiring such power, who shall provide their own portable generator or other means of temporary electric service. 3. Each contractor using temporary electric service shall provide their own extension cords, drop lights, power tools, other small devices, and distribution system. E. Continuously provide electric power to construction field offices and sheds. F. Unless existing equipment is specified as being taken temporarily out of service to accommodate portions of the Project, provide temporary electric power to maintain continuous operation of existing facilities during change over of electrical equipment. G. Restrictions: 1. Existing Systems: Modify and extend existing system for temporary electric service. 2. Obtain OWNER's permission to use electricity from existing system. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 TEMPORARY SERVICE REQUIRED A. Materials and equipment used for temporary electric service may be new or used, and shall be in first - class, fully serviceable condition. Temporary electric service shall not create unsafe conditions. Comply with Laws and Regulations and requirements of electric utility. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Temporary Electricity 01511 -1 B. Size of Temporary Electric Service: 1. Temporary electric service is required for lighting, power tools, construction field offices and sheds, and similar usages. Electric space heaters, dewatering pumps and equipment, and large welding machines are not included in required temporary electric service. 2. If needed, a temporary electric system shall be 480 -volt, three - phase, 60 Hertz, with sufficient capacity to provide service for construction use by all trades and with the following minimum facilities: a. 100 ampere frame with 100 ampere trip primary circuit breaker. b. 15 KVA, three -phase transformer with 480 -volt primary and 208/120 -volt secondary, three -pole secondary safety switch, and 208/120 -volt, three - phase, four -wire distribution panel. C. Provide each electrical outlet with circuit breaker protection and comply with ground fault protection per requirements of NEC Article 406, Receptacles, Cord Connectors, and Attachment Plugs, and UL 943, Standard for Ground -Fault Circuit - Interrupters. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install temporary electric service in neat, orderly manner. Temporary electric service shall be structurally and electrically sound throughout. B. Modify temporary electric service and rearrange wiring as Project progress requires. C. Locate all temporary electrical facilities to avoid interfering with the Work, hoisting, materials handling, storage, traffic areas, existing operable facilities, and work under other contracts. D. CONTRACTOR is responsible for and shall return to original condition those portions of permanent electric system used in completing the Work. 3.2 USE A. Properly supervise use of temporary electric service. Enforce compliance with Laws and Regulations and safe practices, and prevent abuse of services. 3.3 REMOVAL A. Completely remove materials and equipment associated with temporary electric service when temporary electric service is no longer required. B. Repair damage caused by temporary electric service and its removal and restore the Site to condition in accordance with the Contract Documents; if restoration of damaged areas is not specified, restore to preconstruction condition. + + END OF SECTION + + City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Temporary Electricity 01511 -2 City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Temporary Electricity 01511 -3 SECTION 01522 - CONTRACTOR'S FIELD OFFICE AND SHEDS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide field office for CONTRACTOR's use with at least the minimum facilities specified. 2. Provide required storage and work sheds. 3. Pay for required permits and utilities. Field offices and sheds shall comply with Laws and Regulations. B. Location: 1. Locate field offices and sheds in accordance with the Contract Documents and in accordance with the Site mobilization discussions at the preconstruction conference. C. Furnish in field office one complete set of the Contract Documents for ready reference by interested parties. In addition to the reference set, comply with Section 01782, Record Documents. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 FIELD OFFICE AND SHEDS, FURNISHINGS, AND EQUIPMENT A. Field Office and Furnishings: 1. Construction: As required by CONTRACTOR and sufficient for Project meetings. 2. Utilities and Services: Provide the following: a. Telephone service. b. Computer network and related facilities as required for CONTRACTOR needs. 3. Furnishings: a. Conference Facilities: Provide conference area with conference table and chairs sufficient for twenty people. Conference facilities and furnishings shall be provided with suitable utilities, lighting, and temperature controls prior to the first progress meeting, unless otherwise approved by CITY. b. Other fumishings required by CONTRACTOR. 4. Provide on field office an exterior identification sign displaying CONTRACTOR's company name. Maximum size of sign shall be four feet by eight feet. Sign shall be suitable for outdoor use for the duration of the Project. 5. Furnish and maintain at CONTRACTOR's field office twelve protective helmets for use by visitors to the Site. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HS PS Electrical Improvements Contractors Field Office & Sheds 14-0024-UT 01522 -1 00992 -0222 B. Storage and Work Sheds: 1. Provide storage and work sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate personnel, materials, and equipment involved in the Work, including temporary utility services and facilities required for environmental controls sufficient for personnel, materials, and equipment. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Installation: 1. Install field offices, sheds, and related facilities in accordance with Laws and Regulations. 2. Install materials and equipment, including prefabricated structures, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.2 MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL A. Maintenance: 1. Clean and maintain field offices and sheds as required. 2. Provide consumables as required. B. Removal: 1. Do not remove field offices and sheds until after Substantial Completion of the entire Work, unless otherwise approved by CITY. 2. Remove field offices and sheds and restore areas prior to final inspection. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HS PS Electrical Improvements Contractors Field Office 8 Sheds 14- 0024 -UT 01522 -2 00992 -0222 SECTION 01570 - TEMPORARY CONTROLS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide and maintain methods, equipment, and temporary construction as required to control environmental conditions at the Site and adjacent areas. 2. Maintain controls until no longer required. 3. Temporary controls include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Erosion and sediment controls. b. Noise controls. c. Dust control. d. Pest and rodent control. e. Control of water, including storm water runnoff. f. Pollution control. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable provisions and recommendations of the following: 1. Florida Department of Environmental Protection. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Plan for construction staging and maintenance of the Site relative to erosion and sediment controls. Indicate on a Site plan approximate areas of planned disturbance of soils and soil cover over time during the Project. For areas not indicated in the Contract Documents as being disturbed and that CONTRACTOR proposes to disturb, Shop Drawing shall include proposed erosion and sediment control measures for the additional area. 2. Product Data: a. Silt fencing materials. B. Informational Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Procedural Submittals: a. Proposed dust control measures, when submittal is requested by CITY. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Temporary Controls 01570 -1 PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS FOR TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROLS A. General: 1. Materials utilized for erosion and sediment controls shall be in accordance with the applicable regulatory requirements indicated in Article 1.2 of this Section, unless otherwise shown or indicated in the Contract Documents. B. Silt Fencing: 1. Filter Cloth: a. Mirafi Envirofence, or equal. b. Height: Two feet, minimum. c. Securely fasten filter cloth to wire mesh using ties spaced at maximum intervals of two feet on centers at top and mid - height of wire mesh. 2. Wire Mesh: Support filter cloth with wire mesh complying with the following: a. Woven wire mesh, 14 -gauge steel wire, maximum mesh size six -inch by six -inch. b. Height: To match filter cloth height. c. Fasten wire mesh to fence supports with wire ties or staples. 3. Fence Support Posts: a. Length: Three feet, minimum. b. Material: Metal or other acceptable material with "U" or "1" cross section, or minimum 1.25 -inch by 1.25 -inch hardwood. C. Straw Bale Dike. 1. Bales shall be firmly- packed, unrotted straw bound firmly with baling wire. Cross - sectional area on the small end of each bale shall be approximately 12 inches by 12 inches or larger. 2. Posts shall comply with requirements for silt fencing support posts, or may be suitable reinforcing steel. D. Mulch Materials and Soil Stabilization. 1. Mulch shall be unrotted straw or salt hay. 2. Soil stabilization emulsions, when used, shall be an inert, eco- friendly chemical manufactured for the specific purpose of erosion control and soil stabilization, applied with mulch or stabilization fibers. 3. Wood -fiber or paper - fiber, when used, shall be 100 percent natural and biodegradable. 4. Erosion control mat or netting shall be biodegradable. Acceptable materials include jute, excelsior, straw or coconut fiber, and cotton. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Temporary Controls 14-0024-UT 01570 -2 00992 -0222 E. Protection of Storm Water Drainage Inlets and Catch Basins: 1. Inlet Filter Bag: a. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following for each drainage inlet or catch basin to be protected: 1) Silt Sack, by Atlantic Construction Fabrics (ACF) Environmental 2) Or equal. b. Inlet filter bag permeability shall be not less than 40 gallons per square foot of bag area exposed to the flow. Fabric shall be woven polypropylene with double stitching to prevent bursting. c. Inlet filter bags shall fit inside the drainage inlet or catch basin and shall be secured by the structure's grate or by other acceptable means. d. Inlet filter bags shall have means of removing inlet filter bag and the silt and sediment collected in the bag, without dumping filter bag's contents into the drainage inlet or catch basin. F. Filter Bag on Dewatering Pump Discharge: 1. Provide filter bag on discharge of each dewatering pump drawing from an excavation. Filter bag is not required on pumps associated with dewatering wells. 2. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: a. UltraTech Dewatering Bag, by Interstate Products. b. Filter Bag, by US Fabrics. c. Dewatering (Filter) Bag, Indian Valley Industries. d. Dirt Bag, by Atlantic Construction Fabrics (ACF) Environmental e. Or equal. 3. Size filter bags for maximum flow of the pump. Filter bags shall be specifically fabricated for use as a dewatering pump filter bag. 4. Provide sufficient spare filter bags for continuous dewatering operations. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 NOISE CONTROL A. Noise Control — General: 1. CONTRACTOR's vehicles and equipment shall minimize noise emissions to greatest degree practicable. Provide mufflers, silencers, and sound barriers when necessary. 2. Noise levels shall comply with Laws and Regulations, including OSHA requirements and local ordinances. 3. Noise emissions shall not interfere with the work of CITY or others. 3.2 DUST CONTROL A. Dust Control — General: 1. Control objectionable dust caused by CONTRACTOR's operation of vehicles and equipment, clearing, and other actions. To minimize airborne dust, apply City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Temporary Controls 14-0024-UT 01570 -3 00992 -0222 water or use other methods subject to acceptance of CITY and approval of authorities having jurisdiction. 2. CONTRACTOR shall prevent blowing and movement of dust from exposed soil surfaces and access roads to reduce on- and off -Site damage, nuisances, and health hazards associated with dust emissions. Control may be achieved by irrigation in which the Site shall be sprinkled with water until the surface is moist. Apply dust controls as frequently as required without creating nuisances such as excessive mud and ponding of water at the Site. 3. Remove dust from roadways and access roads at maximum intervals of seven days by mechanical brooming or other method acceptable to CITY. 3.3 PEST AND RODENT CONTROL A. Pest and Rodent Control — General: 1. Provide rodent and pest control as required to prevent infestation of the Site and storage areas. 2. Employ methods and use materials that do not adversely affect conditions at the Site or on adjoining properties. 3. In accordance with Laws and Regulations, promptly and properly dispose of pests and rodents trapped or otherwise controlled. 3.4 WATER CONTROL A. Water Control — General: 1. Provide methods to control surface water and water from excavations and structures to prevent damage to the Work, the Site, and adjoining properties. 2. Control fill, grading, and ditching to direct water away from excavations, pits, tunnels and other construction areas and to direct drainage to proper runoff courses to prevent erosion, damage, or nuisance. B. Equipment and Facilities for Water Control: Provide, operate, and maintain equipment and facilities of adequate size to control surface water. C. Discharge and Disposal: Dispose of drainage water in manner to prevent flooding, erosion, and other damage to any and all parts of the Site and adjoining areas, and that complies with Laws and Regulations. 3.5 POLLUTION CONTROL A. Pollution Control — General: 1. Provide means, methods, and facilities required to prevent contamination of soil, water, and atmosphere caused by discharge of noxious substances from construction operations. 2. Equipment used during construction shall comply with Laws and Regulations. B. Spills and Contamination: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Temporary Controls 01570 -4 1. Provide equipment and personnel to perform emergency measures required to contain spills and to remove contaminated soils and liquids. 2. Excavate contaminated material and properly dispose of off -Site, and replace with suitable compacted fill and topsoil. C. Protection of Surface Waters: Implement special measures to prevent harmful substances from entering surface waters. Prevent disposal of wastes, effluents, chemicals, and other such substances in or adjacent to surface waters and open drainage routes, in sanitary sewers, or in storm sewers. D. Atmospheric Pollutants: 1. Provide systems for controlling atmospheric pollutants related to the Work. 2. Prevent toxic concentrations of chemicals and vapors. 3. Prevent harmful dispersal of pollutants into atmosphere. E. Solid Waste: 1. Provide systems for controlling and managing solid waste related to the Work. 2. Prevent solid waste from becoming airborne, and from discharging to surface waters and drainage routes. 3. Properly handle and dispose of solid waste. 3.6 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL A. Installation and Maintenance of Erosion and Sediment Controls — General: 1. General: a. Provide erosion and sediment controls as shown and indicated on the Drawings and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Provide erosion and sediment controls as the Work progresses into previously undisturbed areas. b. Installation of erosion and sediment controls shall be in accordance with the applicable regulatory requirements indicated in Article 1.2 of this Section, unless otherwise shown or indicated in the Contract Documents. c. Use necessary methods to successfully control erosion and sedimentation, including ecology- oriented construction practices, vegetative measures, and mechanical controls. Use best management practices (BMP) in accordance with Laws and Regulations, and regulatory requirements indicated in Article 1.2 of this Section, to control erosion and sedimentation during the Project. d. Plan and execute construction, disturbances of soils and soil cover, and earthwork by methods to control surface drainage from cuts and fills, and from borrow and waste disposal areas, to prevent erosion and sedimentation. Provide temporary measures for controlling erosion and sedimentation, as indicated in the Contract Documents and as required for the Project. e. Where areas must be cleared for storage of materials or equipment, or for temporary facilities, provisions shall be made for regulating drainage City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Temporary Controls 01570 -5 and controlling erosion and sedimentation, subject to the CITY'S approval. f. Provide erosion and sediment controls, including stabilization of soils, at the end of each workday. 2. Coordination: a. Coordinate temporary erosion and sediment controls with construction of permanent drainage facilities and other Work to the extent necessary for economical, effective, and continuous erosion and sediment control. 3. Before commencing activities that will disturb soil or soil cover at the Site, provide all erosion and sediment control measures required by the Contract Documents for the areas where soil or soil cover will be disturbed. 4. In general, implement construction procedures associated with, or that may affect, erosion and sediment control to ensure minimum damage to the environment during construction. CONTRACTOR shall implement any and all additional measures required to comply with Laws and Regulations. 5. Vegetation Removal: Remove only those shrubs, grasses, and other vegetation that must be removed for construction. Protect remaining vegetation. 6. Access Roads and Parking Areas: When possible, access roads and temporary roads shall be located and constructed to avoid adverse effects on the environment. Provisions shall be made to regulate drainage, avoid erosion and sedimentation, and minimize damage to vegetation. 7. Earthwork and Temporary Controls: a. Perform excavation, fill, and related operations in accordance with Section 02315. b. Control erosion to minimize transport of silt from the Site into existing waterways and surface waters. Such measures shall include, but are not limited to, using berms, silt fencing, baled straw silt barriers, gravel or crushed stone, mulching and soil stabilization, slope drains, and other methods. Apply such temporary measures to erodible materials exposed by activities associated with the construction of the Project. c. Hold to a minimum the areas of bare soil exposed at one time. d. Construct fills and waste areas by selectively placing fill and waste materials to eliminate surface silts and clays that will erode. e. In performing earthwork, eliminate depressions that could serve as mosquito pools. f. CONTRACTOR shall provide special care in areas with steep slopes, where disturbance of vegetation shall be minimized to maintain soil stability. 8. Inspection and Maintenance: a. Periodically inspect areas of earthwork and areas where soil or soil cover are disturbed to detect evidence of the start of erosion and sedimentation; apply corrective measures as required to control erosion and sedimentation. Continue inspections and corrective measures until soils are permanently stabilized and permanent vegetation has been established b. Repair or replace damaged erosion and sediment controls within 24 hours of CONTRACTOR becoming aware of such damage. c. Periodically remove silt and sediment that has accumulated in or behind sediment and erosion controls. Properly dispose of silt and sediment. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Temporary Controls 01570 -6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 9. Duration of Erosion and Sediment Controls: a. Maintain erosion and sediment controls in effective working condition until the associated drainage area has been permanently stabilized. b. Maintain erosion and sediment controls until the Site is restored and site improvements including landscaping, if any, are complete with underlying soils permanently stabilized. 10. Work Stoppage: If the Work is temporarily stopped or suspended for any reason, CONTRACTOR shall provide additional temporary controls necessary to prevent environmental damage to the Site and adjacent areas while the Work is stopped or suspended. 11. Failure to Provide Adequate Controls: In the event CONTRACTOR repeatedly fails to satisfactorily control erosion and siltation, CITY reserves the right to employ outside assistance or to use CITY's own forces for erosion and sediment control. Cost of such work, plus engineering and inspection costs, will be deducted from monies due CONTRACTOR. B. Silt Fencing: 1. Install and maintain silt fencing in a vertical plane. 2. Locations of Silt Fencing: a. Where possible, install silt fencing along contour lines so that each given run fencing is at the same elevation. b. On slopes install silt fencing at intervals that do not exceed the maximum intervals indicated in the following table: Slope (percent) Maximum Length of Slope Above Each Silt Fence (feet) 2 and less 150 2.1 to 5 100 5.1 to 10 50 10.1 to 20 25 20.1 to 25 20 25.1 to 40 15 40.1 to 50 10 c. Provide silt fencing around perimeter of each stockpile of topsoil, general fill material, and excavated material. Install silt fencing before expected precipitation and maintain until stockpile is removed. d. Do not install silt fencing at the following types of locations: 1) Area of concentrated storm water flows such as ditches, swales, or channels. 2) Where rock or rocky soils prevent full and uniform anchoring of silt fencing. 3) Across upstream or discharge ends of storm water piping or culverts. 3. Installation: a. Securely fasten wire mesh to posts, and securely fasten filter cloth to wire mesh. b. When two sections of filter cloth abut each other, fold over edges and overlap by minimum of six inches and securely fasten to wire mesh. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Temporary Controls 01570 -7 c. Embed posts in the ground to the depth necessary for proper controls; embed posts to at least 16 inches below ground. d. Filter cloth and wire mesh shall extend a minimum of eight inches below ground and a minimum of 16 inches above ground. e. Remove sediment accumulated at silt fencing as required. Repair and reinstall silt fencing as required. 4. Maintenance: a. Do not allow formation of concentrated storm water flows on slopes above silt fencing unless so shown or indicated in the Contract Documents. If unauthorized concentrated storm water flows occur, stabilize the slope via earthmoving and other stabilization measures as required to prevent flow of concentrated storm water flows toward silt fencing. ' C. Straw Bale Dike. 1. Install straw bale dikes where shown or indicated, including in swales, along 1 contours, and along toe of slopes. 2. Install bales in shallow excavation as wide as the bale and approximately four to six inches below surrounding grade. 3. Ends of bale shall tightly abut ends of adjacent bales. 4. Securely install straw bales using two support posts per bale, driven into the ground a minimum of 1.5 to two feet below bottom of bale. Top of post shall be flush with top of bale. Angle first post for each bale toward the previously - installed bale. 5. Frequently inspect bales and repair or replace as required. Remove accumulated silt and debris from behind straw bales. D. Mulching and Soil Stabilization: 1. Use mulching to temporarily stabilize exposed soil and fill material. a. Immediately following final grading, provide mulch and stabilize with mats or netting, or sprayed soil stabilization emulsion with fiber additive. b. Application of mulching for soil stabilization shall be as follows. 1) Unrotted Straw or Salt Hay: 1.5 to two tons per acre. 2) Soil stabilization emulsions, when used, shall be applied in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, and shall be applied with mulch or stabilization fibers. 3) Wood -fiber or Paper -fiber Application: 1,500 lbs. per acre, installed by hydroseeding. c. Where mats or netting are used: 1) Cover entire area to be stabilized with mats or netting. 2) Provide anchoring trenches at the top and bottom of slopes to receive mats or netting. Bury at least the top and bottom ends of mat or netting, four inches or more wide, at top and bottom of slope. Tamp trench full of soil. Four inches from trench, secure mat or netting with appropriate staples spaced at intervals of 10 inches. 3) Overlap adjacent strips of mat or netting by at least four inches. E. Protection of Storm Water Drainage Inlets and Catch Basins: 1 City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Temporary Controls 14- 0024-UT 01570 -8 00992 -0222 1. Protect each drainage inlet and catch basin that has the potential to receive storm water runoff from exposed soils, and does not discharge into a storm water settlement basin. 2. Install inlet filter bags inside of drainage inlet or catch basin in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Secure inlet filter bag with the structure's grate or by other acceptable means. 3. Inlet filter bags shall not pose any obstruction above the elevation of the drainage inlet or catch basin grate requiring barricades or flashers. 4. When removing silt and sediment from inlet filter bag, do not dumpi filter bag's contents into the drainage inlet or catch basin. 5. Remove silt and sediment from inlet filter bag, or replace inlet filter bag, when inlet filter bag is not more than half full. F. Filter Bag on Dewatering Pump Discharge: 1. Provide dewatering of excavations in compliance with Division 2 Sections on earthmoving, excavation, and fill. 2. Locate filter bags and temporary pump discharge lines to avoid interfering with the public, use of private property, and CITY's operations. Relocate filter bags and appurtenances when required. 3. Filter bag discharge shall be directed to appropriate storm water drainage route. Do not discharge into roadways, driveways, access roads, and overland. When temporary settlement basin is used, locate filter bags to discharge to temporary settlement basin when practicable. 4. Provide filter bag on discharge of each dewatering pump drawing from an excavation. 5. Securely attach filter bag to pump discharge pipe or hose. 6. Maintain, clean out, and replace filter bags as required. 3.7 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY CONTROLS A. Removals — General: 1. Upon completion of the Work, remove temporary controls and restore Site to specified condition; if condition is not specified, restore Site to pre - construction condition. 2. After soils are permanently stabilized, remove from the Site temporary erosion and sediment controls. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Temporary Controls 01570 -9 SECTION 01630 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The items listed starting with Article 1.5 of this Section refer to and are the same pay items listed in the Bid Form and constitute all pay items for completing the Work. No direct or separate payment will be made for providing miscellaneous temporary or accessory works, plant services, CONTRACTOR's field offices, layout surveys, Project signs, sanitary requirements, testing, safety provisions and safety devices, submittals and record drawings, water supplies, power and fuel, traffic maintenance, removal of waste, security, coordination with CITY's operations, information technology (including hardware, software, and services) required during construction, bonds, insurance, or other requirements of the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, General Requirements, and other requirements of the Contract Documents. Compensation for all services, items, materials, and equipment shall be included in prices stipulated for the unit price pay items listed in this Section and included in the Contract. B. Each unit price shall include an amount considered by the CONTRACTOR to be adequate to cover CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. 1.2 ENGINEER'S ESTIMATE OF QUANTITIES A. ENGINEER's estimated quantities for items of Unit Price Work, as included in the Contract, are approximate only and are included solely for purpose of comparing Bids and pricing. CITY does not expressly or by implication agree that nature of materials encountered below the ground surface or actual quantities of material encountered or required will correspond with the quantities included in the Contract at the time of award and reserves right to increase or decrease quantities or to eliminate quantities as the CITY may deem necessary. Except as provided in Article 1.3 of this Section, CONTRACTOR or CITY will not be entitled to adjustment in price of Unit Price Work items as a result of change in estimated quantity and agrees to accept the unit prices accepted in the Bid as complete and total compensation for additions caused by changes or alterations in the Unit Price Work directed by CITY. 1.3 ADJUSTMENT OF UNIT PRICES FOR INCREASE OR DECREASE OF ESTIMATED QUANTITIES A. Increases or decreases in the quantity of an item of Unit Price Work will be determined by comparing total payable quantity of Unit Price Work with ENGINEER's estimated quantity indicated in the Contract Documents. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Measurement and Payment 14- 0024-UT 01630 -1 00992 -0222 B. Notwithstanding other provision of the Contract Documents, if total payable quantity of Unit Price Work for an item with an as- awarded total value of five percent or more of the as- awarded Contract Price, varies from ENGINEER's estimated of quantity by more than 25 percent above or below ENGINEER's estimated quantity, that item's unit price will be subject to review by CITY. If warranted, an equitable adjustment will be made by Change Order to credit CITY with reduction in cost or compensate CONTRACTOR for increased cost resulting from the change in quantity. The unit price adjustment, if any, will be based on cost increase or decrease due solely to variation above 125 percent or below 75 percent of ENGINEER's estimated quantity. C. CITY's review for possible unit price cost adjustment will be at a time CITY deems reasonable and proper. D. Payment for Unit Price Work item that has an as- awarded computed total value of Tess than five percent of the sum of the as- awarded total Contract Price will be made at the unit price in the Contract, regardless of an increase or decrease in quantity. 1.4 RELATED PROVISIONS A. Payments to CONTRACTOR: Refer Conditions, and Agreement. B. Changes in Contract Price: Refer to Conditions. to General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions and Supplementary C. Schedule of Values: Refer to General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Section 01291, Schedule of Values. 1.5 BID ITEMS A. Item 1: Mobilization /Demobilization and General Conditions 1. Measurement of lump sum price for Item 1 shall be based on an allowance for mobilization/demobilization and General Conditions. 2. Payment for mobilization will include costs associated preparatory work and operations including moving of personnel, equipment, facility, and all else necessary to commence Work. The costs of bonds, insurance, and pre - construction expenses shall also be included. 3. Payment for demobilization will include costs associated with finalizing work including but not limited to those operations necessary for the removal of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidentals from the project site. 4. Payment for General Conditions will include costs associated with all of the work necessary to comply with the requirements of the Division 1 specifications, and any other requirements of the Contract Documents not City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Measurement and Payment 14-0024-UT 01630 -2 00992 -0222 addressed by any other of the following bid items. 5. Payment shall be in accordance with Section 01291. B. Item 2: Installation of Concrete and above ground ductbank 1. Measurement of lump sum price for Item 2 shall be full compensation for the temporary connection and removal of all equipment required to as shown on the drawings and as specified under Divisions 1 and 16 and other related Divisions but not specifically included under other items. 2. Payment will included cost of excavation & backfill, construction of rebar cage, concrete, conduit, overhead conduit supports, and replacement of concrete, asphalt, and sod. C. Item 3: Demolition of Generator and Generator Building Restoration 1. Measurement of lump sum price for Item 3 shall be full compensation for the required repairs to the HSPS Generator Building as shown on the drawings and as specified. 2. Payment will include payment for removal of existing HSPS service, and al equipment related, including coordination with Power Company. 3. Payment will include cost for removal of generator and fuel tank, removal and cleaning of existing tank, removal of existing generator and appurtenances including building exhaust fan. Patching of building as required by contract documents. D. Item 4: Electrical 1. Measurement of lump sum price for Item 4 shall be full compensation for providing all electrical work required to construct the Project as shown on the drawings and as specified under Divisions 1 and 16 and other related Divisions but not specifically included under other items. 2. Payment for Electrical Work will include costs associated with all of the work necessary to comply with the requirements of the Division 1 and 16 specifications, and any other related requirements of the Contract E. Item 5: Instrumentation & Controls 1. Measurement of lump sum price for Item 5 shall be full compensation for providing all instrumentation and controls work required to construct the Project as shown on the drawings and as specified under Divisions 1 and 13 and other related Divisions but not specifically included under other items. 2. Payment for Instrumentation & Controls Work will include costs associated with all of the work necessary to comply with the requirements of the Division 1 and 13 specifications, and any other related requirements of the Contract Documents. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Measurement and Payment 14- 0024-UT 01630 -3 00992 -0222 1 F. Item 6: SCADA Software Implementation Services Allowance 1. Measurement of lump sum price for Item 6 shall be full compensation for the Owner's SCADA System Programmer (SSP) to perform the PLC programming, HMI programming, and other related work as described in section 13100. 2. Payment will include costs associated with all of the work necessary to comply with the SSP requirements section 13100 and any other related requirements of the Contract Documents. G. Item 7: Owner's Contingency 1. Measurement for payment shall be agreed upon by the owner and contractor. 2. Payment shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Contingency Request and, if applicable, in accordance with the Schedule of Values. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Measurement and Payment 01,930.4 SECTION 01651 - TRANSPORATION AND HANDLING OF PRODUCTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. This Section includes the general requirements for preparing for shipping, delivering, and handling materials and equipment. 2. CONTRACTOR shall make all arrangements for transporting, delivering, and handling of materials and equipment required for prosecution and completion of the Work. 3. When required, move stored materials and equipment without additional compensation and without changes to the Contract Times. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to individual Specification Sections for submittal requirements relative to delivering and handling materials and equipment. 1.3 PREPARING FOR SHIPMENT A. When practical, factory- assemble materials and equipment. Match mark or tag separate parts and assemblies to facilitate field assembly. Cover machined and unpainted parts that may be damaged by the elements with strippable, protective coating. B. Package materials and equipment to facilitate handling, and protect materials and equipment from damage during shipping, handling, and storage. Mark or tag outside of each package or crate to indicate the associated purchase order number, bill of lading number, contents by name, CITY's contract name and number, CONTRACTOR name, equipment number, and approximate weight. Include complete packing lists and bills of materials with each shipment. C. Protect materials and equipment from exposure to the elements and keep thoroughly dry and dust -free at all times. Protect painted surfaces against impact, abrasion, discoloration, and other damage. Lubricate bearings and other items requiring lubrication in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Do not ship materials and equipment until: 1. Related Shop Drawings, Samples, and other submittals have been approved or accepted (as applicable) by CITY, including, but not City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Transportation & Handling of Products 14-0024-UT 01651 -1 00992 -0222 necessarily limited to, all Action Submittals associated with the materials and equipment being delivered. 2. Manufacturer's instructions for handling, storing, and installing the associated materials and equipment have been submitted to and accepted by CITY in accordance with the Specifications. 3. Results of source quality control testing (factory testing), when required by the Contract Documents for the associated materials or equipment, have been reviewed and accepted by CITY. 4. Facilities required for handling materials and equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions are in place and available. 5. Required storage facilities have been provided. 1.4 DELIVERY A. Scheduling and Timing of Deliveries: 1. Arrange deliveries of materials and equipment in accordance with the accepted Progress Schedule and in ample time to facilitate inspection prior to installation. 2. Schedule deliveries to minimize space required for and duration of storage of materials and equipment at the Site or delivery location, as applicable. 3. Coordinate deliveries to avoid conflicting with the Work and conditions at Site, and to accommodate the following: a. Work of other contractors and CITY. b. Storage space limitations. c. Availability of equipment and personnel for handling materials and equipment. d. CITY's use of premises. 4. Deliver materials and equipment to the Site during regular working hours. 5. Deliver materials and equipment to avoid delaying the Work and the Project, including work of other contractors, as applicable. Deliver anchor system materials, including anchor bolts to be embedded in concrete or masonry, in ample time to avoid delaying the Work. B. Deliveries: 1. Shipments shall be delivered with CONTRACTOR's name, Subcontractor's name (if applicable), Site name, Project name, and contract designation (example: "ABC Construction Co., City of Somewhere, Idaho, Wastewater Treatment Plant Primary Clarifier Improvements, Contract 25, General Construction ") clearly marked. 2. Site may be listed as the "ship to" or "delivery" address; but CITY shall not be listed as recipient of shipment unless otherwise directed in writing by CITY. 3. Provide CONTRACTOR's telephone number to shipper; do not provide CITY's telephone number. 4. Arrange for deliveries while CONTRACTOR's personnel are at the Site. CONTRACTOR shall receive and coordinate shipments upon delivery. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Transportation & Handling of Products 14-0024-UT 01651 -2 00992 -0222 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Shipments delivered to the Site when CONTRACTOR is not present will be refused by CITY, and CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the associated delays and additional costs, if incurred. C. Containers and Marking: 1. Have materials and equipment delivered in manufacturer's original, unopened, labeled containers. 2. Clearly mark partial deliveries of component parts of materials and equipment to identify materials and equipment, to allow easy accumulation of parts, and to facilitate assembly. D. Inspection of Deliveries: 1. Immediately upon delivery, inspect shipment to verify that: a. Materials and equipment comply with the Contract Documents and approved or accepted (as applicable) submittals. b. Quantities are correct. c. Materials and equipment are undamaged. d. Containers and packages are intact and labels are legible. e. Materials and equipment are properly protected. 2. Promptly remove damaged materials and equipment from the Site and expedite delivery of new, undamaged materials and equipment, and remedy incomplete or lost materials and equipment to furnish materials and equipment in accordance with the Contract Documents, to avoid delaying progress of the Work. 3. Advise CITY in writing when damaged, incomplete, or defective materials and equipment are delivered, and advise CITY of the associated impact on the Progress Schedule. 1.5 HANDLING OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Provide equipment and personnel necessary to handle materials and equipment, including those furnished by CITY, by methods that prevent soiling or damaging materials and equipment and packaging. B. Provide additional protection during handling as necessary to prevent scraping, marring and otherwise damaging materials and equipment and surrounding surfaces. C. Handle materials and equipment by methods that prevent bending and overstressing. D. Lift heavy components only at designated lifting points. ' E. Handle materials and equipment in safe manner and as recommended by the manufacturer to prevent damage. Do not drop, roll, or skid materials and 1 1 1 City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Transportation 8 Handling of Products 01651 -3 equipment off delivery vehicles or at other times during handling. Hand -carry or use suitable handling equipment. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Transportation & Handling of Products 14-0024-UT 01651 -4 00992 -0222 SECTION 01661 - STORAGE AND PROTECTION OF PRODUCTS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This Section includes general requirements for storing and protecting materials and equipment. 1.2 STORAGE A. Store and protect materials and equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and the Contract Documents. B. CONTRACTOR shall make all arrangements and provisions necessary for, and pay all costs for, storing materials and equipment. Excavated materials, construction equipment, and materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be placed to avoid injuring the Work and existing facilities and property, and so that free access is maintained at all times to all parts of the Work and to public utility installations in vicinity of the Work. Store materials and equipment neatly and compactly in locations that cause minimum inconvenience to CITY, other contractors, public travel, and owners, tenants, and occupants of adjoining property. Arrange storage in manner to allow easy access for inspection. C. Areas available at the Site for storing materials and equipment are shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or as approved by CITY. D. Store materials and equipment to become CITY's property to facilitate their inspection and ensure preservation of quality and fitness of the Work, including proper protection against damage by freezing, moisture, and high temperatures with ambient temperatures as high as 100 degrees F. Store in indoor, climate - controlled storage areas all materials and equipment subject to damage by moisture, humidity, heat, cold, and other elements, unless otherwise acceptable to CITY. When placing orders to Suppliers for equipment and controls containing computer chips, electronics, and solid -state devices, CONTRACTOR shall obtain, coordinate, and comply with specific temperature and humidity limitations on materials and equipment, because temperature inside cabinets and components stored in warm temperatures can approach 200 degrees F. E. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible for Toss or damage (including theft) to stored materials and equipment. F. Do not open manufacturer's containers until time of installation, unless recommended by the manufacturer or otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. G Do not store materials or equipment in structures being constructed unless City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Storage 8 Protection of Products 14-0024 -UT 01661 -1 00992 -0222 approved by CITY in writing. H. Do not use lawns or other private property for storage without written permission of the owner or other person in possession or control of such premises. 1.3 PROTECTION A. Equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be boxed, crated, or otherwise completely enclosed and protected during shipping, handling, and storage, in accordance with Section 01651, Transportation and Handling of Products. B. Store all materials and equipment off the ground (or floor) on raised supports such as skids or pallets. C. Protect painted surfaces against impact, abrasion, discoloration, and other damage. Painted equipment surfaces that are damaged or marred shall be repainted in their entirety in accordance with equipment manufacturer and paint manufacturer requirements, to the satisfaction of CITY. D. Protect electrical equipment, controls, and instrumentation against moisture, water damage, heat, cold, and dust. Space heaters provided in equipment shall be connected and operating at all times until equipment is placed in operation and permanently connected. 1.4 UNCOVERED STORAGE A. The following types of materials may be stored outdoors without cover on supports so there is no contact with the ground: 1. Reinforcing steel. 2. Precast concrete materials. 3. Structural steel. 4. Metal stairs. 5. Handrails and railings. 6 Grating. 7. Checker plate. 8. Metal access hatches. 9. Castings. 10. Fiberglass products. 11. Rigid electrical conduit. 12. Piping, except polyvinyl chloride (PVC) or chlorinated PVC (CPVC) pipe. 1.5 COVERED STORAGE A. The following materials and equipment may be stored outdoors on supports and completely covered with covering impervious to water: 1. Grout and mortar materials. 2. Masonry units. 3. Rough lumber. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Storage & Protection of Products 14-0024-UT 01661 -2 00992 -0222 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4. Soil materials and granular materials such as aggregate. 5. PVC and CPVC pipe. 6. Filter media. B. Tie down covers with rope, and slope covering to prevent accumulation of water. C. Store loose granular materials, with covering impervious to water, in well- drained area or on solid surfaces to prevent mixing with foreign matter. 1.6 FULLY PROTECTED STORAGE A. Store all material and equipment not named in Articles 1.4 and 1.5 of this Section on supports in buildings or trailers that have concrete or wooden flooring, roof, and fully closed walls on all sides. Covering with visquine plastic sheeting or similar material in space without floor, roof, and walls is not acceptable. Comply with the following: 1. Provide heated storage for materials and equipment that could be damaged by low temperatures or freezing. 2. Provide air - conditioned storage for materials and equipment that could be damaged by high temperatures. 3. Protect mechanical and electrical equipment from being contaminated by dust, dirt, and moisture. 4. Maintain humidity at levels recommended by manufacturers for electrical and electronic equipment. 1.7 HAZARDOUS PRODUCTS A. Prevent contamination of personnel, storage area, and the Site. Comply with Laws and Regulations and manufacturer's instructions. 1.8 MAINTENANCE OF STORAGE A. On scheduled basis, periodically inspect stored materials and equipment to ensure that: 1. Condition and status of storage facilities is adequate to provide required storage conditions. 2. Required environmental conditions are maintained on continuing basis. 3. Materials and equipment exposed to elements are not adversely affected. B. Mechanical and electrical equipment requiring Tong -term storage shall have complete manufacturer's instructions for servicing each item, with notice of enclosed instructions shown on exterior of container or package. 1. Comply with manufacturer's instructions on scheduled basis. 2. Space heaters that are part of electrical equipment shall be connected and operated continuously until equipment is placed in service and permanently connected. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Storage & Protection of Products 14-0024-UT 01661 -3 00992 -0222 1.9 MICROPROCESSORS, PANELS, AND INSTRUMENTATION STORAGE A. Store panels, microprocessor -based equipment, electronics, and other devices subject to damage or decreased useful life because of temperatures below 40 degrees F or above 100 degrees F, relative humidity above 90 percent, or exposure to rain or exposure to blowing dust in climate - controlled storage space. B. Requirements: 1. Storage shall be coordinated with the CITY, to be located in an existing climate controlled location. 2. CITY has the right to inspect materials and equipment during normal working hours. 3. Placed inside each panel or device a desiccant, volatile corrosion inhibitor blocks (VCI), moisture indicator, and maximum - minimum indicating thermometer. 4. Check panels and equipment at least once per month. Replace desiccant, VCI, and moisture indicator as often as required, or every six months, whichever occurs first. 5. Certified record of daily maximum and minimum temperature and humidity in storage facility shall be available for inspection by CITY. Certified record of monthly inspection, noting maximum and minimum temperature for month, condition of desiccant, VCI, and moisture indicator, shall be available for inspection by CITY. C. Costs for storing climate- sensitive materials and equipment shall be paid by CONTRACTOR. Replace panels and devices damaged during storage, or for which storage temperatures or humidity range has been exceeded, at no additional cost to CITY. Delays resulting from such replacement are causes within CONTRACTOR's control. D. Do not ship panels and equipment to the Site until conditions at the Site are suitable for installation, including slabs and floors, walls, roofs, and environmental controls. Failure to have the Site ready for installation shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from complying with the Contract Documents. 1.10 RECORDS A. Keep up-to -date account of materials and equipment in storage to facilitate preparation of Applications for Payment, if the Contract Documents provide for payment for materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Storage & Protection of Products 14-0024-UT 01661 -4 00992 -0222 SECTION 01721 - PROTECTION OF THE WORK AND PROPERTY PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for taking all precautions, providing all programs, and taking all actions necessary to protect the Work and all public and private property and facilities from damage, as specified in the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and this Section. 2. To prevent damage, injury, or Toss, CONTRACTOR's actions shall include the following: a. Storing apparatus, materials, supplies, and equipment in an orderly, safe manner that does not unduly interfere with progress of the Work or work of other contractors or utility companies. b. Providing suitable storage facilities for materials and equipment subject to damage or degradation by exposure to weather, theft, breakage, or other cause. c. Placing upon the Work or any part thereof only Toads consistent with the safety and integrity of that portion of the Work and existing construction. d. Frequently removing and disposing of refuse, rubbish, scrap materials, and debris caused by CONTRACTOR's operations so that, at all times, the Site is safe, orderly, and workmanlike in appearance. e. Providing temporary barricades and guard rails around the following: openings, scaffolding, temporary stairs and ramps, around excavations, for elevated walkways, and other hazardous areas. 3. Do not, except after written consent from proper parties, enter or occupy privately -owned land with personnel, tools, materials or equipment, except on lands and easements provided by CITY. 4. CONTRACTOR has full responsibility for preserving public and private property and facilities on and adjacent to the Site. Direct or indirect damage done by, or on account of, any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct by CONTRACTOR in executing the Work, shall be restored by CONTRACTOR, at his expense to condition equal to that existing before damage was done. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 BARRICADES AND WARNING SIGNALS A. Barricades and Warning Signals — General: 1. Where the Work is performed on or adjacent to roadway, access road, right -of -way, or public place: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Protection of the Work & Property 14-0024-UT 01721 -1 00992 -0222 a. Provide barricades, fences, lights, warning signs, danger signals, watchmen, and take other precautionary measures for protecting persons, property, and the Work. b. Paint barricades to be visible at night. c. From sunset to sunrise, furnish and maintain at least one light at each barricade. d. Erect sufficient barricades to keep vehicles from being driven on or into Work under construction. e. Furnish watchmen in sufficient numbers to protect the Work. 2. Provide temporary barricades to protect personnel and property for Work not in or adjacent to vehicular travel areas, including indoor work, in accordance with Laws and Regulations. 3. CONTRACTOR's responsibility for maintaining temporary barricades, signs, lights, and for providing watchmen shall continue until the Work is accepted in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3.2 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION A. Tree and Plant Protection — General: 1. Protect existing trees, shrubs, and plants on or adjacent to the Site, shown or designated to remain in place, against unnecessary cutting, breaking, or skinning of trunk, branches, bark, and roots. 2. Do not store materials or equipment or park construction equipment and vehicles within the foliage drip line. 3. In areas subject to traffic, provide temporary fencing or barricades to protect trees and plants. 4. Fires are not allowed. 5. Within the limits of the Work, water trees and plants that are to remain to maintain their health during construction operations. 6. Cover exposed roots with burlap, which shall be kept continuously wet. Cover exposed roots with earth as soon as possible. Protect root systems from mechanical damage and damage by erosion, flooding, runoff, and noxious materials in solution. 7. If branches or trunks are damaged, prune branches immediately and protect cut or damaged areas with emulsified asphalt compounded specifically for horticultural use, in manner acceptable to CITY. 8. When directed by CITY, remove and dispose of at location away from the Site damaged trees and plants that die or suffer permanent injury, and replace damaged tree or plant with specimen of equal or better quality. 3.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES A. Underground Facilities: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Protection of the Work & Property,; 14-0024-UT 01721 -2 00992 -0222 1. Underground Facilities and Structures known to CITY, except water, gas, sewer, electric, and communications services (Utilities) to individual buildings and properties, are shown on historical /record dwgs. Information shown for Underground Facilities and Structures is the best available to CITY but, in accordance with the General Conditions, is not guaranteed to be correct or complete. 2. CONTRACTOR shall explore ahead of trenching and excavation Work and shall uncover obstructing Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures sufficiently to determine their location, to prevent damage to Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures and to prevent process and service interruption to facilities, building or parcels served by Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures. If CONTRACTOR damages any Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures, CONTRACTOR shall restore it to original condition, in accordance with requirements of the owner of the damaged Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures and the General Conditions. 3. Necessary changes in the location of the Work may be directed by CITY to avoid Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures not shown or indicated on the Contract Documents. 4. If permanent relocation of existing Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures is required and is not otherwise shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR will be directed in writing to perform the Work. When the relocation Work results in a change in the Contract Price, Contract Time, contract modification procedures and payment for such Work shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents. Permanent relocation shall not be interpreted as to apply to City approved demolition of abandoned Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures. Such demolition and removal of abandoned Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR without any additional cost to City. B. Surface Structures: 1. Surface structures are existing buildings, structures, and other facilities at or above ground surface, including their foundations or any extension below ground surface. Surface structures include, but are not limited to, buildings, tanks, walls, bridges, roads, dams, channels, open drainage, exposed piping and utilities, poles, exposed wires, posts, signs, markers, curbs, walks, fencing, and other facilities visible at or above ground surface. 2. Existing surface facilities, including but not limited tq guard rails, posts, guard cables, signs, poles, markers, curbs, and fencing, that are temporarily removed to facilitate the Work shall be replaced and restored to their original condition at CONTRACTOR's expense. C. Protection of Underground Facilities and Surface Structures: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Protection of the Work & Property 14-0024-UT 01721 -3 00992 -0222 1. CONTRACTOR shall sustain in their places and protect from direct or indirect injury all Underground Facilities and surface structures located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. Such sustaining and supporting shall be done carefully and as required by the party owning or controlling such structure or facility. Before proceeding with the Work of sustaining and supporting such structure or facility, CONTRACTOR shall satisfy CITY that methods and procedures to be used have been approved by party owning same. 2. CONTRACTOR shall bear all risks attending the presence or proximity of all Underground Facilities and surface structures within or adjacent to limits of the Work, in accordance with the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for damage and expense for direct or indirect injury caused by his Work to structures and facilities. CONTRACTOR shall repair immediately damage caused by his Work, to the satisfaction of owner of damaged structure or facility. 3.4 PROTECTION OF FLOORS AND ROOFS A. Protection of Floors and Roofs — General: 1. Protect floors and roofs until acceptance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. Use proper protective covering when moving heavy equipment, handling materials or other Toads, when painting, handling mortar or grout, and when cleaning walls and ceilings. 3. Use metal pans to collect oil and cuttings from pipe, conduit, and rod threading machines, and under metal cutting machines. 4. Do not Toad concrete floors less than 28 days old without written permission of CITY. Do not Toad floors, roofs, or slabs in excess of design loading. 5. Do not Toad roofs without written permission of CITY. 6. Restrict access to roofs, and keep CONTRACTOR personnel off existing roofs, except as required for the Work. 7. If access to roofs is required, roofing, parapets, openings, and all other construction on or adjacent to roof shall be protected with suitable plywood or other acceptable means. 3.5 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND LANDSCAPING A. Protect installed materials and equipment to prevent damage from subsequent operations. Remove protection facilities when no longer needed prior to completion of the Work. B. Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment, materials, and surfaces. C. Coverings: 1. Provide coverings to protect materials and equipment from damage. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Protection of the Work & Property 14-0024-UT 01721 -4 00992 -0222 2. Cover projections, wall corners and jambs, sills, and soffits of openings, in areas used for traffic and for passage of materials and equipment in subsequent work. 3.6 SITE SECURITY A. It is the City's intent to provide access control to the RO WPT #1 site during the construction of the Work described in these specifications. B. Access — There is one gate located at this site for access during permitted work hours. C. Prior to each day, the Contractor(s) shall provide the City with a list of subcontractors, employees and delivery services expected to access the Site that day. Employees of organizations not on the list will be denied access. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Protection of the Work & Property 14-0024-UT 01721 -5 00992 -0222 SECTION 01724 - CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING FACILITIES PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. This Section includes requirements for connections to existing facilities. Requirements for tie -ins and shutdowns necessary to complete the Work are in Section 01040, Coordination with Owner's Operations. 2. CONTRACTOR shall provide labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals shown, specified, and required for connections to existing facilities. B. Coordination: 1. Review installation procedures under other Sections and coordinate Work that must be performed with or before the Work specified in this Section. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 01040, Coordination with Owner's Operations. D. General: 1. Requirements for temporary electrical and pumping for connections to existing facilities are in Section 01040, Coordination with Owner's Operations. 2. To extent possible, materials, equipment, systems, piping, and appurtenances that will be placed into service upon completion of connection to existing facilities shall be checked, successfully tested, and in condition for operation prior to making connections to existing facilities, if valves, gates, or similar watertight and gastight isolation devices are not provided at the connection point. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Connections to Existing Facilities 14-0024-UT 017244 00992 -0222 SECTION 01740 - CLEANING PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall execute cleaning during the Project, at completion of the Work, and as required by the General Conditions and this Section. 2. Maintain in a clean manner the Site, the Work, and areas adjacent to or affected by the Work. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Standards referenced in this Section are: 1. NFPA 241, Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations. 1.3 PROGRESS CLEANING A. General: Clean the Site, work areas, and other areas occupied by CONTRACTOR at least weekly. Dispose of materials in accordance with the General Conditions and the following: 1. Comply with NFPA 241 for removing combustible waste materials and debris. 2. Do not hold non - combustible materials at the Site more than three days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 degrees F. When temperature is less than 80 degrees F, dispose of non - combustible materials within seven days of their generation. 3. Provide suitable containers for storage of waste materials and debris. 4. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately. B. Site: 1. Keep outdoor, dust - generating areas wetted down or otherwise control dust emissions. 2. At least weekly, brush -sweep roadways and paved areas at the Site that are used by construction vehicles or otherwise affected by construction activities. C. Work Areas: 1. Clean areas where the Work is in progress to level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. 2. Remove liquid spills promptly and immediately report spills to CITY and authorities having jurisdiction. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Cleaning 14- 0024 -UT 01740 -1 00992 -0222 3. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom -clean or vacuum entire work area, as appropriate. 4. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. D. Installed Work: Keep installed Work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of material or equipment installed, using only cleaning agents and methods specifically recommended by material or equipment manufacturer. If manufacturer does not recommend specific cleaning agents or methods, use cleaning agents and methods that are not hazardous to health and property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. E. Exposed Surfaces: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration until Substantial Completion. F. Cutting and Patching: 1. Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials. 2. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. G. Waste Disposal: 1. Properly dispose of waste materials, surplus materials, debris, and rubbish off the Site. 2. Do not bum or bury rubbish and waste materials at the Site. 3. Do not discharge volatile or hazardous substances, such as mineral spirits, oil, or paint thinner, into storm sewers or sanitary sewers. 4. Do not discharge wastes into surface waters or drainage routes. 5. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for complying with Laws and Regulations regarding storing, transporting, and disposing of waste. H. During handling and installation of materials and equipment, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials and equipment already in place. Apply protective covering where required for protection from damage or deterioration, until Substantial Completion. I. Clean completed construction as frequently as necessary throughout the construction period. 1.4 CLOSEOUT CLEANING A. Complete the following prior to requesting inspection for Substantial Completion: 1. Clean and remove from the Site rubbish, waste material, debris, and other foreign substances. 2. Sweep paved areas broom - clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Cleaning 14-0024 -UT 01740 -2 00992 -0222 3. Hose -clean sidewalks and loading areas. 4. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even - textured surface. 5. Leave surface waterways, drainage routes, storm sewers, and gutters open and clean. 6. Repair pavement, roads, sod, and other areas affected by construction operations and restore to specified condition; if condition is not specified, restore to pre- construction condition. 7. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard - surfaced finishes to dirt-free condition, free of spatter, grease, stains, fingerprints, films, and similar foreign substances. 8. Clean, wax, and polish wood, vinyl, and painted floors. 9. Remove debris and surface dust from limited- access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, and similar spaces. 10. In unoccupied spaces, sweep concrete floors broom - clean. 11. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glazing in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision - obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. 12. Remove non - permanent tags and labels. 13. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore chipped, scratched, dented or otherwise marred surfaces to specified finish and match adjacent surfaces. a. Do not paint over "UL" or similar labels, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. 14. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint, and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. 15. Clean plumbing fixtures to sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. 16. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills. 17. Clean lighting fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. Replace temporary lamps provided in permanent fixtures. Replace existing lighting fixture components that are burned out or noticeably dimmed from use during construction. Replace defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures. 18. Leave the Site clean, and in neat, orderly condition, satisfactory to CITY. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Cleaning 14- 0024 -UT 01740 -3 00992 -0222 SECTION 01751 - STARTING AND PLACING EQUIPMENT IN OPERATION PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall initially start up and place equipment installed under the Contract into successful operation, in accordance with the equipment manufacturer's written instructions and as instructed by Supplier at the Site. 2. Provide all material, labor, tools, and equipment required to complete equipment checkout and start-up. 3. Provide chemicals, lubricants, and other required operating fluids. 4. Provide fuel, electricity, water, filters, and other expendables required for start-up of equipment, unless otherwise specified. 5. General Activities Include: a. Cleaning, as required under other provisions of the Contract Documents. b. Removing temporary protective coatings. c. Flushing and replacing lubricants, where required by manufacturer. d. Lubrication. e. Checking shaft and coupling alignments and resetting where required. f. Checking and setting motor, pump, and other equipment rotation, safety interlocks, and belt tensions. g. Checking and correcting (if necessary) leveling plates, grout, bearing plates, anchorage devices, fasteners, and alignment of piping, conduits, and ducts that may place stress on the connected equipment. h. All adjustments required. B. Coordination: 1. Coordinate checkout and start-up with other contractors, as necessary. 2. Do not start up system or subsystem for continuous operation until all components of that system or subsystem, including instrumentation and controls, have been tested to the extent practicable and proven to be operable as intended by the Contract Documents. 3. CITY will provide sufficient personnel to assist CONTRACTOR in starting up equipment, but responsibility for proper operation is CONTRACTOR's. 4. Supplier shall be present during checkout, start-up, and initial operation, unless otherwise acceptable to CITY. 5. Start-up of heating and air conditioning equipment and systems is dependent upon the time of year. Return to the Site at beginning of next heating or air conditioning season (as applicable) to recheck and start the appropriate systems. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Starting & Placing Equipment In Operation 01751 -1 6. Do not start up system, unit process, or equipment without submitting acceptable preliminary operations and maintenance manuals by CONTRACTOR, in accordance with Section 01781, Operations and Maintenance Data. C. CITY's Assumption of Responsibility for Equipment and Systems: 1. CITY will assume responsibility for the equipment upon Substantial Completion. 2. Prior to turning over to CITY responsibility for operating and maintaining system or equipment: a. Provide training of operations and maintenance personnel in accordance with Section 01821, Instruction of Operations and Maintenance Personnel. b. Complete system field quality control testing in accordance with the Contract Documents. c. Submit acceptable final operations and maintenance manuals in accordance with Section 01781, Operations and Maintenance Data. d. Obtain from CITY final certificate of Substantial Completion for either entire Work or the portion being turned over to CITY. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Certifications: a. Supplier's certification of installation in accordance with Paragraph 3.1.B of this Section. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 SERVICES OF SUPPLIER A. When specified, furnish services of competent, qualified representatives of material and equipment manufacturers as specified, including supervising installation, adjusting, checkout, start-up, and testing of materials and equipment. B. Certification: 1. When services by Supplier are required at the Site, within 14 days after first test operation of equipment, submit to CITY a letter from Supplier, on Supplier's letterhead, stating that materials and equipment are installed in accordance with Supplier's requirements and installation instructions, and in accordance with the Contract Documents. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Starting & Placing Equipment In Operation 14-0024-UT 01751 -2 00992 -0222 2. In lieu of Supplier letter, submit completed form attached to this Section. 3. Include in the final operations and maintenance manual for the associated equipment a copy of the letter or completed form, as applicable. 3.2 MINIMUM START -UP REQUIREMENTS A. Bearings and Shafting: 1. Inspect for cleanliness, and clean and remove foreign matter. 2. Verify alignment. 3. Replace defective bearings and those that operate in a rough or noisy manner. 4. Grease as necessary, in accordance with manufacturer's ecommendations. B. Drives: 1. Adjust tension in V -belt drives and adjust vari -pitch sheaves and drives for proper equipment speed. 2. Adjust drives for alignment of sheaves and V- belts. 3. Clean and remove foreign matter before starting operation. C. Motors: 1. Check each motor for comparison to amperage nameplate value. 2. Correct conditions that produce excessive current flow and conditions that exist due to equipment malfunction. D. Pumps: 1. Check glands and seals for cleanliness and adjustment before running pump. 2. Inspect shaft sleeves for scoring. 3. Inspect mechanical faces, chambers, and seal rings, and replace if defective. 4. Verify that piping system is free of dirt and scale before circulating liquid through pump. E. Valves: 1. Inspect manual and automatic control valves, and clean bonnets and stems. 2. Tighten packing glands to ensure no leakage, but allow valve stems to operate without galling. 3. Replace packing in valves to retain maximum adjustment after system is determined to be complete. 4. Replace packing on valves that continue to leak. 5. Remove and repair bonnets that leak. 6. After cleaning, coat packing gland threads and valve stems with surface preparation of "Molycote" or "Fel -Pro ". City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Starting & Placing Equipment In Operation 01751 -3 F. Verify that control valve seats are free of foreign matter and are properly positioned for intended service. G. Tighten flanges and other pipe joints after system has been placed in operation. Replace gaskets that show signs of leakage after tightening. H. Inspect all joints for leakage: 1. Promptly remake each joint that appears to be faulty; do not wait for rust other corrosion to form. 2. Clean threads on both parts, and apply compound and remake joints. I. After system has been placed in operation, clean strainers, drives, pockets, orifices, valve seats, and headers in fluid system to ensure freedom from foreign matter. J. Open steam traps and air vents, where used, and remove operating elements. Clean thoroughly, replace internal parts, and place back into operation. K. Remove rust, scale, and foreign matter from equipment and renew defaced surfaces. L. Set and calibrate draft gauges of air filters and other equipment. M. Inspect fan wheels for clearance and balance. Provide factory- authorized personnel for adjustment when needed. N. Check each electrical control circuit to verify that operation complies with the Contract Documents. O. Inspect each pressure gauge, thermometer, and other instruments for calibration. Replace items that are defaced, broken, or that read incorrectly. P. Repair damaged insulation. Q. Excess Gasses and Fluids: 1. Vent gasses trapped in systems. 2. Verify that liquids are drained from all parts of gas or air systems. 3.3 ATTACHMENTS A. The attachment listed below, following the "End of Section" designation, is a part of this Specification Section. 1. Supplier's Installation Certification Form (one page). END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Starting & Placing Equipment In Operation 14-0024-UT 01751 -4 00992 -0222 SUPPLIER'S INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION Contract No. and Name: Equipment Specification Section: Equipment Name: Contractor: Manufacturer of Equipment: The undersigned Supplier of the equipment described above hereby certifies that Supplier has checked the equipment installation and that the equipment, as specified in the Contract Documents, has been provided in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the Contract Documents, and that the trial operation of the equipment has been satisfactory. Comments: Date Supplier Name (print) Signature of Supplier Date Contractor Name (print) Signature of Contractor City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Starting & Placing Equipment In Operation 01751 -5 SECTION 01772 - CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL A. Scope: 1. Section Includes. a. Substantial Completion. b. Final inspection. c. Request for final payment. 1.2 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Procedures for requesting and documenting Substantial Completion are in the General Conditions, as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions. 1.3 FINAL INSPECTION A. Procedures for requesting and documenting the final inspection are in the General Conditions, as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions. 1.4 REQUEST FOR FINAL PAYMENT A. Procedure: 1. Submit request for final payment in accordance with the Agreement and General Conditions, as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions, using procedure specified in Section 01297, Progress Payment Procedures. B. Request for final payment shall include: 1. Documents required for progress payments in Section 01297, Progress Payment Procedures. 2. Documents required in the General Conditions, as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions. 3. Releases or Waivers of Lien Rights: a. When submitting releases or waivers of Lien rights, provide release or waiver by CONTRACTOR and each Subcontractor and Supplier that provided CONTRACTOR with labor, material, or equipment totaling $1,000 or more. b. Provide list of Subcontractors and Suppliers for which release or waiver of Lien is required. c. Each release or waiver of Lien shall be signed by an authorized representative of the entity submitting release or waiver to City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Closeout Requirements 01772 -1 CONTRACTOR, and shall include Subcontractor's or Supplier's corporate seal, when applicable. d. Release or waiver of Lien may be conditional upon receipt of final payment. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Closeout Requirements 01772 -2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01781 - OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. Submit operation and maintenance data, in accordance with this Section and in accordance with requirements elsewhere in the Contract Documents, as instructional and reference manuals by operations and maintenance personnel at the Site. 2. Required operation and maintenance data groupings are listed in table(s) in Article 1.2 of this Section. At minimum, submit operation and maintenance data for: a. All equipment and systems. b. Valves, gates, actuators, and related accessories. c. Instrumentation and control devices. d. Electrical gear. 3. For each operation and maintenance manual, submit the following: a. Preliminary Submittal: Printed and bound copy of entire operation and maintenance manual, except for test data, service reports by Supplier, and electronic copies. b. Final Submittal: Printed and bound copy of complete operations and maintenance manual, including test data and service reports by Supplier, with electronic copies. 4. The City will use the bound operating and maintenance manuals and reproductions thereof to train present and future City Water Facilities Operations and Maintenance Personnel. Therefore the contents of the operating and maintenance manuals cannot be proprietary in nature. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for seeking a letter of "Fair Use Exemption" or "License for Reproduction" from the copyright holder for all documents in the operating and maintenance manual that are copyrighted. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Operation and maintenance Data a. Submit the operations and maintenance data indicated in the Contract Documents, grouped into submittals as indicated in Table 01781 -A: TABLE 01781 -A - REQUIRED OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA Name of O &M Manual /Data For Materials or Equipment Specified in Section(s) PLC and Remote I/O 13120 Switchboard 16440 Manual Transfer Switches 16496 City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Operations & Maintenance Data 14- 0024 -UT 01781 -1 00992 -0222 B. Quantity Required and Timing of Submittals: 1. Preliminary Submittal: a. Printed Copies: five copies, exclusive of copies required by CONTRACTOR. b. Electronic Copies: three copies. c. Submit to CITY by the earlier of: ninety days following approval of Shop Drawings and product data submittals, or ten days prior to starting training of operations and maintenance personnel, or ten days prior to field quality control testing at the Site. d. Furnish preliminary operation and maintenance data submittal in acceptable form and content, as determined by CITY, before associated materials and equipment will be eligible for payment. 2. Final Submittal: Provide final submittal prior to Substantial Completion, unless submittal is specified as required prior to an interim Milestone. a. Printed Copies: five copies. b. Electronic Copies: three copies. 1.3 FORMAT OF PRINTED COPIES A. Binding and Cover: 1. Bind each operation and maintenance manual in durable, permanent, stiff -cover binder(s), comprising one or more volumes per copy as required. Binders shall be minimum one -inch wide and maximum of two -inch wide. Binders for each copy of each volume shall be identical. 2. Binders shall be locking three- ring/"D" -ring type, or three -post type. Three -ring binders shall be riveted to back cover and include plastic sheet lifter (page guard) at front of each volume. 3. Do not fill binders to more than 75% capacity. 4. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent groupings. 5. Covers shall be oil -, moisture -, and wear - resistant, including identifying information on cover and spine of each volume. 6. Provide the following information on cover of each volume: a. Title: "OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS ". b. Name or type of material or equipment covered in the manual. c. Volume number, if more than one volume is required, listed as "Volume _ of _ ", with appropriate volume- designating numbers filled in. d. Name of Project and, if applicable, Contract name and number. e. Name of building or structure, as applicable. 7. Provide the following information on spine of each volume: a. Title: "OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS ". b. Name or type of material or equipment covered in the manual. c. Volume number, if more than one volume is required, listed as "Volume _ of ", with appropriate volume- designating numbers filled in. d. Project name and building or structure name. B. Pages: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Operations 8 Maintenance Data 14- 0024-UT 01781 -2 00992 -0222 1. Print pages in manual on 30 -pound (minimum) paper, 8.5 inches by 11 inches in size. 2. Reinforce binding holes in each individual sheet with plastic, cloth, or metal. When published, separately -bound booklets or pamphlets are part of the manual, reinforcing of pages within booklet or pamphlet is not required. 3. Provide each page with binding margin at least one inch wide. Punch each page with holes suitable for the associated binding. C. Drawings: 1. Bind into the manual drawings, diagrams, and illustrations up to and including 11 inches by 17 inches in size, with reinforcing specified for pages. 11 inches by 17 inches drawings shall be folded to size of text pages and printed only on one side. 2. Documents larger than 11 inches by 17 inches shall be folded and inserted into clear plastic pockets bound into the manual. Mark pockets with printed text indicating content and drawing numbers. Include no more than three drawing sheets per pocket. D. Copy Quality and Document Clarity: 1. Contents shall be original - quality copies. Documents in the manual shall be either original manufacturer - printed documents or first- generation photocopies indistinguishable from originals. If original is in color, copies shall be in color. Manuals that contain copies that are unclear, not completely legible, off - center, skewed, or where text or drawings are cut by binding holes, are unacceptable. Pages that contain approval or date stamps, comments, or other markings that cover text or drawing are unacceptable. Faxed copies are unacceptable. 2. Clearly mark in ink to indicate all components of materials and equipment on catalog pages for ease of identification. In standard or pre - printed documents, indicate options furnished or cross out inapplicable content. Using highlighters to so indicate options furnished is unacceptable. E. Organization: 1. Coordinate with CITY to develop comprehensive, practical, and consistent indexing system for operations and maintenance data. CITY will review indexing system before operations and maintenance data is submitted. 2. Table of Contents: a. Provide table of contents in each volume of each operations and maintenance manual. b. In table of contents and at least once in each chapter or section, identify materials and equipment by their functional names. Thereafter, abbreviations and acronyms may be used if their meaning is clearly indicated in a table bound at or near beginning of each volume. Using material or equipment model or catalog designations for identification is unacceptable. 3. Use dividers and indexed tabs between major categories of information, such as operating instructions, preventive maintenance instructions, and other major subdivisions of data in each manual. 4. Provide fly -leaf for each separate product, or each piece of operating equipment City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Operations 8 Maintenance Data 14-0024-UT 01781 -3 00992 -0222 within the tabs. 1.4 FORMAT OF ELECTRONIC COPIES A. Electronic Copies of Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 1. Each electronic copy shall include all information included in the corresponding printed copy. 2. Submit each electronic copy on a separate compact disc (CD), unless another electronic data transfer method or format is acceptable to CITY. 3. File Format: a. Files shall be in "portable document format" (PDF). Files shall be electronically searchable. b. Submit separate file for each separate document in the printed copy. c. Within each file, provide bookmarks for the following: 1) Each chapter and subsection listed in the corresponding printed copy document's table of contents. 2) Each figure. 3) Each table. 4) Each appendix. 4. Also submit drawings and figures in one of the following formats: ".bmp ", ".tif', ".jpg ", or ".gif'. Submit files in a separate directory on the CD. B. Copies of Programming and Configuration Files: 1. Provide on CD copy of all software programming, such as programmable logic controller programs, prepared specifically for the Project. Third -party, licensed, commercially available software is excluded from requirements of this Article; submit copies of commercially - available, licensed, third -party software, where required, in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. Submit on CD copies of system configuration prepared specifically for the Project, such as plant monitoring system and SCADA display configurations. 3. Submit programming and configuration files together with electronic copies of operation and maintenance data. 1.5 CONTENT A. General: 1. Prepare each operations and maintenance manual specifically for the Project. Include in each manual all pertinent instructions, as -built drawings as applicable, bills of materials, technical bulletins, installation and handling requirements, maintenance and repair instructions, and other information required for complete, accurate, and comprehensive data for safe and proper operation, maintenance, and repair of materials and equipment furnished for the Project. Include in manuals specific information required in the Specification Section for the material or equipment, data required by Laws and Regulations, and data required by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Completeness and Accuracy: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Operations 8 Maintenance Data 14-0024-UT 01781 -4 00992 -0222 a. Operation and maintenance manuals that include language stating or implying that the manual's content may be insufficient or stating that the manual's content is not guaranteed to be complete and accurate are unacceptable. b. Operations and maintenance manuals shall be complete and accurate. c. Operation and maintenance manuals shall indicate the specific alternatives and features furnished, and the specific operation and maintenance provisions for the material or equipment furnished. 3. Submit complete, detailed written operating instructions for each material or equipment item including: function; operating characteristics; limiting conditions; operating instructions for start-up, normal and emergency conditions; regulation and control; operational troubleshooting; and shutdown. Also include, as applicable, written descriptions of alarms generated by equipment and proper responses to such alarm conditions. B. Submit written explanations of all safety considerations relating to operation and maintenance procedures. C. Submit complete, detailed, written preventive maintenance instructions including all information and instructions to keep materials, equipment, and systems properly lubricated, adjusted, and maintained so that materials, equipment, and systems function economically throughout their expected service life. Instructions shall include: 1. Written explanations with illustrations for each preventive maintenance task such as inspection, adjustment, lubrication, calibration, and cleaning. Include pre - startup checklists for each equipment item and maintenance requirements for long- term shutdowns. 2. Recommended schedule for each preventive maintenance task. 3. Lubrication charts indicating recommended types of lubricants, frequency of application or change, and where each lubricant is to be used or applied. 4. Table of alternative lubricants. 5. Troubleshooting instructions. 6. List of required maintenance tools and equipment. D. Submit complete bills of material or parts lists for materials and equipment furnished. Lists or bills of material may be furnished on a per- drawing or per- equipment assembly basis. Bills of material shall indicate: 1. Manufacturer's name, address, telephone number, fax number, and Internet website address. 2. Manufacturer's local service representative's or local parts supplier's name, address, telephone number, fax number, Internet website address, and e-mail addresses, when applicable. 3. Manufacturer's shop order and serial number(s) for materials, equipment or assembly furnished. 4. For each part or piece include the following information: a. Parts cross - reference number. Cross - reference number shall be used to identify the part on assembly drawings, Shop Drawings, or other type of graphic illustration where the part is clearly shown or indicated. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Operations 8 Maintenance Data 14-0024-UT 01781 -5 00992 -0222 b. Part name or description. c. Manufacturer's part number. d. Quantity of each part used in each assembly. e. Current unit price of the part at the time the operations and maintenance manual is submitted. Price list shall be dated. E. Submit complete instructions for ordering replaceable parts, including reference numbers (such as shop order number or serial number) that will expedite the ordering process. F. Submit manufacturer's recommended inventory levels for spare parts, extra stock materials, and consumable supplies for the initial two years of operation. Consumable supplies are items consumed or worn by operation of materials or equipment, and items used in maintaining the operation of material or equipment, including items such as lubricants, seals, reagents, and testing chemicals used for calibrating or operating the equipment. Include estimated delivery times, shelf life limitations, and special storage requirements. G. Submit manufacturer's installation and operation bulletins, diagrams, schematics, and equipment cutaways. Avoid submitting catalog excerpts unless they are the only document available showing identification or description of particular component of the equipment. Where materials pertain to multiple models or types, mark the literature to indicate specific material or equipment supplied. Marking may be in the form of checking, arrows, or underlining to indicate pertinent information, or by crossing out or other means of obliterating information that does not apply to the materials and equipment furnished. H. Submit original - quality copies of each approved and accepted Shop Drawing, product data, and other submittal, updated to indicate as- installed condition. Reduced drawings are acceptable only if reduction is to not less than one -half original size and all lines, dimensions, lettering, and text are completely legible on the reduction. I. Submit complete electrical schematics and wiring diagrams, including complete point -to- point wiring and wiring numbers or colors between all terminal points. J. Programmable Logic Controllers: If programmable logic controllers are furnished under the Contract: 1. Submit complete logic listings in function block diagram format. 2. Format Requirements: a. For function block diagram, label each function block with understandable tags or descriptive labels. Describe purpose and action of each function block. 3. Submit complete programmable logic controller listing of all input/output address assignments, tag assignments, and pre -set constant values, with functional point descriptions. 4. Submit complete manufacturer's programming manuals. K. Submit copy of warranty bond and service contract as applicable. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Operations & Maintenance Data 14- 0024-UT 01781 -6 00992 -0222 L. When copyrighted material is used in operations and maintenance manuals, obtain copyright holder's written permission to use such material in the operation and maintenance manual. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Operations 8 Maintenance Data 14-0024-UT 01781 -7 00992 -0222 SECTION 01782 - RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. CONTRACTOR shall maintain and submit to CITY with record documents in accordance with the Specifications, General Conditions, and Special Conditions. B. Maintenance of Record Documents: 1. Maintain in CONTRACTOR's field office, in clean, dry, legible condition, complete sets of the following record documents: Drawings, Specifications, and Addenda; Shop Drawings, Samples, and other CONTRACTOR submittals, including records of test results, approved or accepted as applicable, by CITY; Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, photographic documentation, survey data, and all other documents pertinent to the Work. 2. Provide files and racks for proper storage and easy access to record documents. File record documents in accordance with the edition of the Construction Specification Institute's "MasterFormat" used for organizing the Project Manual, unless otherwise accepted by CITY. 3. Make record documents available for inspection upon request of CITY. 4. Do not use record documents for purpose other than serving as Project record. Do not remove record documents from CONTRACTOR's field office without CITY's approval. C. Submittal of Record Documents: 1. Submit to CITY the following record documents: a. Drawings. b. Project Manual including Specifications and Addenda (bound). 2. Prior to readiness for final payment, submit to CITY one copy of final record documents. Submit complete record documents; do not make partial submittals. 3. Submit record documents with transmittal letter on CONTRACTOR letterhead complying with letter of transmittal requirements in Section 01330, Submittal Procedures. 4. Record documents submittal shall include certification, with original signature of official authorized to execute legal agreements on behalf of CONTRACTOR, reading as follows: "[Insert Contractor's corporate name] has maintained and submitted record documentation in accordance with the General Conditions and Special Conditions, Section 01782, Record Documents, and other elements of Contract Documents, for the City of Clearwater, Florida, East WRF and Marshall Street WRF Lab Generator Improvements. We certify that each record document submitted is complete, accurate, and legible relative to the City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Record Documents 01782 -1 Work performed under our Contract, and that the record documents comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents. [Provide signature, print name, print signing party's corporate title, and date]" 1.2 RECORDING CHANGES A. General: 1. At the start of the Project, label each record document to be submitted as, "PROJECT RECORD" using legible, printed letters. Letters on record copy of the Drawings shall be two inches high. 2. Keep record documents current. Make entries on record documents within two working days of receipt of information required to record the change. 3. Do not permanently conceal the Work until required information has been recorded. 4. Accuracy of record documents shall be such that future searches for items shown on the record documents may rely reasonably on information obtained from CITY- accepted record documents. 5. Marking of Entries: a. Use erasable, colored pencils (not ink or indelible pencil) for marking changes, revisions, additions, and deletions to record documents. b. Clearly describe the change by graphic line and make notations as required. Use straight -edge to mark straight lines. Writing shall be legible and sufficiently dark to allow scanning of record documents into legible electronic files. c. Date all entries on record documents. d. CaII attention to changes by drawing a "cloud" around the change(s) indicated. e. Mark initial revisions in red. In the event of overlapping changes, use different colors for subsequent changes. B. Drawings: 1. Record changes on copy of the Drawings. Submittal of CONTRACTOR - originated or - produced drawings as a substitute for recording changes on the Drawings is unacceptable. 2. Record changes on plans, sections, schematics, and details as required for clarity, making reference dimensions and elevations (to Project datum) for complete record documentation. 3. Record actual construction including: a. Depths of various elements of foundation relative to Project datum. b. Horizontal and vertical location of Underground Facilities referenced to permanent surface improvements. For each Underground Facility, including pipe fittings, provide dimensions to at least two permanent, visible surface improvements. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Record Documents 01782 -2 c. Location of exposed utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of structure. d. Changes in structural and architectural elements of the Work, including changes in reinforcing. e. Field changes of dimensions, arrangements, and details. f. Changes made in accordance with Change Orders, Work Change Directives, and Field Orders. g. Changes in details on the Drawings. Submit additional details prepared by CONTRACTOR when required to document changes. 4. Recording Changes for Schematic Layouts: a. In some cases on the Drawings, arrangements of conduits, circuits, piping, ducts, and similar items are shown schematically and are not intended to portray physical layout. For such cases, the final physical arrangement shall be determined by CONTRACTOR subject to acceptance by CITY. b. Record on record documents all revisions to schematics on Drawings, including: piping schematics, ducting schematics, process and instrumentation diagrams, control and circuitry diagrams, electrical one -line diagrams, motor control center layouts, and other schematics when included in the Contract. Record actual locations of equipment, lighting fixtures, in -place grounding system, and other pertinent data. c. When dimensioned plans and dimensioned sections on the Drawings show the Work schematically, indicate on the record documents, by dimensions accurate to within one inch in the field, centerline location of items of Work such as conduit, piping, ducts, and similar items 1) Clearly identify the Work item by accurate notations such as "cast iron drain ", "rigid electrical conduit ", "copper waterline ", and similar descriptions. 2) Show by symbol or note the vertical location of Work item; for example, "embedded in slab ", "under slab ", "in ceiling plenum ", "exposed ", and similar designations. For piping not embedded, also provide elevation dimension relative to Project datum. 3) Descriptions shall be sufficiently detailed to be related to Specifications. d. CITY may furnish written waiver of requirements relative to schematic layouts shown on plans and sections when, in CITY's judgment, dimensioned layouts of Work shown schematically will serve no useful purpose. Do not rely on waiver(s) being issued. 5. Supplemental Drawings: a. In some cases, drawings produced during construction by CITY or CONTRACTOR supplement the Drawings and shall be included with record documents submitted by CONTRACTOR. Supplemental record drawings shall include drawings provided with Change Orders, Work Change Directives, and Field Orders and that cannot be incorporated into the Drawings due to space limitations. b. Supplemental drawings provided with record drawings shall be integrated with the Drawings and include necessary cross - references City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Record Documents 01782 -3 between drawings. Supplemental record drawings shall be on sheets the same size as the Drawings. c. When supplemental drawings developed by CONTRACTOR using computer -aided drafting /design (CADD) software are to be included in record drawings, submit electronic files for such drawings in AutoCAD MEP 2011 as part of record drawing submittal. Submit electronic files on compact disc labeled, "Supplemental Record Drawings ", together with CONTRACTOR name, Project name, and Contract name and number. C. Specifications and Addenda: 1. Mark each Section to record: a. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and Supplier of each product and item of equipment actually provided. b. Changes made by Addendum, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, and Field Orders. 1.3 ELECTRONIC FILES FURNISHED BY CITY A. CADD files will be furnished by CITY upon the following conditions: 1. Layering system incorporated in CADD files shall be maintained as transmitted by CITY. CADD files transmitted by CITY containing cross - referenced files shall not be bound by CONTRACTOR. Drawing cross - references and paths shall be maintained. If CONTRACTOR alters layers or cross - reference files, CONTRACTOR shall restore all layers and cross - references prior to submitting record documents to CITY. 2. CONTRACTOR shall submit record drawings to CITY in same CADD format that files were furnished to CONTRACTOR. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Record Documents 01782 -4 SECTION 01783 - SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. CONTRACTOR shall furnish spare parts data and extra materials for materials and equipment in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. List of Spare Parts and Extra Materials: With the Shop Drawings and product data for each Specification Section, submit a complete list of spare parts, extra stock materials, maintenance supplies, and special tools required for maintenance ( "spare parts and extra materials ") for two years of operation, with unit prices in current United States funds, and source(s) of supply for each. C. Packaging and Labeling: Furnish spare parts and extra materials in manufacturer's unopened cartons, boxes, crates, or other original, protective covering suitable for preventing corrosion and deterioration for maximum length of storage normally anticipated by manufacturer. Packaging of spare parts and extra materials shall be clearly marked and identified with name of manufacturer, applicable equipment, part number, part description, and part location in the equipment. Protect and package spare parts and extra materials for maximum shelf life normally anticipated by manufacturer. D. Storage Prior to Delivery to CITY: Prior to furnishing spare parts and extra materials to CITY, store spare parts and extra materials in accordance with the Contract Documents and manufacturers' recommendations. E. Delivery Time and Eligibility for Payment: 1. Deliver to CITY spare parts and extra materials prior to date of Substantial Completion for equipment or system associated with the spare parts and extra materials. Do not deliver spare parts and extra materials before commencing start-up for associated equipment or system. 2. Spare parts and extra materials are not eligible for payment until delivered to CITY and CONTRACTOR's receipt of CITY's countersignature on letter of transmittal. F. Procedure for Delivery to CITY: Deliver spare parts and extra materials to CITY's permanent storage rooms at the Site or area(s) at the Site designated by CITY. When spare parts and extra materials are delivered, CONTRACTOR and CITY will mutually inventory the spare parts and extra materials delivered to verify compliance with the Contract Documents regarding quantity and part numbers. Additional procedures for delivering spare parts and extra materials to CITY, if required, will be developed by CITY and complied with by CONTRACTOR. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Spare Parts & Maintenance Materials 14-0024-UT 01783 -1 00992 -0222 G. Transfer Documentation: 1. Furnish on CONTRACTOR letterhead a letter of transmittal for spare parts and extra materials furnished under each Specification Section. Letter of transmittal shall accompany spare parts and extra materials. Do not fumish letter of transmittal separate from associated spare parts and extra materials. 2. Furnish three original, identical, signed letters of transmittal for each Specification Section. Upon delivery of specified quantities and types of spare parts and extra materials to CITY, designated person from CITY will countersign each original letter of transmittal indicating CITY's receipt of spare parts and extra materials. CITY will retain one fully signed original, and CONTRACTOR shall retain one fully signed original for CONTRACTOR's file. 3. Letter of transmittal shall include the following: a. Information required for letters of transmittal in Section 01330, Submittal Procedures. b. Transmittal shall list spare parts and extra materials furnished under each Specification Section. List each individual part or product and quantity furnished. e. Provide space for countersignature by CITY as follows: space for signature, space for printed name, and date. H. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible for loss or damage to spare parts and extra materials until spare parts and extra materials are received by CITY. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Spare Parts 8 Maintenance Materials 14- 0024-UT 01783 -2 00992 -0222 SECTION 02050 - DEMOLITION PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This section includes demolition, debris, abandoned in place and items to be salvaged as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. Demolition items consist of the following: 1. Removal of existing High Service Pump building service, generator, fuel tank and associated equipment. Refer to drawings. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Accomplish all demolition work so there is no injury to any persons and no damage to adjacent structures or property. All demolition methods shall be in full compliance with municipal, county, state, and federal ordinances. Demolition work shall comply with the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). B. The Contractor shall comply with all municipal, county, state and federal ordinances regarding the disposal of rubble, scrap metal, and refuse. C. Demolition procedures shall provide for safe conduct of the work, protection of property which is to remain undisturbed, and coordination with other work in progress. 1.3 JOB CONDITIONS A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to visit the site and inspect the nature and condition of the items to be removed and salvaged before submitting his bid. B. Dust Control: Control the amount of dust resulting from demolition to prevent the spread of dust to occupied portions of buildings and to avoid creation of a nuisance in the surrounding area. Do not use water when it will result in, or create, hazardous or objectionable conditions such as flooding and pollution. Protection of Existing Work: Protect existing work. Work damaged by the Contractor shall be repaired to match existing work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT MATERIALS A. Materials used in the repair or replacement of existing work to remain shall be City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Demolition 14-0024-UT 02050 -1 00992 -0222 1 identical or equal to the materials used in existing work when new; q 9 2.2 CITY OCCUPANCY A. It is assumed that portions of the Work will be completed prior to completion of the entire Work. Upon completion of construction, including testing, if the City, at its sole discretion, desires to accept the individual facility, the Contractor will be issued a dated certificate of completion and acceptance for each individual facility. The City will assume ownership and begin operation of the individual facility on that date and guaranty period shall commence on that date. The City has the option of not accepting the entire work as a whole until it is completed, tested and approved by the City. 1 2.3 PARTIAL CITY OCCUPANCY The Contractor shall schedule his operations for completion of portions of the 1 Work, as designated, for the City's occupancy prior to substantial completion of the entire work. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS A. Remove all parts of existing structures to be demolished to a minimum depth of 3 -ft below grade unless otherwise shown on the drawings. Structures left below grade shall be punctured to allow water to pass through and prevent flotation. 3.2 EQUIPMENT A. Completely remove equipment which is designated to be removed. B. Remove concrete equipment bases if the existing bases are not to be used for new equipment. C. Completely remove isolated equipment bases. 3.3 PIPING A. Completely remove piping, conduit, and wiring in structures and buildings which are to be demolished, partially demolished, and where otherwise designated to be removed as shown on the Drawings. When not indicated on the Drawings, the removal of said piping, conduit and wiring shall be a minimum of 5 -feet from the outside of the structure or building. The Contractor shall schedule underground pipe removal and new pipe installation in order to minimize disruption of the existing piping system and reduce bypass pumping. B. Underground piping, conduit, and wiring which are to be abandoned and do not interfere with new work may be left in place, unless otherwise shown on the City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Demolition 14-0024-UT 02050 -2 00992 -0222 Drawings. Plug and seal ends of underground piping to be abandoned. Grout fill abandoned pipes in accordance with plans. Do not leave abandoned branches of piping and wiring "live ". Isolate abandoned branches by closing branch valve at main or by disconnecting branch at main. Plug, cap, and seal active branch at isolating valve or point of disconnection. C. Properly disconnect, seal and plug utility services to structures and buildings which are completely demolished. Properly disconnect, seal, and plug utility lines within structures and buildings which are partially demolished. 3.4 DISPOSAL A. Equipment, piping, and materials which are designated to remain the property of the Owner shall be moved to a location within the project site designated by the Owner. B. All removed equipment, piping, and materials not specifically designated to remain the property of the Owner shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site and properly disposed of. C. Do not allow debris and rubbish to accumulate on the site. Remove debris and rubbish from the site. 3.5 CLEAN -UP A. Clean -up in areas where other work is to be done following demolition shall be as specified in the applicable Sections. B. Clean -up the job site in areas where no other work is to be done under this Contract following demolition. Remove all debris and rubbish, temporary facilities, and equipment. Level surface irregularities to eliminate depressions. Leave the work in a neat and presentable condition. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Demolition 14-0024-UT 02050 -3 00992 -0222 SECTION 02220 EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, FILL AND GRADING FOR STRUCTURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Structural excavation shall consist of the removal of material for the construction of foundations for structures and other excavation designated on the drawings or in these specifications. B. Structural excavation and backfill shall consist of furnishing material, if necessary and placing and compacting backfill material around structures to the lines and grades designated on the drawings, as specified or directed by the Engineer. C. Structural excavation and backfill shall include the furnishing of all materials, equipment and other facilities which may be necessary to perform the excavations, place and compact the backfill, install sheeting and bracing, and carry out any necessary dewatering. It shall also include the wasting or disposal of surplus excavated material in a manner and in locations approved by the Owner. D. The Contractor is responsible for the protection of every tree which is scheduled to remain in the project area. This includes trees which may or may not be shown on the plans. Every tree shall be adequately protected in place at no additional cost to the Owner. This includes, but is not limited to, protecting the root systems and adjusting grades as necessary for tree /root protection. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency: 1. In place soil compaction tests shall be performed by a qualified testing laboratory. 2. Compaction tests shall be taken every 500 feet, except in the road crossings or road shoulders. Tests are to be taken according to current FDOT Standards. B. Reference Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. ASTM D1557, Moisture - Density Relations of Soils Using 10 -Ib. (4.5 -kg) Rammer and 18 -in. (457 -mm) Drop. 1.3 JOB CONDITIONS City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Excavation, Backfill, Fill & Grading for Structures 14-0024-UT 02220 -1 00992 -0222 A. The Contractor shall provide, operate and maintain all necessary pumps, discharge lines, well points, etc., in sufficient number and capacity to keep all excavation, bases, pits, etc., free from seepage, standing or running water at all times throughout the period of construction. B. The Contractor shall assume all responsibility for the security of the excavation required, employing bracing, lining or other accepted means necessary to accomplish same. C. Excavated areas shall be cleared of all debris, water, slush, muck, clay and soft or loose earth and shall be conditioned to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer. D. All excavated material unsuitable for use or which will not be used shall be disposed of in a manner consistent with State and County regulation. E. All unsuitable organic materials, roots, logs, etc., found during excavation shall be removed by the Contractor and the trench shall be refilled with suitable material. F. Subsurface Information: The Special Conditions indicate information available relative to subsurface conditions at the Site. Such information and data is not intended as a representation or warranty of continuity of conditions between soil borings or test pits, nor of groundwater levels at dates and times other than date and time when measured, nor that purpose of obtaining the information and data were appropriate for use by CONTRACTOR. CITY will not be responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn therefrom by CONTRACTOR. G. Soil borings and other exploratory operations may be made by CONTRACTOR, at no additional cost to CITY. Coordinate CONTRACTOR - performed test borings and other exploratory operations with CITY and utility owners as appropriate. Perform such explorations without disrupting or otherwise adversely affecting operations of CITY or utility owners. Comply with Laws and Regulations relative to required notifications. H. Existing Structures: 1. The Contract Documents show or indicate certain Underground Facilities and Structures in the area of Work. Such information was obtained from existing records and is not guaranteed to be correct or complete. CONTRACTOR shall explore ahead of the excavation to determine the exact location of all existing Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures. Existing Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures shall be supported and protected from damage by CONTRACTOR unless approved by the City as abandoned Underground Facilities, Utilities or Structures. Immediately repair and restore existing Underground City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Excavation, Backfill, Fill & Grading for Structures 14-0024-UT 02220 -2 00992 -0222 Facilities, Utilities and Structures damaged by CONTRACTOR without additional cost to CITY. 2. Movement or operation of construction equipment over Underground Facilities shall be at CONTRACTOR's sole risk and only after CONTRACTOR has prepared and submitted to CITY and utility owners (as applicable), and received acceptance therefrom, a plan describing CONTRACTOR's analysis of the loads to be imparted and CONTRACTOR's proposed measures to protect structures and Underground Facilities during the Project. 3. Coordinate with utility owners for shut off of services in active piping and conduits. When required by utility owner, CITY will assist CONTRACTOR with utility owner notifications. Completely remove buried piping and conduits indicated for removal and not otherwise indicated as being abandoned or to remain in place. 4. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied and used by CITY or others, except when such interruption is indicated in the Contract Documents or when allowed in writing by CITY after acceptable temporary utility services are provided by CONTRACTOR for the affected structure or property. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAL FOR CONTROLLED FILL A. Composition: Only approved material free from organic matter and lumps of clay, shall be used for backfill. Excavated earth free from debris or organic material may be used for backfilling foundations or fill. B. Crushed stone and shell shall meet or exceed current FDOT Standards. 2.2 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL Unsuitable material shall be defined as highly organic soil per ASTM D2487 Group PT. This includes, but is not limited to, such items as topsoil, roots, vegetable matter, trash, debris, and clays that cannot be dried sufficiently to obtain specified compaction. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. The Contractor shall verify that work preceding the affected work of this Section has been satisfactorily completed. B. Conditions adversely affecting the work of this Section shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Excavation, Backfill, Fill & Grading for Structures 14- 0024-UT 02220 -3 00992 -0222 3.2 REMOVAL OF UNSUITABLE MATERIALS A. The Contractor shall remove unsuitable material from within the limits of the Work. B. Materials meeting requirements for controlled fill shall be stockpiled as necessary and in such a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. C. All material excavated shall be placed so as to minimize interference with public travel and to permit proper access for inspection of the work. 3.3 EXCAVATION A. When concrete or shell subbase footing is to rest on an excavated surface, care shall be taken not to disturb the natural soil. Final removal and replacement of the foundation material and subbase compaction to grade shall not be made until just before the concrete or masonry is placed. B. When any structural excavation is completed, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer who will make an inspection of the excavation. No concrete or masonry shall be placed until the excavation has been approved by the Engineer. C. The elevations of the footing bottom and the base slab as shown on the Drawings, shall be considered as approximate and the Engineer may order in writing, such changes in dimensions or elevations of the footings and slab base as necessary to secure satisfactory foundations. D. All excavation shall be made within an area bounded by lines five feet outside and parallel to the exterior walls of the structure to allow for correct forming, shoring and inspection of foundation work. Pouring of concrete against earth side walls shall not be permitted. E. If the ground is excavated below the grade called for by the Drawings or becomes unstable due to the Contractor's carelessness or operations, the ground shall be excavated to undisturbed native soil before continuing concreting operations. F. If in the opinion of the Engineer, the material at or below the normal grade of the bottom of the trench is unsuitable for pipe or structure foundation, it shall be removed to the depth directed by the Engineer and if so directed, replaced by crushed stone or washed shell. 3.4 STRUCTURAL BACKFILL City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Excavation, Backfill, Fill & Grading for Structures 14- 0024 -UT 02220 -4 00992 -0222 A. Structural backfill shall not be placed until the footings or other portions of the structure or facility have been inspected by the Engineer and approved for backfilling. B. A minimum of 1 -1/2" layer of lean concrete shall be placed as a working mat for the concrete base slabs and footings if required by the Engineer. C. Fill shall be placed in uniform layers not more than 12" thick and compacted to a minimum of 98 percent of the maximum density determined by ASTM D1557, Method A or C, or as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall securely tamp the backfill with pneumatic rammer around all wall foundations. The method of compaction shall be satisfactory to the Engineer. D. Compaction of structural backfill by ponding and jetting may be permitted when, as determined by the Engineer: the backfill material is of such character that it will be self - draining when compacted; foundation materials will not soften or be otherwise damaged by the applied water; no damage from hydrostatic pressure will result to the structure. Ponding and jetting within two feet below finished subgrade shall not be permitted in roadway areas. At the discretion of the Engineer, ponding and jetting may be permitted with compaction layers not to exceed four feet. E. Surplus material not used on -site shall be removed and disposed of off -site by the Contractor. In no case shall surplus material be deposited on adjacent lands. Fill used for grading shall be placed in layers not to exceed 12 inches in thickness and shall be compacted to a density equal or greater to that of the surrounding natural ground. 3.5 BACKFILLING AROUND STRUCTURES A. Common fill and structural fill are specified for use as backfill against the exterior walls of the structures. Fill shall be placed in layers having a maximum thickness of eight (8) inches in loose state and shall be compacted sufficiently to prevent settlement. If compaction is by rolling or ramming, material shall be wetted down as required. Where material can be suitably compacted by jetting or puddling, the Contractor may use one of these methods. No boulders shall be allowed to roll down the slopes and hit the walls. B. Backfilling shall be carried up evenly on all walls of an individual structure simultaneously. A variation of two (2) feet in elevation will be the maximum allowable. No backfill shall be allowed against walls until the walls and their supporting slabs, if applicable, have attained sufficient strength. Backfilling shall be subjected to approval by the Engineer. C. In locations where pipes pass through building walls, the Contractor shall take the following precautions to consolidate the refill up to an elevation of at least one foot above the bottom of the pipes: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Excavation, Backfill, Fill & Grading for Structures 14-0024-UT 02220 -5 00992 -0222 1. Place structural fill in such areas for a distance of not Tess than three feet either side of the center line of the pipe in level layers not exceeding 6- inches in depth. 2. Wet each layer to the extent directed and thoroughly compact each layer with a power tamper to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 3. Structural fill shall be of the quality specified under Part 2 of this Section. D. The surface of filled areas shall be graded to smooth true lines, strictly conforming to grades indicated on the grading plan. No soft spots or uncompacted areas shall be allowed in the work. E. Temporary bracing shall be provided as required during construction of all structures to protect partially completed structures against all construction Toads, hydraulic pressure and earth pressure. The bracing shall be capable of resisting all loads applied to the walls as a result of backfilling. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The density of soil in place shall be a minimum of 95 percent in accordance with ASTM test 1557 -70T, Method A or C. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Excavation, Backfill, Fill & Grading for Structures 14-0024 -UT 02220 -6 00992 -0222 SECTION 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY: A. This Section specifies cast -in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcing, mix design, placement procedures, and finishes. 1. Cast -in -place concrete includes the following: a. Foundations and floor. b. Slabs -on- grade. c. Tank walls and slabs. d. Elevated slabs. e. Equipment pads and bases. f. Beams and columns. 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. 1. Product data for proprietary materials and items, including reinforcement and forming accessories, admixtures, patching compounds, waterstops, joint systems, curing compounds, dry-shake finish materials, and others if requested by Engineer. 2. Shop drawings for reinforcement detailing fabricating, bending, and placing concrete reinforcement. Shop drawings to show proposed location of all construction joints. Comply with ACI 315 "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures" showing bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, and arrangement of concrete reinforcement. Include special reinforcing required for openings through concrete structures. Engineer's review is for general compliance only. The Contractor will be responsible for size, number and lengths of reinforcing. 3. Shop drawings for formwork indicating fabrication and erection of forms for specific finished concrete surfaces. Show form construction including jointing, special form joints or reveals, location and pattern of form tie placement, and other items that affect exposed concrete visually. Engineer's review is for general applications and features only. Designing formwork for structural stability and efficiency is Contractor's responsibility 4. The testing laboratory shall submit three copies of results of concrete cylinder tests to Engineer together with one copy each to Owner, Contractor, and Concrete Supplier. The Mix Design ID /Number must be included on each page of all reports. County/City Reclaimed Water Interconnect Cast -in -Place Concrete 1030 -0011 03300 -1 5. Ready -mixed concrete delivered shall be accompanied by delivery tickets showing the following: a. Mix Design ID /Number b. Date and time leaving the plant c. Type of cement and weight d. Quantity of water and time added e. Aggregate moisture correction factor f. Admixtures and weight g. Site arrival time h. Site leaving time i. Type of fly ash and weight 6. Laboratory test reports for concrete materials and mix design test. Contractor shall submit three (3) copies. The Mix Design ID /Number must be included on each page of all reports. 7. Hot weather and cold weather concreting plan shall include curing method and specific curing plan, ready mixed supplier plan, contingency plans, and materials list as a minimum. All hot weather plans shall meet requirements of ACI 305. All cold weather plans shall meet requirements of ACI 306. 8. A pouring plan will be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer for approval showing the location of all construction joints and sawed contraction joints. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of the latest revision of the following codes, specifications, and standards, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified: 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 211 "Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight and Mass Concrete." 2. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings." 3. ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete." 4. ACI 347 "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork." 5. ACI 350 "Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures." 6. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) "Manual of Standard Practice." 7. ASTM C 94 Standard Specifications for Ready -Mix Concrete 8. North Carolina State Building Code 9. ACI 305 and 306 B. Concrete Testing Service: Owner will engage a testing agency to perform material evaluation tests. C. Materials and installed work may require testing and retesting at any time during progress of Work. Any retesting of rejected materials for installed Work, shall be done at Contractor's expense. D. Review requirements for submittals, status of coordinating work, and availability of materials. Establish preliminary work progress schedule and procedures for materials inspection, testing, and certifications. Require representatives of each entity directly concerned with cast -in -place concrete to attend conference, including, but not limited to, the following: City of Clearwater RO Plant #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Cast-in-Place Concrete 03300 -2 1. Contractor's superintendent. 2. Agency responsible for concrete design mixes. 3. Agency responsible for field quality control. 4. Ready -mix concrete producer. 5. Concrete subcontractor. 6. Primary admixture manufacturers. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FORM MATERIALS: A. Forms for Exposed Finish Concrete: Plywood, metal, metal- framed plywood faced, or other acceptable panel -type materials to provide continuous, straight, smooth, exposed surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints and to conform to joint system shown on drawings. B. Use plywood complying with U.S. Product Standard PS -1 "B -B (Concrete Form) Plywood," Class I, Exterior Grade or better, mill -oiled and edge - sealed, with each piece bearing legible inspection trademark. C. Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another acceptable material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. D. Forms for Cylindrical Columns and Supports: Metal, glass - fiber- reinforced plastic, or paper or fiber tubes that will produce smooth surfaces without joint indications. Provide units with sufficient wall thickness to resist wet concrete loads without deformation. E. Form Release Agent: Provide commercial formulation form release agent with a maximum of 350 g/L volatile organic compounds (VOCs) that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. No form release agents shall be used on the water retaining walls unless specifically approved in writing by the owner. F. Form Ties: Factory- fabricated, adjustable - length, removable or snap -off metal form ties designed to prevent form deflection and to prevent spalling of concrete upon removal. Provide units that will leave no metal closer than 1 -1/2 inches to the plane of the exposed concrete surface. G. Provide ties that, when removed, will leave holes not larger than 1 inch and no smaller than '/2 inch in diameter in the concrete surface. Form ties for exposed concrete shall be of the cone - washer type. The cones shall be made of approved wood or plastic. Ties for liquid containment structures shall have an integral waterstop that is tightly welded to the tie. Common wire will not be allowed for form ties. 2.2 REINFORCING MATERIALS: A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615 Grade 60 deformed. B. Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, plain, cold -drawn steel. C. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, welded steel wire fabric. City of Clearwater RO Plant #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Cast -in -Place Concrete 03300 -3 D. Supports for Reinforcement: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place. Use wire bar -type supports complying with CRSI specifications. E. For slabs -on- grade, use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will not support chair legs. F. For exposed -to -view concrete surfaces where legs of supports are in contact with forms, provide supports with legs that are protected by plastic (CRSI, Class 1) or stainless steel (CRSI, Class 2). 2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS: A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II. B. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class F 1. Use one brand of cement and fly ash throughout Project unless otherwise acceptable to Engineer. C. Normal- Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33 and as specified. Provide aggregates from a single source for exposed concrete. 2.4 WATER: A. Mixing water shall meet specified requirements of ASTM C 94 -00, Section 5. 2.5 ADMIXTURES, GENERAL: Provide concrete admixtures that contain not more than 0.1 percent chloride ions. A. Air - Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260, certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other required admixtures. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Monex Air or Monex NVR, Monex Resources, Inc. b. Air -Tite, Cormix Construction Chemicals. c. Air -Mix or Perma -Air, Euclid Chemical Co. d. Darex AEA or Daravair, W.R. Grace & Co. e. MB -VR or Micro -Air, Master Builders, Inc. f. Sealtight AEA, W.R. Meadows, Inc. g. Sika AER, Sika Corp. B. Water- Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A or D. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following a. Monex Resources, Inc b. Chemtard, ChemMasters Corp. c. PSI N, Cormix Construction Chemicals. d. Eucon WR -75, Euclid Chemical Co. e. WRDA, W.R. Grace & Co. City of Clearwater RO Plant #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Cast-in-Place Concrete 03300 -4 f. Pozzolith Normal or Polyheed, Master Builders, Inc. g. Metco W.R., Metalcrete Industries. h. Prokrete -N, Prokrete Industries. i. Plastocrete 161, Sika Corp. C. High -Range Water- Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type F or Type G. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Monex SP or Mighty RD, Monex Resources, Inc. b. Super P, Anti -Hydro Company, Inc. c. Eucon 37, Euclid Chemical Company. d. WRDA 19 or Daracem, W.R. Grace and Company. e. Rheobuild or Polyheed, Master Builders, Inc. f. Superslump, Metalcrete Industries. g. PSP, Prokrete Industries h. Sikament 300, Sika Corp. D. Water- Reducing, Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type E. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Q -Set, Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co. b. Lubricon NCA, Cormix Construction Chemicals. c. Accelguard 80, Euclid Chemical Co. d. Daraset, W.R. Grace & Co. e. Pozzutec 20, Master Builders, Inc. f. Accel -Set, Metalcrete Industries. E. Water- Reducing, Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. PSI -R Plus, Cormix Construction Chemicals. b. Eucon Retarder 75, Euclid Chemical Co. c. Daratard -17, W.R. Grace & Co. d. Pozzolith R, Master Builders, Inc. e. Protard, Prokrete Industries. f. Plastiment, Sika Corporation. 2.6 CALCIUM CHLORIDE: A. The use of calcium chloride will not be permitted. 2.7 RELATED MATERIALS: A. Reglets: Where sheet flashing or bituminous membranes are terminated in reglets, provide reglets of not less than 0.0217- inch -thick galvanized sheet steel. Fill reglet or cover face opening to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. City of Clearwater RO Plant #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Cast -in -Place Concrete 03300 -5 B. Dovetail Anchor Slots: Hot -dip galvanized sheet steel, not Tess than 0.0336 inch thick with bent tab anchors. Fill slot with temporary filler or cover face opening to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. C. Waterstops: Waterstops shall be preformed 8 inch polyvinal chloride which meet the requirements of the Corps of Engineers Specification CRD C -572. PVC joints shall be spliced by heat fusion or adhesion in strict compliance with the manufacturers recommendations. 1. Provide ribbed or dumbbell -type waterstops at construction joints 1 exposed to water pressure, including groundwater pressure, and other joints as indicated. Provide ribbed or dumbbell type with centerbulb waterstops at expansion joints. All waterstops shall be a minimum of 3/8" thick x 9" wide. All waterstops shall be provided with either metal grommets or integral tie wires located along the top and bottom of the waterstop spaced at 12 ". Other styles or sizes of waterstops may be considered based on their specific application. 2. Provide hydrophilic rubber strip waterstops as shown on the construction drawings. Install per the manufacturers recommendations. Provide minimum grout/concrete cover per the manufacturer's recommendations. D. Polyvinyl Chloride Waterstops: Corps of Engineers CRD -C 572. 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, 1 manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. The Burke Co. 1 b. Greenstreak Plastic Products Co. c. Meadows, Inc. d. Progress Unlimited. e. Schlegel Corp. f. Vinylex Corp. E. Sand Cushion: Clean, manufactured or natural sand. , F. Vapor Retarder: Provide vapor retarder that is resistant to deterioration when 1 tested according to ASTM E 154, as follows: 1. Polyethylene sheet not Tess than 8 mils thick. G. Water- resistant barrier consisting of heavy kraft papers laminated together with 1 glass -fiber reinforcement and over coated with black polyethylene on each side. H. Absorptive Cover: Burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 1 9 oz. /sq. yd., complying with AASHTO M 182, Class 2. I. Moisture - Retaining Cover: One of the following, complying with ASTM C 171. 1 1. Waterproof paper. 2. Polyethylene film. 1 3. Polyethylene- coated burlap. J. Epoxy Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two- component material suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces. Provide material type, grade, and class to suit Project I requirements. City of Clearwater RO Plant #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Cast-in-Place Concrete I 14-0024-UT 03300 -6 00992 -0222 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Burke Epoxy M.V., The Burke Co. b. Spec -Bond 100, Conspec Marketing and Mfg. Co. c. Resi -Bond (J -58), Dayton Superior. d. Euco Epoxy System #452 or #620, Euclid Chemical Co. e. Epoxtite Binder 2390, A.C. Horn, Inc. f. Epabond, L &M Construction Chemicals, Inc. g. Concresive Standard Liquid, Master Builders, Inc. h. Rezi -Weld 1000, W.R. Meadows, Inc. i. Metco Hi -Mod Epoxy, Metalcrete Industries. j. Sikadur 32 Hi -Mod, Sika Corp. k. Stonset LV5, Stonhard, Inc. I. Series, Symons Corp. K. Liquid Membrane - Forming Curing Compound: Liquid -type membrane - forming curing compound complying with ASTM C 309, Type I, Class A. Moisture loss not more than 0.55 kg /sq. m when applied at 200 sq. ft. /gal. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. A -H 3 Way Sealer, Anti -Hydro Co., Inc. b. Spartan -Cote, The Burke Co. c. Conspec #1, Conspec Marketing & Mfg. Co. d. Sealco 309, Cormix Construction Chemicals. e. Day -Chem Cure and Seal, Dayton Superior Corp. f. Eucocure, Euclid Chemical Co. g. Horn Clear Seal, A.C. Horn, Inc. h. L &M Cure R, L &M Construction Chemicals, Inc. i. Masterkure, Master Builders, Inc. j. CS -309, W.R. Meadows, Inc. k. Seal N Kure, Metalcrete Industries. I. Kure -N -Seal, Sonnebom - Chemrex. m. Stontop CS2, Stonhard, Inc. n. Aquastatic - curing agent L. Water -Based Acrylic Membrane Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type I, Class B. 1. Provide material that has a maximum volatile organic compound (VOC) rating of 350 g /L. 2. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Highseal, Conspec Marketing and Mfg. Co. b. Sealco - VOC, Cormix Construction Chemicals. c. Safe Cure and Seal, Dayton Superior Corp. d. Aqua -Cure, Euclid Chemical Co. City of Clearwater RO Plant #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Cast-in-Place Concrete 03300 -7 e. Dress & Seal WB, L &M Construction Chemicals, Inc. f. Masterkure 100W, Master Builders, Inc. g. Vocomp -20, W.R. Meadows, Inc. h. Metcure, Metalcrete Industries. i. Stontop CSI, Stonhard, Inc. M. Bonding Agent: Polyvinyl acetate or acrylic base. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Acrylic Bondcrete, The Burke Co. b. Strongbond, Conspec Marketing and Mfg. Co. c. Day -Chem Ad Bond, Dayton Superior Corp. d. SBR Latex, Euclid Chemical Co. e. Daraweld C, W.R. Grace & Co. f. Hornweld, A.C. Horn, Inc. g. Everbond, L &M Construction Chemicals, Inc. h. Acryl -Set, Master Builders Inc. I. Intralok, W.R. Meadows, Inc. j. Acrylpave, Metalcrete Industries. k. Sonocrete, Sonneborn- Chemrex. I. Stonlock LB2, Stonhard, Inc. m. Strong Bond, Symons Corp. N. Coating Systems (Slab, Walls, and Overhead in Waster Water Liquid Retaining Structures) 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Belzona Virginia Inc. #4141 Magma -Build b. Devcon - Epoxy Sealer c. American Metaseal Metacoat 1204 d. E -Bond Superstik 105 & 108 Epoxy VDOT EP3 -T & EP3 -B e. Kaufman Products, Inc. Surepoxy Hi -Bild f. Kaufman Products, Inc. K Pro CRS g. Tamms Ind. Duralkote High Build Epoxy Coating h. Koppers 300M Coal Tar Epoxy i. Koppers HiGuard Epoxy Coating j. Koppers Super High Solids Epoxy O. Floor Hardener - Floor hardener shall be a colorless aqueous solution containing zinc silicofluoride, magnesium silicofluoride, or sodium silicofluoride. These silicofluorides can be used individually or in combination. Proprietary hardeners may be used if approved by Owner. Floor hardener shall be applied to interior floor slabs after the concrete has been air dried for 24 hours. Three coats shall be applied, each the day after the preceding coat was applied. For the first application, one pound of the silicofluoride shall be dissolved in one gallon of water. For subsequent application, the solution shall be two pounds of silicofluoride to each gallon of water. Floor shall be mopped with clear water shortly after the preceding application has dried to remove encrusted sales. City of Clearwater RO Plant #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Cast-in-Place Concrete 03300 -8 Proprietary hardeners shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions. During application, area shall be well ventilated. Precautions shall be taken when applying silicofluorides due to the toxicity of the salts. Any compound that contacts glass or aluminum shall be immediately removed with clear water. P. Topping Slabs: Toppings shall consist of 300 -400 pounds of sand, 100 pounds of type V cement and 3 pounds of monofilament fiber mesh ( 1 lb per yard) and a maximum of 5 gallons of water. The topping shall be mixed for 5 minutes in a mechanical mixer and shall not have a slump greater than 2 inches. Toppings shall be installed with a bonding agent between the topping and existing concrete. If topping slab thickness is greater than 8 inches, then the topping shall be reinforced with a welded wire fabric, 4 x 4 x w1.4 x w1.4, 1" from the exposed topping surface. Q. Non - Shrink Grout: Premixed compound consisting of noncorrosive, nonstaining, non - metallic aggregate, cement, water reducing and plasticizing agents; capable of developing minimum compressive strength of 2,400 psi in 48 hours and 7,000 psi in 28 days. The grout shall comply with ASTM C 1107 and have a minimum 30- minute working time. R. Anchor Bolts shall be as specified on Structural Note Drawing. 2.8 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGNING MIXES: A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete by either laboratory trial batch or field experience methods as specified in ACI 301, ACI 211, and ACI 350. For the trial batch method, use an independent testing agency acceptable to Engineer for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. B. Do not use the same testing agency for field quality control testing. C. Limit use of fly ash to not exceed 15 percent of the total cementitious content by weight. Fly ash shall be used either as an admixture or as a partial cement replacement. Fly ash may be used in all structural concrete. 1. Submit written reports to Engineer of each proposed mix for each class of concrete at least 15 days prior to start of Work. Do not begin concrete production until proposed mix designs have been reviewed by Engineer. The Mix Design ID /Number must be included on each page of all reports. 2.9 COMPRESSIVE STRENGTHS: Design mixes to provide concrete with the following properties as indicated on schedules: CLASS MAXIMUM WATER - MINIMUM 7 DAY 28 DAY CEMENTITIOUS CEMENTITIOUS RATIO MATERIAL (LBS /CY) Structural 2670 4000 0.44 564 Non - Structural 2000 3000 0.50 470 Structural, High Density 3000 4500 0.40 650 2.10 STRUCTURAL HIGH DENSITY CONCRETE: Structural, High Density Concrete shall be used in all structures where concrete is intended to be watertight in service. City of Clearwater RO Plant #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Cast -in -Place Concrete 03300 -9 2.11 SLUMP LIMITS: Proportion and design mixes to result in concrete slump at point of placement as follows: A. Ramps, slabs, and sloping surfaces: Not more than 3 inches. B. Reinforced foundation systems: Not Tess than 1 inch and not more than 3 inches. C. Concrete containing high -range water - reducing admixture (superplasticizer): Not more than 8 inches after adding admixture to site - verified 2 - 3 inch slump concrete. 2.12 CONCRETE MIX ADJUSTMENTS: Mix design adjustments may be requested by Contractor when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant, as accepted by Engineer. Laboratory test data for revised mix design and strength results must be submitted to and accepted by Engineer before using in Work. 2.13 ADMIXTURES: A. Use high -range water - reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy -use industrial slabs, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with water - cement ratios below 0.50. B. Use air - entraining admixture in exterior exposed concrete unless otherwise indicated. Add air - entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at point of placement having total air content of 5% with a tolerance of plus or minus 1.0 percent. 2.14 READY -MIXED CONCRETE: Comply with requirements of ASTM C 94, and as specified. A. When air temperature is between 85 deg F and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1 -1/2 hours to 75 minutes, and when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. B. Provide batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in the Work, indicating Project identification name and number, date, mix type, mix time, quantity, amount of water introduced, and specific location within the pour where the concrete was deposited. 2.15 WATERPROOFING: A. Provide below -grade surface applied waterproofing. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Sonneborn 128 Spray Mastic or Semi - Mastic. b. Thoroseal/Acryl 60. City of Clearwater RO Plant #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Cast -in -Place Concrete 03300 -10 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL: A. Coordinate the installation of joint materials, vapor retarder /barrier, and other related materials with placement of forms and reinforcing steel. B. Forms: 1. General: Design, erect, support, brace, and maintain formwork to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads that might be applied until concrete structure can support such loads. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of correct size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position. Maintain formwork construction tolerances and surface irregularities complying with the following ACI 347 limits: a. Provide Class A tolerances for concrete surfaces exposed to view. b. Provide Class C tolerances for other concrete surfaces. C. Construct forms to sizes, shapes, lines, and dimensions shown and to obtain accurate alignment, location, grades, level, and plumb work in finished structures. Provide for openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses, moldings, rustications, reglets, chamfers, blocking, screeds, bulkheads, anchorages and inserts, and other features required in the Work. Use selected materials to obtain required finishes. Solidly butt joints and provide backup at joints to prevent cement paste from leaking. D. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces where slope is too steep to place concrete with bottom forms only. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like for easy removal. E. Provide temporary openings for clean -outs and inspections where interior area of formwork is inaccessible before and during concrete placement. Securely brace temporary openings and set tightly to forms to prevent losing concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. F. Chamfer all exposed corners and edges, using wood, metal, PVC, or rubber chamfer strips fabricated to produce uniform smooth lines and tight edge joints. Chamfer edges to be 3/41" unless otherwise approved by Engineer. G. Provisions for Other Trades: Provide openings in concrete formwork to accommodate work of other trades. Determine size and location of openings, recesses, and chases from trades providing such items. Accurately place and securely support items built into forms. H. Cleaning and Tightening: Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, or other debris just before placing concrete. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. 3.2 PLACING REINFORCEMENT: County/City Reclaimed Water Interconnect Cast-in-Place Concrete 1030 -0011 03300 -11 A. General: Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended practice for "Placing Reinforcing Bars," for details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports and as specified. B. Avoiding cutting or puncturing vapor retarder /barrier during reinforcement placement and concreting operations. Repair damages before placing concrete. C. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other materials that reduce or destroy bond with concrete. D. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers, and hangers, as approved by Engineer. E. Place reinforcement to maintain minimum coverage as indicated for concrete protection. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. F. Install welded wire fabric in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. 3.3 JOINTS: A. Construction Joints: Locate and install construction joints so they do not impair strength or appearance of the structure, as acceptable to Engineer. B. Place construction joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints except as indicated otherwise. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements. C. Use bonding agent on existing concrete surfaces that will be joined with fresh concrete. D. Waterstops: Provide waterstops in construction joints as indicated. Install waterstops to form continuous diaphragm in each joint. Support and protect exposed waterstops during progress of Work. Field- fabricate joints in waterstops according to manufacturer's printed instructions. E. Isolation Joints in Slabs -on- Grade: Construct isolation joints in slabs -on -grade at points of contact between slabs -on -grade and vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated. F. Joint fillers and sealants shall be as follows: 1. Joint Fillers a. Self- expanding Cork Joint Filler: Preformed strips complying with ASTM D 1752 for Type III. b. Cork Joint Filler: Preformed strips complying with ASTM D 1752 for Type II. c. Sponge Rubber Joint Filler: Preformed strips complying with ASTM D 1752 for Type I. d. Bituminous Fiber Joint Filler: Performed strips complying with ASTM D 1751: Granulated cork with asphalt binder encased City of Clearwater RO Plant #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Cast -in -Place Concrete 03300 -12 between 2 layers of saturated felt of glass -fiber felt of width and thickness indicated. 2. Joint Sealers shall be appropriate for their intended use and installations. Follow manufactures instruction for use and installation. All joint sealants shall be in accordance with ACI 504R. 3.4 INSTALLING EMBEDDED ITEMS: A. General: Set and build into formwork anchorage devices and other embedded items required for other work that is attached to or supported by cast -in -place concrete. Use setting drawings, diagrams, instructions, and directions provided by suppliers of items to be attached. B. Forms for Slabs: Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and contours in finished surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips using strike -off templates or compacting -type screeds. C. No items made of aluminum are allowed to be embedded in concrete unless otherwise shown on Contract Drawings. Aluminum surface in contact with concrete shall be given a heavy coat of an alkali- resistant bituminous paint before installation. Aluminum surface to be embedded in concrete shall be given one coat of zinc chromate primer. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Zinc Chromate Primer — 2. Zinc Chromate Primer 05066, 3. Zinc Chromate Primer — 4. Or equal. 3.5 PREPARING FORM SURFACES: Manufactured by Sant Ram Nikka Mal — Manufactured by Tempo Products Co. 5606 Manufactured by Cyber- Marine A. General: Coat contact surfaces of forms with an approved, non - residual, low - VOC, form - coating compound before placing reinforcement. B. Do not allow excess form - coating material to accumulate in forms or come into contact with in -place concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. Apply according to manufacturer's instructions. C. Coat steel forms with a non - staining, rust - preventative material. Rust - stained steel formwork is not acceptable. D. No form release agents shall be used on the water retaining walls unless specifically approved in writing by the owner. 3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT: A. Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation, reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded or cast in. Notify other trades to permit installation of their work. Notify Engineer and testing laboratory a minimum 24 hours prior to commencement of operations. City of Clearwater RO Plant #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Cast -in -Place Concrete 14-0024-UT 03300 -13 00992 -0222 B. General: Comply with ACI 304, "Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete," and as specified. C. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened sufficiently to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as specified. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation at its final location. D. Placing Concrete in Forms: Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers no deeper than 24 inches and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Where placement consists of several layers, place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic to avoid cold joints. E. Consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand - spading, rodding, or tamping. Use equipment and procedures for consolidation of concrete complying with ACI 309. F. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations no farther than the visible effectiveness of the machine. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to set. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mix to segregate. A spare vibrator will be on -site for emergency use at all times. G. Placing Concrete Slabs: Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints or expansion joints, until completing placement of a panel or section. H. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so that concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement, other embedded items and into corners. I. Bring slab surfaces to correct level with a straightedge and strike off. Use bull floats or darbies to smooth surface free of humps or hollows. Do not disturb slab surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations. J. Maintain reinforcing in proper position on chairs during concrete placement. K. Cold- Weather Placement: Comply with provisions of ACI 306 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. L. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F, uniformly heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 50 deg F and not more than 80 deg F) at point of placement. M. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. N. Do not use salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise accepted in mix designs. Calcium chloride will not be allowed. City of Clearwater RO Plant #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Cast-in-Place Concrete 03300 -14 O. Hot - Weather Placement: When hot weather conditions exist that would impair quality and strength of concrete, place concrete complying with ACI 305 and as specified. P. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of placement to be in accordance with ACI. Mixing water may be chilled or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Ice can not be used to replace more than half of the design total water content. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. Q. Cover reinforcing steel with water - soaked burlap if it becomes too hot, so that steel temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete. R. Fog spray forms, reinforcing steel, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade moisture uniform without puddles or dry areas. S. Use water - reducing retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placing conditions, as acceptable to Engineer. 3.7 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES: A. Rough- Formed Finish: Provide a rough - formed finish on formed concrete surfaces not exposed to view in the finished Work or concealed by other construction. This is the concrete surface having texture imparted by form - facing material used, with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched, and fins and other projections exceeding 1/4 inch in height rubbed down or chipped off. Finish shall be a Class C in accordance with ACI 347. B. Smooth - Formed Finish: Provide a smooth - formed finish on formed concrete surfaces exposed to view or to be covered with a coating material applied directly to concrete, or a covering material applied directly to concrete, such as waterproofing, damp proofing, veneer plaster, painting, or another similar system. This is an as -cast concrete surface obtained with selected form - facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch defective areas with fins and other projections completely removed and smoothed. Finish shall be a Class A in accordance with ACI 347. C. Grout - Cleaned Finish: Provide grout - cleaned finish on scheduled concrete surfaces that have received smooth - formed finish treatment. 1. Combine one part portland cement to one and one -half parts fine sand by volume, and a 50:50 mixture of acrylic or styrene butadiene -based bonding admixture and water to form the consistency of thick paint. Blend standard portland cement and white portland cement in amounts determined by trial patches so that final color of dry grout will match adjacent surfaces. 2. Thoroughly wet concrete surfaces, apply grout to coat surfaces, and fill small holes. Remove excess grout by scraping and rubbing with clean burlap. Keep damp by fog spray for at least 36 hours after rubbing. D. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike -off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated. City of Clearwater RO Plant #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Cast-in-Place Concrete 03300 -15 E. Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces to receive trowel finish and other finishes as specified; slab surfaces to be covered with membrane or elastic waterproofing, membrane or elastic roofing, or sand -bed terrazzo; and where indicated. 1. After screeding, consolidating, and leveling concrete slabs, do not work surface until ready for floating. Begin floating, using float blades or float shoes only, when surface water has disappeared, or when concrete has stiffened sufficiently to permit operation of power- driven floats, or both. Consolidate surface with power- driven floats or by hand - floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Finish surfaces to tolerances of F(F) 25 (floor flatness) and F(L) 20 (floor levelness) measured according to ASTM E 1155 (ASTM E 1155M). Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Uniformly slope surfaces to drains. Immediately after leveling, refloat surface to a uniform, smooth, granular texture. Class of surface shall be a class C surface in accordance with 347 R. F. Non -slip Broom Finish: Apply a nonslip light broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps, and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. 1. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen concrete surface by brooming with fiber- bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Engineer before application. G. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work by other trades, unless otherwise shown or directed, after work of other trades is in place. Mix, place, and cure concrete as specified to blend with in- place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete Work. All grout shall be non - shrinking. H. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and by steel - troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations as shown on drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment to template at correct elevations, complying with diagrams or templates of manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment. J. Steel Pan Stairs: Provide concrete fill for steel pan stair treads, landings, and associated items. Cast -in safety inserts and accessories as shown on drawings. Screed, tamp, and non -slip broom concrete surfaces. K. Below Grade Concrete: Waterproof the exterior (grade) side of tank and building walls. Prepare surface based upon manufacturer's recommendations. Material may be spray, brush or roller applied. Conform to manufacturers recommendations for chosen application. 3.8 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION: A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. In hot, dry, and windy weather protect concrete from rapid moisture Toss before and during finishing operations with an evaporation - control material. Apply according to manufacturer's instructions after screeding and bull floating, but before power floating and troweling. City of Clearwater RO Plant #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Cast -in -Place Concrete 03300 -16 B. Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after placing and finishing. Keep continuously moist for not Tess than 14 days as required due to weather. C. Curing Methods: Cure concrete by moist curing, by moisture - retaining cover curing, or by combining these methods, as specified. 1. Provide moisture curing by the following methods: a. Keep concrete surface continuously wet by covering with water. b. Use continuous water -fog spray. c. Cover concrete surface with specified absorptive cover, thoroughly saturate cover with water, and keep continuously wet. Place absorptive cover to provide coverage of concrete surfaces and edges, with a 4 inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Provide moisture - retaining cover curing as follows: a. Cover concrete surfaces with moisture - retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width with sides and ends lapped at least 3 inches and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. 3. Curing Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces, by moist curing with forms in place for the full curing period or until forms are removed. As soon as initial set has occurred, place a soil soaker hose along the tops of all walls to keep concrete forms wet during the curing period. If forms are removed, continue curing by methods specified above, as applicable, for the remainder of the curing period. If forms are removed before the end of the curing period, then the concrete shall be continuously moist for the remainder of the curing period by fog spraying or covering with moist burlap. 4. Curing Unformed Surfaces: Cure unformed surfaces, including slabs, floor topping, and other flat surfaces, by applying the appropriate curing method. 5. Final cure concrete surfaces to receive finish flooring with a moisture - retaining cover, unless otherwise directed. 3.9 SHORES AND SUPPORTS: A. General: Comply with ACI 347 for shoring and reshoring in multistory construction, and as specified. B. Extend shoring from ground to roof for structures four stories or Tess, unless otherwise permitted. C. Remove shores and reshore in a planned sequence to avoid damage to partially cured concrete. Locate and provide adequate reshoring to support work without excessive stress or deflection. City of Clearwater RO Plant #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Cast -in -Place Concrete 03300 -17 D. Keep reshores in place a minimum of 15 days after placing upper tier, or longer, if required, until concrete has attained its required 28 -day strength and heavy Toads due to construction operations have been removed. 3.10 REMOVING FORMS: A. Formwork, such as beam soffits, joists, walls, and other structural elements, may not be removed until concrete has attained at least seventy percent (75 %) of design minimum compressive strength at 28 days. No earth loads or live loads will be structurally placed against or on any poured structurally reinforced concrete until the concrete has reached its 28 day compressive strength or otherwise approved by the Engineer. Determine potential compressive strength of in -place concrete by testing field -cured specimens representative of concrete location or members. B. Form- facing material may be removed 4 days after placement only if shores and other vertical supports have been arranged to permit removal of form - facing material without loosening or disturbing shores and supports. 3.11 REUSING FORMS: A. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form - facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form - coating compound as specified for new formwork. B. When forms are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten forms to close joints. Align and secure joint to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces except as acceptable to Engineer. 3.12 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS: A. Patching Defective Areas: Repair and patch defective areas with cement mortar immediately after removing forms, when acceptable to Engineer. B. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Remove and replace concrete having defective surfaces if defects cannot be repaired to satisfaction of Engineer. Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycomb, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. Flush out form tie holes and fill with dry-pack mortar or precast cement cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. C. Repair concealed formed surfaces, where possible, containing defects that affect the concrete's durability. If defects cannot be repaired, remove and replace the concrete. D. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as monolithic slabs, for smoothness and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface and finish. Correct low and high areas as specified. Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness by using a template having the required slope. E. Repair finished unformed surfaces containing defects that affect the concrete's durability. Surface defects include crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch City of Clearwater RO Plant #1 HSP$ Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Cast-in-Place Concrete 03300 -18 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 wide or that penetrate to the reinforcement or completely through nonreinforced sections regardless of width, spalling, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets, and other objectionable conditions. F. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding after concrete has cured at least 14 days. G. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. Proprietary underlayment compounds may be used when acceptable to Engineer. H. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes not exceeding 1 inch in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts and expose reinforcing steel with at least 3/4 inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials to provide concrete of same type or class as original concrete. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. 3.13 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING DURING CONSTRUCTION: A. General: The Owner will employ a testing agency to perform tests and to submit test reports. The testing agency shall be approved by the Engineer. Any retesting due to non - acceptable work or materials shall be at the Contractors expense. B. Sampling and testing for quality control during concrete placement may include the following, as directed by Engineer. C. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C 94. D. Slump: ASTM C 143; one test at point of discharge for each compressive strength test; additional tests when concrete consistency seems to have changed or as directed by the Engineer. E. Air Content: ASTM C 173, volumetric method for lightweight or normal weight concrete; ASTM C 231, pressure method for normal weight concrete; one for each compressive strength test. F. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F and below, when 90 deg F and above, and one test for each set of compressive - strength specimens. G. Compression Test Specimen: ASTM C 31; one set of four standard cylinders for each compressive- strength test, unless otherwise directed. Mold and store cylinders for laboratory-cured test specimens except when field -cured test specimens are required. H. Compressive- Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; one set for each day's pour exceeding 5 cu. yd. plus additional sets for each 50 cu. yd. more than the first 25 cu. yd. of each concrete class placed in any one day; one specimen tested at 7 days, two specimens tested at 28 days, and one specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required. City of Clearwater RO Plant #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Cast-in-Place Concrete 03300 -19 I. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five strength tests for a given class of concrete, conduct testing from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used. J. When strength of field -cured cylinders is Tess than 85 percent of companion laboratory-cured cylinders, evaluate current operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing the in -place concrete. K. Strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory if averages of sets of three consecutive strength test results equal or exceed specified compressive strength and no individual strength test result falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi. L. Test results will be reported in writing to Engineer, ready -mix producer, and Owner within 24 hours after tests. Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain the Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing service, concrete type and class, location of concrete batch in structure, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7 -day tests and 28 -day tests. M. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted but shall not be used as the sole basis for acceptance or rejection. N. Additional Tests: The testing agency will make additional tests of in -place concrete when test results indicate specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been attained in the structure, as directed by Engineer. Testing agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42, or by other methods as directed. These additional tests shall be at the Contractor's expense. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO Plant #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Cast-in-Place Concrete 03300 -20 SECTION 05050 - METAL FASTENINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. All necessary fastenings of adequate strength for the purpose intended shall be provided by the Contractor and shall be compatible with the metals being fastened. All fasteners shall be of domestic (USA) manufacture and shall meet all requirements of other appropriate sections of these Specifications. PART 2 - MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 2.1 ACCESSORIES A. Field connections of structural steel shall be made by bolting with heavy structural hex bolts, nuts and washers, in strength grade A325 (Type 3), except as otherwise directed by the Engineer or shown on the Drawings. 2.2 QUALITY CONTROL A. High strength bolts not designated as Slip Critical (SC) Connections on the Plans shall be installed in properly aligned holes and tightened to the snug tight conditions, per the AISC Manual of Steel Construction (ASD), Ninth Edition. B. High strength boles designed as Slip Critical (SC) Connections on the Drawings shall be tightened to the minimum tension specified in Table 4 of the Specification for Structural Joints using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Slip Critical (SC) Connections shall be made in conformance to AISE Specifications, using the turn -of -nut tightening method. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Metal Fastenings 14-0024-UT 05050 -1 00992 -0222 SECTION 09900 - PAINTING AND SPECIAL COATINGS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work includes furnishing all labor, materials and equipment required to complete the painting and coatings as indicated on the Drawings and in these specifications. B. Surface preparation, paint and coatings materials, and their application shall be as recommended by the coating manufacturer and approved by the OWNER'S Representative. The CONTRACTOR shall take all health and safety precautions necessary to prevent accidents during the storage, handling, application, and drying of any of the coatings described. C. Paints and coatings used to furnish the surfaces of structures or vessels which come into contact with potable water shall meet the applicable requirements of the County Health Department and the State Department of Environmental Protection or other regulatory agencies having jurisdiction. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for a satisfactory paint application which will adhere without peeling, flaking, blistering or discoloration. Before application of any painting materials, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a letter of Certification from the manufacturer of the materials selected for the application proposed. B. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work are limited to the following: 1. Tnemec Company, Inc. - Basis of Design 2. Carboline Company 3. Induron Coatings 4. Dudick Inc. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Data Sheets and Color Charts: 1. The full name of each product and descriptive literature shall be submitted along with a list of water and wastewater plants in Florida where the product has been used. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Painting & Special Coatings 09900 -1 2. Within a minimum of 30 days prior to application of paints and coatings, the CONTRACTOR shall submit six sets of color charts and data sheets for selection by the OWNER. Before work is commenced, the CONTRACTOR shall prepare samples as required until the color and textures are satisfactory to the OWNER. 3. Resubmit samples as requested until required sheen, color and texture is 1 achieved. a. On 12 -inch x 12 -inch hardboard, provide two samples of each color and material, with texture to simulate finish conditions. On actual wood surfaces, provide two 4 -inch x 8 -inch samples for stained wood finish. On concrete Masonry, provide two 4 -inch square samples of masonry for each type of finish and color, defining filler, prime and finish coats. On actual wall surfaces and other building components, duplicate painted finish of acceptable samples, as directed by the OWNER'S Representative. 1.4 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to job site in new, original, and unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name, trade name, and label analysis. Store where directed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. All paint materials used on the job shall be kept in a single place which shall be kept neat and clean. All oily rags, waste or debris shall be removed every night and all precautions taken to avoid the danger of fire. NOTE: Materials may be flammable, and the area should be marked accordingly. Keep coatings out of the weather. B. Extra Stock: At the conclusion of the project, the CONTRACTOR shall provide the OWNER with a minimum of one quart from each 50 gallons or fraction thereof for each paint system used on the project. The paint or coating container shall indicate the applicable paint system as indicated in these specifications. 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Painting or coating and finishing of interior and exterior items and surfaces, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Paint all new construction and portions of existing facilities disturbed by new 1 construction. 2. Paint all exposed surfaces, except as otherwise indicated, whether or not colors are designated. If not designated, colors will be selected by the OWNER'S Representative from standard colors available for the coatings required. 3. Includes field painting of bare and covered pipes and ducts (including color 1 coding), and hangers, exposed steel and iron work, and primed metal surfaces of equipment installed under mechanical and electrical work. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Painting ;,& Special Coatings 14-0024-UT 09900 -2 00992 -0222 4. Painting shall be done at such times as the CONTRACTOR and OWNER'S Representative may agree upon in order that dust -free and neat work is obtained. Painting shall be done strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and shall be performed in a manner satisfactory to the OWNER'S Representative. 5. "Shop" painting as referred to defines the paint coat which shall be applied in the shop or plant immediately after manufacture, fabrication or assembly and prior to shipment to the site of installation. "Field" painting defines the paint coats to be applied at the project site where the structure or equipment is completed, erected, or installed in place as specified. B. Materials and Application: 1. Obtain painting materials from one manufacturer. Painting materials not obtainable from the prime manufacturer shall be obtained from a second source recommended by the prime manufacturer. All solvents for thinning shall be obtained from the coating manufacturer. Only use solvents as listed on the manufacturer's product literature. 2. There shall be a perceptible difference in shades of successive coats of paint so that the application of successive coats of paint can be properly and uniformly spread and inspected. Pipes, sheet metal ducts and other metal items which are to be installed in inaccessible locations shall be painted prior to installation. 3. Each coat shall be allowed to dry for the period of time recommended by the manufacturer before the next coat is applied. 4. Proceeding to apply the coatings indicates that the coating contractor has accepted the condition of the existing coating. If questions arise, they should be brought to the attention of the OWNER or OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. Do not proceed until resolved. C. Equipment, Machinery, and Shop Fabricated Items: 1. Pumps, motors, machinery, equipment and other manufactured items shall have surfaces prepared, primed and finish- coated in accordance with the standard practice of the manufacturer. Finish coat colors shall be as approved by the OWNER'S Representative. 2. Shop- fabricated items and components for field assembly shall have surfaces prepared and shop - primed. Finish coat colors shall be as approved by the OWNER'S Representative. Items for submerged service shall be field sandblasted and primed per Paint System B-4. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - ALL SYSTEMS City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024-UT 00992 -0222 Painting & Special Coatings 09900 -3 1 A. The film thickness and /or the number of coats to be applied shall not e ss pp be decreased and shall be increased where required to meet other manufacturer's recommendations. B. Manufacturer's recommendations as to which finish coat should be used with a particular primer shall be observed. In all cases, the prime coat, intermediate coat, finish coat, and all solvents and thinners shall be from the same manufacturer. All paint shall be mildew resistant. C. Tnemec products are given as examples of painting and coating systems identified in the following paragraphs. The products of other manufacturer's (listed in Paragraph 1.02.B.) may be used as long as they are of the same quality and meet the performance criteria. D. Substitution requests must be considered provided they are submitted ten (10) days prior to bid opening and follow the criteria specified in Section 01640. 2.2 GROUP A - CONCRETE AND MASONRY (NOT IN CONTACT WITH POTABLE WATER) A. System A -1: For use on above grade interior walls, ceilings, and architectural 1 surfaces not subject to high moisture, corrosion, splashing, or fumes. Typical areas would include control rooms and electrical rooms. Surface Preparation: Level protrusions and remove mortar splatter from all surfaces. Allow new concrete to cure 28 days prior to coating. All surfaces shall be clean and dry before proceeding. 1. Interior Concrete Surfaces Excluding CMU (Non- Immersion): a. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 54 Masonry Filler at 80 - 100 sq.ft. per gallon. b. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1029 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. c. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1029 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. 2. Interior CMU or Porous Block (Non- Immersion): 1 a. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1254 Epoxoblock WB at approximately 75 - 100 sq.ft. per gallon. b. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1029 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. c. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1029 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. B. System A -2: For use on above grade interior walls, ceilings, and non - traffic slabs that are subject to high moisture, physical abuse, mild chemical fumes, splashing and spillage of water or wastewater byproducts, etc. Typical areas would include filter press building walls, OF Building process area walls, etc. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Painting & Special Coatings 14-0024-UT 09900 -4 00992 -0222 Surface Preparation: Level protrusions and remove mortar splatter from all surfaces. Allow new concrete to cure 28 days. All surfaces shall be clean and dry before proceeding. Pressure washing may assist in removing loose dirt and contamination. 1. Interior Concrete Surfaces Excluding CMU (Non- Immersion): a. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1254 Epoxoblock WB at 125 - 150 sq.ft. per gallon. b. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series N69 Hi -Build Epoxoline 11 at 4.0 - 6.0 mils dft. c. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series N69 Hi -Build Epoxoline 11 at 4.0 - 6.0 mils dft. 2. Interior CMU or Porous Block (Non - Immersion): a. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1254 Epoxoblock WB at approximately 120 - 130 sq.ft. per gallon. b. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series N69 Hi -Build Epoxoline 11 at 4.0 - 6.0 mils dft. c. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series N69 Hi -Build Epoxoline 11 at 4.0 - 6.0 mils dft. 3. Interior CMU or Porous Block For Locker Rooms, Bathrooms: Surface Preparation: Clean and dry, level protrusions, and remove mortar splatter from all surfaces. Allow mortar to cure 14 days before proceeding with coating. a. Prime /Surfacer: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1254 Epoxoblock WB at 120 - 130 sq.ft. per gallon. b. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 113 H.B. Tneme - Tufcoat at 4.0 - 6.0 mils dft. c. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 113 H.B. at 4.0 - 6.0 mils dft. C. System A -3: For use on exterior concrete walls above grade to a point at least 6" below finish grade (extend to depth where nearest course ends, if applicable). Applicable to all buildings. Surface Preparation: Fill all voids with grout; remove loose mortar, mortar splatter, protrusions, etc. Allow all concrete or grout to cure a minimum 28 days before proceeding. Remove all dirt or contamination before proceeding. 1. Exterior Concrete Buildings: Poured or cast -in- place. a. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1026 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. b. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1026 Endruatone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024-UT 00992 -0222 Painting & Special Coatings 09900 -5 1 c. Finish: Apply I 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1026 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. 2. Exterior Concrete Buildings: CMU ' a. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1254 Epoxoblock WB at a spreading rate of between 120 - 130 sq.ft. per gallon. b. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series1026 Enduratoneat 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. c. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1026 Enduratone at 2.0 — 3.0 mils dft. Or, if an elastomer is preferred, use the following: 3. Exterior Concrete Buildings: CMU or PIP - Elastomeric a. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 156 Enviro -Crete at 4.0 - 6.0 mils ' dft. b. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 156 Enviro -Crete at 4.0 - 6.0 mils dft. D. System A -4: For use on all exterior concrete walls below a point six inches below finish grade. , Surface Preparation: Remove all loose dirt and contamination. Clean and dry before proceeding. 1. Exterior Concrete Walls: Poured or Cast -in -Place a. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 46H -413 Tneme -Tar at 8.0 - 10.0 ' mils dft. b. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 46H -413 Tneme -Tar at 8.0 - 10.0 mils dft. ' E. System A -5: For use on interior concrete floors. Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete to cure 28 days. Verify dryness by ' testing for moisture with a "plastic film tape -down test" (reference ASTM D 4263). Should moisture be detected, perform "Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride" (reference ASTM F 1869). Moisture content not to exceed three pounds per 1,000 sq.ft. in a 24 -hour period. Acid -etch or mechanically abrade concrete to remove laitance and create profile. If acid - etching, no contaminants or surface additives/treatments such as form release agents, curing compounds, hardeners or sealers should be present in the surface of the concrete as they can impede the acid's ability to properly etch and profile the floor. If these conditions exist, mechanical preparation is the only recommended method to clean and profile the floor. Large voids and other cavities should be filled with recommended filler or surfacer (reference SSPC- SP13). City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements; Painting & Special Coatings 14- 0024-UT 09900 -6 00992 -0222 1. Interior Concrete Floors: Control Rooms, Offices, similar. a. Surface Profile: Abrade to ICRI CSP 2 -3. b. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 287 Enviro -Pox at 3.0 - 4.0 mils dft. c. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 287 Enviro -Pox at 3.0 - 4.0 mils dft. d. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 290 (pigmented) CRU at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. 2.3 GROUP B - STRUCTURAL STEEL; STEEL TANKS; EQUIPMENT AND PIPING (NOT IN CONTACT WITH POTABLE WATER) A. System B -1: For all new steel or site fabricated steel: Exterior or interior and moderate immersion exposure. 1. Surface Preparation: Non - immersion - For exposed steel, excluding immersion service, abrasive blast per SSPC SP6 to a Commercial Grade finish to obtain a 1.5 mil blast profile. For immersion exposure - abrasive blast per SSPC SP10 to a Near White finish to obtain a minimum 1.5 mil blast profile. 2. Shop or field apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1 Omnithane at 2.5 - 3.5 mils dft. As an option, apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 90G -1 K97 Tneme -Zinc at 2.5 - 3.5 mils dft. B. System B -2: For use on exterior exposed structural and miscellaneous steel; interior and exterior - non immersion exposure. Typical items include steel piping, exterior of steel tanks, structural support steel, etc. This system can be exposed to a corrosive atmosphere; not in contact with wastewater or where a color finish is desired. 1. Surface Preparation: Remove all grease and dirt per SSPC SP1 before proceeding. Commercial blast clean per SSPC SP -6 to achieve a minimum 1.5 mil blast profile. 2. Shop Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1 Omnithane at 2.5 - 3.5 mils dft. 3. Prime Coat: For steel that has been shop primed, clean damaged areas by Power Tool Cleaning SSPC SP3 and spot prime using Tnemec Series 27WB at 3.0 - 5.0 mils dft before applying the "Primer". For steel that has not been shop primed, apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1 Omnithane at 2.5 - 3.5 mils dft. 4. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 27WB Typoxy at 4.0 - 6.0 mils dft. 5. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1095 Endura - Shield at 3.0 - 5.0 mils dft. C. System B -3: For use on bituminous coated cast iron or steel pipe. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Painting & Special Coatings 09900 -7 1. Surface Preparation for bituminous pipe: Wash to remove all grease and dirt before coating. Sweep blast per SSPC SP7 or Power Tool Clean per SSPC SP -3. 2. Prime: Spot prime all bare and damaged areas with one coat of Tnemec Series 135 Chembuild at 3.0 - 5.0 mils dft. 3. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat overall of Tnemec Series 135 Chembuild at 3.0 - 5.0 mils dft. 4. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1095 Endura - Shield at 3.0 - 5.0 mils dft. D. System B-4: For use on exterior steel tanks, piping and equipment, submerged in moderate corrosive service, excluding chains, sprockets and similar items. This system shall be used for all materials submerged in wastewater. For use in splash and spillage and where a color stable topcoat is required, use System B- 2. 1. Surface Preparation: For a shop application, see System B -1. For field applications, abrasive blast all steel to a Near White finish per SSPC SP10 to achieve a minimum 1.5 mil blast profile. 2. Prime: All steel shall be primed with 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1 Omnithane at 2.5 - 3.5 mils dft, whether shop or field applied. 3. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 446 Perma - Shield MCU at 6.0 - 8.0 mils dft. 4. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 446 Perma - Shield MCU at 6.0 - 8.0 mils dft. Use alternating colors between coats. E. System B -5: For all submerged metals in severe wastewater service. Typical areas would include headworks, grit chambers, and other areas of severe H2S exposures. Severe abrasion exposure. 1. Surface Preparation: Field abrasive blast to a White Metal finish per SSPC- SP5 to achieve a minimum 3.0 mil blast profile. Prime before any rust bloom. 2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 435 Perma -Glaze at 15.0 - 20.0 mils dft. 3. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 435 Perma -Glaze at 15.0 - 20.0 mils dft. Alternating colors should be used. F. System B -6: For use on hollow metal (steel) doors and frames, steel embedments, and steel lintels: Pre - primed with alkyd primer, shop or unknown primer, or bare metal. Interior or exterior exposure. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 00244UT 00992 -0222 Painting & Special Coatings 09900 -8 1. Surface Preparation: Remove all grease and oil before proceeding by SSPC ' SP1. Abrade per SSPC -SP3 before proceeding. 2. Prime (touch -up only): Prime bare or damaged areas with 1 coat of Tnemec Series 27WB Typoxy at 2.0 - 5.0 mils dft. 3. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 27WB Typoxy at 3.0 - 5.0 mils dft. ' 4. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1095 Endura - Shield at 3.0 - 5.0 mils dft. 2.4 GROUP C - GALVANIZED AND NON - FERROUS METALS A. System C -1: For galvanized steel in interior (buildings) or exterior substrates in corrosive areas, non - submerged surfaces, non - potable water applications, including ductwork. ' 1. Surface Preparation: Remove all grease and oil before proceeding by SSPC SP1. Abrade all surfaces to be coated by Brush -Off blasting per SSP SP7 to achieve a minimum 1.5 mil blast profile. 2. Prime: Spot prime all bare or rusted areas with 1 coat of Tnemec Series 27WB Typoxy at 2.0 - 5.0 mils dft. ' 3. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 27WB Typoxy at 3.0 - 5.0 mils dft. 4. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1095 Endura - Shield © 3.0 -4.0 mils DFT ' B. System C -2: For use on (in interior dry) all aluminum, including ductwork. 1. Surface Preparation: Solvent clean per SSPC -SP1 and abrade the surface to provide a mechanical bond. 2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 115 Unibond DF @ 2.0 -4.0 mils DFT 1 3. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 115 Unibond DF @ 2.0 -34.0 mils DFT C. System C -3: For use in exterior non - corrosive areas, galvanized steel and ' aluminum materials, including ductwork. Refer to System C -1 or C -2. 2.5 GROUP D - EXPOSED HOT METAL SURFACES A. System D -1: For use on un- insulated surfaces at temperatures between 250° and 1000 °. 1. Surface Preparation: Solvent clean per SSPC -SP1 before proceeding. ' Abrasive blast all ferrous metal to be coated to an SSPC SP10 Near White Finish with a 1.5 mil blast profile. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Painting & Special Coatings 14- 0024-UT 09900 -9 00992 -0222 1 1 2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Dampney Thurmalox 245 High Heat primer at 1.5 - 2.0 mils dft. 3. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Dampney Thurmalox 230 High Heat coating at 1.5 - 2.0 mils dft. For an aluminum finish, use Dampney Thermalox 280 at the same thickness. 2.6 GROUP E - WOOD A. System E -1: For use on interior wood where a natural or stained finish is required. 1. Surface Preparation: Sand smooth, wipe off any excess accumulations of sap, pitch, etc. by SSPC SP1. Fill holes, checks, scratches, etc. with appropriate tinted wood filler. , 2. Natural Finish: a. Prime: None required. ' b. Finish: Apply a pure tung oil with a rag and work into wood grain. Allow to dry over night and repeat. 3. Stained Finish: a. Prime: Apply 1 coat of penetrating wood stain of the color chosen. b. Finish: Apply 2 coats of a water -based clear polyurethane to provide a smooth and UV resistant finish. B. System E -2: For use on interior surfaces not exposed to moisture or corrosive conditions. 1. Surface Preparation: Sand smooth, seal knots with white shellac (fill holes with vinyl putty after prime). 2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 10 Tnemec Primers at 2.0 - 3.5 mils dft. ' 3. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1029 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. ' 4. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1029 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. C. System E -3: For use on interior surfaces exposed to moisture or corrosive conditions, exterior wood, and exterior wood surfaces. 1. Surface Preparation: Remove excess sap or pitch before proceeding. Sand smooth. Prime first before sealing cracks with an acceptable filler. ' 2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 287 Enviro -Pox at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. 3. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 287 Enviro -Pox at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. ' City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Painting & Special Coatings 14-0024-UT 09900 -10 00992 -0222 D. System E-4: For use on interior wood paneling and trim. Refer to System E -2. E. System E -5: For use on exterior wood surfaces where a natural finish is desired. 1. Apply two coats of clear sealant, Flood Co. — CWF, or equal, applied in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2.7 GROUP G — GYPSUM BOARD AND PLASTER (INTERIOR) A. System G -1: For use on interior walls and ceilings of gypsum board or plaster. 1. Surface Preparation: Gypsum wall board — Tape joints, spackle nail head, sand smooth, and wipe with a damp cloth to remove dust. Plaster — Nibs shall be scraped and sanded smooth, cracks spackled smooth, sanded and sealed. 2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 51 PVA Sealer at 1.0 - 2.0 mils dft. 3. Intermediate and Finish: Apply 2 coats of Tnemec Series 1029 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft per coat. 2.8 GROUP H — PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER (STUCCO) A. System H -1: For use on exterior stucco where an elastomeric coating is required. Smooth or texture is available. 1. Surface Preparation: Stucco shall have nibs scraped and sanded smooth. Cracks shall be spackled, smooth sanded, and sealed. 2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 151 Elasto -Grip FC at 300 - 350 sq.ft. per gallon. 3. Intermediate and Finish: Apply 2 coats of Tnemec Series 156 Enviro -Crete at 4.0 - 8.0 mils dft per coat. A minimum of 10 mils dft is required. For a textured finish, use Tnemec Series 157 Enviro -Crete at the same thickness. 2.9 GROUP J — WATER TANKS AND SURFACES IN CONTACT WITH POTABLE WATER The interior tank paint system shall meet USEPA, National Sanitation Foundation (NSF), and Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP) health standards for use in potable water service. A letter of acceptance by the FDEP shall be furnished to the ENGINEER for the system selected prior to paint application. Disinfection of tank shall be in accordance with Section 15400: Disinfection of Water Storage Facilities. A. System J -1: For poured or cast -in -place concrete in immersion service of potable water requiring an NSF 61 approved lining. All concrete surfaces must be allowed to cure for a minimum of 28 days at 75 °F. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Painting & Special Coatings 09900 -11 1 1. Surface Preparation: Remove all dirt and debris before proceeding. Abrasive blast the surface per SSPC SP13 /NACE 6 to achieve a surface profile per ICRI CSP 5. Fill all holes, voids, cracks, and pits with Tnemec Series 218 Mortarclad as required. Apply one (1) coat of Tnemec Series 218 Mortarclad to all surfaces at an average of 1/16" dft. Choose the preference for a liner. Both materials are NSF 61 tested and 1 listed. 2. Immersion Service: Epoxy 1 a. Prime: None needed b. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series FC 22 Epoxoline at 20 - 25 mils dft. 3. Immersion Service: Elastomeric flexible liner a. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 20 Pota -Pox @ 4 — 6 mils dft. b. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 264 Elasto- Shield at 50 - 60 mils dft. B. System J -2: For steel tanks in immersion service for potable water when the 1 lining is required to meet NSF 61 standards. 1. Surface Preparation: Abrasive blast all surfaces to a minimum Near White Finish in accordance with SSPC SP10 to achieve a minimum 2.0 mil blast profile. 2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series N140 Pota -Pox Plus at 3.0 - 5.0 mis dft. 3. Intermediate: Stripe by brush all welds, edges, corners, etc. with 1 coat of Tnemec Series N140 Pota -Pox Plus. 1 4. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series FC 22 Epoxoline at 20 - 25 mils dft. 2.10 GROUP K - METAL EXPOSED TO CORROSIVE ATMOSPHERE (EXTERIOR OF NEW 1 STEEL TANKS); EXPOSED INTERIOR OF OPEN TOP STEEL TANKS; STRUCTURAL STEEL, EQUIPMENT AND PIPING A. System K -1: For use on the exterior of new steel tanks and support structures; steel catwalks, and other exposed structural steel, equipment, and piping subject to a corrosive atmosphere. Refer to System B -2. 2.11 GROUP L - CONCRETE TANKS - IMMERSION SERVICE A. System L -1: For use on exterior of concrete tank walls below a point 6 inches below finish grade. Refer to System A -4. B. System L -2: For use on the interior of open top concrete tanks. Exposed concrete or masonry surfaces in a corrosive immersion environment. Typical City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Painting & Special Coatings 14- 0024-UT 09900 -12 00992 -0222 1 areas would include headworks, grit chambers and areas of high H2S environments. 1. Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete to cure 28 days. Verify dryness by testing for moisture with a "plastic firm tape -down test" (reference ASTM D 4263). Should moisture be detected, perform "Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride" (reference ASTM F 1869). Moisture content not to exceed 3 pounds per 1,000 sq.ft. in a 24 -hour period. Acid -etch or mechanically abrade concrete to remove laitance and create profile. If acid - etching, no contaminants or surface additives /treatments such as form release agents, curing compounds, hardeners or sealers should be present in the surface of the concrete as they can impede the acid's ability to properly etch and profile the floor. If these conditions exist, mechanical preparation is the only recommended method to clean and profile the floor. Large voids and other cavities should be filled with recommended filler or surfacer (reference SSPC- SP13). Abrasive blast the surface per SSPC SP13 /NACE 6 to achieve a surface profile of ICRI CSP 5. Fill all holes, voids, cracks and pits with Tnemec Series 218 Mortarclad as required. 2. Surfacer: Surface all walls with 1 coat of Tnemec Series 218 Mortarclad at a minimum 1/16" dft. For floors, Tnemec Series 215 may be used. 3. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 434 Perma - Shield H2S at a minimum 125 mils dft. 4. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 435 Perma -Glaze at 15 - 20 mils dft. C. System L -3: For use on the interior of open top concrete tanks. Exposed concrete or masonry surfaces in a corrosive immersion environment. Typical areas would include clarifiers, digesters, etc. 1. Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete to cure 28 days. Verify dryness by testing for moisture with a "plastic firm tape -down test" (reference ASTM D 4263). Should moisture be detected, perform "Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride" (reference ASTM F 1869). Moisture content not to exceed 3 pounds per 1,000 sq.ft. in a 24 -hour period. Acid -etch or mechanically abrade concrete to remove laitance and create profile. If acid - etching, no contaminants or surface additives /treatments such as form release agents, curing compounds, hardeners or sealers should be present in the surface of the concrete as they can impede the acid's ability to properly etch and profile the floor. If these conditions exist, mechanical preparation is the only recommended method to clean and profile the floor. Large voids and other cavities should be filled with recommended filler or surfacer (reference SSPC- SP13). Abrasive blast the surface per SSPC SP13 /NACE 6 to achieve a surface profile of ICRI CSP 5. Fill all holes, voids, cracks and pits with Tnemec Series 218 Mortarclad as required. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Painting 8 Special Coatings 09900 -13 2. Su a rf cer: Surface all walls with 1 coat of Tnemec Series 218 Mortarclad at a minimum 1/16" dft. For floors, Tnemec Series 215 may be used. 3. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series N69 -1211 Hi -Built Epoxoline II at 4.0 - 6.0 mils dft. 4. Intermediate and Finish: Apply 2 coats of Tnemec Series 446 Perma - Shield 1 MCU at 5.0 - 7.0 mils dft. Alternating colors may be used. D. System L -4: For use on the exterior of concrete tanks. 1. Surface Preparation: Remove all loose dirt, debris and contamination. Clean and dry. 2. Intermediate and Finish: Apply 2 coats of Tnemec Series 156 Enviro -Crete at 4.0 - 8.0 mils dft. A minimum of 10 mils dft shall be applied. 1 2.12 GROUP M - SPECIAL COATINGS A. System M -1: For use as barrier between dissimilar materials and metals; i.e., 1 such as aluminum and concrete connections. 1. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry. 1 2. Prime: None 3. Finish: Apply 2 coats of Tnemec Series 46-465 H.B. Tnemecol at 8.0 - 12.0 1 mils per coat. B. System M -2: For use as a primer - sealer for coloring asphaltic and tar surfaces. 1 1. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 66HS Epoxoline at 4.0 — 6.0 mils, dft. 2. Finish: Coat primer with paint appropriate to location and environment. C. System M -3: For sealing concrete floors where concrete is shown as natural in the Finish Schedules and on all exposed concrete floors where no finish has been shown. 1. Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete to cure 28 days. Verify dryness by testing for moisture with a "plastic firm tape -down test" (reference ASTM D 4263). Should moisture be detected, perform "Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride" (reference ASTM F 1869). Moisture content not 1 to exceed 3 pounds per 1,000 sq.ft. in a 24 -hour period. Acid -etch or mechanically abrade concrete to remove laitance and create profile. If acid - etching, no contaminants or surface additives /treatments such as form release agents, curing compounds, hardeners or sealers should be present in the surface of the concrete as they can impede the acid's ability to properly etch and profile the floor. If these conditions exist, mechanical preparation is the only recommended method to clean and profile the floor. Large voids and City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Painting & Special Coatings 14- 0024 -UT 09900 -14 ' 00992 -0222 other cavities should be filled with recommended filler or surfacer (reference SSPC- SP13). 2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 287 Enviro -Pox clear at 3.0 - 5.0 mils dft. 3. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 294 Clear CRU at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. Both products are available in a pigmented version if a solid color floor is preferred. D. System M-4: For coating of PVC piping, interior or exterior. 1. Surface Preparation: Degrease and clean per SSPC -SP -1 first, then scarify surface. 2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 66 Hi -Build Expoxoline at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. 3. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1095 Endurashield at 2.5 - 5.0 mils dft. E. System M -5: For coating of FRP piping, interior or exterior. 1. Surface Preparation: SSPC -SP -1 first, then abrade the surface to be coated. Remove any dust, dirt or contamination before proceeding. Clean and dry. 2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 66 Hi -Build Expoxoline at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. 3. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1095 Endurashield at 2.5 - 4.0 mils dft. 2.13 GROUP N - COATINGS FOR DUCTILE IRON PIPE IN WASTEWATER ENVIRONMENTS This section covers the specification for lining ductile iron pipe for wastewater environments, both interior and exterior of pipe. The system shall also be specified for all fittings and flanges. A. System N -1: Exterior coating system for above ground exposed DIP where a color is required. Non - immersion service. Pipe should be ordered as shop primed. 1. Surface Preparation: Ductile iron pipe is cleaned per NAPF Standards 500- 03 for Commercial Grade abrasive blast cleaning. 2. Shop Primed: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series N140 Pota -Pox Plus at 4.0 - 6.0 mils dft. The following is for pipe in the field: a. Power tool clean all bare and damaged areas by SSPC SP3. b. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 27WB Typoxy at 3.0 - 5.0 mils dft. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Painting & Special Coatings 09900 -15 1 c. Intermediate: A I 1 coat of Tnemec Series 27WB at 4.0 - 6.0 mils dft. Apply d. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1095 Endurashield at 3.0 - 5.0 mils dit. ' B. System N -2: For the exterior of ductile iron pipe in immersion service or exposed to a severe H2S environment. 1. Surface Preparation: Ductile iron pipe is cleaned per NAPF Standards 500- 03 for Commercial Grade abrasive blast cleaning to obtain a 3 mil blast profile. 2. Finish: Apply Tnemec Series 435 Perma - Shield Glaze at 35.0 - 40.0 mils dft. C. System N -3: Lining ductile iron pipe for severe wastewater environments. Order pipe lined from the factory. 1. Surface Preparation: Abrasive blast and grind pipe to SSPC SP5 White 1 Metal Finish with a minimum 3.0 mil blast profile. 2. Finish: Apply Tnemec Series 431 Perma - Shield PL at a nominal 40 mil thickness or Induron's Protecto 401 at a nominal 40 mil thickness. D. System N-4: Lining ductile iron pipe and fittings conveying aggressive potable water in the water treatment plant. Order pipe Tined from the factory. 1. Surface Preparation: Abrasive blast and grind pipe to SSPC SP5 white metal finish with a minimum 3.0 mil blast profile. 2. Finish: Apply Induron's Ceramapure at a nominal 30 mil thickness. The Ceramapure shall be NSF 61 approved. 2.14 FINISH COAT OVER EXISTING FINISH A. The required painting shall consist of one coat of the system "Finish Coat" to provide continuity of texture and color over previously painted surface. 2.15 THINNING A. Where thinning is necessary, only the products for the particular purpose and by the manufacturer furnishing the paint shall be allowed. All thinning shall be done strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and with the full knowledge and approval of the OWNER'S Representative. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL I A. All painting shall be done in strict accordance with the recommendations of the I manufacturer and shall be performed in a manner satisfactory to the Owner /Engineer. 1 City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Painting & Special Coatings 14-0024-UT 09900 -16 00992 -0222 B. All recommendations of the paint manufacturer in regard to mixing, applying, thinning and curing, as well as the health and safety of the workers, shall be followed. C. Dry film thickness for masonry is approximate for application to a smooth surface. D. Sequence painting to ensure work area is dust free. 3.2 SHOP PAINTING A. All ferrous and non - ferrous surfaces shall be solvent cleaned before priming. Primer shall be applied in the shop to protect surfaces from rust during shipment and storage. B. Apply two coats of paint to surfaces which are inaccessible after assembly or erection. 3.3 FIELD PREPARATION A. All surfaces to be painted shall be prepared in a workmanlike manner with the objective of obtaining a smooth, clean and dry surface. No painting shall be done before the prepared surfaces are approved by the OWNER'S Representative. B. Surface preparation for miscellaneous surfaces to be painted, not specifically covered in these specifications, shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of the paint selected for use and as approved by the OWNER'S Representative. C. Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in strict accordance with coating manufacturer's instructions for each substrate condition. D. Remove hardware and accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures and similar items in place and not to be finish - painted, or provide surface - applied protection. Reinstall removed items after painting is completed. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes to masonry walls unless moisture content of surfaces are below 12 percent. 3.4 MIXING A. Exercise care to keep fire hazards to a minimum. Provide an approved hand fire extinguisher near each paint storage and mixing area. No oily waste, rags, or painting equipment shall be left scattered throughout the premises. B. Mix coatings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Colors shall be thoroughly mixed with no streaks or separation of color. Do not add thinners, driers or other additives except as recommended by the coating manufacturer. Do not incorporate in the coating any thinners or solvents used for cleaning brushes or equipment. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Painting & Special Coatings 09900 -17 1 1 C. Protect all adjacent areas against damage and leave storage and mixing areas . clean at the completion of painting. 3.5 PROTECTION OF ADJACENT SURFACES A. Provide necessary protection for completed work and all adjoining surfaces. , Provide temporary closures as required to prevent circulation of dust from adjacent areas where other work is in progress. Where it is necessary to remove existing protection of work of others, such protection shall be fully replaced. B. Locate and protect all existing utilities, structures, or appurtenances. 3.6 APPLICATION A. Mix, prepare, and store painting and finishing materials in accordance with manufacturer's directions. B. Apply painting and finishing materials in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for the material and surfaces to which applied. C. Workmanship for applying paint shall be of professional quality. The painter shall 1 apply each coat at the rate recommended by the manufacturer smoothly without runs, sags, or holidays. If the material has thickened or must be diluted for use with a spray gun, the coating shall be built up to the same thickness as achieved with undiluted materials. In other words, one gallon of paint as originally furnished by the manufacturer shall not cover a great square foot area when applied by spray gun than when applied by brush. Deficiencies in film thickness shall be corrected by the application of an additional coat or coats of paint. On masonry, application rates will vary according to the surface texture; however, in no case shall the manufacturer's stated coverage rate be exceeded. On porous surfaces, it shall be the painter's responsibility to achieve a protective and 1 decorative finish either by decreasing the coverage rate or by applying additional coats of paint. Before succeeding coats are applied to a surface, the preceding coat shall have been approved by the OWNER'S Representative. 1 D. Drying time shall be construed to mean "under normal conditions ". Where conditions are other than normal because of the weather or because painting must be done in confined spaces, longer drying times will be necessary. Additional coats of paint shall not be applied, nor shall units be placed in service, until paints are thoroughly dry. 3.7 VENTILATION A. Provide adequate ventilation for safe application and for proper drying of coatings on interior surfaces. Ensure solvent vapors are released during and after application of coatings. Remove vapors by exhausting air from the lowest portions of tanks or enclosed spaces and keep tops open and clear. During coating application in enclosed areas, the capacity of ventilating fans shall be at least 300 cfm per gallon of coating applied per hour. Provide continuous forced City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Painting & Special Coatings 14-0024-UT 09900 -18 00992 -0222 ventilation at a rate of at least one complete air change per 4 hours for at least 7 days after coating application is completed. 3.8 CLEAN UP A. At completion of the painting work, clean off all paint spots and other paint materials from surfaces where they are not intended to be. Remove from the premises all rubbish and accumulated material and leave the work in clean orderly condition, acceptable to the ENGINEER and OWNER. All cloths and waste that might constitute a fire hazard shall be placed in closed metal containers or destroyed at the end of each day. Upon completion of the work, all staging, scaffolding, and containers shall be removed from the site and /or destroyed in an approved and legal manner. 3.9 DAMAGED COATINGS A. Damaged coatings, pinholes, and holidays shall have edges feathered and repaired in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer, as approved by the ENGINEER. B. All finish coats, including touch -up and damage- repair coats, shall be applied in a manner which will present a uniform texture and color -match appearance. 3.10 UNSATISFACTORY APPLICATION A. If the item has an improper finish, color, or insufficient dry film thickness, the surface shall be cleaned and top coated with the specified material to obtain the specified color and coverage. Specific surface preparation information to be secured from the coatings' manufacturer and the ENGINEER. B. All visible areas of chipped, peeled, or abraded paint shall be hand or power sanded, feathering the edges. The areas shall then be primed and finish coated in accordance with the specifications. C. Work shall be free of runs, bridges, shiners, laps, or other imperfections. Evidence of these conditions shall be cause for rejection. D. Any defects in the coating system shall be repaired by the CONTRACTOR per written recommendations of the coating manufacturer. E. Any repairs made on steel surfaces for immersion service shall be holiday detected in accordance with ASTM G 62 low voltage holiday detection. Areas found to have holidays shall be marked and repaired in accordance with the paint manufacturer's instructions. The ENGINEER shall be notified of time of testing so that he might be present to witness testing. 3.11 GUARANTEE AND ANNIVERSARY INSPECTION A. All work shall be warranted in accordance with the General Conditions and Specification 01740. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Painting & Special Coatings 09900 -19 1 B. The OWNER will notify the CONTRACTOR at least 30 days prior to the 1 fY Y P anniversary date and shall establish a date for the inspection. Any defects in the coating system shall be repaired by the CONTRACTOR at no additional cost to 1 the OWNER. Should a failure occur to 25% of the painted surface, either interior or exterior, the entire surface shall be cleaned and painted in accordance with these specifications. 1 1 END OF SECTION 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Painting & Special Coatings 14-0024-UT 09900 -20 1 00992 -0222 SECTION 13080 VIBRATION SEISMIC AND WIND CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical installation shall meet the seismic requirements as specified by the Florida State Building Code (hereinafter referred to as the State Building Code). B. State Building Code states that this project is classified as Seismic Design Category A and that all seismic restraints, connections, etc. shall be designed accordingly. C. Wind load design shall be for 140mph sustained. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. All free standing electrical equipment such as switchboards, motor control centers, transformers, generators, etc., shall be anchored to the structure in a manner that will satisfy the requirements of the State Building Code. 1. Manufacturer of the equipment shall detail methods to be used to meet these requirements on the shop drawings of the equipment. Design calculations for the restraint methods used shall be included with the shop drawings. Drawings with these details, as well as the design calculation sheets, shall carry the seal of a registered professional engineer. 2. Manufacturer shall make provisions for a field visit by his engineer to verify that the installation conforms to the design. A certifying letter shall be sent to the electrical engineer stating that the installation does conform to the manufacturer's design and does meet the requirements of the State Building Code. B. Mounting methods of internal components of manufactured equipment shall be certified by the manufacturer that the methods used meet the seismic and wind requirements of the State Building Code. Certification compliance information shall be submitted with shop drawings. C. Raceway, fixtures, and other hung or suspended components of the electrical installation shall be installed in compliance with the State Building Code. Seismic and wind restraint systems shall be Unistrut, Kindorf, B -Line, or approved equivalent. Seismic and wind restraint systems shall be designed by the vendor. 1. Submit to the Engineer record copies of all calculations and system information. Calculations and details shall be sealed by a registered professional engineer. Where specific pre- engineered systems are not readily available, the contractor may use the latest edition of "Seismic Restraint City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Vibration, Seismic 8 Wind Controls 14- 0024-UT 13080 -1 00992 -0222 Manual Guidelines for Mechanical Systems" published by SMACNA for determining correct restraint systems to be used. 2. Submit SMACNA systems to be used at same time as shop drawings of other pre- engineered systems. Either the vendor or the contractor, as applicable, shall make provisions for a field visit by a registered professional engineer to verify that the installation conforms to the vendor's design or the SMACNA design, as appropriate, and that the installation meets the requirements of the State Building Code. D. Housekeeping pads specified for equipment shall be mechanically connected to the structural floor. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION A. Review of the seismic and wind design and shop drawings by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to comply with the seismic or any other requirements of the State Building Code. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Vibration, Seismic 8 Wind Controls 14-0024-UT 13080 -2 00992 -0222 SECTION 13100 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The Contractor shall provide, through the services of a single Control Systems Integrator (CSI), all components, system installation services, as well as all required and specified ancillary services, in connection with the Instrumentation and Control System (ICS). In addition the Contractor shall provide, through the services of the Owner's SCADA System Programmer (SSP), all application software services. The SSP shall be McKim & Creed, Inc. B. The system shall include all materials, labor, tools, fees, and documentation required to furnish, install, test, and place into operation, a complete and operable ICS as shown and/or specified within this section, related ICS specification sections, and subsections within equipment specifications. C. The system shall include all measuring elements, signal converters, transmitters, specialty cables, control panels, digital hardware and software, remote telemetry units (RTU), signal and data transmission systems, interconnecting wiring and such accessories as shown, specified, and /or required to provide the functions indicated, whether specifically mentioned or not. D. The specifications provided within this section shall be applied to all of the Instrumentation and Control specifications, Sections 13100 through 13199, as well as additional specifications sections as referenced. The ICS shall be provided as a single and complete system as specified herein and as specified within the following ICS specifications: 1. Section 13110 - Instrumentation & Control, Control Enclosures 2. Section 13120 - Instrumentation and Control, SCADA Hardware E. For the purposes of these specifications the Control Systems Integrator shall be referred to as the CSI. Where references are made to the SCADA System Programmer or the SSP, it shall be understood that all application software services will be provided by the SSP. Although the SSP will provide programming services within this Contract, that in no way relieves the CSI from providing all materials, labor, documentation, etc., including coordination, programming, startup, and testing services, as necessary to ensure the complete system is fully capable of providing all specified functions, whether provided by the CSI or programmed by the SSP. Additional clarifications of responsibilities are provided herein and within related ICS specifications, as it pertains to the relationship between the CSI and the SSP. F. The Contractor shall be ultimately responsible for installation of the ICS. However, the CSI will include installation within the scope of his subcontract to provide for City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT Instrumentation & Control - General Requirements 0992 -0222 13100 -1 installation of the complete system as specified. The CSI shall also coordinate this work with the Contractor to ensure that the proper type, size, and number of wires with their conduits are provided and installed. This coordination will also ensure that proper electrical power circuits are provided for all components and systems. G. The Contractor's responsibilities, in addition to the CSI's responsibilities, shall be to provide all additional materials and work necessary to supplement the materials and work provided by the CSI; thereby satisfying all requirements that are within ICS specification sections. H. The Contractor shall coordinate structural work, penetrations, painting, etc., as required for installation of a complete ICS. In -line or integrally mounted items (such as flow elements, level sensors, etc.) shall be installed under the supervision of the CSI. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating interfaces between ICS equipment provided under the ICS specification sections and the equipment provided under other sections of the specifications. The Contractor shall verify and coordinate space requirements, process equipment power supply and voltage, process equipment control power supply and voltage, compatibility of control signals, details of equipment installation and interconnection. Coordination shall include distribution of approved shop drawings to all vendors, subcontractors, etc., involved in the control interface. Likewise, the Contractor shall ensure that instrumentation and control devices provided under other sections of the specifications are compatible and of the same quality and characteristics as similar devices specified under the ICS specification sections. 1.2 SCOPE A. The scope listed within this subsection pertains to major items of supply. Refer to the complete Contract Documents for all requirements. B. As part of this scope the City of Clearwater is replacing their obsolete PLC -5 programmable logic controller (PLC) manufactured by Allen- Bradley located in the High Service Pump Station SP-400 panel. The PLC -5 shall be replaced with a CompactLogix series PLC, reusing the existing enclosure shell. The backpanel and enclosure door shall be replaced. The new enclosure door shall have an operator interface installed as stated on the contract drawings. C. In addition the PLC upgrades the Sodium Hypochlorite and Ammonia chemical feed systems currently use Remote I/O communications to the PLC in SP -400. As part of this scope the Flex I/O shall be upgraded to Ethernet communications and fiber converters shall be replaced with ethernet -to -fiber converters. D. All instrumentation and equipment noted in the contract drawings will be provided as part of this project. E. The Contractor, working in conjunction with the CSI, shall be responsible to provide a complete and operational system in full compliance with the specifications and contract drawings. The CSI shall be responsible for the City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT Instrumentation & Control - General Requirements 0992 -0222 13100 -2 detailed design, field verification, installation, technical oversight, testing, quality assurance and documentation of all technical details involving instrumentation and control for this project. The CSI shall furnish trained personnel on site during any activities requiring installation, calibration, testing or startup of any controls or communications. F. The following items will be provided outside of the CSI contract. This in no way relieves the Contractor or CSI from incorporating these items and providing a complete and functional ICS. 1. PLC programming of control logic functions. This includes control applications for the monitoring and control of the existing high service pumping and chemical process. This does not include initial PLC configuration or any test programs to be provided by the CSI as part of the system installation and startup to satisfy testing requirements. 2. SCADA and Historian Server application programming 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Division 16 - Electrical 1. Where electrical subcomponents are to be provided as part of ICS equipment, but for which there is no specification, provide in accordance with Division 16 - Electrical. These subcomponents shall be compatible and of the same quality and characteristics as similar devices specified under Division 16 - Electrical. If possible the same make and/or model supplied under Division 16 shall be provided. 2. The following work shall be provided under Division 16 - Electrical: a. Conduit, raceways, and installation of wire and cable for all instrumentation and control system signal wiring, grounding systems, special cables and network cables except as noted. b. Instrumentation and control system signal field wire. c. Grounding systems for all ICS equipment. d. Mounting of ICS electrical enclosures (i.e. control panels, TVSS boxes, electronic instrumentation, etc.) with exclusion of final measuring elements of instrumentation (i.e. flow tubes, sensors in process piping, etc.) which shall be as coordinated by the Contractor. 1.4 CODES AND STANDARDS A. The ICS shall comply with the National Electric Code, National Electric Safety Code, OSHA, and with all applicable federal, state, county, municipal, and electrical utility codes and regulations, as well as the Contract Documents. In the event of City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT Instrumentation & Control - General Requirements 0992 -0222 13100 -3 any conflict between these codes, regulations, and Contract Documents, the most restrictive shall apply. B. The Instrumentation and Control System shall comply with the following codes and standards as well as any others within the specifications and drawings. In the event of any conflict between these codes, regulations, standards, and Contract Documents, the most restrictive shall apply. 1. Applicable state, county, and municipal code requirements. 2. Applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) a. National Electrical Code (NEC). 3. Applicable standards of the Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (U.L.) a. UL 508 Industrial Control Equipment b. UL 508A Industrial Control Panels 4. Applicable standards of the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 5. Applicable standards of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) a. NEMA 250 Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 V Maximum) b. NEMA ICS 1 Industrial Control and Systems: General Requirements c. NEMA ICS 6 Enclosures for Industrial Control and Systems 6. Applicable standards of the Instrument Society of America (ISA) a. S5.1 Instrumentation Symbols and Identification b. S5.4 Instrument Loop Diagrams c. S20 Specification Forms for Process Measurement and Control Instruments, Primary Elements, and Control Valves d. TR20.00.01 Specification Forms for Process Measurement and Control Instruments 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be provided in accordance with the requirements set forth in the General Conditions, Section 01300 - Submittals, and as specified herein. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024-UT Instrumentation & Control - General Requirements 0992 -0222 13100 -4 B. Every submittal shall have a separate section entitled "Requested Deviations from ICS Specifications" which shall clearly define and clearly explain all requested deviations and exceptions of the Instrumentation and Control System to this Specification. Only those deviations requests listed in this section will be reviewed. C. After all changes or corrections resulting from the review of the system supplier's drawings have been made, panels may be built and instrumentation devices may be supplied in accordance with the approved drawings. One set of "as shipped" prints shall be included in the panels when shipped from the system supplier's wiring and assembly shop. D. The following major list of submittals shall be provided as a minimum. Major submittals are generally listed in the order they are to be provided. Refer to related ICS specification sections and equipment subsections for additional submittals and submittal requirements. 1. PLC Control Panel and Modifications Submittal 2. Preliminary Operation and Maintenance Manuals 3. Testing Submittal 4. Site Installation Submittal 5. Installation Progress Report Submittal 6. Final Operation and Maintenance Manuals E. PLC Control Panel and Modification Submittal 1. The PLC Control Panel and Modification submittal shall contain a complete system Input/Output (I /O) and termination list for the local control PLC panel. The list shall be sorted first by ISA tag name and second by I/O type (i.e. Al, AO, D1, DO, PI, PO. etc.). The list shall contain as a minimum the following for each active point and spare point: a. Full ISA instrument tag (or "SPARE "). b. Type of I/O (i.e., DI, DO, Al or AO). c. I/O terminal point physical location (panel name, rack, slot, point, etc.). d. I/O point address. e. Point name. f. Terminal Strip and Number 2. Provide detailed Drawings covering control panels consoles and /or enclosures which shall include: a. Cabinet assembly and layout Drawings to scale. These shall include both front and interior layouts. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024 -UT Instrumentation 8 Control - General Requirements 0992 -0222 13100 -5 b. Material, fabrication, and painting specifications. c. Color selection samples for selection by the Engineer. d. Panel wiring diagrams showing all power connections to equipment within and on the panel, combined panel power draw requirements (volts, amps), breaker sizes, fuse sizes, and grounding. This wiring diagram shall be in ladder logic format and shall reference the appropriate loop drawing for continuations or details where required. Show all wire numbers, and terminal block designations 3. Provide detailed loop diagrams on a single 11 -in x 17 -in or 8.5 -In x 11 -in sheet for each monitoring or control loop. The loop diagram shall show all components of the loop both analog, digital, and discrete including all relays, switches, dropping resistors, etc. which are being provided for proper operation. Loop numbers used shall correspond to the loop numbers indicated in the Contract Documents. The format shall be the Instrument Society of America, Standard for Instrument Loop Diagrams, ISA -S5.4 plus the following requirements: a. On each diagram, present a tabular summary of (1) the output capability of the transmitting instrument, (2) the input impedance of each receiving instrument, (3) an estimate of the loop wiring impedance based on wire sizes and approximate length used, (4) the total loop impedance, (5) reserve output capacity. b. Show all interconnecting wiring between equipment, panels, terminal junction boxes and field mounted components. The diagrams shall show all components and panel terminal board identification numbers and all wire numbers. This diagram shall include all intermediate terminations between field elements and panels (e.g. terminal junction boxes). The diagrams shall be coordinated with the electrical contractor and shall bear his mark showing this has been done. c. Show location of all devices. d. Show instrument description showing type, manufacturer, model number, range, set points, and operation (e.g. fail open, open on energize, normally closed, etc.) as applicable. e. Show all instrument loop power or instrument air requirements back to termination on terminal block or bulkhead, fuse block (including fuse size), etc., as applicable. 4. This submittal shall provide complete documentation of the proposed hardware (PLCs, communications equipment, peripherals, etc.) including: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT Instrumentation 8 Control - General Requirements 0992 -0222 13100 -6 a. A system block diagram(s) showing in schematic form, the interconnections between major hardware components such as: control centers, panels, consoles, computer and peripheral devices, telemetry equipment, local digital processors and like equipment. The block diagram shall reflect the total integration of all digital devices in the system and shall reflect any man /machine interface locations. All components shall be clearly identified with appropriate cross references to the location of each. The diagram shall reference all interconnecting cabling requirements for digital components of the system including any data communication links. b. Data sheet for each hardware component, listing all model numbers, optional, auxiliary, and ancillary devices that are being provided. The data sheets shall be provided with an index and proper identification and cross referencing. They shall include but not be limited to the following information. 1) Equipment Number and ISA tag number per the Loop Diagrams (as applicable). 2) Product (item) name used herein and on the Contract Drawings. 3) Manufacturers complete model number. 4) Location of the device. 5) Input - output characteristics. 6) Range, size, and graduations. 7) Physical size with dimensions, enclosure NEMA classification and mounting details. 8) Materials of construction of all components. 9) Power supply device sizing calculations where applicable. c. Equipment specification sheets which shall fully describe the device, the intended function, how it operates and its physical environmental and performance characteristics. Each data sheet shall have appropriate cross references to loop or equipment identification tags. As a minimum the specification sheets shall include the following: 1) Dimensions and working clearances. 2) Mounting or installation details. 3) Connection diagrams. 4) Electrical power requirements (volts, amps). 5) Materials of construction. 6) Environmental characteristics. 7) Performance characteristics. d. The submittal shall also contain all planning information, site preparation instructions, grounding and bonding procedures, cabling diagrams, plug identifications, safety precautions or City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT Instrumentation & Control - General Requirements 0992 -0222 13100 -7 guards, and equipment layouts in order to enable the Contractor to proceed with the detailed site preparation for all equipment. F. Testing Submittals 1. The test plan shall be submitted after all equipment submittals have been approved by the Owner and /or Engineer. 2. The test plan shall demonstrate that the CSI has designed and configured a system that meets the design specifications. The documents for the test plan shall be structured so that it is easily understood what the inputs are, what the predicted outputs should be, and what the actual outputs are. The test plan should have sign -off and date block for the CSI, the Contractor, and the Owner. 3. The complete test plan should include but not be limited to the following: a. Test assumptions and methods b. Test Equipment List c. Test Personnel Staffing and Qualifications d. Test Schedule with time allotted for each task e. System hardware and software summary. f. Communications test to the various PLCs for Discrete and Analog I/O data transfer. g. 100 percent I/O point test including all spare points based upon the previously submitted System I/O list. h. Functional and Control strategy tests. 4. Test Procedures: Submit the procedures proposed to be followed during the test. Procedures shall include test descriptions, forms, and checklists to be used to control and document the required tests. Testing may not be started until all Testing Submittals have been approved. 5. Test Documentation: Submit a copy of the signed off test procedures upon completion of each required test. G. Operational and Maintenance Manuals 1. Prior to installation of any equipment onsite, preliminary 0&M manuals shall have been submitted and approved. No installation of equipment shall be City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024-UT Instrumentation & Control - General Requirements 0992 -0222 13100 -8 permitted without the Contractor maintaining an updated version of these preliminary O &M manuals onsite for the Owner's and Engineer's use. 2. After all field changes or corrections made during installation and field check out have been completed, then all system supplier documentation, including drawings, shall be revised to reflect the "as installed, corrected and accepted" condition of the system and final record copies of O &M manuals for the system shall be provided to the Owner and Engineer for approval. 3. Final system documentation shall be provided in 3-hole type binders of archival quality (e.g. slant D or elliptical binding, vinyl with metal hinge or extra heavy weight vinyl, etc.) with a binding no larger than three (3) inches. Materials shall be printed on 8.5" x 11" or 11" x 17" tear resistant paper or ring reinforced paper where tear resistant is not available. Drawings shall be either folded to fit within an 8.5" x 11" binder or in an 11" x 17" 3 -hole binder. Each binder shall include fifteen percent (15 %) spare space for the addition of future material. Tear resistant paper shall be Xerox Never Tear or equal. 4. Final documentation shall also be provided in an electronic format. Electronic documentation shall be organized and provided on CD which shall include all CAD drawings, manuals and word processing documents. Electronic documentation format shall be primarily Adobe .pdf with additional documents provided in AutoCAD, Microsoft Office, HTML or as approved by the Engineer or Owner. Organization of the electronic documentation shall be such as to allow point and click navigation from a table of contents to the particular documents with the ability to return to the table of contents from any location with one mouse click. 5. AutoCAD drawings files shall include all supporting files, symbol libraries and print configurations needed to support future modifications and properly print additional drawing copies. 6. All electronic media (i.e. software, electronic documentation, configuration files/reports, device backups, etc.) shall be provided with two (2) backup copies, each organized into a separate binder. Media storage binders shall include but not be limited to the following: a. Table of contents b. Archival media holders (e.g. CD, DVD, floppy, tape disk, etc.) c. Support contacts (i.e. company, phone, intemet Zink, etc.) d. Software system requirements and installation instructions 7. Laminated or water /tear resistant copies of all applicable instrumentation and control system drawings shall be supplied in drawing pocket of each control enclosure after "as installed, corrected, and accepted" revisions have been made to the enclosure. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024 -UT Instrumentation & Control - General Requirements 0992 -0222 13100 -9 1 8. Operation and Maintenance manuals shall include but not be limited to the following: a. Manufacturer standard O &M manuals for all equipment and 1 software furnished. b. Custom O &M information describing the specific configuration of equipment and software, and the operation and maintenance requirements for this particular project. c. The manuals shall contain all illustrations, detailed drawings, wiring diagrams and instructions necessary for installing, operating and maintaining the equipment. d. All modifications to manufacturer standard equipment and /or components shall be clearly identified and shown on the drawings and schematics. All information contained therein shall apply specifically to the equipment furnished and shall only include instructions that are applicable. e. A functional description of the entire system, with references to drawings and instructions. f. A complete "as built' set of all approved shop drawings, which shall reflect all work required to achieve final system acceptance. g. A complete list of the equipment supplied, including serial numbers, ranges, configuration parameters and other pertinent data. h. Full specifications on each item. i. Detailed service, maintenance and operation instructions for each item supplied. j. Special maintenance requirements particular to this system shall be clearly defined, along with special calibration and test procedures. 1 k. Complete parts lists with stock numbers and name, address and telephone number of the local supplier. I. References to manufacturers' standard literature where applicable. m. Warning notes shall be located throughout the manual where such notes are required to prevent accidents or inadvertent misuse of equipment. n. The operating instructions shall clearly describe the step by step procedures that must be followed to implement all phases of all operating modes. The instructions shall be in terms understandable and usable by operating personnel and maintenance crews and shall be useful in the training of such personnel. o. The maintenance instructions shall describe the detailed preventive and corrective procedures required, including environmental requirements during equipment storage and system operation, to keep the System in good operating condition. All hardware maintenance documentation shall make reference to appropriate 1 City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT Instrumentation & Control - General Requirements 0992 -0222 13100 -10 diagnostics, where applicable, and all necessary wiring diagrams, component drawings and PCB schematic drawings shall be included. 1.6 MEETINGS A. The Contractor shall be required to give the Owner and their representatives, at least two weeks notice prior to any scheduled meetings. The notice may be shortened by consent. B. Preliminary Site Testing Meeting: A preliminary site testing meeting shall be conducted by the Contractor for the Owner and Engineer, to insure site readiness, testing strategies and proper coordination between parties related or involved in testing the ICS. The Contractor shall be responsible for arranging the on -site meeting after the Site Testing Plan has been approved and no earlier than 3 weeks prior to testing. The Engineer must be satisfied that the site is ready and that the testing will be performed to their satisfaction prior to any documented ICS testing being performed. The Contractor shall arrange for detailed meeting minutes to be recorded, approved, and distributed to meeting attendees. Additional meetings may be required at the discretion of the Owner and Engineer to resolve specific action items not addressed in the preliminary site testing meeting. Two weeks prior to the meeting the Contractor shall submit the following for approval. 1. A proposed list of meeting attendees including organization and phone number. 2. A proposed meeting agenda. 3. A list of personnel to be involved in the testing including their responsibilities, qualifications, and phone numbers. 4. A list of tasks requiring Owner, Engineer or outside party involvement in testing. 5. A testing schedule that coordinates the ICS testing with the operability of the specific equipment being tested. C. Additional meetings may be required at the discretion of the Owner and Engineer, to resolve specific action items not addressed in the preliminary design review or preliminary site testing meeting. 1.7 CONTROL SYSTEM INTEGRATOR A. The Control System Integrator shall be regularly engaged in the detailed design, fabrication, installation and startup of instrumentation and control systems for water and wastewater treatment facilities in the state of Florida. Any CSI that has been subject to litigation or the assessment of liquidated damages for nonperformance on any project within the last five calendar years shall not be acceptable. B. Where specific manufacturers and /or models of major hardware or software products (PLC, software, Network Equipment, Wireless Equipment, etc.) are specified to be used on this project, the CSI shall have completed at least one project using that specified hardware or software. As used herein, the term City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT Instrumentation & Control - General Requirements 0992 -0222 13100 -11 "completed" shall mean that a project has been brought to final completion and final payment has been made. C. Control System Integrators shall meeting the following minimum qualifications: 1. A minimum of 7 years experience with at least 5 years in water / wastewater projects 2. References for 3 completed projects of like size and application to the project specified herein 3. Project bonding capacity of $2 million 4. UL 508 certified panel shop 5. Electrical contractors license in the project site's state. 6. On staff licensed professional engineer capable of being registered in the state of the project and registered in that state, if required to perform engineering services as specified to implement this project. D. The listing of acceptable Control System Integrators in this specification in no way relieves the Control System Integrator from meeting the qualifications specified herein. Acceptable Control System Integrators shall be as follows: 1. Rocha Controls: 5025 W. Rio Vista Ave., Tampa, FL 33634; (813) -628- 5584; www.rochacontrols.com 2. Curry Controls Company: 4245 S Pipkin Road, Lakeland, Fl 33811; (863) 646 -5781; www.currycontrols.com 3. Revere Control Systems: 2240 Rocky Ridge Road, Birmingham, AL, 35216; (205) 824 -0004; www.reverecontrol.com 4. Commerce Controls Inc: 41069 Vincenti Court, Novi, MI 48375; (248)476- 1442; www.commercecontrols.com E. The Owner shall have the right of access to the CSI's facilities and the facilities of their equipment suppliers to inspect materials and parts, witness inspections, tests and work in progress, and examine applicable design documents, records and certifications during any stage of design, fabrication and tests. The CSI and their equipment suppliers shall furnish office space, supplies and services required for these surveillance activities. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The listing of specific products in this specification in no way relieves the Contractor of furnishing equipment which shall meet the performance and quality criteria specified herein. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT Instrumentation & Control - General Requirements 0992 -0222 13100 -12 B. All equipment and materials shall be new and the products of reputable recognized suppliers having adequate experience in the manufacture of these particular items. C. For uniformity, only one manufacturer will be accepted for each type of product. D. All equipment shall be designed for the service intended and shall be of rugged construction, of ample strength for all stresses that may occur during fabrication, transportation, and erection as well as during continuous or intermittent operation. They shall be adequately stayed, braced and anchored and shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner. Appearance and safety, as well as utility, shall be given consideration in the design of details. E. All components and devices installed shall be standard items of industrial grade, unless otherwise noted, which shall be of sturdy and durable construction and be suitable for long, trouble free service. F. Electronic equipment shall be suitable for the specified environmental conditions. G. Optional or substituted equipment or both requiring changes in details or dimensions required to maintain all structural, mechanical, electrical, control, operating, maintenance or design features incorporated in these specifications and drawings, shall be made at no additional cost to the Owner. In the event that the changes are necessary, calculations and drawings showing the proposed revisions shall be submitted for approval. The Contractor shall coordinate all changes with other affected trades and contracts and pay all additional charges incurred. 1.9 DEFINITIONS AND ABREVIATIONS A. The following definitions and abbreviations are used throughout the specifications and drawings when referring to instrumentation and control equipment, functions, and service. Definitions and abbreviations are not listed for those used in common industry practice except where to provide explicit meaning. Refer to ISA, IEEE, and other industry standard references for those not listed herein. CSI Control System Integrator ICS Instrumentation and Control System OIT Operator Interface Terminal OWS Operator WorkStation PID Proportional - Integral- Derivative Control SCADA Supervisor Control and Data Acquisition SSP SCADA System Programmer TVSS Transient Voltage Surge Suppression RTU Remote Telemetry Unit PLC Programmable Logic Controller PART 2 - PRODUCTS City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT Instrumentation & Control - General Requirements 0992 -0222 13100 -13 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. All materials, equipment, and devices shall, as a minimum, meet the requirements of UL, where UL Standards are established for those items, and the requirements of NFPA -70. All control panels shall comply with the requirements of UL 508A for Industrial Control Panels. All items shall be new and unused unless specified or indicated otherwise. B. Properly store, adequately protect, and carefully handle equipment and materials to prevent damage before and during installation. Handle, store, and protect equipment and materials in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Replace damaged or defective items. C. All equipment shall be the latest and proven design. Specifications and drawings call attention to certain features, but do not purport to cover all details entering into design of the instrumentation system. The completed system shall be compatible with functions required and the equipment fumished by the Contractor. D. All electrical components of the system shall operate on 120 volt, single phase, 60 Hz power source, except as otherwise noted in the Specifications. Drawings and specifications indicate the energy sources that will be provided. Any other devices necessary to obtain proper operation of the instrumentation and control system from these energy sources shall be fumished with the system. E. All necessary fuses or switches required by the instrumentation manufacturer for equipment shall be provided with the equipment. All instruments requiring intemal power supply shall have intemal on -off switches. F. The mechanical, process, and electrical drawings indicate the approximate locations of field instruments, control panels, systems and equipment as well as field mounted equipment provided by others. The instrumentation subcontractor shall examine the mechanical, process and electrical drawings to determine actual size and locations of process connections and wiring requirements for instrumentation and controls fumished under this Contract. The CSI shall inspect all equipment, panels, instrumentation, controls and appurtenances either existing or fumished under other Divisions of the Specifications to determine all requirements to interface same with the ICS. The Contractor shall coordinate the completion of any required modifications with the associated supplier of the item furnished. G. Instrumentation equipment and enclosures shall be suitable for ambient conditions specified. All system elements shall operate properly in the presence of telephone lines, power lines, and electrical equipment. H. Inside control rooms and climate - controlled electrical rooms, the temperature will normally be 20 to 25 degrees C; relative humidity 40 to 80 percent without condensation and the air will be essentially free of corrosive contaminants and City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024 -UT Instrumentation & Control - General Requirements 0992 -0222 13100 -14 moisture. Appropriate air filtering shall be provided to meet environmental conditions (i.e., for dust). I. Other indoor areas may not be air conditioned/heated; temperatures may range between 0 and 40 degrees C with relative humidity between 40 and 95 percent. J. Field equipment, including instrumentation and panels, may be subjected to wind, rain, lightning, and corrosives in the environment, with ambient temperatures from - 20 to 40 degrees C and relative humidity from 10 to 100 percent. All supports, brackets and interconnecting hardware shall be aluminum, 316 stainless steel, or as shown on the installation detail drawings. 2.2 TOOLS, SUPPLIES, AND SPARE PARTS A. Provide special tools, other than those normally found in an electronic technician's tool box, required to test, diagnose, calibrate, install, wire, connect, disconnect, assemble and disassemble any digital equipment, instrument, panel, rack, cabinet or console mounted equipment for service and maintenance (i.e., connector pin insertion and removal tools, wire crimping tool, special wrenches, special instrument calibrators, indicator lamp insertion and removal tools, etc.). B. Provide tools and test equipment together with items such as instruction manuals, carrying /storage cases, unit battery charger where applicable, special tools, calibration fixtures, cord extenders, patch cords and test leads, which are not specified but are necessary for checking field operation of equipment supplied under this Section. C. The CSI shall provide supplies as needed or as required by the Owner during the specified warranty period. All fuses consumed during installation, testing, start-up, the system availability demonstration, and the warranty period shall be replaced by the Contractor. D. Provide spare parts for items of ICS equipment as recommended by the manufacturer and in accordance with the Contract Documents. E. Fumish all spares in moisture -proof boxes designed to provide ample protection for their contents. Label all boxes to clearly identify contents and purpose. F. Refer to individual product specifications for additional requirements specific to those devices. 2.3 SIGNAL TRANSMISSION A. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing a signal transmission system free from electrical interference that would be detrimental to the proper functioning of the ICS equipment. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024 -UT Instrumentation & Control - General Requirements 0992 -0222 13100 -15 B. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating signal types and transmission requirements between the various parties providing equipment under this Contract. This shall include, but not be limited to, distribution of appropriate shop drawings among the equipment suppliers and subcontractors. C. The CSI shall provide 24 VDC power supplies for signals and instruments where applicable and as required inside panels, controls, etc. Where two -wire instruments transmit directly to the instrumentation and control system, the CSI shall provide power supplies at the PLC - equipped control panels for those instruments. Where four -wire instruments with on -board loop power supplies transmit directly to the instrumentation and control system, the CSI shall provide necessary signal isolators or shall otherwise isolate the input from the ICS loop power supply. Similar provisions shall be made when a third element such as a recorder, indicator or single loop controller with integral loop power supply is included in the loop. D. Analog signal transmission between electric or electronic instruments, controllers, and all equipment and control devices shall be individually isolated, linear 4-20 mA and shall operate at 24 VDC. Signal output from all transmitters and controllers shall be current regulated and shall not be affected by changes in load resistance within the unit's rating. All cable shields shall be grounded at one end only, at the control panel, with terminals bonded to the panel ground bus. Analog signal isolation and /or conversion shall be provided where necessary to interface with instrumentation , equipment controls, panels and appurtenances. E. Non - standard analog transmission systems such as pulse duration, pulse rate, and voltage regulated shall not be permitted except where specifically noted in the Contract Documents. Where transmitters with nonstandard outputs do occur, their outputs shall be converted to an isolated, linear, 4-20 mA signal. F. All discrete inputs to equipment and PLC's, from field devices, starters, panels, etc., shall be dry contacts in the field device or equipment, powered from the PLCs, unless specified otherwise. Sensing power (wetting voltage) supplied by the PLC shall be 24 VDC. G. All discrete outputs from local control panels and Control and Information System PLCs, to field devices, starters, panels, etc., shall be 120 VAC / 28 VDC 5A dry contacts. Output contacts may be powered from the field equipment, or powered from 24 VDC / 120 VAC sourced from PLCs cabinet power system, as required to interface with field equipment. Outputs to solenoid valves, homs, and strobe lights shall be 120 VAC, powered from the PLC or control panel unless specified or shown otherwise. H. Discrete signals between starters, panels, etc. where 120 VAC is utilized shall be clearly identified in the starter, panel, etc. as being powered from a different power supply, than other starter /panel components. Where applicable, waming signs shall be affixed inside the starter, panel, etc., stating that the panel is energized from multiple sources. Output contacts in the starter, panel, etc. which are powered from other locations shall be provided with special tags and /or color coding. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024 -UT Instrumentation & Control - General Requirements 0992 -0222 13100 -16 Disconnecting terminal strips shall be provided for such contacts. The above requirements shall apply to all starters and panels, regardless of supplier. 2.4 NAMEPLATES A. All items of equipment listed in the instrument schedule, control panels, and all items of digital hardware shall be identified with nameplates. Each nameplate shall be located so that it is readable from the normal observation position and is clearly associated with the device or devices it identifies. Nameplates shall be positioned so that removal of the device for maintenance and repair shall not disturb the nameplate. Nameplates shall include the equipment identification number and description. Abbreviations of the description shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. B. Nameplates shall be made of 1/16 inch thick machine engraved laminated phenolic plastic having white numbers and letters not less than 3/16 inch high on a black background. Nameplates shall be attached to metal equipment by stainless steel screws and to other surfaces by an epoxy based adhesive that is resistant to oil and moisture. In cases where the label cannot be attached by the above methods, it shall be drilled and attached to the associated device by means of stainless steel wire. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. The CSI shall provide the Contractor a periodic written report detailing progress of start -up. This report shall include specific tabulations of devices on which start-up has been completed. B. Equipment shall be located so that it is accessible for operation and maintenance. The CSI shall examine the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings for various items of equipment in order to determine the best arrangement for the work as a whole, and shall supervise the installation of ICS equipment. C. Instrumentation and Control System equipment shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The locations of equipment, transmitters, alarms and similar devices shown on the Drawings are approximate only. Exact locations shall be as approved by the Engineer during construction. Obtain in the field, all information relevant to the placing of process control work and in case of any interference with other work, proceed as directed by the Engineer and furnish all labor and materials necessary to complete the work in an approved manner. D. The CSI shall investigate each space in the building through which equipment must pass to reach its final location. If necessary, the CSI shall be required to ship his material in sections sized to permit passing through restricted areas in the building. The CSI shall also investigate, and make any field modifications to City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT Instrumentation & Control - General Requirements 0992 -0222 13100 -17 the allocated space for each cabinet, enclosure and panel, to assure proper space and access (front, rear, side). E. Two complete sets of approved shop drawings shall be kept at the job site during all on -site construction. Both sets shall be identically marked up to reflect any modifications made during field installation or start-up. All markings shall be verified and initialed by the Engineer or his designated representative. Following completion of installation and the operational readiness test, one set of the marked up drawings shall be provided to the Engineer, the other retained by the CSI for incorporation of the mark -ups into final as -built documentation. F. All work shall be in strict accordance with codes and local rulings, should any work be performed contrary to said rulings, ordinances and regulations, the Contractor shall bear full responsibility for such violations and assume all costs arising there from. G. Brackets and hangers required for mounting of equipment shall be provided. They shall be installed in a workmanlike manner and not interfere with any other equipment. H. The Contractor shall take steps to keep electrical and control enclosures clean and free of contaminants throughout installation. Cleaning after installation is not acceptable. Under no circumstances are electrical and control enclosures to be cleaned using compressed air to blow out dust, causing contaminants to be forced into sensitive electronics. I. Provisions shall be made to completely capture filings (metal, etc.) when drilling into enclosures, to prevent contamination of electrical equipment. J. Upon completion of the instrumentation and control work, the Contractor shall thoroughly clean all soiled surfaces of installed equipment and materials and remove all surplus materials, rubbish, and debris that has accumulated during the construction work. The entire area shall be left neat, clean, and acceptable to the Owner. 3.2 WIRING AND GROUNDING C. The following wiring practice guidelines shall be used in order to minimize ground loops, to minimize electromagnetic interference/radio frequency interference (EMI /RFI) to this equipment, and to provide maximum practical immunity from damage resulting from lightning - induced transients. D. Common wires or conductors shall not be utilized (either within panels or external to panels or for grounding of field devices) for both signal shield or signal grounding and for safety grounds. E. Exposed wire lengths extending from within shielded signal cables shall be minimized to reduce pick -up of EMI /RFI by signal circuits. Exposed lengths of less City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT Instrumentation 8 Control - General Requirements 0992 -0222 13100 -18 than one inch are preferred, and a maximum exposed length of two inches may be permitted where necessary. No splicing of signal wires is permitted. F. All signal wiring shall be shielded, both within panels and external to panels. Unless otherwise specified, all signal wiring shall be No. 16 AWG stranded tinned two-conductor twisted pair, with 100 percent coverage aluminized Mylar or aluminized polyester shield and tinned copper drain wire. G. Signal wiring within outdoor or indoor field device enclosures shall conform to the same requirements as panel wiring. H. The shield on each process instrumentation cable shall be continuous from source to destination, and grounded at one end only. In general, grounding of signal cable shields shall be done at the control panel end. The signal cable for no signal shall share a common cable shield grounding wire with the signal cable shield for any other signal, and shall not share a common grounding wire with any other circuit. The length of no signal cable shield grounding wire shall not exceed two inches, with less than one -inch maximum length preferred. All outdoor instruments and all outdoor enclosures shall be grounded using the practice defined in Section 800.40 of the National Electric Code. 3.3 TESTING, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The CSI shall test all equipment hardware and software at the factory prior to shipment. As a minimum, testing shall include the following: 1. Factory Acceptance Testing (FAT) 2. Operational Readiness Testing (ORT). 3. System Acceptance Testing (SAT). B. Each test shall be in the cause and effect format. The person conducting the test shall initiate an input (cause) and, upon the system's or subsystem's producing the correct result (effect), the specific test requirement will have been satisfied. C. All tests shall be conducted in accordance with prior Engineer approved procedures, forms, and check lists. Each specific test to be performed shall be described and a space provided after it for sign off by the appropriate party after its satisfactory completion. D. Copies of these sign off test procedures, forms, and check lists will constitute the required test documentation. E. Provide all special testing materials and equipment. Wherever possible, perform tests using actual process variables, equipment, and data. Where it is not practical to test with real process variables, equipment, and data; provide City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024-UT instrumentation & Control - General Requirements 0992 -0222 13100 -19 suitable means of simulation. Define these simulation techniques in the test procedures. F. The Contractor shall require the CSI to coordinate all of his testing with him, all affected Subcontractors, and the Owner. G. The Engineer reserves the right to test or retest all specified functions whether or not explicitly stated in the prior approved test procedures. H. The Engineer's decision shall be final regarding the acceptability and completeness of all testing. I. The CSI shall furnish the services of servicemen, all special calibration and test equipment, and labor to perform the field tests. 3.4 FACTORY ACCEPTANCE TESTING (FAT) A. The entire system except for primary elements, final control elements, and field mounted transmitters, shall be interconnected and tested to ensure the system will operate as specified. All analog and discrete input/output points not interconnected at this time shall be simulated to ensure proper operation of all alarms, monitoring devices/functions, and control devices/functions. B. All panels and assemblies shall be inspected and tested to verify that they are in conformance with related submittals, specifications, and Contract Drawings. C. Factory acceptance testing shall take place over a contiguous time period after all factory fabrication has been completed. D. The test shall verify the functionality, performance, and stability of the hardware and configuration. The system must operate continually for 24 hours without failure before the test shall be judged successful. All deficiencies identified during testing shall be corrected and retested prior to the beginning this continuous operation test. E. Successful completion of this test, as determined by the ENGINEER, shall be the basis for approval of the system to be shipped to the site. No equipment shall be shipped until the ENGINEER has reviewed all test results, and approved the system as ready for shipment. F. The ENGINEER and the OWNER reserve the right to attend the factory acceptance testing in its entirety. Two weeks notice shall be given prior to the start of testing. 3.5 OPERATIONAL READINESS TESTING (ORT) A. The entire system shall be certified (inspected, calibrated, tested, and documented) that it is ready for operation. Each specified function shall be verified on a paragraph -by- paragraph, loop -by -loop and site -by -site basis. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT Instrumentation & Control - General Requirements 0992 -0222 13100 -20 B. The Owner and /or Engineer reserves the right to witness any test, inspection, calibration, or start -up activity. Acceptance by the Engineer of any plan, report, or documentation relating to any testing or commissioning activity specified herein, shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for meeting all specified requirements. C. The CSI shall provide the services of factory trained technicians, tools and equipment to field calibrate, test, inspect and adjust each instrument to its specified performance requirement in accordance with manufacturer's specifications and instructions. Any instrument which fails to meet any contract requirements, or any published manufacturer performance specification for functional and operational parameters, shall be repaired or replaced, at the discretion of the Engineer, at no cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall bear all costs and provide all personnel, equipment and materials necessary to implement all installation tests and inspection activities for equipment specified herein. D. Each instrument shall be calibrated at 0, 25, 50, 75 and 100 percent of span using test instruments to simulate inputs and read outputs. Test instruments shall be rated to an accuracy of at least five (5) times greater than the specified accuracy of the instrument being calibrated. Where applicable, such test instruments shall have accuracies as set forth by the National Institute for Standards and Technology (NIST). E. The CSI shall provide a written calibration sheet to the Engineer for each instrument, certifying that it has been calibrated to its published specified accuracy. The Contractor shall submit proposed calibration sheets for various types of instruments for Engineer approval prior to the start of calibration. This sheet shall include but not be limited to date, instrument tag numbers, calibration data for the various procedures described herein, name of person performing the calibration, a listing of the published specified accuracy, permissible tolerance at each point of calibration, calibration reading as finally adjusted within tolerance, defect noted, corrective action required and corrections made. F. If doubt exists as to the correct method for calibrating or checking the calibration of an instrument, the manufacturer's printed recommendations shall be used as an acceptable standard, subject to the approval of the Engineer. G. Upon completion of calibration, devices calibrated hereunder shall not be subjected to sudden movements, accelerations, or shocks, and shall be installed in permanent protected positions not subject to moisture, dirt, and excessive temperature variations. Caution shall be exercised to prevent such devices from being subjected to over - voltage, incorrect voltages, overpressure or incorrect air. Damaged equipment shall be replaced and recalibrated at no cost to the Owner. H. After completion of instrumentation installation and calibration, the CSI shall perform a loop check. The Contractor shall submit final loop test results with all instruments listed in the loop. Loop test results shall be signed by all representatives involved for each loop test. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT Instrumentation & Control - General Requirements 0992 -0222 13100 -21 Loop /Component Inspections and Tests: The entire system shall be checked for proper installation, calibrated, and adjusted on a loop -by -loop and component -by- component basis to ensure that it is in conformance with related submittals and the Contract Documents. 1. The Loop /Component Inspections and Tests shall be implemented using Engineer approved forms and check lists. 2. The Contractor shall require the CSI to maintain the Loop Status Reports and Components Calibration sheets at the job -site and make them available to the Engineer /Owner at any time. 3. These inspections and tests do not require witnessing. However, the Engineer will review and initial all Loop Status Sheets and Component Calibration Sheets and spot -check their entries periodically and upon completion of the Operational Readiness Tests. Any deficiencies found shall be corrected. 3.6 SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE TEST (SAT) A. Successful completion of the operational readiness test, as determined by the Owner and /or Engineer, shall be the basis for starting the witnessed system acceptance test. The Engineer shall approve the ORT test results and the Engineer and Owner shall be given two weeks notice prior to the start of the System Acceptance Test. B. The system acceptance test shall repeat loop and functional testing done during the operational readiness test in order to demonstrate to the Owner and Engineer that the system has been started up, is operating, and is in compliance with these Specifications. Each specified function shall be demonstrated on a paragraph -by- paragraph, loop -by -loop and site -by -site basis. C. The following documentation shall be made available to the Engineer during the test: 1. All Contract Drawings and Specifications, addenda, and change orders. 2. Master copy of the test procedure. 3. One copy of all O&M Manuals shall be made available to the Engineer at the job -site both before and during testing. D. Any malfunction during the tests shall be analyzed, and corrections made by the CSI. The Engineer and /or Owner will determine whether any such malfunctions are sufficiently serious to warrant a repeat of this test. E. After all functions have been tested and all corrections made, the system shall operate continuously for 15 days without failure before this test will be considered successful. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024 -UT Instrumentation & Control - General Requirements 0992 -0222 13100 -22 1 F. The total availability of the system shall be greater than 99.5 percent during this test period. Availability shall be defined as "Avail. = (Total Time -Down Time,) / Total Time x 100 % ". Down times due to power outages or other factors outside the normal protection devices or back -up power supplies provided, shall not contribute to the availability test times above. 3.7 TRAINING A. The CSI shall provide project specific classroom training at the Owners site or designated location. Training shall be provided for the operation and maintenance of all equipment provided, as well as site specific installation configuration training for the system as a whole. B. Each student shall be provided with training materials. All training materials shall be provided in hardcopy as well as on a training CD, with all materials in Microsoft Office or Adobe pdf file format. All training CD's shall be updated with final configuration information and resubmitted for approval. Final CD media shall be archival quality. C. The owner reserves the right to video tape any and all training sessions for the purposes of future or refresher training. D. To facilitate the Owner's operations staff scheduling, training shall be conducted in two (2) four -hour sessions, a moming session and an afternoon session. Morning and afternoon sessions will cover the same material on a given day. The training shall consist of one (1) day minimum with (2) sessions per day. E. Maintenance training shall be provided to designated maintenance personnel, so that each component may be maintained without the assistance of outside organizations. The training shall be extensive so that after training, personnel shall be able to identify component malfunctions and repair components to the board /module replacement level. Training shall cover the entire system including controls and field equipment. F. Maintenance training shall be conducted in one (1) session, with a minimum of 8 hours of instruction. G. Under the scope of this project, the System Integrator will not be responsible for providing PLC and HMI control programming and logic. Specific training should therefore include, but not be limited to: system architecture and interconnection, wiring, field instrumentation and PLC hardware including maintenance and trouble- shooting. H. Refer to related specification sections for additional training requirements. I. Training sessions shall be carried out to the satisfaction of the Owner before final acceptance will be provided. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT Instrumentation 8 Control - General Requirements 0992 -0222 13100 -23 3.7 WARRANTY A. The warranty for the ICS shall be provided as specified in Section 1740 - Warranties, and as specified herein. The warranty period for this system shall be for one year and shall begin upon acceptance of the complete system by the Owner. During this warranty period, the CSI shall provide, at no additional cost to the Owner, the services of a trained, competent, field service engineer who shall arrive on site within 36 hours of notification by the Owner or Engineer, to repair and /or replace any faulty device or equipment supplied by the system supplier as part of this Instrumentation and Control System. All preventive and corrective activities shall be documented with service reports, which shall identify the equipment being serviced, state the condition of the equipment, describe all work performed, and list materials used. A copy of all service reports shall be delivered to the Owner on or before the next business day. B. The CSI shall be capable of providing, after the warranty period for this system expires, a 1 -year renewable service contract whereby a trained, competent field service engineer shall arrive on site within 36 hours of notification by the Owner. Information relative to charges for such service and availability of such service shall be submitted to the Owner and the Engineer. C. Components shall be furnished to the manufacturer's standard for service intended, unless otherwise indicated in the Specifications or on the Contract Drawings. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024 -UT Instrumentation . & Control - General Requirements 0992 -0222 13100 -24 SECTION 13110 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL, CONTROL ENCLOSURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The Contractor shall fumish, modify, test, install and place into satisfactory operation all control enclosures (i.e. field panels, control panels, cabinets, consoles, boxes, etc.) required to provide a complete and operable Instrumentation and Control System (ICS) as specified herein and as shown on the Contract Drawings, even if each needed item is not specifically specified or shown. B. The Contractor shall also be responsible to provide modifications to existing control panels as described herein. Modifications to existing control panels shall also conform to the requirements of these specifications. C. New control enclosures and /or subpanels shall be assembled, wired and tested in the CSI's own facilities, unless specified otherwise. D. All components and all necessary accessories (e.g. mounting hardware, conditioning equipment, TVSS, fuses, circuit breakers, terminals, ground bars, relays, contactors, starters, indicators, control operators, power supplies, signal conditioning, connectors, digital hardware, etc.) that may be required to complete the system, shall be provided. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. In addition to the requirements specified in this section, the requirements of specification Section 13100 - Instrumentation and Control, General Requirements and the sections referenced therein shall be applied. B. Instrumentation and Controls Schedules. Refer to Instrumentation Schedule and PLC Input/Output Schedule Attachments for a listing of major equipment, enclosure construction and signal monitoring requirements. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. All submittals shall be in accordance with Specification 01340 — Shop Drawings, Project Data and Samples and as specified in Section 13100 - Instrumentation and Control, General Requirements. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. All enclosures shall fit within the allocated space shown on the Drawings where applicable. The Contractor shall examine plans and /or field inspect new and existing structures as required to determine installation requirements and shall coordinate the City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024 -UT Instrumentation & Control - Control Enclosures 0992 -0222 13110 -1 installation of all enclosures with the Owner and all affected contractors. The Contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with installation of enclosures, including repair of damage to structures (incidental, accidental or unavoidable). B. A minimum estimated size is shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall furnish enclosures of the size and quantity required to house the manufacturers' equipment supplied and all other electrical components installed in the enclosure. In addition, provide useful space and power supply capacity as spare for future expandability to a minimum of one (1) item per item type installed or twenty percent (20 %) of quantity of each type item installed, whichever yields the greater spare space. C. Enclosures (cabinets, panels, boxes, etc.) shall be formed or welded construction, reinforced with Unistrut, Powerstrut or equal to facilitate mounting of internal components or equipment. Sufficient access plates and doors shall be provided to facilitate maintenance and testing of the supplier's equipment. Doors shall be removable. Enclosures with any dimension thirty-six (36) inches or greater shall be provided with removable lifting lugs designed to facilitate safe moving and lifting of the panel during installation. No screws or bolts shall protrude through from the interior enclosure. D. All steel enclosures shall be free from dirt, grease and burrs, and shall be treated with a phosphatizing metal conditioner (phosphate conversion coating) before painting. All surfaces shall be filled, sanded, and finish coated by spraying a 1 -2 mil epoxy prime coat and smooth, level, high grade textured finish between flat and semi -gloss shine. The colors shall be selected by the Owner from a minimum of six (6) color samples provided. All stainless steel enclosures shall be polished to a No. 4 finish. E. Enclosures shall be prefabricated cabinets and panels by Hoffman, Rittal or Vynckier. The Contractor may optionally provide enclosures custom fabricated by a reputable panel fabrication shop acceptable to the Engineer. F. Each panel shall incorporate a removable back panel on which control components shall be mounted. Back panels shall be secured to the enclosures with collar studs. All components shall be of the highest industrial quality and securely mounted to the removable back panels with screw and lock washers. Back panels shall be tapped to accept all mounting screws. Self- tapping screws shall not be used to mount any component. G. All enclosures with any dimension twenty -four (24) inches or larger shall be provided with drawing pockets for as -built panel drawings. One (1) laminated copy of the appropriate panel as -built drawings shall be furnished and left in the pocket of each panel. H. All metallic enclosures with door mounted equipment shall have the door grounded by means of flexible ground strap. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT Instrumentation & Control - Control Enclosures 0992 -0222 13110 -2 I. The enclosure and all interior and exterior equipment shall be identified with nameplates. The equipment shall be mounted such that service can occur without removal of other equipment. Panel mounted equipment shall be flush or semi -flush mounted with flat black escutcheons. All equipment shall be accessible such that adjustments can be made while the equipment is in service and operating. All enclosures shall fit within the allocated space as shown on the Contract Drawings. J. Enclosures shall provide mounting for UPS, power supplies, control equipment, input / output subsystems, panel mounted equipment and appurtenances. Ample space shall be provided between equipment to facilitate servicing and cooling. Enclosures shall be sized to adequately dissipate heat generated by equipment mounted inside the panel. Louvered openings fitted with dust filters near the bottom and top of the cabinet shall be provided for NEMA 12 enclosures. If required, cabinets shall be provided with filtered fans, heat exchangers or air conditioners. Only closed loop cooling systems shall be provided for NEMA 4X cabinets. Cooling systems shall be by the cabinet fabricator, McLean Midwest, Noren Products, or approved equal. K. Enclosures shall be provided with a main circuit breaker and a circuit breaker on each individual branch circuit distributed from the panel. Main breaker and branch breaker sizes shall be coordinated such that an overload in a branch circuit will trip only the branch breaker but not the main breaker. Circuit breakers shall be provided for the following internal branch circuits distributed within the panel: 1. Receptacles and power strips 2. Lighting 3. UPS 4. HVAC equipment L. Enclosures shall be provided with 120 volt duplex receptacles for service equipment and fluorescent service lights. Loads not requiring transient voltage surge suppression (i.e. receptacles, lighting, HVAC, branch circuits to remote equipment, etc.) shall be connected ahead of the enclosure TVSS device. M. Locate equipment, devices, hardware, power supplies, instrumentation and controls, electrical equipment and wiring to be installed inside the enclosures and /or as facial features on the enclosures, so that connections can be easily made and so that there is ample room for servicing each item. Every component in and on the enclosures shall be able to be removed individually without affecting the other components and without the need to move other components. Support and restrain all internally, as well as panel mounted components to prevent any movement. N. All cabinets and /or enclosures shall be NEMA rated for the environment in which it is to be installed and as noted in the Drawings. O. Materials and equipment used shall be U.L. approved wherever such approved equipment and materials are available. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT Instrumentation 8 Control - Control Enclosures 0992 -0222 13110 -3 P. Control panels shall be built in accordance with UL508A Industrial Control Panels and NEC Article 409 Industrial Control Panels. Control panels for areas classified as Hazardous shall be built in accordance with UL698 Industrial Control Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations. Control panels shall be UL508A and /or UL698 labeled and marked as defined in NEC 409.110 with the following: 1. Manufacturer's name and contact information (i.e. address, phone, website, email, etc.). 2. Supply voltage, phase, frequency and full -load current. 3. Short- circuit current rating of the industrial panel based on one of the following: 4. Short- circuit current rating of a listed and labeled assembly 5. Short- circuit current rating established utilizing an approved method 6. Electrical wiring diagram numbers or the index sheet to the electrical wiring diagrams. 7. The enclosure type number (i.e. NEMA 1A, 3R, 12, 4X, 7, 9, etc.) 8. If the industrial control panel is intended as service equipment, it shall be marked to identify it as being suitable for use as service equipment. Q. All work shall be performed in a professional manner and in consideration of allowing ease of future troubleshooting and maintenance. All equipment should be mounted so as to minimize crowding within the panel. All devices shall be mounted and wired in a neat and workmanlike manner. Each component shall be prominently identified with the use of permanent engraved legend plates. R. Grounding: All suppressors shall be grounded per the suppressor manufacturer's recommendations. Furnish control panels with an integral copper grounding bus for connection of suppressors and other required instrumentation. Provide single -point connection of all grounds to grounding bus using the shortest possible path. Each grounded object shall have a separate connection to the ground bus. Do not connect cable shields to suppressor ground terminal or daisy -chain ground connections. Provide 1 -inch wide by 1/8 -inch thick copper ground bus as a minimum. 2.2 TOOLS, SUPPLIES, AND SPARE PARTS A. Tools, supplies, and spare parts shall be provided as specified in Section 13100 - Instrumentation and Control, General Requirements and as specified for each equipment item. In addition, the following items shall be provided. 1. One (1) of each type of panel mounted equipment (i.e., indicators, signal converters, etc.) provided under this Contract. 2. Three (3) of each type of interposing relay provided under this Contract. 3. One (1) of each type of power TVSS device used 4. Five (5) of each type of signal TVSS device used City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024 -UT Instrumentation & Control - Control Enclosures 0992 -0222 13110 -4 5. Two (2) of each type of communication TVSS device used. B. OUTDOOR ENCLOSURES 1. All outdoor enclosures shall be rated NEMA 4X, constructed of 316 stainless steel with a white powder epoxy coating finish unless specified otherwise. Outdoor enclosures shall have a hinged and gasketed door. Door latches shall be all stainless steel, fast operating clamp assemblies (quick release), which do not require bolts or screws to secure. Gaskets shall be polyurethane. 2. Outdoor panels shall be fitted with pad - lockable latch kits. 3. Outdoor enclosures with intemal digital electronics, exterior indicators, or exterior indicator lights shall have extemal sun shields or sun shades, constructed of the same materials as the associated enclosure, unless otherwise specified. 4. Outdoor enclosures shall be designed for ambient conditions of -15 to 50 °C and twenty to ninety -five percent (20% - 95 %) relative humidity, unless otherwise specified. Outdoor enclosures shall be provided with thermostatically controlled space heaters to provide condensation protection. C. INDOOR ENCLOSURES 1. Indoor enclosures located in the same area (i.e. room, etc.) as open process tanks, open process channels, closed process piping or process equipment containing wet liquids or possible airbome powders, shall be rated NEMA 4X, constructed of 316 stainless steel, fiberglass, fiberglass reinforced polyester, or polycarbonate, unless specified otherwise. Enclosures shall have a hinged and gasketed door. Door latches shall be all stainless steel, fast operating clamp assemblies (quick release) which do not require bolts or screws to secure. Gaskets shall be polyurethane. 2. Indoor enclosures located in a dry or environmentally controlled area (i.e. electrical room, etc.) shall be NEMA 12 steel, unless specified otherwise. Enclosures shall have a hinged and gasketed door. Door latches shall be 3 point door latch with handle for all enclosures with a dimension of 24 inches or larger, or otherwise shall be fast operating clamp assemblies which do not require bolts or screws to secure. Gaskets shall be polyurethane. 3. Indoor enclosures in a non -air conditioned space shall be designed for ambient conditions of 0 to 40 °C and twenty to ninety -five percent (20% - 95%) relative humidity, unless otherwise specified. Indoor enclosures in an air conditioned space shall be designed for ambient conditions of 20 to 30 °C and twenty to eighty -five percent (20% - 85 %) relative humidity, unless otherwise specified. D. TERMINALS City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT Instrumentation & Control - Control Enclosures 0992 -0222 13110 -5 1. Terminal blocks shall be assembled on non - current carrying galvanized steel DIN mounting rails, securely bolted to the cabinet sub - panel. Terminals shall be of the screw down pressure plate type as manufactured by Allen Bradley, Phoenix Contact, Wieland, Square D, or equal. Power terminal blocks shall be single tier with a minimum rating of 600 volts, 30 amps. Signal terminal blocks shall be single tier with a minimum rating of 600 volts, 20 amps. 2. Fused terminal blocks or miniature thermal circuit breaker terminal blocks shall be supplied for protection and isolation of enclosed equipment, or as specified in the Contract documents. Blown fuse indicators shall be provided and /or tripped breaker status shall be clearly visible. Fused or miniature thermal circuit breaker terminal blocks shall be provided for, but not limited to each of the following: a. Each PLC module requiring external power b. Each piece of equipment provided with a power supply (integral, internal or external) with the exception of devices with internal fusing plugged into a receptacle. c. Terminals shall be marked with a black waterproof, permanent, continuous marking strip. One side of each terminal shall be reserved exclusively for field incoming conductors. Common connections and jumpers required for intemal wiring shall not be made on the field side of the terminal. E. WIRING 1. All wiring shall be bundled and run open or enclosed in vented plastic wireway, as required. All conductors run open shall be bundled and bound with nylon cable ties, at regular intervals, with intervals not to exceed 12 inches. Adequately support and restrain all wiring runs to prevent sagging or other movement. Care shall be taken to separate communication, network, electronic signal, AC discrete signal, DC discrete signal and power wiring. Wiring to equipment mounted on doors or where movement of the equipment will take place, shall be installed in nylon spiral wrapping sheaths. 2. Wires shall be color coded as follows: a. Equipment Ground - GREEN b. 120 VAC Power Distribution - BLACK c. 120 VAC Power Neutral - WHITE d. 120 VAC Control (Internally Powered) - RED e. 120 VAC Control (Externally Powered) - YELLOW f. 24 VAC Control - ORANGE g. DC Power ( +) - BLUE h. DC Power ( -) — BLUEMIHITE City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT Instrumentation 8 Control - Control Enclosures 0992 -0222 13110 -6 i. DC Control - BLUE j. Analog Signal ( +) - BLACK k. Analog Signal ( -) - WHITE 3. All wiring shall comply with accepted standard instrumentation and electrical practices. Field wiring for power, control and signal wires shall comply with Division 16 of the specifications. For each pair of parallel terminal blocks, the field wiring shall be between the blocks. 4. Internal panel wiring shall be as follows: a. AC power wiring: 14 AWG minimum, stranded copper conductors, THHN/THHW wire rated for 600 volts and 90 °C. For wiring carrying more than 15 amps, use sizes required by NEC. b. AC control and dc power and control wiring: 16 AWG minimum, stranded copper conductors, THHN/THHW wire rated for 600 volts and 90 °C. c. Instrument signal wiring: 18 AWG stranded conductors, tinned copper, twisted pair or triad, overall one hundred percent (100 %) aluminum foil shield with 20 AWG stranded drain wire, plenum rated 300V 60 °C FEP insulated wire with FEP jacket, equal to Belden 88760. d. All stranded wire shall have a minimum of sixteen (16) strands, except for drain wires. F. IDENTIFICATION: 1. Provide a laminated black nameplate with beveled edges and '/2 inch white letters to identify each console, panel or cabinet on the front of the enclosure. 2. Provide laminated, beveled edge, plastic legend plates and nameplates, with 1/4 inch letters, for each front panel mounted device as shown on the Drawings. Legend plates and nameplates shall be the size as shown on the Drawings. Color shall be black lettering on white background except caution/waming nameplates which shall be white lettering on a red background. Attach front panel nameplates with both a permanent adhesive and stainless steel machine screws into tapped holes. 3. Tag all interior instruments and other components with engraved, laminated plastic nameplates with 1/8 inch, minimum, lettering. Legends shall be consistent with wiring and layout drawings. Nameplates shall be attached with permanent adhesive to the panel, near the device or on the device itself or as otherwise approved by the Engineer. 4. Number and label each wire in the systems. Every unique wiring node shall have its own individual unique number. Numbers shall be shown on all City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT Instrumentation & Control - Control Enclosures 0992 -0222 13110 -7 1 submitted drawings. All wires shall be labeled at each termination and junction of the wire and at 30 inch intervals along the wire. All multi - conductor cables shall be labeled at each end and at 30 -inch intervals with CBL -XXX and also label each conductor at both ends. Labeling shall be self laminating white/transparent self extinguishing vinyl strips (Brady DAT 7 292 or equal) with clear heat shrink tubing over the markers. Length shall be sufficient to provide at least two and one -half (2 1/2) wraps. All labels shall be machine - printed with wire and /or cable numbers. G. ACCESSORIES 1. Control operators such as pushbuttons (PB), selector switches (SS), and pilot lights (PL) shall be Allen Bradley 800H, Square D Company Type SK or equal. Control operators shall be 30.5 mm, round, heavy -duty, oil tight NEMA 4X corrosion resistant. 2. Pushbuttons and selector switches shall be non - illuminated, spring release type. Pushbuttons shall include a full guard. Panic stop /alarm pushbuttons shall be red mushroom type with manual -pull release. Pilot lights shall be of the proper control voltage, LED type (indoor) and lamp type (outdoor). 3. Control operators shall have legend plates as specified herein, indicated on the Contract Drawings, or otherwise directed by the Engineer. Legend plates shall be plastic, white field (background) with black lettering. Engraved nameplates shall be securely fastened above each control operator. If adequate space is not available, the nameplate shall be mounted below the operator. 4. Control operators for all equipment shall be as specified herein and of the same type and manufacturer unless otherwise specified or indicated on the Contract Drawings. Modifications to existing panels using control operators and indicators of the same type and manufacturer shall be allowed with Engineer's approval. 5. Where required to interface between motor control centers, equipment controls, and control panels, interposing relays and associated control wiring circuitry shall be furnished and installed to provide the monitoring and /or control functions specified herein. Interposing relays shall be miniature type with DPDT contacts rated a minimum 10 amp © 120 VAC, push -to -test button, and status indicator. Relay coils shall be 120/240 VAC or 24 VDC as required. Relays shall be as manufactured by Idec, Square D, Omron, Allen- Bradley or approved equal. 6. Digital Indicators shall be provided to indicate rates and readings in digital format and true engineering units. Indicators shall accept a 4 -20 mA input signal and shall be programmable through the front panel to provide scaling, calibration, options and accessories. Units shall be 4 digit minimum with red LED indication, 120 VAC power. Digital Indicators shall be Precision Digital, Red Lion or approved equal. H. POWER SUPPLIES City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical, Improvements 14-0024-UT Instrumentation 8 Control - Control Enclosures 0992 -0222 13110 -8 1. Each control panel shall be provided with a minimum of one 24 VDC power supply. Power supplies shall be enclosed and sized per the guidelines of UL508 and UL508A. Power supplies shall be Phoenix Contact, Model Quint -PS -X, or approved equal. 2. External PLC power supplies provided for loop and /or PLC power shall be redundant and alarm to the PLC upon failure. I. TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION (TVSS) 1. Transient voltage surge suppressors shall be provided at the following minimum locations: a. At any connections between AC power and electrical and electronic equipment, including panels, assemblies and field mounted instruments. b. At both ends of all analog signal circuits that have any portion of the circuit extending outside of a protecting building. c. At both ends of all copper -based communications cables that extend outside of a building. d. At all specified spare analog inputs and outputs in PLCs and RTUs. 1. These protective devices shall be external to and installed in addition to any protective devices built into the equipment. Power and signal protection shall be installed in either in a NEMA 4X enclosure or in the enclosure that houses the equipment to be protected. 2. All surge arrestors shall be mounted and wired per the manufacturer's recommendations including local grounding for surge energy dissipation. For surge suppressors use No. 8 cable for ground connection or install suppressor directly on ground bus using grounding screw. Provide 1 -inch wide by 1/8 -inch thick copper ground bus as a minimum. 3. Panel- mounted power circuit protectors shall be provided in all enclosures powered by 120 VAC. The protector shall be a 3 -stage hybrid, solid -state power line protector with noise filtering, common mode and normal mode suppression and nanosecond reaction time. The unit shall include a replaceable fuse to remove the load (protected equipment) from the line if the unit is either overloaded or the internal protection fails. TVSS devices shall be DEHN 952 210 (DG M TN 150). 4. Panel- mounted signal circuit protectors shall be made for mounting on a terminal block rail. Each TVSS shall include a moveable grounding link to allow each signal cable shield to be individually grounded to the panel via the mounting rail through the TVSS for that cable without the use of any additional grounding wire or to be isolated from ground at the TVSS. Each mounting rail shall be grounded to the panel by the use of rail mounting City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT Instrumentation 8 Control - Control Enclosures 0992 -0222 13110 -9 screws at approximately one -foot intervals. Protection shall be from line to line and from each line to ground. Protection shall also be from shield to ,ground where the shield is not grounded at the protector. Each TVSS shall have the ability to protect against surge currents greater than 10,000 amperes. Each TVSS shall add no more than 22 ohms per signal wire to the total signal loop resistance of the analog signal loop in which it is installed. TVSSs shall not introduce error - producing ground loop currents into the instrumentation signal circuits. TVSS devices shall be 919 921 (DCO RK ME 24). 5. Signal circuit TVSS for 2 -wire field instruments shall be a conduit connected /pipe nipple type and shall have characteristics equal to the panel mounted devices. Units shall be mounted to a transmitter conduit entry point where available. When not available or practical, then these devices shall be mounted in NEMA 4X enclosures located at the field devices. TVSS devices shall be 929 921(DPI ME 24 N A2G) 6. Signal circuit TVSS for 4 -wire field instruments shall be a separate enclosure unit capable of providing protection on both the power and signal side. The unit shall contain the characteristics of the line power protector and signal circuit protectors discussed above. Units shall be enclosed in a manufacturer assembled NEMA 4X polycarbonate enclosure with a clear polycarbonate cover. TVSS devices shall be EDCO SLAC- 12036, Phoenix Contact or approved equal. 7. TVSS devices antenna cable signal protection shall be an in -line panel mount type unit rated for 50 Ohms and with dc blocking. Unit shall be rated for the appropriate frequency range and have an insertion Toss of 0.1 dB. TVSS device shall be a DEHN 929 045 (DGA AG N). 8. TVSS device specifications and ratings for signal or communications types not defined herein shall be as specified elsewhere or of a type recommended by the manufacturer of the device being protected. TVSS devices shall be DEHN, Inc. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 REQUIREMENTS: A. In addition to the requirements specified in this section, refer to Section 13100 - Instrumentation and Control, General Requirements. B. Floor mounted enclosures shall be installed on 1/4 inch thick rubber type pads. These pads shall completely cover the area of the base that is against the floor. C. Keep enclosures clean at all times. Keep enclosures doors closed except when actually working in the enclosure. Protect all equipment during installation, including hole punching for conduit connection. Remove all filings and thread cuttings from enclosures. Careful attention must be paid to provide installations which are both functional and esthetically acceptable. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT Instrumentation & Control - Control Enclosures 0992 -0222 13110 -10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 D. All conduits used in conjunction with control panels or instrumentation of any kind shall be sealed using a suitable duct - sealing compound to minimize the possible damage caused by vapors or wetness. It shall be the responsibility of the CSI to verify that this is accomplished early in the project, so that corrosion damage does not occur during the time of construction. E. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer a periodic written report detailing construction progress. This report shall include specific tabulations of equipment on which construction /installation has been completed. F. Equipment shall be located so that it is accessible for operation and maintenance. The CSI shall examine the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings for various items of equipment in order to determine the best arrangement for the work as a whole and shall supervise the installation of all equipment. 3.2 WIRING AND GROUNDING A. The following wiring practice guidelines shall be used in order to minimize ground loops, minimize the effects of electromagnetic interference /radio frequency interference (EMI /RFI) and to provide maximum practical immunity from damage resulting from lightning - induced transients. B. Common wires or conductors shall not be utilized (either within panels or external to panels, or for grounding of field devices) for signal shielding, signal grounding, or safety grounds. C. Exposed wire lengths extending from within shielded signal cables shall be minimized to reduce pick -up of EMI /RFI by signal circuits. Exposed lengths of less than one inch is preferred with a maximum exposed length of two inches only permitted where necessary. No splicing of signal wires shall be permitted. D. All signal wiring shall be shielded, both within panels and external to panels. Unless otherwise specified, all signal wiring shall be No. 16 AWG stranded tinned two - conductor twisted pair with 100 percent coverage of aluminized Mylar or aluminized polyester shield and tinned copper drain wire. E. The shield on each process instrumentation cable shall be continuous from source to destination, and grounded at one end only. In general, grounding of signal cable shields shall be done at the control panel end. No signal cable shall share a common cable shield grounding wire with any other signal cable or other circuit. The exposed length of cable shield grounding wires shall not exceed two inches prior to termination with less than one -inch maximum length preferred. F. All outdoor instruments and all outdoor enclosures shall be grounded using the practice defined in Section 800.40 of the National Electric Code. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024 -UT Instrumentation & Control - Control Enclosures 0992 -0222 13110 -11 SECTION 13120 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL, SCADA HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The Contractor shall fumish, test, install and place in satisfactory operation all equipment required to provide a complete and operable Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) system, as specified herein and as shown on the Contract Drawings, even if each needed item is not specifically specified or shown. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. In addition to the requirements specified in this section, the requirements of specification Section 13100 - Instrumentation and Control, General Requirements and the sections referenced therein shall be applied. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. All submittals shall be in accordance with Specification 01340 - Shop Drawings, Project Data and Samples and as specified in Section 13100 - Instrumentation and Control, General Requirements. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The SCADA hardware configuration as specified herein, as specified in related sections and as shown on the contract drawings depicts overall system configuration requirements. Unless otherwise specified, designs which vary from this concept will be rejected. B. All discrete and analog data acquisition, pre - processing, storage and process control functions shall be performed at the PLC level. C. PLC -to-PLC communication protocols shall be Ethernet based. 2.2 TOOLS, SUPPLIES, AND SPARE PARTS A. Tools, supplies and spare parts shall be provided as specified in Section 13100 - Instrumentation and Control, General Requirements, and as specified for each equipment item. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024 -UT Instrumentation It Control - SCADA Hardware 0992 -0222 13120 -1 2.3 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION (TVSS) A. Refer to specification section 13110 - Instrumentation and Control, Control Enclosures for TVSS requirements. B. Provide TVSS protection for all specified spare analog inputs and outputs. 2.4 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS (PLC), GENERAL A. The CSI shall furnish programmable controllers (PLCs) equipment as specified herein and as shown on the Drawings. PLCs shall be provided complete with rack, power supply, Input/Output (I /O) modules, special function cards, instructions, memory, input/output capacity and appurtenances to provide all features and functions as described herein. PLC I/O cards may be supplied by third party vendors if approved by the PLC manufacturer and the Owner. No substitutions will be permitted. B. All components of the PLC system shall be of the same manufacturer; who shall have fully tested units similar to those being furnished, in an industrial environment with associated electrical noise. The PLC system shall have been tested to meet the requirements of NEMA Standard ICS 2 -230 (Arc Test) and IEEE C37.90.1 (SWC). The processing unit shall perform the operations functionally described herein, based on the program stored in memory and the status of the inputs and outputs. C. The programmable controller shall be designed to operate in an industrial environment. The PLC shall operate in an ambient temperature range of 0 ° -60 °C and a relative humidity of five to ninety -five percent (5% - 95 %), non - condensing. The PLC shall operate on supply voltages of 90 -132 VAC at 47 -63 Hz, or 24 VDC if provided with a battery backup system. Overcurrent and undervoltage protection shall be provided on the power supply. D. System configuration shall be as shown on the Contract Drawings. PLC types and modules shall be designated on the system block diagram and correspond to the specifications herein. Only a single type of processor shall be supplied for all PLCs of a designated type. Memory, processor and PLC type shall be adequate for all control functions specified. Memory backup shall be provided during loss of power for the configuration, logic program and current operating parameters/addresses. E. The processor and its associated memory shall be enclosed in a modular enclosure. A multiple- position selector switch or equivalent shall be used to select processor operating mode. LED -type indicating lights shall be provided to indicate processor, memory and battery status. Errors in memory shall be recognized, and shall activate the memory error indicating lights. The PLC processor shall monitor the internal operation of the PLC for failure, and provide an alarm. Memory shall consist of battery- backed RAM or EEPROM, which shall retain the control program for at least one (1) year, in the event of power loss. Visual indication shall be provided if City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024 -UT Instrumentation & Control - SCADA Hardware 0992 -0222 13120 -2 1 I battery charge is insufficient to maintain the program in RAM memory for at least two (2) weeks. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 F The instruction set for the PLC shall include the following, as a minimum. 1. Relay type instructions 2. Counter and timer instructions 3. Comparison instructions (equal, greater than, limit tests, etc.) 4. Integer, long integer and floating point mathematical instructions 5. Advanced math and trigonometric functions 6. Matrix and array instructions 7. Logical instructions (and, not, or, etc.) 8. Bit modification, moving and shift instructions 9. Diagnostic instructions 10. Sequencer instructions 11. Program control instructions (jump, goto, subroutine, etc.) 12. PID control loops 13. Block read and write capability 14. Master and slave communications capabilities 15. Immediate I/O and communications update instructions 16. Real -time clock and date G. In addition to a port for communications as shown on the Contract Documents, additional communication ports shall be provided for any other devices as required (i.e., operator interface unit, connection to a notebook computer for programming and configuration.) H. New PLCs as specified or shown in the Contract Documents shall meet but not be limited to the following requirements: 1. One (1) 10/100 Mbps Ethernet IP Port, one (1) RS -232 serial port 2. I/O Module Expansion Capacity: Up to sixteen (16) I/O modules, not to include processor or power supply. 3. One power supply for each I/O module bank. 4. I/O modules shall be of a dedicated type, i.e. Al, AO, DI, DO. No mixed I/O modules shall be acceptable. 5. Two (2) MB of Memory with 1 GB SD memory card for memory backup. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT Instrumentation & Control - SCADA Hardware 0992 -0222 13120 -3 The PLC input/output hardware shall be modular DIN -rail mounted units mechanically locked together with a tongue and groove design. Modules shall include an integral communications bus that is connected from module to module with a moveable bus connector. Additional I/O module banks shall be connected with an expansion cable in a horizontal or vertical configuration, up to two banks, one local bank which includes the controller and one additional bank. J. Modules shall be placed to ensure adequate power supply voltage to all modules with a maximum of three (3) modules on the left of the power supply and eight (8) on the right side of the power supply, for the bank with the controller, and maximum of eight (8) modules on both sides of the power supply for additional I/O module banks. K. Power supply shall be compatible with the Allen - Bradley CompactLogix PLC. Input shall be 120VAC and shall supply power to the PLC, Communication and I/O Modules. Power supply shall be Allen- Bradley 1769 -PA4. L. PLCs shall be Allen Bradley CompactLogix 1769 L3 Controller, (1769- L33ER). M. Contractor shall provide one (1) spare CPU that shall come pre - flashed with operating software. 2.5 PLC INPUT /OUTPUTS A. CompactLogix PLC input/output hardware shall be modular DIN -rail mounted units mechanically locked together with a tongue and groove design. Modules hall include an integral communications bus that is connected from module to module with a moveable bus connector. Modules shall be placed to ensure adequate power supply voltage to all modules with a maximum of four (4) modules on each side of the power supply. B. Each PLC within an enclosure shall handle the required number of process inputs and outputs, plus a minimum of ten percent (10 %) pre -wired spares for each I/O type furnished except discrete inputs which shall have a minimum of twenty percent (20 %) pre -wired spares, plus a minimum of twenty percent (20 %) spare I/O expansion space for the addition of future circuit cards or modules. C. PLC input/output systems and processing modules shall be of the same model series. D. Discrete inputs (DI) shall be 120 VAC (integral to PLC), developed from dry field contacts. CompactLogix - 1769-IA16 E. Discrete outputs (DO) shall be 120 VAC / 28 VDC 5A dry contacts. Output contacts may be powered from the field equipment or powered from 24 VDC / 120 VAC sourced from PLC control panel's power system, as required to interface with field equipment. Outputs to solenoid valves shall be 120 VAC, powered from the PLC or control panel unless specified or shown otherwise. Provide interposing relays as City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT Instrumentation & Control - SCADA Hardware 0992 4222 13120 -4 specified in Section 13130 as required to meet dry contact rating. CompactLogix - 1769-0W16, SLC -500 - 1746-0W16 F. Analog input (Al) circuits shall be isolated, 15 -bit (minimum) resolution type. Analog input hardware shall be provided as required for all types of analog inputs being transmitted to the PLC. In general, analog input modules shall be capable of receiving 4-20 mA signals. Each input circuit shall have optical isolation to protect the equipment against high voltage transients. CompactLogix - 1769-IF8 G. Analog outputs (AO) shall be coordinated with the receivers but shall generally be isolated 24 VDC, 4-20mA outputs powered from the PLC. Each output circuit shall have optical isolation to protect the equipment against high voltage transients. CompactLogix - 1769 -OF4CI H. Input/output modules shall be configured for ease of wiring and maintenance. The modules shall be connected to wiring arms which can be disconnected to permit removal of a module without disturbing field wiring. Covers shall be provided to prevent operator personnel from inadvertently touching the terminals. The process interface modules shall be provided with screw -type terminal blocks with barriers between adjacent terminals for connection of field inputs. Terminals shall be suitable for accepting up to and including No. #22... #12 AWG (0.2...4 mm2) wire. Output failure mode shall be selectable so that upon station or communication system failure, all outputs shall be placed in the non - conducting mode or remain as they were prior to failure. Light- emitting diodes shall be provided for status indication for each input and output point. J. Signal and control circuitry to individual input/output boards shall be arranged such that board failure shall not disable more than one half ( %) of the control loops within any group of controlled equipment (e.g., one pump out of a group of three pumps, two pumps out of four, etc.). Where possible, individual control loops and equipment shall be assigned to individual boards such that failure of the board will disable only one (1) loop or piece of equipment. K. External power supplies shall be provided with the PLC as required to meet specified installed I/O power requirements, plus spares. Power supplies shall be modular units, shall be fully redundant and shall alarm to the PLC upon failure. Power supplies shall have a line regulation of 0.05% and meet the environmental and power requirements specified herein. L. Control circuits and signals entering hazardous areas shall be provided with intrinsically safe barriers meeting the requirements of the NEC and UL698. 2.6 STANDARD UNMANAGED ETHERNET SWITCH A. Industrial fiber optic Ethernet switches for use within control panels for communications on the facility SCADA network. Refer to the design drawings for specific instances of utilization. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT Instrumentation & Control - SCADA Hardware 0992 -0222 13120 -5 B. The switch shall be a combination fiber optic/copper Ethernet network unit. C. The switch shall include eight (8) twisted pair RJ-45 ports with 10/100 MBps auto - negotiation capability. D. The unit shall include four (4) 1300 nm multimode ST fiber optic ports. E. Switches shall use 24 VDC power with redundant power terminals available. F. Unit shall be: N -Tron, model 112FX4 -ST. 2.7 OPERATOR INTERFACE A. Operator Interface shall be 15" viewable touchscreen HMI screen. B. Base- configured terminal available with display and logic modules C. Optimized for Logix control architectures and supports PLC -based and SLCTm- based systems D. Supports real -time monitoring of your terminals through a web browser E. RS-232 and Ethernet networks available through built -in communication ports F. Two USB ports G. Unit shall be: Allen - Bradley, PanelView Plus 1500. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 REQUIREMENTS: 1. Fiber optic cables shall be installed in one section without splicing from one designated termination point to the next. 2. The installed cable shall be terminated on all fibers. Fibers shall be tested individually with all strands providing full light transmission. If any fiber within the cable fails the testing criteria, the entire cable shall be replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. 3. Cables shall be tested under actual loading conditions using a light source and calibrated digital power meter. The Power Budget of the fiber with connectors shall be calculated and compared to actual measurements. Any significant visual defect or power loss in excess of 2 dB shall be cause for a failed test. 4. A written report shall be prepared for each fiber test, troubleshooting or maintenance event. The report shall identify the fiber serviced or tested, City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT Instrumentation 8 Control - SCADA Hardware 0992 -0222 13120 -6 define the procedure, describe the results of the testing including comparison to the calculated Power Budget and provide conclusions. The report shall be submitted to the Engineer for review. 5. In addition to the requirements specified in this section, refer to Section 13100 - Instrumentation and Controls, General Requirements. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT Instrumentation & Control - SCADA Hardware 0992 -0222 13120 -7 SECTION 16010 - GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals shown, specified, and required to complete the electrical Work. 2. Demolition: Responsibility for electrical demolition is indicated in Section 01010 Summary of Work. 3. Utility Companies: DUKE POWER a. Electric Utility Company: Perform the Work in connection with the electric service and utility metering in accordance with requirements of FPL. B. Coordination: 1. Review installation procedures and schedules under other contracts and coordinate with other contractors the installation of electrical items to be installed with or within formwork, walls, partitions, ceilings, and panels constructed by other contractors. a. Furnish as required to other contractors detailed drawings or sketches of the locations of conduits and other built -in items. b. Coordinate with other contractors regarding progress of construction where conduits and built -in items are will be installed. Install conduits and built -in items in manner that does not delay work of other contractors. 2. Coordination and Intent of Electrical Drawings: a. Dimensions on Drawings related to equipment are based on equipment of certain manufacturers. Verify the dimensions of equipment furnished to space available at the Site and allocated to the equipment. b. Drawings show the principal elements of the electrical Work, and are not intended as detailed working drawings for the electrical Work. Drawings supplement and complement the Specifications and other Contract Documents relative to principal features of electrical systems. c. Equipment and devices provided under this Contract shall be properly connected and interconnected with other equipment and devices for City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements General Provisions for Electrical 14-0024-UT 16010 -1 00992 -0222 1 successful operation of complete systems, whether or not all connections and interconnections are specifically mentioned or shown in the Contract Documents. d. Drawings are provided for CONTRACTOR'S guidance in fulfilling the intent of the Contract Documents CONTRACTOR shall comply with Laws and Regulations, including safety and electrical codes, and provide materials, equipment, appurtenances, and specialty items necessary for complete and operable systems. 3. Obtain from OWNER record drawings required to execute the Work. 4. Field Coordination: a. Provide materials, equipment, and services to interface with existing circuits. Field- verify system and equipment requirements prior to modifying existing systems. b. Coordinate the interface of equipment with OWNER'S personnel and field conditions. c. Field- compare existing starter and panel control circuit terminations from record documents with existing circuits. d. Field -trace existing circuits as required to interface the equipment provided. e. Field- identify terminations for starters and panel controls for follow function for re- connection. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 02050 Demolition. 2. Section 05500 Metal Fabrications 3. Section 09900 Painting. 4. Section 02220 Excavation 5. Section 13330 Instrumentation and Controls General Requirements. D. Work Included in This Contract but Specified Elsewhere: 1. Concrete for pads, manholes, ductbanks, and conduit encasement shall comply with Section 03300 Cast in Place Concrete. 2. Anchorage systems shall comply with Section 05500 Metal Fabrications City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements General Provisions for Electrical 14- 0024-UT 16010 -2 00992 -0222 3. Shop painting and surface preparation shall comply with Section 09900, Painting, unless otherwise specified. 4. Excavation and filling associated with buried electrical Work shall comply with Section 02220 Excavation. E. Area Classifications: 1. Materials, equipment, and incidentals shall be suitable for the area classification(s) shown, specified, and required. 2. Wet Locations: Comply with NEC and NEMA requirements for wet locations. Enclosures in wet locations shall comply with NEMA 4 unless specified otherwise. 3. Corrosive Locations: Comply with NEC and NEMA requirements for corrosive locations. Enclosures in corrosive locations shall conform to NEMA 4X requirements unless specified otherwise. 4. Hazardous Locations: Comply with NEC requirements for the Class and Division designated. 5. Dusty Locations: Indoor areas not designated as hazardous, corrosive, or wet are dusty locations. Comply with NEC and NEMA 12 requirements unless specified otherwise. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Electrical Subcontractor: 2. a. Electrical Subcontractor shall have not less than five years of experience installing electrical systems of the types required for the Project. b. Electrical Subcontractor shall possess a valid electricians' and contractors' license in the jurisdiction where the Site is located. c. Submit the following information for not less than three successful, completed projects: project name and location; year completed; name and contact information for: prime contractor for whom electrical Subcontractor worked, project owner, and project engineer or architect, including addresses and telephone numbers. 2. Wiring Coordinator: (May be performed by Contractor) a. Retain services of a wiring coordinator who shall prepare complete point - to -point interconnection wiring diagrams. Diagrams shall identify all external interconnecting wiring associated with new or modified existing equipment. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements General Provisions for Electrical 14- 0024 -UT 16010 -3 00992 -0222 b. Qualifications: Wiring coordinator shall be experienced in developing diagrams of the type required and shall have served in a similar wiring coordinator role on a completed project of similar size and complexity to the Project. 1) Submit qualifications and approach for the Project not later than the pre - submittal conference required in Section 13300, Instrumentation and Controls General Requirements. 2) Submit to ENGINEER the items indicated below not less than three weeks prior to the pre - submittal conference required in Section 13300, Instrumentation and Controls General Requirements. a) List of projects where the wiring coordinator developed point -to- point wiring diagrams. b) Samples of diagrams developed for the listed projects. c) Example wiring diagram proposed for the Project with a preliminary list of drawings to be produced. d) Plan of how information will be obtained and documented. c. Responsibilities: 1) Develop diagrams for performing the Work and to document terminations. Prepare diagrams in accordance with this Section and the example wiring diagram accepted by ENGINEER. Diagrams are in addition to loop diagrams required in Section 13300, Instrumentation and Controls General Requirements. 2) Use information obtained from approved Shop Drawings and approved CONTRACTOR'S other submittals, record drawings, and field inspections as required to complete the diagrams. 3) Attend pre - submittal conference required under Section 13300, Instrumentation and Controls General Requirements., and periodic coordination and progress meetings required in Section 01005 General Requirements; Section 01200, Progress Meetings; and Section 13300, Instrumentation and Controls General Requirements. B. Component Supply and Compatibility: 1. Materials and equipment similar to each other shall be from the same manufacturer for uniformity. C. Regulatory Requirements: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements General Provisions for Electrical 14- 0024-UT 16010 -4 00992 -0222 1. Permits: Refer to the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and other parts of the Contract Documents for responsibilities relative to obtaining and paying for permits, licenses, and inspection fees. 2. Codes: Refer to Section 01090 References, for indication of applicable codes. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: 1. To the extent practical, submit Shop Drawings and other CONTRACTOR submittals for each Specification Section into the smallest number of submittals possible. Do not furnish partial submittals. Submittal Sections to be bond and tabbed with clearly marked labels. Provide table of contents. All cut sheets to clearly indicate what is being provided. Non - compliance will be grounds for rejection. 2. Review of equipment submittals does not relieve CONTRACTOR of responsibility for providing complete and successfully operating systems. 3. Like submittal documents are to bond in three ring binders with tabs separating various pieces of equipment. If possible submit all electrical items together by vendor. All component items submitted, shall be clearly marked with a red arrow. Provide Bill of Materials for systems having multiple components. NOT PERFORMING THE ABOVE WILL BE GROUNDS FOR SUBMITTAL REJECTION. B. Action Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Wiring diagrams and drawings indicating all connections to components and numbered terminals for extemal connections. (Refer to A.2 above) b. Dimensioned plan, section, elevations, and panel layouts showing means for mounting, conduit connection, and grounding. c. List of components including manufacturer's name and catalog number (or part number) for each. 2. Product Data: a. Manufacturer's name and product designation or catalog number. b. Electrical ratings. c. Manufacturer's technical data and specifications. d. Manufacturer's indication of compliance with applicable reference standards. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements General Provisions for Electrical 14-0024-UT 16010 -5 00992 -0222 e. Painting and coating systems proposed. 3. Test Procedures: Proposed testing procedures and testing limitations for source quality control testing and field quality control testing. C. Informational Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Manufacturer's Instructions: a. Installation data and instructions. b. Instructions for handling, starting -up, and troubleshooting. 2. Source Quality Control Submittals: Results for required shop testing. 3. Field Quality Control Submittals: Results for required field testing. 4. Qualifications: a. Electrical Subcontractor. b. Wiring coordinator, including information required of wiring coordinator in Paragraph 1.2.A of this Section. D. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Record Documentation: a. System Record Drawings: Include the following: 1) One -line wiring diagram of the electrical distribution system. 2) Actual, in -place conduit and cable layouts with schedule of conduit sizes and number, and size of conductors. 3) Layouts of the power and lighting arrangements and the grounding system. 4) Control schematic diagrams, with terminal numbers and control devices identified, for all equipment. b. Point -to -Point Interconnection Wiring Diagram Drawings: Include the following: 1) External wiring for each piece of equipment, panel, instrument, and other devices and wiring to control stations, lighting panels, and motor controllers. 2) Numbered terminal block identification for each wire termination. 3) Identification of the assigned wire numbers for all interconnections. 4) Identification of wiring by the conduit tag in which the wire is installed. 5) Terminal, junction, and pull boxes through which wiring is routed. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements General Provisions for Electrical 14- 0024-UT 16010 -6 00992 -0222 6) Identification of equipment and the submittal transmittal number for equipment from which wiring requirements and termination information was obtained. c. Record documents shall indicate final equipment and field installation information. PART 2 — PRODUCTS A. Performance Criteria: 1. Electrical equipment shall be capable of operating successfully at full -rated Toad, without failure, with ambient outside air temperature of 0 degrees F to 110 degrees F and an elevation of 500 feet above mean sea level. 2. Unless specified otherwise, electrical equipment shall have ratings based on 75 degrees C terminations. B. Testing Laboratory Labels: Electrical material and equipment shall bear the label of Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. or other nationally recognized, independent testing laboratory, where standards have been established and label service applies. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine conditions under which Work will be performed and notify ENGINEER in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the Work. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Install materials and equipment in accordance with the Contract Documents, Laws and Regulations, approved (and accepted, as applicable) Shop Drawings and other CONTRACTOR submittals, and manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Provide tools and equipment required to trace circuits necessary for proper execution of the Work. 3. Define and identify all wiring, circuit terminations, and equipment to be modified to ensure proper interface of components. The Contract Price includes all costs associated with field services specified for a complete and functional system. B. Staging, Sequencing, and Coordination with Existing Facilities: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements General Provisions for Electrical 14-0024-UT 16010-7 00992 -0222 1. Schedule, sequence, and install materials and equipment in accordance with Section 01005 General Requirements, 01015 Control of Work and 01030 Special Project Procedures. 2. Perform the Work in a manner that will not interfere with the existing equipment and facilities or cause interruption of the functions of the Site, unless specified otherwise or otherwise allowed by OWNER. 3. When operation of existing facilities and Site is disrupted due to CONTRACTOR'S operations, comply with Section 01005 General Requirements, 01015 Control of Work and 01030 Special Project Procedures unless otherwise allowed by OWNER. 4. Where the Work ties in with existing installations, take precautions and provide safeguards in connecting the Work to existing operating circuits to prevent interruption to existing circuits. Connection of Work to existing circuits shall be performed in the presence of OWNER and ENGINEER. 5. Interruptions of existing circuits, not addressed Section 01005 General Requirements, 01015 Control of Work; 01030 Special Project Procedures, shall be coordinated with the OWNER who will determine the length of time a circuit may be de- energized to maintain the OWNER'S processes in dependable and safe operation. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Quality Control — General: 1. Perform field quality control for electrical Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Site Tests: 1. Prior to requesting certificate of Substantial Completion, demonstrate to ENGINEER that electrical systems and electrically- operated equipment installed or modified under the Contract operates in accordance with the Contract Documents and operates as required 2. Perform the following operational tests on electrical systems: a. Operate power circuits to verify proper operation and connection to electrical systems materials and equipment, including mechanical key - interlocks for circuit breakers. b. Remove and re -apply power supply to automatic transfer equipment to verify operation. Activate standby power systems to verify their automatic start-up, proper de- energization, and cool down upon resumption of normal power supply. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements General Provisions for Electrical 14-0024-UT 16010 -8 00992 -0222 c. Operate control circuits, including pushbuttons, indicating lights, and similar devices, to verify proper connection and function. Operate all devices, such as pressure switches, flow switches, and similar devices, to verify that shutdowns and control sequences operate as required. d. Operate lighting systems and receptacle devices to verify proper operation and connections. 3. Prepare and submit report on the equipment demonstration and operating field quality control tests. Report shall include complete information on the tests performed and results. C. Manufacturer's Services: 1. Furnish at the Site qualified, factory- trained representative(s) of equipment manufacturers for the services indicated in the Contract Documents. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements General Provisions for Electrical 14-0024-UT 16010 -9 00992 -0222 SECTION 16070 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals as shown, specified, and required to furnish and install hangers and supports for electrical systems. 2. Area Classifications: Materials shall by suitable for the area classification(s) shown or indicated on the Drawings, and specified in Section 26 05 05, General Provisions for Electrical Systems. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 05050, Metal Fastenings. 2. Section 16010, General Provisions for Electrical Systems. 3. Section 16111, Rigid Conduits. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Standards referenced in this section are: 1. ASTM A123/A123M, Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 2. ASTM A1011/A1011M, Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot - Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High- Strength Low - Alloy, High- Strength Low - Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra -High Strength. 3. ASTM E84, Test Method For Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer shall have minimum 10 years experience in municipal water facilities with their products. B. Manufacturer responcible for coordinating with Contractor avoiding disimular materials use to avoid coorsion. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Shop Drawings: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Hangers 8 Supports for Electrical 14- 0024 -UT 16070 -1 00992 -0222 1 a. Detailed installation drawings showing dimensions and compatibility with proposed layout. 2. Product Data: a. Manufacturer's name, product designation, and catalog number of each material item proposed for use. b. Manufacturer's specifications including material, dimensional and weight data, and load capacity for each supporting system component proposed for use. c. Pictorial views and corresponding identifying text of each component proposed for installation. d. Documentation that confirms product compatibility with Laws and Regulations. B. Informational Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Certifications: a. Submit certifications required under this Section. 2. Manufacturer's Instructions: a. Manufacturer's installation instructions, including recommended tightening torque values for all nuts and bolts. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: 1. B -Line. 2. Kindorf. 3. Unistrut 4. Or equal. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Strut, Fittings, and Accessories: 1. General a. Unless otherwise shown or indicated, strut shall be 1 -5/8 inches by 1 -5/8 inches. Double struts shall be two pieces of the same strut, welded back -to -back at the factory. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Hangers & Supports for Electrical 14- 0024-UT 16070 -2 00992 -0222 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 b. Attachment holes, when required, shall be factory- punched on hole centers approximately equal to the cross - sectional width and shall be 9/16 -inch diameter. c. Fittings, braces, brackets, hardware, and accessories shall be Type 316 stainless steel. d. Strut nuts shall be spring captured Type 316 stainless steel. e. Square and round washers shall be Type 316 stainless steel. 2. Strut materials shall be suitable for area classifications indicated in Section 26 05 05, General Provisions for Electrical Systems, and shown or indicated on the Drawings. a. Dusty Locations: 1) Strut shall be 12 -gage carbon steel, hot -dip galvanized after fabrication, complying with ASTM A123/A123M. b. Wet Locations: 1) Strut shall be 12 -gage aluminum (Alloy 6063 -T6). c. Corrosive Locations: 1) Strut shall be 12 -gage Type 316 stainless steel. B. Hanger Rods: 1. Material: a. Dry Locations: All-thread, zinc - coated b. Wet, Corrosive, or Hazardous Areas: Stainless steel. 2. Size: Not less than 3/8 -inch diameter, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or specified. C. Beam Clamps for Attaching Threaded Rods or Bolts to Beam Flanges for Hanging Struts or Conduit Hangers: 1. Beam clamps shall be stainless steel equipped with stainless steel square -head set screw, and shall include threaded hole sized for attaching the all- thread rod or threaded bolt. D. Miscellaneous Hardware: 1. Bolts, screws, and washers shall be stainless steel. 2. Hex Nuts: Shall be stainless steel and include nylon inserts. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Hangers & Supports for Electrical 14-0024 -UT 16070 -3 00992 -0222 A. Examine conditions under which the Work will be installed and notify ENGINEER in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the Work. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Provide hangers and supports for electrical systems with necessary channels, fittings, brackets, and related hardware for mounting and supporting materials and equipment. Provide anchor systems, concrete inserts, and associated hardware for proper support of electrical systems. B. Install equipment and devices on hangers and supports as shown on the Drawings, as specified, and as required. C. Install hangers and supports level, true, free of rack, and parallel and perpendicular to building walls and floors, so that the hangers and supports are installed in a neat, professional, workmanlike manner. D. Holes in suspended ceilings for rods for hangers and supports and other equipment shall be provided adjacent to bars, where possible, to facilitate removal of ceiling panels. E. Coordinate installation of hangers and supports with equipment, cabinets, consoles, panels, enclosures, boxes, conduit, cable tray, wireway, busway, cablebus, piping, ductwork, lighting fixtures, and other systems and equipment. Locate hangers and supports clear of interferences and access ways. F. Anchor Bolts, Expansion Anchors, and Concrete Inserts: Shall be in accordance with Section 05 05 33, Anchor Systems, and requirements of this Section. G. Mounting of Conduit: 1. Provide space of not less than 1/4 -inch between conduit surfaces and abutting or near surfaces except struts, cable trays, steel beams, and columns. 2. Fasten conduit to struts, cable trays, steel beams, and columns using specified clamps and straps as shown, specified, and required. 3. Devices shall be compatible with size of conduit and type of support. Following installation, size identification shall be visible and legible. 4. Install conduit supports and fasteners in accordance with Section, 26 05 33.13, Rigid Conduits. H. Supports for Cabinets, Consoles, Panels, Enclosures, and Boxes: 1. Freestanding: Unless otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings, provide supports for floor- mounted equipment, cabinets, consoles, panels, enclosures, and boxes. Such supports shall be 3.5 -inch high City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Hangers & Supports for Electrical 14-0024-UT 16070 -4 00992 -0222 concrete equipment base with a 45 degree chamfered edge. Base shall extend two inches beyond outside dimensions of equipment on all sides. 2. Wall- Mounted: a. Provide space not Tess than 1/4 -inch between cabinets, consoles, panels, enclosures, and boxes and the surface on which each is mounted. Provide non - metallic or stainless steel spacers as required. b. Do not mount equipment, enclosures, panels, and boxes directly to beams or columns. Mount struts to beams or columns using beam clamps, and mount equipment, enclosures, panels, and boxes to the struts. 3. Floor Stand Rack: a. Where equipment, cabinets, consoles, panels, enclosures, and boxes cannot be wall- mounted, provide an independent floor stand rack. b. Floor stand rack shall consist of struts, plates, brackets, connection fittings, braces, accessories, and hardware assembled in a rigid framework suitable for mounting of intended materials and equipment. c. Equip floor stand racks with brackets and bases for rigidly - mounting the framework to the ceiling or floor, as applicable; or equip floor stand racks with beam clamps, angle plates, washers, and bolts for fastening to beam flanges, as applicable. d. When equipment, cabinets, consoles, panels, enclosures, and boxes weigh more than 100 pounds: 1) Main vertical supports of floor stand rack assemblies shall be back -to -back struts. 2) Bracing, clamping and anchoring of each floor stand rack shall be sufficient to ensure rigidity of the floor stand rack with the intended equipment, enclosures, conduit, cable tray, busway, cablebus, and wireway installed. Floor stand racks shall not be deflected more than 1/8 -inch by a 100 - pound force applied at any point on the floor stand rack in any direction. Drilling into beams or columns is not allowed unless authorized by ENGINEER. J. Tighten nuts and bolts to the manufacturer's recommended torque values. K. Field Cutting: 1. Cut edges of strut and hanger rod shall have rounded corners, edges beveled, and burrs removed. If field cutting the strut is required, use clean, sharp, dedicated tools. Remove oil, shavings, and other residue of cuttings prior to installation. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Hangers 8, Supports for Electrical 14-0024-UT 16070 -5 00992 -0222 END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Hangers & Supports for Electrical 14-0024-UT 16070 -6 00992 -0222 SECTION 16075 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals shown, specified, and required to furnish and install identification for electrical apparatus and electrical Work. B. Related Sections: 1. 16120 Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the following: 1. NEC Article 110, Requirements for Electrical Installation. 2. NEC Article 210, Branch Circuits. 3. NEC Article 215, Feeders. 4. NEC Article 504, Intrinsically Safe Systems. 5. NEC Article 700, Emergency Systems. 6. NEC Article 701, Legally Required Standby Systems. 7. NEC Article 702, Optional Standby Systems. 8. 40 CFR 1910.145 (OSHA) — Specification for Accident Prevention Signs and Tags. 9. NFPA 70E, Electrical Safety in the Workplace. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Shop Drawings: Submit the following: a. Complete description and listing of proposed electrical identification and electrical identification devices for associated equipment or systems. b. Conduit and wire identification numbering system and equipment signage. 2. Product Data: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Identification for Electrical Systems 14-0024-UT 16075 -1 00992 -0222 a. Manufacturer's literature, cut sheets, specifications, dimensions and technical data for all products proposed under this Section. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Engraved Identification Devices (Nameplates and Legend Plates): 1. Nameplates: a. Laminated thermoset plastic, 1/16 -inch thick, engraved condensed block black lettering on white background, square comers, and beveled front edges, or match existing. b. Size: As required. c. Letter Size: Minimum 3/16 -inch. d. Nameplates one -inch or less in height shall have one mounting hole at each end. Nameplates greater than one -inch in height shall have mounting holes in the four corners. 2. Legend Plates: a. Legend plates for pushbuttons, pilot lights, selector switches, and other panel- mounted devices shall be large size with dimensions of approximately 2 -7/16 inches wide by 2 -13/32 inches tall (Allen Bradley large automotive size), plastic, custom engraved with black letters on white background. 1) Provide standard -size legend plates where devices are mounted on motor control centers and spacing of devices precludes using automotive -size legend plates. b. Lettering size and line weight shall be the same for all legend plates on the same panel or enclosure. Maximum size shall be 1/4 -inch and minimum size shall be 1/8 -inch. B. Safety Signs and Voltage Markers: 1. Provide high voltage signs for equipment operating over 600 volts. 2. High - Voltage Safety Signs for Outdoor Applications: a. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: 1) B- 120 -45471 by Brady. 2) Or approved equal. b. Unless otherwise shown or indicated, high voltage safety signs shall be not less than 10 inches high by 14 inches wide, of fiberglass reinforced plastic, and shall comply with 40 CFR 1910.145. Signs shall resist fading from exposure to temperature extremes, ultraviolet City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Identification for Electrical Systems 14-0024-UT 16075 -2 00992 -0222 Tight, abrasive, and corrosive environments, and shall read, "DANGER — HIGH VOLTAGE — KEEP OUT" c. Mounting hardware shall be Type 316 stainless steel. 3. High - Voltage Safety Signs for Indoor Applications: a. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: 1) B- 302 -84084 by Brady. 2) Or approved equal. b. High voltage safety signs for installation on indoor equipment shall be either pressure- sensitive acrylic or vinyl, and shall be not Tess than 10 inches high by 14 inches wide, shall comply with 40 CFR 1910.145, and shall read, "DANGER — HIGH VOLTAGE — KEEP OUT ". 4. Cable Tray Safety Signs: a. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: 1) B- 302 -86139 by Brady. 2) Or approved equal. b. Cable tray safety signs shall be pressure- sensitive vinyl conforming to 40 CFR 1910.145, 5 inches by 3.5 inches in size, and shall read, "DANGER — HIGH VOLTAGE" 5. Low - Voltage Safety Signs: a. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: 1) B- 302 -86060 by Brady. 2) Or approved equal. b. Low voltage safety signs shall be pressure- sensitive vinyl complying with 40 CFR 1910.145, five inches by 3.5 inches in size, and shall read, "DANGER — 480 VOLTS ". 6. Low - Voltage Markers: a. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: 1) CV442xx by Brady. 2) Or approved equal. b. Low voltage markers shall be either pressure- sensitive vinyl or vinyl cloth with black lettering on orange background and shall read, "120 VOLTS ", "208 VOLTS ", "120/208 VOLTS ", or "240 VOLTS" as required. C. Arc -flash Safety Signs: 1. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: a. Brady. b. Or approved equal. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Identification for Electrical Systems 14-0024-UT 16075 -3 00992 -0222 2. Warning signs shall be adhesive - backed polyester. 3. Warning signs shall read, "Warning — Arc Flash and Shock Hazard. Appropriate PPE Required. Arc flash warning signs shall indicate the flash protection boundary, incident energy in calories per square centimeter, hazard level, description of required protective clothing, shock hazard, limited approach boundary, restricted approach boundary, prohibited approach boundary, and equipment name. D. Voltage System Identification Directories: 1. General: a. Directories shall be laminated thermoset plastic, 1/16 -inch thick, engraved block black letters on white background, square corners, and beveled front edges. b. Directories shall identify all voltage systems within building or structure. c. Directories shall list the colors that identify ungrounded and grounded conductors of each system. d. Colors shall be in accordance with Section 16120, Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables. Example Directory Text: Voltage System Identification System A, B, C Neutral 277/480 Brown, Orange, Yellow Gray 120/208 Black, Blue, Red White 2. Large directories for rooms shall have text height not Tess than 1/2 -inch. 3. Small directories for equipment shall have text height of not less than 1/4- inch. E. Conduit Labels: 1. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: a. B -915 -xxxxx by Brady. b. Or approved equal. 2. Shall be pre- tensioned acrylic/vinyl construction coiled to completely encircle conduit for conduit up through five -inch diameter, or pre - molded to conform to circumference of conduit six -inch diameter and larger. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Identification for Electrical Systems 14-0024-UT 16075 -4 00992 -0222 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3. Attach strap -on style for six -inch diameter conduit with stainless steel springs. 4. Shall be blank for use with custom printed labels. 5. Custom Labels: a. Shall have black lettering on yellow background. b. Shall not contain abbreviations in legend. c. Shall be custom printed on continuous tape with permanent adhesive using thermal printer specified below. F. Wire Identification: 1. Heat Shrinkable Wire and Cable Labeling System: a. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: 1) B -341 PS- xx(-2W by Brady. 2) Or approved equal. b. White heat - shrinkable irradiated polyolefin shrink -on sleeves. Labels shall be thermal printed. Labels shall be not less than two inches wide. 2. Wrap- Around Wre and Cable Labeling System: a. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: 1) THT- XX-427 by Brady. 2) Or approved equal. b. Self- laminating white /transparent self extinguishing vinyl strips. Length shall be sufficient to provide at least 2.5 wraps. Labels shall be thermally printed and not less than two inches wide. G. Detectable Underground Warning Tape: 1. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: a. Indentoline by Brady. b. Or approved equal. 2. Material: Polyethylene or polyester with detectable metal core and polyester underlaminate. 3. Width: Two inches. 4. Color and Labeling: Yellow or red with permanently imprinted black letters: "CAUTION — Buried Electric Line ", repeated continuously over full length of tape. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Identification for Electrical Systems 14-0024-UT 16075 -5 00992 -0222 H. Thermal Printing System: 1. Utilize thermal transfer process to provide non - smearing labels and markers. 2. Wire and Cable Markers: a. Portable, Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: 1) TLS2200 by Brady. 2) Or approved equal. b. Desktop, Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: 1) 200M by Brady. 2) Or approved equal. 3. Cable Markers: a. Portable, Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: 1) Handimark by Brady. 2) Or approved equal. b. Desktop, Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: 1) Labelizer PLUS by Brady. 2) Or approved equal. 2.2 FABRICATION A. Engraved Identification Devices (Nameplates and Legend Plates): 1. Nameplate and legend plate text is preliminary and subject to change pending final review and approval of nomenclature by ENGINEER after start-up and testing. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Provide electrical identification in accordance with manufacturer recommendations and as required for proper identification of equipment and materials. B. Engraved Identification Devices (Nameplates and Legend Plates): 1. Unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, attach permanent nameplates with permanent adhesive and with 3/16 -inch diameter, round head, stainless steel machine screws into drilled and tapped holes. 2. Provide nameplate with 1.5 -inch high letters to identify each console, cabinet, panel, or enclosure as shown or indicated. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Identification for Electrical Systems 14-0024-UT 16075 -6 00992 -0222 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3. Provide nameplates for field- mounted motor starters, disconnect switches, manual starter switches, pushbutton stations, and similar equipment operating components, which shall describe motor or equipment function and circuit number. 4. Provide nameplates with 1/2 -inch high letters to identify each junction and terminal box shown or indicated. 5. On switchgear, provide nameplates for each main and feeder circuit including control fuses, and for each indicating light and instrument. a. Provide nameplate with 1.5 -inch high letters giving switchgear designation, voltage rating, ampere rating, short circuit rating, manufacturer's name, general order number, and item number. b. Identify individual door for each compartment with nameplate giving item designation and circuit number. 6. Motor Control Centers: a. Provide nameplate with 1.5 -inch letters with motor control center designation. b. Identify individual door for each unit compartment with nameplate identifying controlled equipment. 7. Except conduit, all electrical appurtenances including lighting panels, convenience outlets, fixtures, and lighting switches, shall be provided with nameplates indicating appropriate circuit breaker number(s). 8. Push Buttons: a. Provide legend plates for identification of functions. b. Provide nameplates for identification of controlled equipment. c. Provide red buttons for stop function. d. Provide black buttons for other functions. 9. Pilot Lights: a. Provide legend plates for identification of functions. b. Provide nameplates for identification of controlled equipment. c. Shall have lens colors as shown or indicated. Where no color is indicated, provide the following lens colors: Color Legend Green Running, Open Red Stopped, Closed Amber Alarm Blue Power White Status 10. Selector Switches: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Identification for Electrical Systems 14- 0024-UT 16075 -7 00992 -0222 a. Provide legend plates for identification of functions. b. Provide nameplates for identification of controlled equipment. 11. Panel Mounted Instruments: a. Provide nameplates for identification of function. 12. Interiors of Cabinets, Consoles, Panels, Terminal Boxes, and Other Enclosures: a. Provide nameplates for identification. b. Provide each item inside cabinet, console, panel, terminal box, or enclosure with laminated plastic nameplate as shown on approved Shop Drawings and CONTRACTOR "s other submittals. Install nameplates with adhesive. c. Interior items requiring nameplates include: 1) Terminal blocks and strips. 2) Bus bars. 3) Relays. 4) Rear of face - mounted items. 5) Rear of door - mounted items. 6) Interior mounted items that require identification when mounted externally. d. Circuit Breaker Directory: 1) Provide engraved laminated plastic directory listing function and load controlled for each circuit breaker within panel used for power distribution. 13. Re -label existing equipment whose designation have changed. C. Safety Signs and Voltage Markers: 1. Provide safety signs and voltage markers on and around electrical equipment as shown or indicated. a. Install rigid safety signs using stainless steel fasteners. b. Clean surfaces before applying pressure - sensitive signs and markers. 2. Install high voltage safety signs on all equipment doors providing access to uninsulated conductors, including terminal devices, greater than 600 volts. 3. Provide cable tray safety signs on both sides of cable trays at maximum intervals of 20 feet. Install signs on side rails of tray as acceptable to ENGINEER. a. Label cable trays that contain conductors greater than 600 volts with cable tray safety signs. b. Cable trays that contain conductors greater than 208 volts and less than 600 volts shall be labeled with low voltage safety signs. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Identification for Electrical Systems 14- 0024 -UT 16075 -8 00992 -0222 c. Cable trays that contain conductors of 120/208 volts shall be labeled with low voltage markers. d. Do not label cable trays that contain only instrument signal cables. e. Label cable trays that contain intrinsically safe wiring or cables in accordance with NEC Article 504. 4. Install low voltage safety signs on equipment doors that provide access to uninsulated 480 -volt conductors, including terminal devices. Install low voltage markers on each terminal box, safety disconnect switch, and panelboard installed, modified, or relocated as part of the Work and containing 120/208 volt conductors. D. Voltage System Identification Directories 1. Provide voltage system identification directories as required by NEC Article 210 and NEC Article 215. 2. Provide in each electrical room voltage system identification directory mounted on wall or door at each entrance to room. 3. For panelboards, switchboards, motor control centers, and other branch circuit or feeder distribution equipment that are not located in electrical rooms, provide voltage system identification directory mounted on equipment. a. Directories shall be affixed using epoxy glue. Screws or bolts shall not penetrate equipment enclosures. b. Directories shall be readily visible and not obscure labels and other markings on equipment. E. Arc -flash Safety Signs: 1. Provide arc -flash safety signs as required by NEC Article 110. 2. Provide signs for switchboards, panelboards, motor control centers, and industrial control panels. Provide signs for control panels that contain 480 volt equipment. Provide arc flash warning signs on other equipment where the incident energy is greater than 1.2 calories per square centimeter. F. Conduit Labels: 1. Provide conduits with conduit labels unless otherwise shown or indicated. 2. Do not label flexible conduit. 3. Do not label exposed single conduit runs of Tess than 25 feet between local disconnect switches and their associated equipment. 4. Conduit labels shall indicate the following information: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Identification for Electrical Systems 14-0024-UT 16075 -9 00992 -0222 a. Contract Number: Alphanumeric, three or four digits, as applicable. b. Conduit Number: Alphanumeric as shown on the Drawings, as assigned by CONTRACTOR for unlabelled conduits, and in accordance with approved submittals. 5. Conduits that contain intrinsically safe wiring shall have an additional pipe marker provided that has blue letters on white background and reads, "INTRINSICALLY SAFE WIRING ". a. Install intrinsically safe pipe markers in accordance with NEC Article 504 along entire installation. Spacing between labels shall not exceed 25 feet. 6. Provide conduit labels at the following locations: a. Where each conduit enters and exits walls, ceilings, floors, or slabs. b. Where conduit enters or exits boxes, cabinets, consoles, panels, or enclosures, except pull boxes and conduit bodies used for pull boxes. c. At maximum intervals of 50 feet along length of conduit. 7. Orient conduit labels to be readable. G. Wire and Cable Identification: 1. Color- coding of insulated conductors shall comply with Section 16120, Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables. 2. Use heat - shrinkable wire labels where wire or cable is terminated. Use wrap - around labels where wire or cable is to be labeled but is not terminated. 3. Do not provide labels for the following: a. Bare (uninsulated) conductors, unless otherwise shown or indicated as labeled. 4. Provide wire and cable labels for the following: a. New, rerouted, or revised wire or cable. b. Insulated conductors. d. Wire and cable terminations: 1) Wire labels shall be applied between 1/2 -inch and one inch of completed termination 2) Apply cable labels between 1/2 -inch and one inch of cable breakout into individual conductors. a) Label individual conductors in a cable after breakout as specified for wires. e. Wire or cable exiting cabinets, consoles, panels, terminal boxes, and enclosures. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Identification for Electrical Systems 14-0024-UT 16075 -10 00992 -0222 1) Label wires or cables within two inches of entrance to conduit. f. Wire or cable in junction boxes and pull boxes 1) Label wires or cables within two inches of entrance to conduit. g. Wire and cable installed in cable tray. 1) Wire and cable shall have labels at maximum intervals of 20 feet. h. Wire and cable installed without termination in electrical manholes. 1) Wire and cable shall have wrap- around labels applied within one foot of exiting manhole. 5. Wire and Cable Identification System: a. Wire and cable labels shall be imprinted with an identifying designator. 1) Wire and cable extending between two devices or items and that does not undergo a change of function shall be identified by a single unique designator as specified below. b. Field Wiring: 1) Wire or cable designator shall consist of: a) Three left -most characters shall consist of the Contract number under which wiring or cable was installed. b) Fourth character from the left shall be an asterisk ( *), a plus sign ( +) or a hyphen ( -). Do not use other punctuation symbols in a wire designator. c) Remaining characters shall be alphanumeric and make wire designator unique. d) Numbering shall reflect actual designations used in the Work and shall be documented in record documents. c. Cabinet, Console, Panel, and Enclosure Wiring, Internal: 1) New Cabinets, Consoles, Panels, and Enclosures: a) Wire and cable inside cabinets, consoles, panels, and enclosures shall have designators as specified in Section 40 61 13, Process Control Systems General Provisions. 6. Modified Cabinets, Consoles, Panels, and Enclosures: a. New or rerouted wire or cable in existing cabinets, consoles, panels, and enclosures shall be labeled as shown on the Drawings or be assigned a ten - character designator equivalent to field wire designator. H. Terminal Strip Labeling: 1. Label panel side of terminal to match panel wire number. 2. Label field side of terminal to match field wire number. Terminal number shall not include the Contract number. I. Generator System Warning Signs: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Identification for Electrical Systems 14-0024-UT 16075 -11 00992 -0222 1. Provide warning signs for generator systems as required by NEC. 2. Install generator location warning sign on or immediately adjacent to service equipment, or to "normal" source disconnecting means when generator is located out of sight of service equipment or disconnecting means. 3. Install generator grounding warning sign on enclosure or immediately adjacent to point where generator neutral is connected to grounding electrode system if connection is made remote from generator. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Identification for Electrical Systems 14-0024-UT 16075 -12 00992 -0222 SECTION 16111 - RIGID CONDUITS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals shown, specified, and required to furnish and install conduit and fittings to form complete, coordinated and grounded raceway systems. Contract calls for reuse of many existing conduit. However for conduit extensions or new installations provide as specified below. 2. When specific, detailed conduit routings for various systems within buildings and other areas are not be shown on the Drawings, CONTRACTOR shall establish routings based on single -line, riser, and interconnection diagrams and other information on the Drawings. CONTRACTOR shall provide for the proper installation of conduits in each system. 3. Conduit types and the installation methods shall comply with the following, unless otherwise shown or indicated in the Contract Documents: a. Use steel conduit (rigid steel or intermediate metallic) for exposed indoor conduit runs in non - corrosive areas. b. Use PVC - coated rigid steel or aluminum conduit for exposed interior or exterior conduit runs in hazardous, wet, and corrosive locations. c. Use PVC - coated rigid steel conduit for individual conduits direct - buried in the ground. d. Use Schedule 40 PVC and /or PVC Coated Ridged Steel in concrete and steel reinforced duct bank runs. e. Use steel or Schedule 40 PVC conduit for conduit runs embedded in structural concrete slabs. f. Use metallic conduit as described above, for plant monitoring and control systems (PMCS) wiring (Ethernet, Modbus, DeviceNet, Profibus, Fieldbus or Fiber), system or control and data acquisition (SCADA) systems, and communication systems (Telecom and Fire Safety), regardless of the installation. Conduit shall be PVC Rigid in hazardous, wet, and corrosive locations. B. Coordination: 1. Conduit runs shown are diagrammatic. Coordinate conduit installation with piping, ductwork, light fixtures, and other systems and equipment and locate to avoid interferences. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Rigid Conduits 16111 -1 2. For conduits to be embedded in concrete slabs, confirm adequate slab thickness and coordinate location of conduits with placement of reinforcing steel, waterstops, expansion joints, and other features of the concrete slab. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 02220 Excavation, Backfill Fill and Grading for Structures 3. Section 16075 Identification for Electrical Systems. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Standards referenced in this Section are: 1. ANSI C80.1, Standard for Rigid Electrical Steel Conduit (ERSC). 2. ANSI /NEMA FBI, Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit, Electrical Metallic Tubing and Cable. 3. NEMA TC2, Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Conduit. 4. NEMA TC3, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing. 5. NEMA TC14, Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Conduit (RTRC) and Fittings. 6. UL 6, Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit — Steel. 7. UL 514B, Conduit, Tubing, and Cable Fittings. 8. UL 651, Safety Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit and Fittings. 9. UL 886, Outlet Boxes and Fittings for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations. 10. UL 1242, Electrical Intermediate Metal Conduit — Steel. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the following: 1. NEC Article 342, Intermediate Metal Conduit 2. NEC Article 344, Rigid Metal Conduit. 3. NEC Article 352, Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Submit the following: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Rigid Conduits 16111 -2 1. Shop Drawings: a. Assembly details of conduit racks and other conduit support systems. b. Layout drawings showing proposed routing of exposed conduits, conduits embedded in structural concrete, and conduits directly buried in the ground. Shop Drawings shall show locations of pull and junction boxes and penetrations in walls and floors. Shop Drawings of embedded conduits shall include cross - sections showing thickness of concrete slabs and locations of conduits relative to reinforcing steel, waterstops, and other features of the slab. 2. Product Data: a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts and product data for conduit, fittings, and appurtenances. B. Informational Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Manufacturer's Instructions: a. When requested by ENGINEER, provide copies of manufacturer's recommendations for handling and installing products. 2. Site Quality Control Submittals: a. When requested by ENGINEER, provide copies of results of specified Site quality control testing. C. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Record Drawings: a. Show actual routing of exposed and concealed conduit runs in record documents in accordance with Section 01720, Project Record Documents. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Rigid Steel Conduit, Elbows, and Couplings: 1. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: a. Allied Tube and Conduit. b. Wheatland Tube Company. c. Western Tube and Conduit Corporation. d. Or approved equal. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Rigid Conduits 16111.3 2. Material: Rigid, heavy -wall, mild steel, hot -dip galvanized, smooth interior, tapered threads and carefully reamed ends; 3/4 -inch NPS minimum size. B. PVC - coated Rigid Steel Conduit, Elbows, and Couplings: 1. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: a. Robroy Industries. b. Perma -Cote Industries. c. OCAL, Inc. d. Or approved equal. 2. Material: Rigid, heavy -wall, mild steel, hot -dip galvanized, smooth urethane interior coating, tapered threads, carefully reamed ends, 3/4 -inch NPS minimum size with factory exterior coating of 40 -mil thick PVC. 3. Color: Color of coating shall be the same on all conduit and fittings. C. Intermediate Metallic Conduit, Elbows, and Couplings: 1. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: a. Allied Tube and Conduit. b. Wheatland Tube Company. c. Western Tube and Conduit Corp. d. Or approved equal. 2. Material: Rigid -type steel, work- hardened, hot -dip galvanized, smooth interior, tapered threads and carefully reamed ends; 3/4 -inch NPS minimum size. 3. Couplings: Same as for rigid steel conduit. 4. Elbows: Factory formed of same material specification as for intermediate metallic conduit. D. Aluminum Conduit, Elbows, and Couplings: 1. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: a. Allied Tube and Conduit. b. Wheatland Tube Company. c. Or approved equal. 2. Material: Rigid, heavy -wall aluminum, smooth interior, tapered threads and carefully reamed ends; 3/4 -inch NPS minimum size. E. Metallic Conduit Fittings, and Outlet Bodies: 1. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: a. Crouse -Hinds Company. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Rigid Conduits 16111 -4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 b. Appleton Electric Company. c. Or approved equal. 2. Material and Construction: Cast gray iron alloy, cast malleable iron or aluminum bodies and covers consistent with conduit material. Units shall be threaded type with five full threads. Materials shall comply with ANSI /NEMA FBI and be listed by UL. Do not use "LB" fittings. Use type "LBD" fittings where use of fittings is unavoidable. 3. Use: Conduits shall be gasketed and watertight in hazardous, wet, and corrosive locations. F. PVC - coated Conduit Fittings, and Outlet Bodies: 1. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: a. Robroy Industries. b. Perma -Cote Industries. c. OCAL, Inc. d. Or approved equal. 2. Material and Construction: Cast gray iron alloy, cast malleable iron bodies and covers with factory coating of 40 -mil thick PVC and smooth urethane interior coating. Units shall be threaded type with five full threads. Material shall comply with ANSI /NEMA FB1 and be listed by UL. Do not use "LB" fittings. Use type "LBD" fittings where use of fittings is unavoidable. 3. Use: Provide PVC - coated or aluminum conduit fittings and outlet bodies in hazardous, wet, and corrosive locations. Fitting material shall be consistent with conduit material. G. Non - metallic Conduit and Fittings: 1. PVC Plastic Conduit: a. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: 1) Amoco Chemicals Corp. 2) Carlon Electrical Products. 3) Or approved equal. b. Material: Schedule 40 PVC, rated for 90 degrees C, complying with NEMA TC3 and UL 514B and 651. c. Fittings: Form elbows, bodies, terminations, expansions, and fasteners of same material and manufacturer as base conduit. Provide cement by same manufacturer as base conduit. H. Conduit Hubs: 1. Manufacturers: Provide products one of the following. a. Myers Electrical Products Company. b. Or approved equal. 2. Material: Threaded conduit hub, vibration - proof, weatherproof, with captive 0-ring seal, zinc metal with insulated throat and bonding screw. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Rigid Conduits 16111 -5 3. Use: Provide for all conduit terminations to boxes, cabinets, and other enclosures in areas designated as wet locations. I. PVC - coated Conduit Hubs: 1. Manufacturers: Provide products one of the following: a. Robroy Industries. b. Perma -Cote Industries. c. OCAL, Inc. d. Or approved equal. 2. Material: Threaded conduit hub, vibration - proof, weatherproof, with captive 0-ring seal, zinc metal with insulated throat and bonding screw, and factory coating of 40 -mil thick PVC and smooth urethane interior coating. 3. Use: Provide for PVC - coated steel or aluminum conduit terminations to boxes, cabinets, and other enclosures in areas designated as corrosive location. J. Conduit Ground Bushings and Locknuts: 1. Manufacturers: Provide products one of the following: a. 0-Z/Gedney. b. Appleton Electric Company. c. Or approved equal. 2. Insulated Grounding Bushings: Malleable iron body with plastic liner. Threaded type with bronze clamping screw. Provide with bronze grounding lug, as required. 3. Locknuts: Steel for sizes 3/4 -inch through two -inch diameter and malleable iron for sizes 2.5 -inch through four -inch diameter. 4. Use: Provide for all conduit terminations to boxes, cabinets and other enclosures except threaded type in areas designated as dusty locations. K. Thruwall Seals 1. For new construction through exterior subsurface walls and exterior concrete walls. a. Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: 1) Type WSK and WSCS by 0-Z/Gedney. 2) Or approved equal. 2. For new construction passing through concrete floors and floor slabs. a. Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: 1) Type FSK and FSCS floor seals by O- Z/Gedney. 2) Or approved equal. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Rigid Conduits 16111 -6 3. For conduits passing through new exterior masonry block walls or through core - drilled holes in existing exterior subsurface walls, exterior concrete walls, floor slabs ,and roof slabs, and for conduits passing through existing interior concrete walls or floors and interior masonry block walls. a. Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: 1) Type CSMI sealing bushing at the inside of the structure and Type CSMC sealing bushing at the outside of the structure by O- Z/Gedney. 2) Or approved equal. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: To the extent possible, fastener material shall be consistent with conduit material. For PVC - coated rigid steel conduit runs, fasteners shall have factory applied PVC coating or be stainless steel. Fasten raceway systems to supporting structures using the following: 1. To Wood: Wood screws. 2. To Hollow Masonry Units: Toggle bolts, in accordance with Section 05 05 33, Anchor Systems. 3. To Brick Masonry: Expansion bolts by Price, Or approved equal. 4. To Concrete: Anchors in accordance with Section 05 05 33, Anchor Systems. 5. To Steel: Beam clamps in accordance with Section 26 05 29, Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems. B. Duct Sealing Compound 1. Soft, fibrous, slightly tacky, non - hardening sealing compound. 2. Remains workable at all temperatures. 3. Manufacturer: a. Type DUX by 0-Z/Gedney. b. Or approved equal. 2.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Conduit Labels: 1. Provide conduit labels in accordance with Section 26 05 53, Identification for Electrical Systems. B. Warning Tape: 1. Provide warning tape in accordance with Section 26 05 53, Identification for Electrical Systems. PART 3 — EXECUTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Rigid Conduits 16111 -7 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine conditions under which the Work will be performed and notify ENGINEER in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of the Work. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with Laws and Regulations. B. Supports: 1. Rigidly support conduits by clamps, hangers, or Unistrut -type channels. Conduit supports and accessories shall be in accordance with Section 26 05 29, Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems. 2. Support single conduits by means of one -hole pipe clamps in combination with one -screw back plates, to raise conduits from the support surface. Support multiple runs of conduits on trapeze type hangers. C. Fastenings: Fasten raceway systems rigidly and neatly to supporting structures using specified materials. D. Exposed Conduit: 1. Install parallel or perpendicular to structural members or walls. 2. Where possible, run in groups. Provide conduit racks of suitable width, length, and height, arranged to suit field conditions. Provide support every ten feet, minimum. 3. Install on structural members in protected locations. 4. Locate clear of interferences. 5. Provide six inches of clearance from hot fluid lines and 1/4 -inch from walls. 6. Install vertical runs plumb. Unsecured drop length shall not exceed 12 feet. E. Conduit Embedded in Structural Concrete: 1. Run embedded conduit in structural concrete in center of slabs and walls and above waterstops. Conduit connections shall be made watertight. 2. Before placing concrete, arrange for observation of conduit installation by RPR or ENGINEER and make necessary conduit location measurements and provide required information on record documents. 3. Confirm that concrete thickness is sufficient for embedding the quantity of conduits intended. Unless specifically shown or indicated otherwise, embedded conduits shall be in accordance with the following criteria: a. Minimum concrete thickness shall be as follows: 1) For concrete 16 inches thick and Tess, minimum concrete thickness shall be 11.5 inches plus the depth of largest conduit assembly. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Rigid Conduits 16111 -8 Conduit assembly depth shall be from the top of uppermost conduit to bottom of lowest conduit. 2) For concrete greater than 16 inches thick, minimum concrete thickness shall be 13.5 inches plus depth of largest conduit assembly. 3) For concrete at foundation slabs, provide an one inch additional to minimum concrete thicknesses specified. b. Conduit spacing shall be as follows: 1) Two adjacent conduits shall be separated by center -to- center distance of three times the outer diameter of larger conduit 2) When conduits cross at a point, conduits may be in direct contact and angle of cross shall be 45 degrees or greater. Conduits may also cross within the vertical spacing of multi- conduit layer assembly. 3) When conduits cross structural expansion joint, two adjacent conduits shall be separated by center -to- center distance of three times the outer diameter of conduit fitting of the larger conduit F. Underground Conduits: 1. Install individual, underground conduits minimum of 20 inches below grade, unless otherwise shown or indicated. 2. Perform excavation, bedding, backfilling, and surface restoration, including pavement replacement where required, in accordance with Section 31 23 05, Excavation and Fill, and Section 32 12 00, Flexible Paving. 3. Install warning tape 12 inches below finished grade over buried conduits. G. Empty Conduits: 1. Install nylon pull wire in each empty conduit and cap conduits not terminating in boxes with permanent fittings designed for the purpose. H. Field Bends: No indentations. Diameter of conduit shall not vary more than 15 percent at bends. I. Joints: 1. Apply conductive compound to joints before assembly. 2. Make up joints tight and ground thoroughly. 3. Use standard tapered pipe threads for conduit and fittings. 4. Cut conduit ends square and ream to prevent damaging wire and cable. 5. Use full threaded couplings. Split couplings are not allowed. 6. Use strap wrenches and vises to install conduit. Replace conduit with wrench marks. 7. Apply zinc -rich paint to exposed threads and other areas of galvanized conduit system where base metal is exposed. J. Terminations: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Rigid Conduits 16111 -9 1. Install insulated bushings on conduits entering boxes or cabinets, except when threaded hubs are used. 2. Provide Iocknuts on both inside and outside of enclosure, except when threaded hubs are used. 3. Use of bushings in lieu of Iocknuts is not allowed. 4. Install conduit hubs on conduits entering boxes or cabinets in wet and corrosive areas. K. Moisture Protection: 1. Plug or cap conduit ends at time of installation to prevent entrance of moisture and foreign materials. 2. Underground and embedded conduit connections shall be watertight. 3. Thruwall Seals and Conduit Sealing Bushings: Install for conduits passing through concrete slabs, floors, walls, or concrete block walls. 4. Drainage: Conduit runs shall be fully drainable. Where possible install conduit runs to drain to one end and away from building. Avoid pockets or depressions in conduit runs. 5. Seal conduit openings within control and instrumentation panels and distribution equipment with duct sealing compound to provide watertight seal. L. Corrosion Protection: 1. Conduit Curb: a. For conduits routed in concrete slabs or floors and stub -ups through floor, provide 4" inch high concrete curb, extending two inches from outer surface of conduit penetrating floor, to prevent corrosion. For floor- mounted equipment, concrete equipment base shall be in lieu of concrete curb. b. Conduit stub -ups shall be 90- degree, PVC - coated, rigid, galvanized steel conduit elbow. PVC - coated elbow shall extend a minimum of 1/2 -inch above top of concrete curb or equipment base. Should elbow not reach specified height, provide PVC - coated conduit extension to accommodate specified requirements. Provide coupling or fitting for transition from rigid galvanized steel conduit or PVC conduit in slab to PVC - coated elbow. c. For conduits stubbing up and terminating at equipment enclosure mounted on concrete base, provide insulated grounding bushing on PVC - coated rigid steel elbow. d. For conduits stubbing up and extending to boxes, cabinets, and other enclosures above the concrete curb in wet and dusty areas, provide conduit coupling /fittings between the PVC - coated rigid steel elbow and transition. e. For conduits stubbing up and extending to boxes, cabinets, and other enclosures above the concrete curb or equipment base in corrosive areas, continue conduit system with PVC - coated rigid steel conduit 2. Dissimilar Metals: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024-UT 00992 -0222 Rigid Conduits 16111 -10 a. Prevent occurrence of electrolytic action between dissimilar metals. b. Do not use copper products in connection with aluminum, and do not use aluminum in locations subject to drainage of copper compounds on bare aluminum. c. Back paint aluminum in contact with masonry or concrete with two coats of aluminum - pigmented bituminous paint. M. Reused Existing Conduits: 1. Pull rag swab through conduits to remove water and to clean conduit prior to installing new cable. 2. Repeat swabbing until all foreign material is removed. 3. Pull mandrel through conduit, if necessary, to remove obstructions. N. Core drill for individual conduits passing through existing concrete slabs and walls. Notify ENGINEER in writing in advance of core drilling. Prior to core drilling, drill sufficient number of small exploratory holes to establish that the area to be core drilled is free of existing embedded conduits. Seal spaces around conduit as indicated in Paragraph 3.2.K.3 of this Section. O. Non - metallic Conduit: 1. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Provide manufacturer's recommended adhesives or sealants for watertight connections. 3. Provide expansion fittings for expansion and contraction to compensate for temperature variations. Fittings shall be watertight and suitable for direct burial. 4. Transition to PVC - coated rigid steel conduit before making turn up to enclosures. P. PVC - coated Rigid Steel Conduit: 1. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Install with manufacturer's installation tools to avoid damage to PVC coating. 3. Repair damaged PVC coating with manufacturer's recommended touch -up compound. Q. Identify conduits, including spares, in accordance with Section 26 05 53, Identification for Electrical Systems. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Site Tests: 1. Test conduits by pulling through each conduit a cylindrical mandrel with length not less than two pipe inside diameters, having an outside diameter equal to 90 percent of conduit's inside diameter. 2. Maintain a record, by number, of all conduits successfully tested. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Rigid Conduits 16111 -11 3. Repair or replace conduits that do not successfully pass testing, and re- test. END OF SECTON City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Rigid Conduits 16111 -12 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 16112 - FLEXIBLE CONDUITS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals shown, specified, and required to furnish and install flexible metallic conduit and fittings. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Standards referenced in this Section are: 1. UL 360, Liquid -Tight Flexible Steel Conduit. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the following: 1. NEC Article 350, Liquid -Tight Flexible Metal Conduit. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Product Data: a. Manufacturer's literature and technical information for flexible conduit and fittings proposed for use. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Flexible Conduit (Non- hazardous Areas and Class 1, Division 2, Hazardous Areas): 1. Material: Flexible galvanized steel core with smooth, abrasion - resistant, liquid- tight, polyvinyl chloride cover. Continuous copper ground built in for sizes 3/4 -inch through 1.25 -inch. Material shall be UL- listed. 2. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: a. Anaconda Sealtite Type UA by Anamet Electrical, Inc. b. Liquatite Type L.A. by Electric -Flex Company. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Flexible Conduits 16112 -1 c. Or approved equal. B. Flexible Conduit (Class 1, Group D, Division 1, Hazardous Areas): 1. Material: Flexible brass inner core with bronze outer braid and protective neoprene plastic coating. Steel, brass, or bronze end fittings. Minimum of 12 inches long. 2. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: a. Type ECGJH or ECLK by Crouse Hinds Company. b. Type EXGJH or EXLK by Appleton Electric Company. c. Or approved equal. C. Flexible Conduit Fittings: 1. Material and Construction: Malleable iron with cadmium finish. Fittings shall adapt the conduit to standard threaded connections, shall have an inside diameter not less than that of the corresponding standard conduit size and shall be UL listed. 2. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: a. Crouse -Hinds Company. b. Appleton Electric Company. c. Or approved equal. 3. Use: Provide on flexible conduit in non - hazardous and Class 1, Division 2 hazardous areas. D. PVC - Coated Conduit Fittings: 1. Material and Construction: Malleable iron with standard finish and 40 -mil PVC exterior coating. Fittings shall adapt the conduit to standard threaded connections, and shall have an inside diameter not less than that of the corresponding standard conduit size. 2. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: a. Robroy Industries. b. Permacote Industries. c. OCAL, Inc. d. Or approved equal. 3. Use: Provide on flexible conduit in areas designated as corrosive locations. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine conditions under which the Work will be installed and notify ENGINEER City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Flexible Conduits 16112 -2 1 1 in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of the Work. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. ' 3.2 INSTALLATION 1 1 A. Install at motors, transformers, field instruments, and equipment subject to vibration or require movement for maintenance purposes. Provide necessary reducer where equipment furnished cannot accept 3/4 -inch diameter flexible conduit. Limit flexible conduit length to three feet maximum. B. Install in conformance with the Laws and Regulations. 1 END OF SECTION 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Flexible Conduits 16112 -3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 16120 - LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals shown, specified, and required to furnish and install low- voltage conductors and cabling. 2. Types of cabling required include: a. Insulated cable for installation in raceways. b. Cable for installation in cable trays. c. Direct - burial cable. d. Direct - burial cable duct. ' B. Related Sections: 1. Section 16075, Identification for Electrical Systems. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.2 REFERENCES A. Standards referenced in this Section are: 1. ANSI /NETA ATS, Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Equipment and Systems. 2. ASTM B3, Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire. 3. ASTM B8, Specification for Concentric- Lay- Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium -Hard or Soft. 4. ASTM D3485, Specification for Smooth -Wall Coilable Polyethylene (PE) Conduit (Duct) for Preassembled Wire and Cable. 5. ASTM F2160, Solid Wall High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Conduit Based on Controlled Outside Diameter (OD). 6. NEMA TC 7, Smooth Wall Coilable Electrical Polyethylene Conduit. 7. UL 44, Thermoset - Insulated Wires and Cables. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 16120 -1 8. UL 1277, Electrical Power and Control Tray Cables with Optional Optical - Fiber Members. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the following: 1. NEC Article 300, Wring Methods. 2. NEC Article 310, Conductors for General Wiring. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Product Data: a. Manufacturer's literature, specifications, and engineering data for low volt insulated cable proposed for use. B. Informational Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Field Quality Control Submittals: a. Written results of field insulation resistance tests. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Insulated Cable In Raceways: 1. Application: Use for circuits located indoors and outdoors. 2. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: a. Southwire. b. The Okonite Company. c. American Insulated Wire d. General Cable e. Or approved equal. 3. Material: Single conductor copper cable complying with ASTM B3 and ASTM B8 with flame- retardant, moisture- and heat - resistant insulation rated for 90 degrees C in dry or wet locations, listed by UL as Type XHHW -2 or RHW -2 complying with UL 44. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 16120 -2 4. Wire Sizes: Not smaller than No. 12 AWG for power and lighting and No. 14 AWG for 120 -volt control circuits. 5. Stranding: 600 -volt cable shall be stranded, except that solid cable, No. 10 and smaller may be used for lighting circuits. 6. Shielded VFD Rated Cable: Provide shielded motor cable for VFD drives with XLPE insulation. Shield shall consist of triple layer foil tape with 100% coverage and tinned copper braid at 85% coverage. Jacket to PVC formulated for water or oil submersion, tested to 2000V. 90 °C Rated. UL listed. Manufactured by LAPP Group or approved equal. B. Fire -Rated Cable: 1. Application: a. Use as required to comply with NEC Article 708 and as shown or indicated on the Drawings. 2. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: a. Tyco/Thermal Control VITALink 2000 Fire Rated Cable. b. Or approved equal. 3. Material: Single nickel -clad copper conductor with proprietary thermoset ceramifiable layer and thermoset low -smoke zero halogen covering insulation. Cable shall be rated for 90 degrees C in dry locations and 75 degrees C in wet locations. Cable shall comply with UL1709 and shall be suitable for continuous exposure temperature of 670 degrees C and maximum exposure temperature of 1,065 degrees C for at least 60 minutes. Cable shall be UL- labeled. 4. Thermal Barrier: Inorganic layer. 5. Binder Tape: Helically - applied. 6. Jacket: Black low -smoke zero halogen polyolefin. 7. Splicing: Manufacturer's recommended method. 8. Wire Sizes: Not smaller than No. 12 AWG and not larger than 500 KCMIL. 9. Stranding: 600 -volt cable shall be stranded. C. Cable for Installation in Trays: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 16120 -3 1. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: a. Southwire. b. The Okonite Company. c. Prysmian Cables & Systems. d. General Cable. e. Or approved equal. 2. Material: Factory- assembled single- or multi- conductor control, signal, or power cable that bears UL label Type TC and are specifically approved for installation in cable trays. Overall jacket shall be sunlight- resistant PVC. Cable shall be rated for 90 degrees C wet or dry, complying with UL 44 and UL 1277. D. Direct - Burial Cable: 1. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: a. The Okonite Company. b. Prysmian Cables & Systems. c. American Insulated Wire. d. Southwire. e. Or approved equal. 2. Material: Single- or multi- conductor, stranded copper conductors, 60 mils butadiene styrene or ethylene propylene insulation, overall jacket of neoprene or PVC complying with UL 44 and UL 1277. Cable shall be UL- Iabeled. E. Direct - Burial Cable Duct: 1. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: a. Cablecon by Paige Electric. b. Tamaqua Ducted System by Draka Cableteq USA. c. Or approved equal. 2. Material: Multi- conductor stranded copper cables; 600 -volt cross - linked polyethylene insulated, factory- assembled in coilable, medium - density polyethylene duct suitable for direct burial in earth for operation at maximum conductor temperature of 90 degrees C complying with UL 44, UL 1277, NEMA TC 7, ASTM D3485, and ASTM F2160. Cable shall be UL- labeled. F. Cable Connectors, Solderless Type: 1. Products and Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 14- 0024-UT 00992 -0222 16120 -4 a. T &B Sta -Kon. b. Bumdy Hylug. c. Or approved equal. 2. For wire sizes No. 4 AWG and above, use either compression type or bolted type with silver - plated contact faces. 3. For wire sizes up to and including No. 6 AWG, use compression type. Alarm and control wire shall be terminated using forked type connectors at terminal boards. 4. For wire sizes No. 250 KCMIL and larger, use connectors with at least two cable clamping elements or compression indents and provision for at least two bolts for joining to apparatus terminal. 5. Properly size connectors to fit fastening device and wire size. Connectors shall be rated for 90 degree C, 600 volts. G. Cable Splices: 1. Products and Manufacturers: a. Compression -Type Splices: Provide one of the following: 1) Burndy Hylink. 2) T &B Color -Keyed Compression Connectors. 3) Or approved equal. b. Spring Connectors: Provide one of the following: 1) Buchanan B -Cap. 2) T &B Wire Connector. 3) Or approved equal. 2. For wire sizes No. 8 AWG and larger, splices shall be made up with compression type copper splice fittings. Splices shall be taped and covered with materials recommended by cable manufacturer to provide insulation equal to that on conductors. 3. For wire sizes No. 10 AWG and smaller, splices may be made up with pre - insulated spring connectors. 4. For wet locations, splices shall be waterproof. Compression type splices shall be waterproofed by sealant - filled, thick wall, heat shrinkable, thermosetting tubing or by pouring thermosetting resin into mold that surrounds the joined conductor. Spring connector splices shall be waterproofed with sealant filler. 5. Splices shall be suitably sized for cable, rated 90 degrees C, and 600 volts. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 16120 -5 H. Wire and Cable Markers: 1. Provide wire and cable markers in accordance with Section 16075, Identification for Electrical Systems. 2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Factory Tests: 1. Factory-test wire and cable in accordance with UL standards PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install cables complete with proper terminations at both ends. Check and correct for proper phase sequence and proper motor rotation. B. Pulling: 1. Use insulating types of pulling compounds containing no mineral oil. 2. Pulling tension shall be within limits recommended by wire and cable manufacturer. 3. Use dynamometer where mechanical means are used. 4. Cut off section subject to mechanical means. C. Bending Radius: Limit to minimum of six times cable overall diameter. D. Slack: Provide maximum slack at all terminal points. E. Splices: 1. Where possible, install cable continuous, without splice, from termination to termination. 2. Where required, splice as shown and also where required for cable installation. Splices below grade, in manholes, handholes, and wet locations shall be waterproof. 3. Splices are not allowed in conduits. F. Identification: 1. Identify conductors in accordance with Section 16075, Identification for Electrical Systems. 2. Identify power conductors by circuit number and phase at each terminal or splice location. 3. Identify control and status wiring using numeral tagging system. G. Color -code power cables as follows: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 16120 -6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1. No. 8 AWG and Smaller: Provide colored conductors. 2. No. 6 AWG and Larger: Apply general purpose, flame retardant tape at each end, wrapped in overlapping turns to cover an area of at least two inches. 3. Colors: Match color scheme in use at the Site. If the Site does not have an existing color scheme, use the following colors: System Conductor Color All Systems Equipment Grounding Green 240/120 Volts Single- Phase, Three -Wire Grounded Neutral One Hot Leg Other Hot Leg White Black Red 208Y/120 Volts Three - Phase, Four -Wire Grounded Neutral Phase A Phase B Phase C White Black Red Blue 240/120 Volts Three - Phase, Four -Wire Delta, Center Tap Ground on Single -Phase Grounded Neutral Phase A High (wild) Leg Phase C White Black Orange Blue 480Y/277 Volts Three - Phase, Four -Wire rounded Neutral Phase A Phase B Phase C Gray Brown Orange Yellow 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Site Tests: 1 Test each electrical circuit after permanent cables are in place, to demonstrate that circuit and equipment are connected properly and will perform satisfactorily, free from improper grounds and short circuits. 2. Individually test 600 -volt cable mechanical connections after installation and before they are put in service, with calibrated torque wrench. Values shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Individually test 600 -volt cables for insulation resistance between phases and from each phase to ground. Test after cables are installed and before they are put in service, with Megger for one minute at voltage rating recommended by cable manufacturer or in accordance with ANSI /NETA ATS recommendations. 4. Insulation resistance for each conductor shall not be less than value recommended by cable manufacturer. Cables not meeting recommended City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 16120 -7 value or that fail when tested under full Toad conditions shall be replaced with a new cable for full length. 5. Where existing cables are spliced to cables provided under the Project, test existing cables prior to splicing. Test cables at 1,000 vdc for one minute. Entire spliced cable installation shall be re- tested after splice is completed. Existing cable that fails or has value Tess than two megohms shall be brought to attention of ENGINEER and splicing shall not proceed until condition is acceptable. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 14-0024-UT 16120 -8 00992 -0222 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 16121 - INSTRUMENTATION AND COMMUNICATION CABLES PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals shown, specified, and required to fumish and install instrumentation and communication cables. 2. Types of cables include the following: a. Shielded instrumentation cables. b. Telephone cables. c. Data communication cables. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 16111, Rigid Conduits. 2. Section 16075, Identification for Electrical Systems. 1.2 TERMINOLOGY A. The following words or terms are not defined but, when used in this Section, have the following meaning: 1. "CPE" means chlorinated polyethylene. 2. "FEP" means fluorinated ethylene - propylene. 3. "XLPE" means cross - linked polyethylene. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Standards referenced in this Section are: 1. ASTM A510, Specification for General Requirements for Wire Rods and Coarse Round Wire, Carbon Steel. 2. ASTM B633, Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel. 3. ANSI/TIA/EIA -568C, Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling (requirements and restrictions of Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) apply.) 4. TIA/EIA -485, Electrical Characteristics of Generators and Receivers for Use in Balanced Digital Multipoint Systems (known as RS -485). 5. UL 13, Power - Limited Circuit Cables. 6. UL 1581, Electrical Wires, Cables and Flexible Cords. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HS PS Electrical Improvements Instrumentation & Communicable Cable 14- 0024-UT 16121 -1 00992 -0222 7. UL VW-1, Vertical Wire Flame Test. 8. UL 910, Safety Test for Flame- Propagation and Smoke - Density Values for Electrical and Optical -Fiber Cables Used in Spaces Transporting Environmental Air 9. NEMA WC63.1 Category 6 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. NEC 725, Class 1, Class 2, and Class 3 Remote - Control, Signaling and Power - Limited Circuits. 2. NEC 727, Instrumentation Tray Cable. 3. NEC 800, Communications Circuits. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's technical information for instrumentation cables and communications cables proposed. B. Informational Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Field Quality Control Submittals: Written report of results of field quality control testing specified in this Section. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: 1. Cables shall bear the UL label. B. Single Shielded Pair Instrument Cables: 1. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: a. Belden Company. b. Okonite Company. c. Dekoron Wire and Cable Company. d. Or approved equal. 2. Tinned copper, XLPE - insulated, stranded conductors, not less than no. 16 AWG, twisted pair, with overall shield, stranded tinned no. 18 AWG copper drain wire and overall PVC or CPE jacket. Rated for not less than 600 volts and complying with UL 1581. C. Multi- Paired Shielded Instrument Cables: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HS PS Electrical Improvements Instrumentation & Communicable Cable 14-0024-UT 16121 -2 00992 -0222 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: a. Belden Company. b. Okonite Company. c. Dekoron Wire and Cable Company. d. Or approved equal. 2. Tinned copper, XLPE - insulated stranded conductors, not less than no. 16 AWG, twisted pairs with shield over each pair, stranded tinned no. 18 AWG copper drain wire, and overall PVC or CPE outer jacket. Rated for not less than 600 volts and complying with either UL 1581 or UL 13. D. Multi- Conductor Shielded Instrument Cables: 1. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: a. Belden Company. b. Okonite Company. c. Dekoron Wire and Cable Company. d. Or approved equal. 2. Tinned copper, XLPE - insulated stranded conductors, not less than no. 16 AWG, stranded tinned no. 18 AWG copper drain wire, with overall 100 percent foil shield and overall PVC or CPE jacket. Rated for not less than 600 volts. E. Multi- Conductor Shielded High- Temperature Instrument Cables: 1. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: a. Belden Company. b. Okonite Company. c. Dekoron Wire and Cable Company. d. Or approved equal. 2. Silver- plated copper, extruded Teflon insulation, stranded conductors, not Tess than no. 16 AWG, with overall 90 percent silver - plated copper braid shield and overall Teflon tape - wrapped jacket. Rated for not less than 600 volts and complying with UL VW-1. F. Multi- Conductor Shielded Plenum -Rated Instrument Cables: 1. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: a. Belden Company. b. Okonite Company. c. Dekoron Wire and Cable Company. d. Or approved equal. 2. Tinned copper, FEP insulation, stranded conductors, not less than no. 16 AWG, with overall foil shield plus 85 percent tinned copper braid shield and City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HS PS Electrical Improvements Instrumentation & Communicable Cable 14-0024-UT 16121 -3 00992 -0222 overall FEP jacket (non- conduit). Rated for 600 volts and complying with UL 910. G. Multi- Conductor Telephone Cables: 1. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: a. General Cable Company. b. Belden c. Or approved equal. 2. Trunk and Extension Lines, Underground Installation: a. Solid annealed copper, conductors, no. 24 AWG, polyethylene - insulated, with the number of twisted pairs as shown on the Drawings. b. Assemble cable in groups of 25 pairs, filled with sealing compound and tape- wrapped with overlap. c. Cable shall include aluminum shield, water blocking compound, and polyethylene jacket over all. d. Rated for not less than 300 volts. 3. Extension -Riser Lines, Indoor Insulation: a. Solid annealed copper, conductors, no. 24 AWG, PVC- or polyethylene - insulated, with the number of pairs as shown on the Drawings. b. Cable core shall be tape- wrapped with overlap and include aluminum shield and PVC jacket. c. Rated for not less than 300 volts. 4. Phones: a. Solid copper, no. 24 AWG, four conductor, PVC- or polyethylene - insulated, and PVC jacket. b. Rated not less than 300 volts. H. Cable Terminals: 1. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: a. T &B Sta -Kon. b. Burndy Insulug. c. Or approved equal. 2. Fork type copper compression terminals with nylon insulation for termination of cable at terminal blocks. I. Horizontal Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) Cables: 1. Horizontal cabling is cabling between and including the telecommunications outlet/connector and patch panel or termination block. 2. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HS PS Electrical Improvements Instrumentation & Communicable Cable 14-0024-UT 16121 -4 00992 -0222 1 1 1 1 1 a. Bertek. b. Belden. c. Mohawk d. Or approved equal. 3. Cables shall consist of no. 24 AWG, thermoplastic- insulated, solid conductors formed into four individually - twisted pairs and enclosed by thermoplastic jacket. 4. Comply with ANSI/TIA/EIA -568, Part 10.2. 5. Riser -rated where installed in conduit. Other installations shall be plenum - rated. ' 6. Rated for Category 6 use. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 J. Patch Cords: 1. Patch cords are used for connecting patch panel to hub, or wall jack to equipment. 2. Manufacturer: Provide products of one of the following: a. Bertek. b. Belden. c. Mohawk d. Or approved equal. 3. Cables shall consist of no. 24 AWG, thermoplastic - insulated, stranded conductors formed into four individually - twisted pairs and enclosed by thermoplastic jacket. 4. Cables shall be riser - rated. 5. Rated for Category 6 use. 6. Cables shall incorporate integral strain relief into the connector at each end. Connectors shall be RJ45 plugs. 7. Provide the following patch cords: a. One 10 -foot cable per wall jack installed. b. One 3 -foot cable per every two wall jacks installed. c. One 5 foot cable per every two wall jacks installed. K. Connecting Hardware for Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) Cables: 1. Hardware used to terminate UTP cable shall comply with ANSI/TIA/EIA- 568, Part 10.4. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HS PS Electrical Improvements Instrumentation 8, Communicable Cable 14-0024-UT 16121 -5 00992 -0222 2. Connecting hardware shall be compatible with wiring specified in the Contract Documents. 3. Rated for Category 6 use. 4. Connecting hardware shall utilize 110 -type terminal blocks to coordinate with patch panels and termination blocks specified the Contract Documents. 5. Telecommunications Outlets /Connectors: a. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: 1) Hubbell. 2) Or approved equal. b. Outlets and connectors shall utilize RJ45 (eight -pin modular) plug /receptacle configuration. c. Outlets and connectors shall utilize T568B pin /pair assignments, and be coordinated with wire type (solid or stranded conductor). d. Outlets shall be flush -mount type or surface -mount type, as indicated on the Drawings. L. Patch Panels: 1. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: a. Black Box. b. Or approved equal. 2. Patch panels shall utilize RJ45 (eight -pin modular) plug /receptacle configuration, and utilize T568B pin /pair assignments for receptacles. 3. Coordinate patch panel terminations with wire type (solid or stranded conductor). 4. Patch panels shall be wall -mount type or rack -mount type, as indicated on the Drawings. 5. Listed as Category 6. 6. Provide quantity of ports not less than the quantity of wall jacks installed in the building /area served, plus 50 percent additional as spares. M. Cable Support Hardware: 1. Wire Basket: a. Materials and Finishes: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HS PS Electrical Improvements Instrumentation & Communicable Cable 14-0024-UT 16121 -6 00992 -0222 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1) Yellow Zinc Dichromate: Straight sections shall be steel complying with ASTM A510, and shall be electro- plated yellow zinc dichromate in accordance with ASTM B633 Type SC2. b. Straight section longitudinal wires shall be straight, without bends. c. Wire basket runway shall be made of high- strength steel wires and formed into a standard two -inch by four -inch wire mesh pattern with intersecting wires welded together. Wire ends along runway sides (flanges) shall be rounded. d. Wire basket sizes shall comply with the following: 1) Straight sections shall be furnished in standard lengths of nine feet ten inches. 2) Wire basket shall have one -inch usable loading depth by 4 inches wide. 3) Wire basket shall have two -inch usable loading depth by 6 inches wide. 4) Wire basket shall have four -inch usable loading depth by 12 inches wide. a) Fittings shall be field- formed as required. b) Splicing assemblies shall be bolted type with serrated flange locknuts. Hardware shall be either yellow zinc dichromate in accordance with ASTM B633 Type SC2, or AISI Type 304 stainless steel. c) Wire basket runway supports shall be center - support hangers, trapeze hangers, or wall brackets, manufactured by Cooper B- Line, Or approved equal. d) Trapeze hangers or center - support hangers shall be supported by 1/4 -inch or 3/8 -inch diameter rods. e) Provide special accessories as required to protect, support, and install wire basket runway system. 2. Conduit: a. Where conduit is shown or indicated on the Drawings, comply with Section 26 05 33.13, Rigid Conduits. N. Modbus Cables (RS -232): 1. Products and Manufacturers: a. Non - Plenum -Rated Modbus Cables: Provide one of the following: 1) Belden 8777. 2) Or approved equal. b. Plenum -Rated Modbus Cables: Provide one of the following: 1) Belden 88777. 2) Or approved equal. 2. Cables shall consist of six tinned copper, no. 22 AWG, stranded conductors, polypropylene - insulated, twisted into three pairs, each pair individually shielded with 100 - percent aluminum - polyester shield, one no. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HS PS Electrical Improvements Instrumentation & Communicable Cable 14-0024-UT 16121 -7 00992 -0222 22 AWG, stranded, tinned copper drain wire per pair, covered with an overall PVC jacket. 3. Where plenum rating is required, cable insulation and jacket shall be FEP in lieu of insulation and jacket materials otherwise specified in this Section for Modbus cables. 4. When portion of cable run is not contained in conduit or appropriate enclosure, cable shall be plenum- or riser - listed and marked in accordance with NEC 800. O. Modbus -Plus Cables: 1. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: a. Non - Plenum -Rated Modbus -Plus Cables: Provide one of the following: 1) Modicon 490 -NAA- 271 -0x 2) Belden 9842. 3) Or approved equal. b. Plenum -Rated Modbus -Plus Cables: Provide one of the following: 1) Belden 82842. 2) Or approved equal. 2. Cables shall consist of two tinned copper no. 24 AWG, stranded conductors, polyethylene - insulated, and twisted into a single pair, with 100 - percent aluminum - polyester shield, 90- percent tinned copper braided shield, no.24 AWG, tinned copper drain wire and overall PVC jacket. 3. When plenum rating is required, cable insulation shall be FEP and jacket shall be fluorocopolymer, in lieu of insulation and jacket materials otherwise specified in this Section for Modbus -plus cables. 4. When portion of cable run is not in conduit or appropriate enclosure, cables shall be plenum- or riser - listed and marked in accordance with NEC 800. P. Modbus RIO Cables: 1. Trunk Cables: a. RG -11 coaxial. b. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: 1) Belden 3094A. 2) Modicon 97- 5951 -000. 3) Or approved equal. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HS PS Electrical Improvements Instrumentation & Communicable Cable 14-0024-UT 16121 -8 00992 -0222 2. Drop Cables: a. RG -6 coaxial. b. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: 1) Belden 3092A. 2) Modicon 97- 5950 -000. 3) Or approved equal. Q. Fieldbus Type A Cables: 1. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: a. Belden 3076F. b. Or approved equal. 2. Cables shall consist of two tinned copper, no. 18 AWG, stranded conductors, polyolefin- insulated, and twisted into a single pair, 100 - percent aluminum - polyester shield, no. 20 AWG tinned copper drain wire, and overall PVC jacket. 3. When portion of cable run is not contained in conduit or appropriate enclosure, cables shall be plenum- or riser - listed and marked in accordance with NEC 800 R. Fieldbus Type B Cables: 1. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: a. Belden 3077F. b. Or approved equal. 2. Cables shall consist of two tinned copper, no. 22 AWG, stranded conductors, polyolefin- insulated and twisted into a single pair, 100 - percent aluminum - polyester shield, no. 20 AWG tinned copper drain wire, and overall PVC jacket. 3. When portion of cable run is not contained in conduit or appropriate enclosure, cables shall be plenum- or riser - listed and marked in accordance with NEC 800 S. Cutler- Hammer IMPACC Cables: 1. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: a. Belden YR29090. b. Or approved equal. 2. Cables shall consist of two tinned copper, no. 18 AWG, stranded conductors, polyethylene - insulated and twisted into a single pair, with 100 - percent aluminum - polyester shield, 55- percent tinned copper braided shield, no. 20 AWG tinned copper drain wire, and overall PVC jacket. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HS PS Electrical Improvements Instrumentation & Communicable Cable 14-0024-UT 16121 -9 00992 -0222 3. When portion of cable run is not contained in conduit or appropriate enclosure, cables shall be plenum- or riser- listed and marked in accordance with NEC 800. T. Cutler- Hammer I/Q System Cables: 1. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: a. Non - Plenum -Rated Cables: 1) Belden 9463. 2) Or approved equal. b. Plenum -Rated Cables: 1) Belden 89463. 2) Or approved equal. 2. Cables shall consist of two tinned copper, no. 20 AWG, stranded conductors, polyethylene - insulated and twisted into single pair, with 100 - percent aluminum- polyester shield, 55- percent tinned copper braided shield, no. 20 AWG stranded tinned copper drain wire, and overall PVC jacket. 3. When plenum rating is required, cables insulation and jacket shall be FEP in lieu of insulation and jacket materials otherwise specified in this Section for Cutler- Hammer I/Q system cables. 4. When portion of cable run is not contained in conduit or appropriate enclosure, cables shall be plenum- or riser - listed and marked in accordance with NEC 800. U. Rotork Pakscan IIE Cables: 1. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: a. Belden 3105A b. Or approved equal. 2. Cables shall consist of two tinned copper, no. 22 AWG, stranded conductors, foam high - density polyethylene - insulated, twisted into single pair, with 100 - percent aluminum - polyester shield and 90- percent tinned copper braided shield, tinned copper, no. 22 AWG, stranded drain wire, and overall ultraviolet- resistant PVC jacket. 3. When portion of cable run is not contained in conduit or appropriate enclosure, cables shall be plenum- or riser - listed and marked in accordance with NEC 800. V. Limitorque Actuator Bus Cables: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HS PS Electrical Improvements Instrumentation & Communicable Cable 14-0024-UT 16121 -10 00992 -0222 1. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: a. Belden 3105A. b. Or approved equal. 2. Cables shall consist of two tinned copper, no. 22 AWG, stranded conductors, foam polyethylene - insulated, twisted into single pair, with 100 - percent aluminum - polyester shield and 90- percent tinned copper braided shield, tinned copper no. 22 AWG stranded drain wire, and overall ultraviolet- resistant PVC jacket. 3. When portion of cable run is not contained in conduit or appropriate enclosure, cables shall be plenum- or riser - listed and marked in accordance with NEC 800. W. Allen Bradley DH (Blue Hose) Cables: 1. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: a. Belden 3072F. b. Or approved equal. 2. Cables shall consist of two tinned copper, no. 18 AWG, stranded conductors, polyolefin- insulated and twisted into a single pair, with 100 - percent aluminum - polyester shield, 55- percent tinned copper braided shield, no. 20 AWG stranded tinned copper drain wire, and overall PVC jacket. 3. When plenum rating is required, cable insulation and jacket shall be FEP in lieu of insulation and jacket materials otherwise specified in this Section for Allen Bradley DH (blue hose) cables. 4. When portion of cable run is not contained in conduit or appropriate enclosure, cables shall be plenum- or riser - listed and marked in accordance with NEC 800. X. ControlNet Cables: 1. Products and Manufacturers: a. Non - Plenum -Rated ControlNet Cables: Provide one of the following: 1) Allen- Bradley 1786 -RG6. 2) Belden 3092A. 3) Or approved equal. b. Plenum -Rated ControlNet Cables: Provide one of the following: 1) Belden 3093A. 2) Or approved equal. 3) 2. Cables shall be RG -6 /U -type coaxial cables. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HS PS Electrical Improvements Instrumentation & Communicable Cable 14- 0024-UT 16121 -11 00992 -0222 3. Cables shall consist of no. 18 AWG solid, bare copper covered steel conductor, foam polyethylene - insulated, with four -layer shield: 100 - percent aluminum - polyester, 60- percent tinned copper braided, 100 - percent aluminum - polyester, 40- percent tinned copper braided, with overall PVC jacket. 4. When plenum rating is required, cable insulation shall be foam FEP and jacket shall be fluoro - copolymer, in lieu of insulation and jacket materials otherwise specified in this Section for ControlNet cables. 5. When portion of cable run is not contained in conduit or appropriate enclosure, cables shall be plenum- or riser - listed and marked in accordance with NEC 800. Y. Devicenet (Thick) Cables: 1. Product and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: a. Belden 3082A. b. Or approved equal. 2. Cables shall consist of two tinned copper, no. 15 AWG, stranded power conductors, PVC - insulated, with 100 - percent aluminum - polyester shield, two tinned copper no. 18 AWG stranded data conductors, foam polyethylene - insulated, and twisted into a single pair, with 100 - percent aluminum - polyester shield, with no. 18 AWG stranded tinned copper drain wire. Cables shall be covered by overall 65- percent tinned copper braided shield, and sunlight- and oil- resistant overall PVC jacket. 3. When portion of cable run is not contained in conduit or appropriate enclosure, cables shall be plenum- or riser - listed and marked in accordance with NEC 800. Z. Devicenet (Thin) Cables: 1. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: a. Belden 3084A. b. Or approved equal. 2. Cables shall consist of two tinned copper, no. 22 AWG, stranded power conductors, PVC - insulated with 100 - percent aluminum - polyester shield, two tinned copper no. 24 AWG stranded data conductors, foam polyethylene - insulated, and twisted into single pair, with 100 - percent aluminum - polyester shield, with no. 22 AWG stranded tinned copper drain wire. Cables shall be covered by overall 65- percent tinned copper braided shield, and sunlight- and oil- resistant overall PVC jacket. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HS PS Electrical Improvements Instrumentation & Communicable Cable 14-0024-UT 16121 -12 00992 -0222 3. When portion of cable run is not contained in conduit or appropriate enclosure, cables shall be plenum- or riser - listed and marked in accordance with NEC 800. AA. Profibus DP Cables: 1. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: a. Belden 3079A. b. Or approved equal. 2. Cables shall consist of two solid bare, no. 22 AWG, copper conductors twisted into a single pair, with flame- retardant foam polyethelene insulation, 100 - percent aluminum - polyester shield, 65- percent tinned copper braid shield, and overall PVC jacket. 3. When portion of cable run is not contained in conduit or appropriate enclosure, cables shall be plenum- or riser - listed and marked in accordance with NEC 800. BB. Profibus PA Cables: 1. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: a. Belden 3076F. b. Or approved equal. 2. Cables shall consist of two tinned copper stranded, no. 18 AWG, conductors, polyolefin- insulated, and twisted into a single pair, 100 - percent aluminum - polyester shield, no. 20 AWG tinned copper drain wire, and overall PVC jacket. 3. When portion of cable run is not contained in conduit or appropriate enclosure, cables shall be plenum- or riser - listed and marked in accordance with NEC 800. CC. RS -485 Half Duplex Cables: 1. Products and Manufacturers: a. Non - Plenum -Rated RS -485 Half Duplex Cables: Provide one of the following: 1) Belden 9841. 2) Or approved equal. b. Plenum -Rated RS -485 Half Duplex Cables: Provide one of the following: 1) Belden 89841. 2) Or approved equal. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HS PS Electrical Improvements Instrumentation & Communicable Cable 14-0024-UT 16121 -13 00992 -0222 2. Cables shall consist of two tinned copper stranded, no. 24 AWG, conductors, polyethelene- insulated and twisted into a single pair, 100 - percent aluminum - polyester shield, 90- percent tinned copper braided shield, no. 24 AWG tinned copper drain wire, and overall PVC jacket. 3. When plenum rating is required, cables insulation shall be foam FEP and jacket shall be low -smoke PVC, in lieu of insulation and jacket materials specified in this Section for RS -485 half - duplex cables. 4. Cables shall comply with TIA/EIA RS -485. 5. When portion of cable run is not contained in conduit or appropriate enclosure, cables shall be plenum- or riser - listed and marked in accordance with NEC 800. DD. RS -485 Full Duplex Cables: 1. Products and Manufacturers: a. Non - Plenum -Rated RS -485 Full Duplex Cables: Provide one of the following: 1) Belden 9842. 2) Or approved equal. b. Plenum -Rated RS-485 Full Duplex Cables: Provide one of the following: 1) Belden 82842. 2) Or approved equal. 2. Cables shall consist of four tinned copper stranded, no. 24 AWG conductors, polyethelene- insulated and twisted into two pairs, 100 - percent aluminum - polyester shield, 90- percent tinned copper braided shield, no. 24 AWG tinned copper drain wire, and overall PVC jacket. 3. Cables shall comply with TIA/EIA RS -485. 4. When plenum rating is required, cables insulation shall be foam FEP and jacket shall be low -smoke PVC, in lieu of insulation and jacket materials otherwise specified in this Section for RS -485 full duplex cables. 5. When portion of cable run is not contained in conduit or appropriate enclosure, cables shall be plenum- or riser - listed and marked in accordance with NEC 800. EE. ETHERNET CABLE A. All interior data cables shall be ANSI/TIA/EIA 568C (Category 6e), plenum rated and ETL Type -CMP. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HS PS Electrical Improvements Instrumentation & Communicable Cable 14- 0024 -UT 16121 -14 00992 -0222 1. CAT6 (250MHz), 4 -Pair, F /UTP -Foil Shielded, Plenum -CMP, Premise Horizontal Cable, 23 AWG Solid Bare Copper Conductors, FEP Insulation, Polyester Separator, Overall Shielded, Flamearrest® Jacket. 2. UL or ETL Verified B. All exterior data cables shall be ANSI/TIA/EIA 568C.2 (Category 6e), Nema WC63.1 1. Cat 6 Outdoor Direct Burial AL Foil Shielded, F /UTP 23 AWG 4 Pair 8 Solid Bare Copper Conductors, Waterblock Tape, Black UV CMX PVC Jacket 2. ETL or UL Verified C. Suitable Applications: 1. Networking Horizontal Cable, 1000Base -T (Gigabit Ethernet), 100Base -T (Fast Ethernet), 10Base- T(Ethernet), 100BaseVG, ANYLAN, 155ATM, 622ATM, ANSI.X3.263 FDDI TP -PMD, NTSC /PAL Component or Composite Video, AES /EBU, Digital Video, RS -422, Noisy Environments, 250 MHz Category 6 D. Manufactures: 1. Beldon 2. Hitachi 3. Southwire 4. Or Approved Equal PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine conditions under which materials and equipment will be installed and notify ENGINEER in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of the Work. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Install cables complete with proper terminations at both ends. 2. Install in conduit separate from power cables, unless shown or indicated otherwise. 3. Ground shield on shielded cables at one end only and as recommended by instrument manufacturer. 4. Identify conductors in accordance with Section 16075, Identification for Electrical Systems. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HS PS Electrical Improvements Instrumentation 8 Communicable Cable 14-0024-UT 16121 -15 00992 -0222 5. Install and terminate Supplier- furnished cable in accordance with equipment manufacturer requirements and cable manufacturer's recommendations. 6. Install in accordance with Laws and Regulations, including NEC. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Site Tests: 1. Test shielded instrumentation cable shields with ohmmeter for continuity along full length of cables, and for shield continuity to ground. 2. Connect shielded instrumentation cables to calibrated 4 to 20 mA dc signal transmitter and receiver. Test at 4 and 20 mA transmitter settings. 3. Replace with new cables the full length of cables that fail test. 4. Test equipment shall be provided by CONTRACTOR. 5. For testing of communications cables, test equipment used shall comply with the following: a. Equipment shall consist of a "master" and a "remote" unit. b. Test of all aspects of cables shall be automatic and initiated with a single command. Test over entire frequency range. Test unit shall be capable of accepting cable identification tag for reporting. Test unit shall return "pass /fail" status for cables and, if "fail ", shall indicate reason for failure. c. Test unit shall be capable of storing all test results internally and printing the results later. d. For unshielded twisted pair cables, test unit shall be specifically designed and manufactured to certify cabling relative to Category 6 compliant. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HS PS Electrical Improvements Instrumentation 8 Communicable Cable 14-0024-UT 16121 -16 00992 -0222 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 16137 - UNDERGROUND DUCTBANKS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals as shown, specified, and required to furnish and install underground ductbanks. B. Coordination: 1. Ductbank routing on the Drawings is diagrammatic. Coordinate installation with Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures and locate ductbanks clear of interferences. Underground Facilities shall include, but not be limited to, any equipment, pipelines, electrical and communication raceway related to plant operations, past or present. It is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to locate all Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures via Nondestructive Inspection Method(s) and /or hand digging. Prior to the demolition and removal of any abandoned Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures, the CONTRACTOR shall receive City approval. 2. Review installation procedures under this and other Sections and coordinate installation of items to be installed with or before underground ductbank Work. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 01721, 2. Section 02220, 3. Section 03300, 4. Section 16075, 5. Section 16111, 6. Section 16450, Protection of the Work and Property. Excavation and Backfill. Cast -in -Place Concrete. Identification for Electrical Systems. Rigid Conduits. Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Layouts showing proposed routing of ductbanks and City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Underground Ductbanks for Electrical 14-0024 -UT 16137 -1 00992 -0222 locations of manholes, handholes, and areas of reinforcement. b. Profiles of ductbanks showing crossings with piping and other Underground Facilities. c. Typical cross sections for each ductbank. B. Informational Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Special Procedure Submittals: a. Installation procedures. 2. Field Quality Control Submittals: a. Field test report. C. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Record Drawings: a. Include actual routing of underground ductbank runs on record documents in accordance with Section 01 78 39, Project Record Documents. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 1. Polyconcrete Pullbox H -16 loading by Oldcastle Precast or approved equal. 2.1 MATERIALS A. Duct: Provide conduit and fittings in accordance with Section 16111, Rigid Conduits. Conduit types shall be as follows: 1. Schedule 40 PVC conduits for power circuits. 2. Galvanized rigid steel conduits for the following types of circuits: low voltage status, analog, and communication. B. Backfill: Provide backfill, including select backfill, in accordance with Section 02220 C. Reinforcing: Provide Ductbank reinforcing in accordance with Section 03300, Concrete Reinforcing. D. Concrete: Provide ductbank concrete in accordance with Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. E. Grounding: Provide ground cable in accordance with Section 16450, Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Underground Ductbanks for Electrical 14-0024-UT 16137 -2 00992 -0222 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 F. Conduit Spacers: Conduit spacers shall be nonmetallic, interlocking type to maintain spacing between conduits. Provide spacers suitable for all conduit types used in multiple sizes. G. Duct Sealing Compound: 1. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: a. 0- Z/Gedney, Type DUX. b. Or equal. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine conditions under which the Work is to be installed and notify ENGINEER in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of the Work. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Excavation and Backfilling: 1. Provide excavation and backfilling for ductbank installation in accordance with Section 02220. 2. Do not backfill with material containing large rock, paving materials, cinders, large or sharply angular substances, corrosive material, or other materials that can damage or contribute to corrosion of ducts or cables, or prevent adequate compaction of backfill. B. Ductbank Layout: 1. Top of ductbank concrete shall be a minimum of 2.5 feet below grade, unless shown or indicated otherwise on the Drawings. 2. Slope ductbank runs for drainage toward manholes and away from buildings with slope of approximately three inches vertical per 100 feet of run. C. Ductbank Assembly: 1. Assemble ductbanks using non - magnetic saddles, spacers, and separators. Position separators to provide minimum three -inch concrete separation between outer surfaces of each conduit. Provide side forms for each ductbank. 2. Make bends with sweeps of not less than four -foot radius or five - degree angle couplings. D. Concrete Placing: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Underground Ductbanks for Electrical 14-0024-UT 16137 -3 00992 -0222 1. Provide minimum four -inch concrete covering on each side, top, and bottom of concrete envelopes around conduits. Concrete covering shall be as shown or indicated on the Drawings. 2. Provide red dye in concrete for easy identification during subsequent excavation; all concrete in entire ductbank, including top and bottom, shall be dyed. 3. Firmly fix conduits in place during concrete placing. Carefully place and vibrate concrete to fill spaces between conduits. E. Conduit Transitions: 1. Conduit installations shall be watertight throughout entire length of ductbank. 2. Transition from non - metallic to galvanized rigid steel conduit where ductbanks enter structure walls and slabs. 3. Terminate conduits in insulated grounding bushings. 4. Continue conduits inside buildings in accordance with Section 16111, Rigid Conduits, and as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents. 5. If ducts are not concrete - encased, provide expansion and deflection fittings in accordance with Section 16111, Expansion /Deflection Fittings. 6. Plug and seal empty spare conduits entering structures. Conduits in use entering structures shall be sealed watertight with duct sealing compound. F. Ductbank Reinforcing: 1. Provide reinforcing for all ductbanks: 2. Install ductbank reinforcement as shown or indicated on the Drawings. 3. Provide cover /protection of reinforcement to edge of concrete encasement per ACI 318. G. Connections to Structures: 1. Firmly anchor ductbanks to structure walls or slabs. Epoxy -grout ductbank rebar into structure concrete to eliminate sheer forces between ductbank and structure wall concrete. 2. Ductbank penetrations through structure walls shall be watertight. H. Grounding: 1. Provide bare stranded copper ductbank ground cable in each ductbank envelope. Make ground electrically continuous throughout entire ductbank system. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Underground Ductbanks for Electrical 14-0024-UT 16137 -4 00992 -0222 2. Connect ground cable to building and station ground grid or to equipment ground buses. Also, connect ground cable to steel conduit extensions of underground ductbank system. 3. Provide ground clamp and bonding of each steel conduit extension to maintain continuity of ground system. 4. Terminate ground cable at last manhole or handhole for outlying structures. H. Detectable Underground Warning Tape: 1. Provide detectable underground warning tapes complying with Section 26 05 53, Identification for Electrical Systems, over the full length of each underground ductbank. 2. Install warning tapes approximately 12 inches below grade. 3. Provide multiple tapes across the width of each ductbank. Locate center of a warning tape above each edge of ductbank, and at intervals across top width of ductbank so that clear space between tapes does not exceed six inches. J. Reused Existing Ducts: 1. Pull rag swab through duct to remove water and to clean conduits prior to installing new cable. 2. Repeat swabbing until all foreign material is removed. 3. Pull mandrel through duct, if necessary, to remove obstructions. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Underground Ductbanks for Electrical 14-0024-UT 16137 -5 00992 -0222 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 16289 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals as shown, specified, and required to furnish and install surge protective devices (SPD). 2. SPDs furnished under this Section shall be ANSI /UL 1449 Type 2 integrating both surge suppression and high- frequency noise filtering suitable for use on low- voltage distribution systems. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 16050, General Provisions for Electrical Systems. 2. Section 16272, Secondary Unit Substations. 3. Section 16423, Motor Control Centers. 4. Section 16442, Panelboards. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Standards referenced in this Section are: 1. ANSI /UL 1449, Surge Protective Devices. 2. IEEE C62.11, Metal -Oxide Surge Arresters for AC Power Circuits (>1 kV) 3. IEEE C62.41, Recommended Practice on Surge Voltages in Low - voltage AC Power Circuits. 4. IEEE C62.45, Recommended Practice on Surge Testing for Equipment Connected to Low - Voltage (1,000 V and Less) AC Power Circuits. 5. UL 1283, Electromagnetic Interference Filters. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Manufacturer: Shall have at least five years of experience manufacturing and servicing products substantially similar to those required and shall be able to submit documentation of at least five installations in satisfactory operation for at least five years each. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Surge Protective Devices 16289 -1 B. Component Supply and Compatibility: 1. Obtain all products included in this Section regardless of component manufacturer from a single SPD manufacturer. 2. SPD manufacturer shall review and approve or prepare all Shop Drawings and other submittals for all components furnished under this Section. 3. Components shall be suitable for the specified service conditions and shall be integrated into overall assembly by SPD manufacturer. C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the following: 1. NEC 110.9, Requirements for Electrical Installations, Interrupting Rating. 2. NEC 240.21, Overcurrent Protection, Location in Circuit. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Electrical and mechanical drawings for each type of unit, showing electrical ratings, dimensions, mounting provisions, connection details, and layout diagrams. b. Components list and nameplate schedule. c. Summary sheets with schedules of equipment. 2. Product Data: a. Manufacturer's technical information, including catalog information. b. Manufacturer's technical specifications with assembly and component ratings. B. Informational Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Certifications: a. Certification that SPD devices comply with standards referenced in this Section. 2. Source Quality Control Submittals: a. Report of results of testing and inspections performed at manufacturer's shop. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Surge Protective Devices 16289 -2 3. Supplier Reports: a. Submit written report of results of each visit to Site by Supplier's service technician, including purpose and time of visit, tasks performed, and results obtained. Submit within two days of completion of visit to the Site. 4. Qualifications Statements: a. Manufacture, when requested by ENGINEER. C. Closeout Submittals: Submit the Following 1. Operations and Maintenance Data: a. Submit in accordance with Section 01 78 23, Operations and Maintenance Data. b. Include acceptable test reports, maintenance data and schedules, description of operation, wiring diagrams, and list of spare parts recommended for one year of operation with current price list. 2. Warranty Documentation: Submit example warranty at time of shipment of the equipment. Include final warranty accepted by ENGINEER in the operations and maintenance manual for the equipment. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING. A. Delivery: 1. Upon delivery, check for evidence of water that may have entered equipment during transit. B. Storage: 1. Store SPD equipment in a clean, dry location with controls for uniform temperature and humidity. Protect equipment with coverings and maintain environmental controls. 2. Protect equipment from corrosion and deterioration. 1.6 WARRANTY City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Surge Protective Devices 16289 -3 A. General Warranty: The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive OWNER of other rights or remedies OWNER may otherwise have under the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents. The obligations of CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents shall not be limited in any way by the provisions of the specified special warranty. B. Special Warranty on Materials and Equipment: 1. Provide manufacturer's written warranty, running to the benefit of OWNER, agreeing to correct, or at option of OWNER, remove or replace materials or equipment specified in this Section found to be defective during a period of five years after the date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Provide equipment of one of the following: 1. General Electric. 2. Schneider Electric /Square -D Company. 3. Eaton /Cutler- Hammer. 4. Or equal. 2.2 EQUIPMENT A. General: 1. SPD shall be modular, high- energy, parallel design with fast - acting transient voltage suppression using metal oxide varistors. Equipment shall provide noise attenuation with electromagnetic interference filter. 2. SPD shall comply with requirements of the following: a. ANSI /UL 1449. b. UL 1283. c. IEEE C62.11, IEEE C62.41 and IEEE C62.45. 3. SPD shall be suitable for operation under the following environmental conditions: a. Relative Humidity: Zero to 95 percent, non - condensing. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Surge Protective Devices 16289 -4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 b. Frequency: 47 to 63 Hertz. c. Temperature: Zero to 149 degrees F. 4. SPD operating voltage and IEEE C62.41 and IEEE C62.45 Category A, B, and C application environments shall be suitable for the associated SPD location(s) shown or indicated on the Drawings. 5. SPD shall be suitable for internal and external mounting. Where shown on the Drawings, SPD shall be factory- mounted and integrated into distribution equipment specified under the following Sections: a. Section 16050, General Provisions for Electrical Systems. b. Section 16272, Secondary Unit Substations. c. Section 16423, Motor Control Centers. d. Section 16442, Panelboards. B. SPD shall include a surge suppression path for each mode as required for the system configuration shown on the Drawings. Each mode shall be individually fused and equipped with thermal cutouts. SPD short- circuit rating shall be 200 kA. Protection modes shall include, to the extent applicable, the following: 1. Line -to -line. 2. Line -to- neutral. 3. Line -to- ground. 4. Neutral -to- ground. C. SPD shall include electromagnetic interference /radio frequency interference (EMI /RFI) noise rejection filter with attenuation up to 30 dB from 10 kHz to 100 MHz. D. SPDs and components in the operating path shall have maximum continuous operating voltage greater than 115 percent of nominal system operating voltage. E. ANSI /UL 1449 minimum withstand rating shall be 20 kA per pole, and ANSI /UL 1449 voltage protection rating for SPD shall not exceed the following: Modes 208Y/120 480Y/277 L- N,L -G, N -G 800 1200 L -L 1200 2000 City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Surge Protective Devices 16289 -5 F. SPD surge capacity based upon IEEE C62.41 location category shall, as a minimum, be the following: Category Application Per Phase Per Mode C Service entrance 240 kA 120 kA B High exposure locations (distribution equipment) 160 kA 80 kA A Branch locations 120 kA 60 kA 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Provide SPD equipped with the following accessories: 1. Surge counter with display for indicating the number of surges detected. 2. LED indicators for monitoring device status. 3. Audible alarm and silence switch for indicating an inoperative condition. 4. Dry contacts, "Form C ", for remote annunciation of unit status. 5. Indicators, counter, alarm, and silence switch shall be visible and accessible from front of the SPD. When SPD is integral to switchgear, motor control center, panelboard, or other equipment, indicators, counter, alarm, and silence switch shall be visible and accessible from front of the equipment in which the SPD is installed. 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform manufacturer's standard factory tests on equipment. Tests shall be in accordance with IEEE C62.45 and ANSI /UL 1449. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine conditions under which materials and equipment will be installed and notify ENGINEER in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of the Work. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Surge Protective Devices 16289 -6 1 1 1 A. Install SPD at locations shown on the Drawings in accordance with equipment manufacturer's recommendations, Laws, and Regulations, and the Contract Documents. B. Conductor length between suppressor and connection point shall be as short and as straight as possible. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024-UT 00992 -0222 Surge Protective Devices 16289 -7 SECTION 16440 - SWITCHBOARDS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, services, and incidentals as shown, specified, and required to furnish and install switchboards. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 13080, Vibration, Seismic and Wind Controls. 2. Section 16075, Identification for Electrical Systems. 3. Section 16, Electrical Power Distribution System Studies. 4. Section 16289, Surge Protective Devices. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Standards referenced in this Section are: 1. NEMA PB2, Dead -Front Distribution Switchboards. 2. UL 891, Dead -Front Switchboards. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Manufacturer: Shall have not Tess than five years experience manufacturing and servicing materials and equipment substantially similar to those required and upon request shall submit documentation of not less than five installations in satisfactory operation for at least five years each. 2. Manufacturer shall manufacture circuit protective devices within the assembly. B. Component Supply and Compatibility: 1. Obtain all materials and equipment included in this Section regardless of component manufacturer from a single switchboard manufacturer. 2. Switchboard manufacturer shall review and approve or prepare all Shop Drawings and other submittals for all components furnished under this Section. 3. Components shall be suitable for the specified service conditions and shall be integrated into overall assembly by switchboard manufacturer. C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the following: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Switchboards 14-0024 -UT 16440 -1 00992 -0222 1 1 1. NEC Article 408, Switchboards and Panelboards. D. Seismic Requirements: The Work shall comply with seismic and wind requirements in Section 13080, Vibration, Seismic, and Wind Controls. 1.4 SUBMITTALS ' A. Action Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Three -line diagrams. b. Dimensional information including front view elevation and plan view. c. Construction details of enclosures with conduit entry locations and connection details between assemblies. d. Components list and nameplate schedule. e. Summary sheets with schedules of equipment. f. Key interlock scheme and sequence of operation. 2. Product Data: a. Manufacturer's technical information, including catalog information. b. Manufacturer's technical specifications with assembly and component ratings. c. Time current curves for protective devices. 3. Testing Plans, Procedures, and Testing Limitations: a. At least thirty days prior to factory testing, submit description of proposed factory testing methods, procedures, and apparatus. b. At least thirty days prior to field testing, submit description of proposed testing methods, procedures, and apparatus. B. Informational Submittals: Submit the following: 1 1. Certificates: a. Certifications required in this Section, including seismic requirements. 2. Source Quality Control Submittals: a. Report of results of testing and inspections performed at manufacturer's shop. 3. Site Quality Control Submittals: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Switchboards 14-0024-UT 16440 -2 00992 -0222 a. Report of results of field testing. 4. Supplier Reports: a. Submit written report of results of each visit to Site by Supplier's service technician, including purpose and time of visit, tasks performed, and results obtained. Submit within two days of completion of visit to the Site. 5. Qualifications Statements: a. Manufacture, when requested by ENGINEER. C. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Operations and Maintenance Data: a. Submit in accordance with Section 01 78 23, Operations and Maintenance Data. b. Include acceptable test reports, maintenance data and schedules, description of operation, wiring diagrams, and list of spare parts recommended for one year of operation with current price list. c. Include record drawings of control schematics, with point -to -point wiring diagrams. 1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery: 1. Upon delivery, check for evidence of water that may have entered equipment during transit. B. Handle equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. One copy of these instructions shall be furnished with equipment at time of delivery. C. Storage: 1. Store switchboards equipment in a clean, dry location with controls for uniform temperature and humidity. Protect equipment with coverings and maintain environmental controls. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Provide equipment of one of the following: 1. Schneider Electric /Square D Company 2. Eaton /Cutler- Hammer.. 3. Or approved equal. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Switchboards 14-0024-UT 16440 -3 00992 -0222 1 HB ARD EQUIPMENT 2.2 SWITC UIPMENT O Q A. Ratings: 1. Switchboard shall be 600 -volt class, suitable for operation on three- phase, 60 -Hertz system. 2. System operating voltage, number of wires, bus ampacity, and short circuit withstand capability and interrupting rating shall be as shown on the Drawings, or as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents. B. General: 1. Switchboards shall be dead -front type with individual and group- mounted devices, front - accessible. 2. NOT USED Switchboards shall be dead -front type with individual mounted devices, rear - accessible. 3. Arrange switchboards with number of sections and compartments required for distribution arrangement shown. 4. Provide switchboard in accordance with the arrangement shown on the Drawings. Switchboard shall consist of bus system, structure, circuit breakers, metering, surge protective device (SPD), and enclosure. 5. Switchboards shall be in accordance with NEMA PB2, UL 891, and NEC Article 408. 6. NOT USED Switchboard shall be service entrance type and UL- labeled as such. Equip service entrance switchboards with bonding jumper to bond enclosure and ground bus to the neutral bus, and a barrier to isolate service bus bars and terminals. B. Bus Bars: NOT USED ' 1. Switchboard bus bars shall be tin - plated copper, supported with high- impact, non - tracking insulating material. Secure bus joints with Belleville type washers, and braced bus joints for mechanical forces exerted during short circuit conditions. Mount main horizontal bus bars with all three phases arranged in the same vertical plane. 2. Bus bar sizes shall be based upon a maximum temperature rise of 65 degrees C over a 40- degree C ambient in accordance with NEMA PB2 and UL 891. 3. Provide copper ground bus, minimum size of 1/4 -inch by two inches, secured to each vertical section and extending entire length of equipment. Ground bus current capacity shall equal one -half the capacity of main power bus. 4. Conductor hardware shall be high - tensile strength and zinc - plated. Provide bus joints with conical spring -type washers. C. Structure: NOT USED 1. Equipment structure shall be completely self- supporting and shall include required number of vertical sections bolted together to form a single metal - enclosed enclosure. 2. Enclosure shall be rated NEMA 3R, non - walk -in with slopped roof. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Switchboards 14- 0024 -UT 16440 -4 1 00992 -0222 3. Enclosure shall be rated NEMA 1. 4. Enclosure structure frame shall be die - formed, 12 -gauge steel bolted together and reinforced. 5. Equipment shall have identifying nameplates in accordance with Section 16075, Identification for Electrical Systems. Provide nameplates for each breaker circuit and provide typewritten directory of circuits. 6. Cover sides and rear of enclosure with removable, bolt -on covers. Edges of front covers or hinged front panels shall be formed. Provide adequate ventilation within enclosure. 7. Sections of switchboard shall be front- and rear - aligned with depth as shown on the Drawings. Devices shall be front - removable and load connections shall be front - accessible. 8. Provide assembly with adequate lifting means so that assembly is capable of being moved to its installation position. 9. Conduit entry and exit shall be bottom entry and coordinated by CONTRACTOR. 10. Quantity of conduits and cables associated with each feeder shall be as shown or indicated on the Drawings. D. Circuit Breakers: 1. Circuit breakers shall be molded case type with quantity of poles, voltage, and current ratings shown. 2. Breakers shall be manually- operated thermal magnetic type, including inverse -time overload and instantaneous short- circuit protection. Contacts shall be non - welding silver alloy and arc extinction shall be accomplished by arc chutes. 3. Breakers shall be operated by a toggle -type handle and shall have quick - make /quick -break over - center switching mechanism that is mechanically trip -free. Automatic tripping of breakers shall be clearly indicated by handle position. 4. Where shown or required due to capacity, breakers shall be insulated case type. Insulated case breakers shall be manually- operated with stored energy mechanisms. Breakers shall include open -close pushbuttons, five -cycle close time, and rotary operated stored energy handle mechanism providing quick make /quick -break protection. 5. Breakers shall have 100 -amp frames, minimum. Provide overload protection on all poles, with trip settings as shown. Breakers with frame sizes 250 amps and below shall have thermal- magnetic trip units and inverse time - current characteristics, or equal. 6. Provide breakers 400 -amp frame and larger with an electronic solid state programmable trip unit. For four -wire power systems and circuits, provide a neutral current transformer, and trip unit shall be suitable to accept neutral input. Provide push -to -trip button on front of circuit breaker to provide local manual means of exercising trip mechanism. Electronic trip system shall include: a. Plug -in protection programmer, flux shift trip device, and current sensor package. Construct programmer, sensor, and flux - shifting City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Switchboards 14-0024-UT 16440 -5 00992 -0222 trip device as integral elements of breaker, requiring no externally mounted assemblies for proper operation. b. Solid state, microprocessor - based, nine - function programmer shall provide true RMS current sensing and include adjustable continuous and instantaneous current elements with adjustable long time, short time, zero sequence ground fault pickup and delay and zone selective interlocking. Main, tie and feeder circuit breakers shall be connected for zone selective interlocking to allow instantaneous bus protection. 7. Where shown, provide breakers with shunt trips, bell alarms, and auxiliary devices. F. Provide main meter device as shown on the Drawings, and in accordance with the following. NOT USED 1. Type 1 Microprocessor -based Monitoring Device: a. b. c. d. Device shall provide complete electrical metering in one package. Device shall include self - contained potential transformers and self - protected internal fuses. Mount device on compartment door to allow personnel access to meter menu and display. Device shall include trend analysis, event logging, and recording. Device shall include the following direct reading metered values: 1) Volts: 2) Amperes: 3) Watts, Vars, and VA: 4) Power Factor: 5) Frequency: 6) Watts, and VA Hours: 7) Var Hours: 8) Watts, Var, and VA Demand: 9) THD- Voltage: 10) THD- Current: 11) Individual Ampere Harmonics: 12) Individual Voltage Harmonics: 0.2 percent accuracy. 0.2 percent accuracy 0.5 percent accuracy 1.0 percent accuracy 0.05percent accuracy 0.5 percent accuracy 1.0 percent accuracy 0.4 percent accuracy 50th harmonic 50th harmonic 50th harmonic 50th harmonic Metering device shall have the following additional features: 1) Trend analysis that shall display minimum and maximum values for each metered parameter with date and time of each occurrence. 2) Input range of device shall accommodate external current transformers with ranges from 100/5 to 5000/5 and potential transformers from a ratio of 120:120 to 500,000:120. Three current transformers suitably rated shall be included. 3) Alarm contacts rated five amps at 120 vac. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Switchboards 16440 -6 4) Three analog outputs programmable to reflect the metered parameters, except kilowatt hours and kilovar hours. 5) Communication capability, using RS -485, Modbus RTU Protocol or Ethernet as indicated on the Drawings 2. Type 2 Microprocessor -based Monitoring Device: a. Device shall provide complete electrical metering in one package. Device shall include self - contained potential transformers and self - protected internal fuses. b. Mount device on compartment door to allow operator access to meter menu and display. c. Device shall include trend analysis, event logging, and recording. Device shall include the following direct reading metered values: 1) Volts: 2) Amperes: 0.2 percent accuracy. 0.2 percent accuracy 3. Control power shall be drawn from the monitored incoming AC line. Device shall have non - volatile memory and not require battery backup. During power failure, device shall retain preset parameters. G. Wiring/Terminations: 1. Provide small wiring, necessary fuse blocks, and terminal blocks in switchboard as required. Control components mounted in assembly, such as fuse blocks, relays, pushbuttons, switches, and other components, shall be suitably marked for identification corresponding to appropriate designations on manufacturer's wiring diagrams. 2. Provide mechanical -type terminals for all line and load terminations suitable for copper or aluminum cable rated for 75 degrees C of size indicated on the Drawings. 3. Provide lugs in incoming line section for connection of main grounding conductor. Provide additional lugs for connection of other grounding conductors as indicated on Drawings. 4. Control wire shall be Type SIS, bundled and secured with nylon ties. Provide insulated locking spade terminals for all control connections, except where saddle type terminals are provided integral to a device. Current transformer secondary leads shall first be connected to conveniently accessible short- circuit terminal blocks before connecting to another device. Provide groups of control wires leaving switchboard with terminal blocks with suitable numbering strips. Provide wire markers at each end of all control wiring. H. Accessories: NOT USED 1. Provide a surge protective device in accordance with Section 16289, Surge Protective Devices, for each switchboard bus shown or indicated on the Drawings. Each surge protective device shall be included and factory- mounted within switchboard -by- switchboard manufacturer. Surge City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Switchboards 14-0024 -UT 16440 -7 00992 -0222 protective device monitoring and display shall be visible from switchboard front. 2. Provide thermostatically - controlled space heater to prevent moisture condensation. I. Miscellaneous Devices: NOT USED 1. Provide control power transformers with primary and secondary protection, as indicated on the Drawings or as required for proper operation of equipment. J. Finishing: NOT USED 1. Exterior and interior steel surfaces of switchboard shall be properly cleaned and provided with rust - inhibiting phosphatized coating by switchboard manufacturer. Color and finish of switchboard shall be light gray. 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests: 1. Factory-test switchboards in accordance with NEMA PB2 and UL 891 2. Perform factory tests on equipment prior to shipment. Tests shall consist of the manufacturer's standard tests, and shall include: a. Physical inspection and checking of all components. b. Operation and device function tests under simulated service conditions to verify accuracy of wiring and functioning of all equipment. c. Primary, control, and secondary wiring hi -pot tests. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine conditions under which materials and equipment will be installed and notify ENGINEER in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of the Work. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install equipment so that sufficient access and working space is provided for ready and safe operation and maintenance. B. Install equipment on concrete pad, as shown. Coordinate pad dimensions to fit equipment furnished. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Switchboards 14-0024-UT 16440 -8 00992 -0222 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 C. Install in accordance with Laws and Regulations, manufacturer's recommendations, and the Contract Documents. Do not energize equipment without permission of OWNER. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Site Tests: 1. After installation, inspect and perform field testing of each switchboard. Testing and inspections shall by Supplier's factory- trained representative, in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Inform OWNER and ENGINEER when Supplier's representative indicates that equipment is correctly installed. 2. Perform the following tests and checks before energizing equipment: a. Verify proper installation. b. Inspect all mechanical and electrical devices for proper operation. c. Check tightness of bolted connections. d. Measure insulation resistance of each bus section, phase -to- phase and phase -to- ground. e. Measure insulation resistance of each circuit breaker, pole -to -pole and from pole -to- ground. f. Check for proper anchorage, required area clearances, physical damage, and proper alignment. g. Clean and lubricate as required. h. Perform other tests and adjustments recommended by equipment manufacturer. B. Manufacturer's Services: Provide services of qualified, factory- trained serviceman to perform the following: 1. Instruct CONTRACTOR in installing equipment. 2. Inspect and adjust equipment after installation and ensure proper operation. 3. Instruct operations and maintenance personnel in operation and maintenance of the equipment. 4. Manufacturer's technician shall make visits to the Site as follows: a. First visit shall be for instructing CONTRACTOR in proper equipment installation, and assisting in installing equipment. Minimum number of hours on -Site: 1 hours. b. Second visit shall be for checking completed installation, start-up of system; and performing field quality control testing. Minimum number of hours on -Site: 1 hours. ' c. Third visit shall be to instruct operations and maintenance personnel. 1 1 1 City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Switchboards 14- 0024-UT 16440 -9 00992 -0222 1) Furnish services of manufacturer's qualified, factory- trained specialists to instruct OWNER's operations and maintenance personnel in recommended operation and maintenance of equipment. 2) Training requirements, duration of instruction and qualifications shall be in accordance with Section 01781, Instruction of Operations and Maintenance Personnel. 3) Number of hours on -Site shall be in accordance with Section 01781, Instruction of Operations and Maintenance Personnel. d. Technician shall revisit the Site as often as necessary until installation is acceptable. 6. All costs, including expenses for travel, lodging, meals and incidentals, and cost of travel time, for visits to the Site shall be included in the Contract Price. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Calibrate, set and program protective devices. Coordinate the protective devices furnished under this Section and provide proper settings. END OF SECTION 1 1 1 t 1 City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements Switchboards 14-0024-UT 16440 -10 00992 -0222 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 16441 - GENERATOR QUICK CONNECT SWITCHBOARDS - LOW VOLTAGE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. The Contractor shall furnish and install, where indicated, a free - standing, dead -front type low voltage Generator Quick Connection Switchboard, utilizing a main circuit protective device, generator lug and receptacle connections as specified herein, and as shown on the contract drawings. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16410 — Enclosed Circuit Breakers 1.3 REFERENCES A. The low voltage distribution switchboards and all components shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the latest applicable following standards: 1. NEMA PB -2 2. UL Standard 891 1.4 SUBMITTALS — FOR REVIEW /APPROVAL A. The following information shall be submitted to the Engineer: 1. Master drawing index 2. Front view elevation 3. Floor plan 4. Top view 5. Single line 6. Schematic diagram 7. Nameplate schedule 8. Component list 9. Conduit entry/exit locations 10. Assembly ratings Including: a. Short- circuit Rating b. Voltage c. Continuous current 11. Major component ratings including: a. Voltage b. Continuous current City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Generator Quick Connect 16441 -1 c. Interrupting ratings 12. Cable terminal sizes 13. Product data sheets B. Where applicable, the following additional information shall be submitted to the Engineer: 1. Busway connection 2. Connection details between close - coupled assemblies 3. Composite floor plan of close - coupled assemblies 4. Key interlock scheme drawing and sequence of operations 1.5 SUBMITTALS— FOR CONSTRUCTION A. The following information shall be submitted for record purposes: 1. Final as -built drawings and information for items listed in Paragraph 1.04, and shall incorporate all changes made during the manufacturing process 2. Wiring diagrams 3. Certified production test reports 4. Installation information 5. Seismic certification and equipment anchorage details as specified 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. The manufacturer of the assembly shall be the manufacturer of the major components within the assembly. B. For the equipment specified herein, the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 or 9002 certified. C. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar electrical equipment for a minimum period of five (5) years. When requested by the Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. D. Provide Seismic tested equipment as follows: 1. The equipment and major components shall be suitable for and certified to meet all applicable seismic requirements of the International Building Code (IBC) for zone 4 application. Guidelines for the installation consistent with these requirements shall be provided by the switchgear manufacturer and be based upon testing of representative equipment. The test response spectrum shall be based upon a 5% minimum damping factor, IBC: a peak of 2.45g's (3.2 -11 Hz), and a ZPA of 0.98g's applied at the base of the equipment. The tests shall fully envelop this response spectrum for all equipment natural frequencies up to at least 35 Hz. 1.7 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. The low- voltage switchboard shall be UL labeled. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. One (1) copy of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at time of shipment. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Generator Quick Connect 16441 -2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.9 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Equipment operation and maintenance manuals shall be provided with each assembly shipped and shall include instruction leaflets, instruction bulletins and renewal parts lists where applicable, for the complete assembly and each major component. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Eaton / Cutler- Hammer products B. Square D C. Or Approved Equal The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. Products in compliance with the specification and manufactured by others not named will be considered only if pre- approved by the Engineer ten (10) days prior to bid date. 2.2 RATINGS A. The assembly shall be rated to withstand mechanical forces exerted during short- circuit conditions when connected directly to a power source having available fault current 65,000 amperes symmetrical [at rated voltage] [as shown on the drawings]. B. Voltage rating to be as indicated on the drawings. 2.3 CONSTRUCTION A. Generator Quick Connect Switchboard shall consist of the required number of vertical sections bolted together to form a rigid assembly. The sides and rear shall be covered with removable bolt -on covers. All edges of front covers or hinged front panels shall be formed. Provide adequate ventilation within the enclosure. B. All sections of the switchboard shall be rear aligned with depth as shown on the drawings. All protective devices shall be group mounted. Devices shall be front removable and load connections front accessible enabling switchboard to be mounted against a wall. C. The switchboard shall be provided with Toad connection options to cross bus or mechanical outgoing cable terminations, which shall be suitable for copper or aluminum conductors. D. The assembly shall be provided with adequate lifting means. E. The switchboard shall be equal to Cutler- Hammer type Generator Quick- Connect utilizing the components herein specified and as shown on the drawings. 2.4 BUS A. All bus bars shall be silver - plated copper Bus ampacity of 400 to City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Generator Quick Connect 16441 -3 4000 Amps shall be based on NEMA standard temperature rise criteria of 65 degrees C over a 40 degrees C ambient (outside the enclosure). B. Provide a full capacity neutral bus where a neutral bus is indicated on the drawings. C. A copper ground bus (minimum 1/4 x 2 inch), shall be furnished firmly secured to each vertical section structure and shall extend the entire length of the switchboard. D. All hardware used on conductors shall be high - tensile strength and zinc - plated. All bus joints shall be provided with conical spring -type washers. 2.5 WIRING/TERMINATIONS A. The switchboard shall be provided with both mechanical Tugs and cam -type receptacle assembly for connection of generator power phases (A, B, C), neutral and grounding conductors. All connections for phases, neutral, ground, etc., shall be clearly marked via labeling B. Each single pole cam -type receptacle shall be rated for no Tess than 400 amps at 90 deg C. Multiple receptacles per phase, neutral, and ground shall be utilized when amperages over 400 are requested. Contact material of the receptacle shall be composed of brass. C. Cam -type receptacles must be suitable for use in outdoor environments. D. Single pole Cam -type receptacles shall be UL 498 listed for Attachment Plugs and Receptacles and UL 1691. E. Small wiring, necessary fuse blocks and terminal blocks within the switchboard shall be furnished as required. Control components mounted within the assembly, such as fuse blocks, relays, pushbuttons, switches, etc., shall be suitably marked for identification corresponding to appropriate designations on manufacturer's wiring diagrams. F. Where applicable all control wire shall be type SIS, bundled and secured with nylon ties. Insulated locking spade terminals shall be provided for all control connections, except where saddle type terminals are provided integral to a device. All current transformer secondary leads shall first be connected to conveniently accessible short- circuit terminal blocks before connecting to any other device. All groups of control wires leaving the switchboard shall be provided with terminal blocks with suitable numbering strips. Provide wire markers at each end of all control wiring. 2.6 MAIN PROTECTIVE DEVICE Power Circuit Breakers - Paragraph 2.2 and 2.3 2.7 TRIP UNIT 2.8 ACCESSORIES A. Provide shunt trips, bell alarms and auxiliary switches as shown on the contract drawings. 2.9 MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES A. Provide Key interlocks between Generator Switchboard Main and Normal source breaker City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Generator Quick Connect 16441 -4 to prevent inadvertent interconnection and utility back feed or paralleling of unsynchronized sources B. The switchboard shall be provided with a space heater thermostatically controlled. Power for the space heaters shall be obtained from a source as indicated on the drawings. Supply voltage shall be 120 volts AC. 2.11 ENCLOSURE A. Provide Outdoor NEMA 3R Enclosure 1. Outdoor enclosure shall be non - walk -in and meet applicable NEMA 3R UL requirements 2. Enclosure shall have sloping roof downward toward rear 3. Provide hinged cable entry trap door to allow cable access to generator connection receptacles and Tugs while maintaining Type 3R Enclosure integrity. 4. The enclosure shall be provided with bolt -on rear covers for each section 5. Doors shall have provisions for padlocking 6. Ventilating openings shall be provided 2.12 NAMEPLATES A. Engraved nameplates, mounted on the face of the assembly, shall be furnished for all main and feeder circuits as indicated on the drawings. Nameplates shall be laminated plastic, black characters on white background. Characters shall be 3/16 -inch high, minimum. Nameplates shall give item designation and circuit number as well as frame ampere size and appropriate trip rating. Furnish master nameplate giving switchboard designation, voltage ampere rating, short- circuit rating, manufacturer's name, general order number, and item number. B. Control components mounted within the assembly, such as fuse blocks, relays, pushbuttons, switches, etc., shall be suitably marked for identification corresponding to appropriate designations on manufacturer's wiring diagrams. 2.13 FINISH A. All exterior and interior steel surfaces of the switchboard shall be properly cleaned and provided with a rust - inhibiting phosphatized coating. Color and finish of the switchboard shall be ANSI 61 light gray. 2.14 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION A. Provide transient voltage surge suppression as specified in Section 26 43 13. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 FACTORY TESTING A. The following standard factory tests shall be performed on the equipment provided under this section. All tests shall be in accordance with the latest version of ANSI and NEMA standards. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024-UT 00992 -0222 Generator Quick Connect 16441 -5 1. The switchboard shall be completely assembled, wired, adjusted, and tested at the factory. After assembly, the complete switchboard will be tested for operation under simulated service conditions to ensure the accuracy of the wiring and the functioning of all equipment. The main circuits shall be given a dielectric test of 2200 volts for one (1) minute between live parts and ground, and between opposite polarities. The wiring and control circuits shall be given a dielectric test of 1500 volts for one (1) minute between live parts and ground B. The manufacturer shall provide three (3) certified copies of factory test reports. 3.2 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATION A. A certified test report of all standard production tests shall be available to the Engineer upon request. 3.3 TRAINING A. The Contractor shall provide a training session for up to five (5) owner's representatives during normal workdays at a job site location determined by the owner. B. A manufacturer's qualified representative shall conduct the training session. The training program shall consist of instruction on operation of the assembly, circuit breakers, fused switches, and major components within the assembly. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. The Contractors shall install all equipment per the manufacturer's instructions, contract drawings and National Electrical Code. B. The assembly shall be provided with adequate lifting means and shall be capable of being moved into installation position and bolted directly to [I[ Contractor supplied floor sills to be set level in concrete per manufacturer's recommendations] [the floor without the use of floor sills provided the floor is level to 1/8 inch per 3 -foot distance in any direction]. All necessary hardware to secure the assembly in place shall be provided by the Contractor. 3.5 FIELD ADJUSTMENTS A. The Contractor shall perform field adjustments of the protective devices as required to place the equipment in final operating condition. The settings shall be in accordance with the approved short- circuit study, protective device evaluation study and protective device coordination study. B. Necessary field settings of devices, adjustments and minor modifications to equipment to accomplish conformance with an approved short circuit and protective device coordination study, shall be carried out by the Contractor at no additional cost to the owner. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024-UT 00992 -0222 Generator Quick Connect 16441 -6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 16450 - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: ALL SITES 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals as shown, specified, and required to furnish and install complete grounding for electrical systems, structures, and equipment. 2. CONTRACTOR to test integrity and performance of existing ground grid including all connections to ground which encompasses equipment grounds and lightning system. Excavation may be necessary. Contractor to correct all deficiencies. Refer to Section 3 of this specification. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Standards referenced in this Section are: 1. ANSI /NETA ATS, Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Equipment and Systems. 2. ASTM B8, Specification for Concentric - Lay- Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium -Hard or Soft. 3. UL 467, Grounding and Bonding Equipment. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Field Acceptance Testing Firm: Retain services of independent testing firm to perform acceptance field testing of grounding system. Testing firm shall have experience in testing grounding systems, surge suppression devices, grounding currents, leakage currents, ground loops, wiring errors, and shall be a member company of NETA. Contractor to correct all deficiencies. 2. Lightning Protection System: CONTRACTOR to employ the services of a Master licensed lighting installer to perform, inspection and testing of the lightning system. Contractor to correct all deficiencies. B. Regulatory Requirements 1. National Electrical Code, (NEC). City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical improvements 14- 0024-UT 00992 -0222 - Grounding & Bonding 16450 -1 a. NEC Article 250, Grounding and Bonding. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Listing of grounding connector types identifying where each will be used. b. Layouts of each structure's ground grid. c. Test point construction details. 2. Product Data: a. Manufacturer's technical information for grounding materials proposed for use. 3. Testing Plans: a. Ground resistance test procedure. B. Informational Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Field Quality Control Submittals a. Results of ground resistance tests at each test point. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Bare Ground Cable: 1. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: a. Cablec Corporation. b. General Cable Corporation. c. Southwire Cable Company. d. Or approved equal. 2. Material: Soft- drawn, tinned bare copper stranded cable complying with ASTM B8. No. 4/0 AWG minimum size for connection between ground rods and to busbars, motor housings, MCC's, transformersand switchgear unless otherwise shown or indicated on the Drawings. No. 4 AWG minimum for all others. B. Ground Rods: 1. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: a. Copperweld, Bimetallics Division. b. ITT Blackburn Company. c. Or approved equal. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Grounding & Bonding 16450 -2 1 1 2. Material: Copper -clad rigid steel rods, 3/4 -inch diameter, fifteen feet long minimum. IC. Grounding Connectors: 1 1 1 1 1 1. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: a. Pressure Connectors: 1) O.Z. /Gedney, Division of General Signal Corporation. 2) Burndy Corporation. 3) Or approved equal. b. Welded Connections: 1) Cadweld by Erico Products, Incorporated. 2) Therm -O -Weld by Burndy Corporation. 3) Or approved equal. 2. Material: Pressure connectors shall be copper alloy castings, designed and fabricated specifically for items to be connected and assembled with Durium or silicone bronze bolts, nuts, and washers. Welded connections shall be by exothermic process utilizing molds, cartridges, and hardware designed specifically for connection to be made. Grounding Additive: ID. 1. Grounding additive, in its set form, shall have resistivity of not more than 20 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ohm -cm. 2. Product and Manufacturer: a. Ground Enhancement Material (GEM) by Erico b. Or approved equal. 3. Grounding additive shall be permanent and maintenance -free, without requiring recharging with salts or chemicals that may be corrosive, and shall maintain its earth resistance with time. 4. Grounding additive shall set up firmly and not dissolve or decompose or otherwise pollute soil or groundwater. 5. Grounding additive shall be suitable for installation in dry form or in slurry form. 6. Grounding additive shall not depend on continuous presence of water to maintain its conductivity. E. Ground Test Well 1. Provide heavy -duty test well suitable for heavy -duty traffic. 2. Manufacturer a. Advanced Lightning Technology City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Grounding & Bonding 16450 -3 b. Or approved equal. 3. Diameter and Material: 12.75 -inch outside diameter, Schedule 80 PVC. 4. Depth: Two feet. 5. Cover: Provide test well with cast iron cover marked, "Ground" with cast iron ring to support lid. F. Ground system components shall comply with UL 467. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine conditions for the Work and notify ENGINEER in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of the Work. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 STRUCTURE GROUND SYSTEM A. Inspect and Test ground grids as shown and indicated on the Drawings. B. As needed, provide No. 4/0 bare copper cable around exterior perimeter of structures at not Tess than 2.5 feet below grade, unless otherwise shown or indicated on the Contract Documents. C. For structures with steel columns, provide No. 4/0 ground cable from grid to each column around perimeter of structure. Connect cable to steel with exothermic welds. D. Connect grids to continuous underground water pipe system, when practical. E. For new structures with concrete foundation or footings, connect structure's reinforcing steel or other concrete - encased electrode to grounding grid. F. Provide accessible test points for measuring the ground resistance of each grid. G. Weld all buried connections except for test points. 3.3 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING A. Ground electrical equipment in compliance with Laws and Regulations and the Contract Documents. B. Equipment grounding conductors shall be bare stranded copper cable of adequate size installed in metal conduit where required for mechanical protection. Ground conductors, pulled into conduits with non - grounded conductors, shall be insulated. Insulation shall be green. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14-0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Grounding & Bonding 16450 -4 C. Control panels grounding conductors shall be bare stranded copper cable of adequate size to ground grid from AC ground bus, and an insulated stranded copper cable of adequate size to ground grid from DC ground bus. D. Connect ground conductors to conduit with copper clamps, straps, or with grounding bushings. E. Connect to piping by welding or brazing. Use copper bonding jumpers on gasketed joints. F. Connect to equipment by means of lug compressed on cable end. Bolt lug to equipment frame using holes or terminals provided on equipment specifically for grounding. Do not use hold -down bolts. Where grounding provisions are not included, drill suitable holes in locations recommended by equipment manufacturer or designated by ENGINEER. G. Connect to motors by bolting directly to motor frames, not to soleplates or supporting structures. H. Connect to service water piping by means of copper clamps. Use copper bonding jumpers on gasketed joints. I. Scrape bolted surfaces clean and coat with conductive oxide - resistant compound. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Site Tests: 1. Test completed grounding grid system for resistance to earth ground using an electrical three - terminal ground resistance tester and Fall of Potential Method. Test all grounded cables and metal parts for continuity of connection. ENGINEER or OWNER will witness the testing. Provide Test Report. 2. Separately test for AC Ground Impedance using a loop impedance tester. Measure the actual ac impedance of the ground wiring. Impedance should be tested and not exceed 0.25 ohms. 3. Separately test for Ground Currents, and Leakage Currents. ENGINEER or OWNER will witness the testing. Provide Test Report. Report Leakage currents to Engineer if in excess of 10mA. 4. Grounding system maximum resistance shall not exceed five ohms impedance under normally dry conditions (48 hrs. after last rainfall) when measured by ground resistance tester. Resistance values above five ohms shall be brought to ENGINEER's attention. Provide additional ground rods as required to attain a resistance to ground of less than five ohms for each ground grid. Add grounding additive installing additional ground rods to increase their effectiveness. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Grounding & Bonding 16450 -5 5. Acceptance Testing: a. Perform acceptance testing of grounding system. Testing shall be performed by testing firm in accordance with ANSI /NETA ATS. b. Test Equipment, Calibration and Reporting: Test equipment, instrument calibration, and test reports shall comply with ANSI /NETA ATS. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Grounding & Bonding 16450 -6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 16496 - MTS MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Furnish and install Manual Transfer Switches (MTS) and Non - Automatic Transfer Switches (NATS) having the ratings, features /accessories and enclosures as specified herein and as shown on the contract drawings. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16671A — Transient Voltage Surge Suppression B. Section 16440 — Switch Boards C. Section 16289 — Surge Protective Devices 1.03 REFERENCES A. The transfer switches and all components shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the latest applicable standards of UL and NEMA as follows: 1. UL 1008 — Transfer Switches 2. UL 991 3. NFPA 70 — National Electrical Code 4. NFPA 99 — Essential Electrical Systems of Health Care Facilities 5. NFPA 110 — Emergency and Standby Power Systems 6. NEMA ICS 10 — AC Transfer Switch Equipment 7. IEEE 446 — Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby Power Systems 8. IEC 801 -2, 3, 4, and 5 9. CISPR 11 10. Compliant with FCC Part 15, Subpart B, Class A. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Submit the following: 1 Shop Drawings: a. Listing of transfer switches to be provided, including ratings and location of each. b. Equipment dimensions, and construction details of enclosures with conduit entry locations. 2. Product Data: a. Manufacturer's technical information for products proposed, including catalog cut sheets. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Manual Transfer Switch 16496 -1 3. Test Procedures: a. At least thirty days prior to actual factory and field testing, submit proposed testing procedures, methods and apparatus. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Source Quality Control Submittals: a. Submit reports of completed factory tests, including test results and procedures used for testing. 2. Field Quality Control Submittals: a. Submit reports of completed field tests, including test results and procedures used for testing. 3. Supplier Instructions: a. Manufacturer's written instructions for transporting, handling, storing, and installing the products. 4. Supplier Reports: a. Written report of each visit to Site by supplier's service representative. C. Closeout Submittals 1. Operation and Maintenance Data: a. Submit complete installation, operation and maintenance manuals including test reports, maintenance data and schedules, description of operation, and spare parts information. b. Manuals shall include record drawings of control schematics, including point -to -point wiring diagrams. c. Furnish operation and maintenance manuals per Section 01781, Operations and Maintenance Data. 1.05 SUBMITTALS — FOR CONSTRUCTION A. The following information shall be submitted for record purposes: 1. Final as -built drawings and information for items listed in section 1.04 2. Wiring diagrams 3. Certified production test reports 4. Installation information 5. Seismic certification as specified B. The final (as- built) drawings shall include the same drawings as the construction drawings and shall incorporate all changes made during the manufacturing process. 1.06 QUALIFICATIONS A. The manufacturer of the assembly shall be the manufacturer of the major components within the assembly. B. For the equipment specified herein, the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Manual Transfer Switch 16496 -2 C. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar electrical equipment for a minimum period of five (5) years. When requested by the Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. D. Provide mounting for equipment as follows: E. 1. The following minimum mounting and installation guidelines shall be met, unless specifically modified by the above referenced standards. a. The Contractor shall provide equipment anchorage details, coordinated with the equipment mounting provision 16070. Additional mounting recommendations shall be provided by the manufacturer based upon the above criteria. 1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Provide a certificate of compliance with UL 1008 for the transfer switches furnished under this section. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. One (1) copy of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at time of shipment. 1.09 FIELD MEASUREMENTS 1.10 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Equipment operation and maintenance manuals shall be provided with each assembly shipped, and shall include instruction leaflets and instruction bulletins for the complete assembly and each major component. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Schneider Electric B. Eaton C. ASCO City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Manual Transfer Switch 16496 -3 D. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. Products in compliance with the specification and manufactured by others not named will be considered only if pre- approved by the engineer ten (10) days prior to bid date. 2.02 RATINGS A. The transfer switch shall have equal 3 -sec withstand; closing and interrupting ratings of 400 amperes at 480 volts. Refer to Table 16496. B. The transfer switch shall be 100% equipment rated for continuous duty. C. The transfer switch shall be 100% equipment rated for continuous duty as shown on the drawings and shall conform to the applicable requirements of UL 1008 for emergency D. Non - Automatic Transfer Switch (NATS) shall be electrically operated by integrally mounted pushbuttons. The transfer switch shall consist of completely enclosed BREAKER assemblies. Control power for electrical operation shall be derived from a control power transformer connected to the line side of the source to which the load is being transferred. Transfer switch shall have pilot lights that indicate the following: 1. NORMAL Source connected 2. EMERGENCY Source connected 3. NORMAL Source available 4. EMERGENCY Source available E. Main contacts shall be designed to withstand multiple fault currents and shall meet UL 489 and /or UL 1087 requirements. F. The transfer switch shall be mechanically interlocked to prevent cross connection of sources when operated G. Transfer switches shall be capable of being operated manually under full rated load conditions. Removable manual operating handles are not acceptable. Manual operators requiring source or load disconnection prior to manual operation are not acceptable. H. On transfer switches requiring a fourth pole for switching the neutral, the neutral shall be fully rated with equal withstand, closing and interrupting ratings to the power poles. Switched neutral poles which are add -on or overlap, or that are not capable of breaking full rated load current are not acceptable. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Manual Transfer Switch 16496 -4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Table 16496 Transfer Switch Ampere Rating Rating When Used With Upstream Circuit Breaker Rating When Used With Upstream Fuses Suggested Breaker Rating 240V (kA) 480V (kA) 600V (kA) Maximum Fuse Rating Fuse Type 480V (kA) 100 100A 100 65 25 200 J.T 200 150 150A 100 65 25 400 J.T 200 225 225A 100 65 25 400 J.T 200 300 300A 100 65 25 400 J.T 200 400 400A 100 65 25 600 J.T 200 600 600A 100 65 25 1200 J.T 200 800 800A 65 50 25 1600 L 200 1000 1000A 65 50 25 1600 L 200 2.04 WIRING/TERMINATIONS A. Terminal blocks shall conform to NEMA ICS 4. Terminal facilities shall be arranged for entrance of external conductors from the top or bottom of the enclosure. The main transfer switch terminals shall be suitable for the termination of conductors shown on the plans. 2.05 ENCLOSURE A. Each transfer switch shall be provided in a [NEMA 1] [NEMA 12] [NEMA 3R] [NEMA 4] [NEMA 4X] enclosure suitable for use in environments indicated in the drawings. 2.06 FINISH A. NEMA 1, 12 or 3R enclosures shall be painted with the manufacturer's standard light gray ANSI 61 paint. NEMA 4 or 4X shall be stainless steel, non - painted. 2.07 ACCESSORIES A. The following accessories shall be provided: 1. Main contact assemblies for [NORMAL] [and] [EMERGENCY] source(s) shall be equipped with electronic trip units and arc extinguishers. Trip units shall have adjustable instantaneous trip values for each pole. Tripping mechanisms shall be designed "trip -free" so that the contacts cannot be held closed against an abnormal circuit condition. 2. Service entrance rating City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Manual Transfer Switch 16496 -5 3. Ground fault protection on [NORMAL] [and] [EMERGENCY] sou rce(s) 4. NORMAL Source Tripped pilot lights 5. EMERGENCY Source Tripped pilot lights 6. Transient voltage surge suppression with a rating per phase of [50] [80] [100] kA [See Section 16289 for more information] 7. Generator start circuit protection rated for [24] DC 8. Space heater rated for [100] watts 9. Lockable stainless steel cover for controller 10. Customer metering on the [NORMAL] [and] [EMERGENCY] sou rce(s) PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 FACTORY TESTING A. The following standard factory tests shall be performed on the equipment provided under this section. All tests shall be in accordance with the latest version of UL and NEMA standards. 1. Insulation check to ensure the integrity of insulation and continuity of the entire system. 2. Visual inspection to ensure that the switch matches the specification requirements and to verify that the fit and finish meet quality standards. 3. Mechanical tests to verify that the switch's power sections are free of mechanical hindrances. 4. Electrical tests to verify the complete electrical operation of the switch and to set up time delays and voltage sensing settings of the logic. B. The manufacturer shall provide three (3) certified copies of factory test reports. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. The Contractors shall install all equipment per the manufacturer's recommendations and the contract drawings. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform field testing and inspection of each manual transfer switch. Testing and inspection shall be in accordance with manufacturer's factory- trained representative, who shall inform City when equipment has been correctly installed. Do not energize equipment without permission of the City. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Manual Transfer Switch 16496 -6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B. The contractor shall provide three (3) copies of the manufacturer's field start-up. 3.04 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATION A. A qualified factory- trained manufacturer's representative shall certify in writing that the equipment has been installed, adjusted and tested in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. The Contractor shall provide three (3) copies of the manufacturer's representative's certification. 3.05 TRAINING A. Furnish services of qualified factory trained specialists from manufacturer to instruct City operations and maintenance personnel in recommended operation and maintenance of the products, minimum of two sessions. 3.06 INSTALLATION A. The contractor shall install all equipment per the manufacturer's recommendations and the contract drawings. B. All necessary hardware to secure the assembly in place shall be provided by the contractor. C. The equipment shall be installed and checked in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3.07 FIELD SERVICE A. The manufacturer of the MTS shall also have a national service organization that is available throughout the contiguous United States and is available on call 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 HSPS Electrical Improvements 14- 0024 -UT 00992 -0222 Manual Transfer Switch 16496 -7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IVb SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION IVb SECONDARY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS These Supplementary Instructions to Bidders amend or supplement the General Conditions of the Construction Contract and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions that are not so amended or supplementary remain in full force and effect. The terms used in these Supplementary Instructions to Bidders have the meanings state in the Instructions to Bidders. 1. Delete Paragraph 9 in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 9. OBSTRUCTIONS Any pipes, conduits, wires, mains, footings, driveways, underground facilities, utilities or other structures encountered shall be carefully protected from injury or displacement. Any damage thereto shall be fully, promptly, and properly repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the owner thereof. Should it become necessary to change the position of water or gas or other pipes, sewer drains, or poles, the Engineer shall be at once notified of the locality and circumstances, and no claims for damages arising from the delay in adjusting the pipe, sewer drains or poles shall be made. Failure of the plans to show the location, nature or extent of any existing structures or obstructions shall not be the basis of a claim for extra work. Any survey monument or benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon completion of the work by a registered land surveyor. Any concrete removed due to construction requirements shall be removed to the nearest expansion joint or by saw cut. Contractor shall consult Inspector for the approved means. 2. Delete Paragraph 12.1 in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 12.1 GENERAL Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, all ductbank and pipe, except subdrains, shall be laid "in the dry". The contractor shall dewater trench excavation as required for the proper execution of the work, using one or more of the following approved methods: well point system, trenched gravity underdrain system, or sumps with pumps. Well point systems must be efficient enough to lower the water level in advance of the excavation and maintain it continuously in order that the trench bottom and sides shall remain firm and reasonably dry. The well points shall be designed especially for this type of service, and the pumping unit used shall be capable of maintaining a high vacuum, and at the same time, of handling large volumes of air as well as of water. SectionlVb.docx 1 7/17/2014 The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of all water resulting from trench dewatering operations, and shall dispose of the water without damage or undue inconvenience to the work, the surrounding area, or the general public. He shall not dam, divert, or cause water to flow in excess in existing gutters, pavements or other structures: and to do this he may be required to conduct the water to a suitable place of discharge may be determined by the Engineer. The cost of dewatering shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structures. SectionlVb.docx 2 7/17/2014 APPENDIX =11••••■•■•••••■•=1MIENNMEM 1 1 1 1 APPENDIX ODP DOCUMENTS AND OTHER PROJECT DOCUMENTATION Table of Contents: 1 OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) DOCUMENTS 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • ODP Instructions • Request to Requisition Form PROJECT PERMITS • The Owner will obtain the City of Clearwater Building Department Permit (Electrical) for this project. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all other City of Clearwater Permits and Generic Permit for the Discharge of Produced Ground Water from Any Non - Contaminated Site Activity as applicable." Appendix.docx i 7/7/2014 OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) DOCUMENTS Appendix.docx 7/7/2014 Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Instructions 1. Upon contract award and execution, a Purchase Order (PO) shall be issued to Contractor for the full amount of contract. 2. Contractor shall submit a list (ODP Summary) of potential ODP vendors and estimated dollar amounts (minimum of $10,000) to the City for approval prior to initial pay application. Certain contracts will be awarded based upon the bid proposal with pre - determined item(s) for ODP and the accompanying tax savings. The ODP Summary shall list: (a) item cost, (b) sales tax savings, and (c) Contractor's costs associated with the item. 3. Contractor shall submit Request to Requisition forms (see attached) for each vendor to the City for review and approval, in electronic, MS Word format. The City will review and code, then return to Contractor for electronic signature. The City prefers that all Request to Requisitions be included in a single submittal. 4. A Change Order (CO) shall be issued to Contractor reducing their PO by the amount of the ODP purchase(s) and the sales tax savings (per Request to Requisitions). COs will be drafted by the City and will be forwarded to the Contractor for execution. Contractor shall submit two (2) originals, signed, sealed and witnessed, to the City for execution. One original shall be returned to the Contractor. 5. Concurrently, the City Purchasing Department shall issue ODP POs directly to each vendor (via email), per the Request to Requisition, along with an executed Certificate of Entitlement and the City's Certificate of Tax Exemption. The Contractor and City Project Manager will be copied. 6. Contractor shall coordinate delivery with Vendor. Material shall be delivered to the project site. Contractor shall instruct Vendor to send invoice to the Contractor, naming the City as the purchaser. 7. Contractor shall review, approve and submit executed invoices to the Project Manager with adequate documentation (delivery ticket, packing slips). Invoices shall include the ODP PO number, invoice number, and be addressed to the City of Clearwater, c/o Contractor. Two (2) executed invoices (1 — signed and 1 — copy) and one (1) signed packing slip shall be mailed to the City for processing. 8. City shall approve invoices and issue payment to the Vendor for materials received. 9. ODP POs must be closed out prior to closing out the contract/Contractor PO. If material costs needed for project exceeds the Vendor PO amount, the ODP PO will not be increased. Amounts in excess of the ODP PO will be paid for by the Contractor. Appendix.docx 7/7/2014 REQUEST TO REQUISITION for Owner Direct Purchase Materials STANDARD PURCHASE ORDER City Project Name: City Contract #: General Item Vendor: Street Address: City /State /Zip: Contact Name: Phone No: Email: Receiving Location (Ship (Project location) Street Address: City /State /Zip: Requested by: Contact Name: Attention: (General Contractor) Date Needed by: Phone No: Phone No: Email: Expense (City will complete) Units Detailed Description Price Per Line # Quantity (LS, SF, (List shipping & handling charges, if applicable) Each Total etc. ) (refer to Line Item # and details from Bidder's Proposal, Section V) special delivery instructions Hold X% for retainage Send Original Invoices to: City of Clearwater c/o Contractor or Subcontractor Name (whoever installs the materials) Mailing Address, Attention To: Email address, Phone Number LS PO Total LS Sales Tax Savings to Owner (first $5,000 x 7.0 %, thereafter sales tax rate is 6.0 %) Equipment shall be in accordance (shop drawings, O &Ms, warranties, specifications; freight included. Start with the applicable technical spec., and all other applicable provisions etc.,) of contract referenced above. Spare parts provided as per up services and training are included in the above price. Contractor's sianature Requesting Official - PRINT NAME Date: Title and Name of Contracting Firm City Rea Sianature Date: Approving Official - PRINT NAME City of Clearwater Representative Title Engineering will provide records retention according to City of Clearwater's Records Management Program. Appendix.docx 7/7/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION V 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Table of Contents: PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND 1 CONTRACT 3 CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT 7 PROPOSAL BOND 8 AFFIDAVIT 9 NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 10 PROPOSAL 11 CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET 14 BIDDER'S PROPOSAL 15 SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM 16 SectionV.docx Page i 11/25/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BONA This bond is given to comply with § 255.05, Florida Statutes, and any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in subsections (2) and (10). Pursuant to § 255.05(1)(b), Florida Statutes, "Before commencing the work or before recommencing the work after a default or abandonment, the contractor shall provide to the public entity a certified cony of the recorded bond. Notwithstanding the terms of the contract or any other law governing prompt payment for construction services, the public entity may not make a payment to the contractor until the contractor has complied with this paragraph." Bond No.:964124736 executed in 3 counterparts CONTRACTOR B.L. Smith Electric, Inc. 29252 U.S. Highway 27 Dundee, FL 33838 (863) 439 -7401 SURETX The Ohio Casualty Insurance Co. 62 Maple Avenue Keene NH 03431 (617) 357 -9500 OWNER City of Clearwater Engineering Department 100 S. Myrtle Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 (727) 562-4747 PROJECT NAME: RO WTP #1 HIGH SERVICE PUMP STATION ELECTRICAL IMPROVEMENTS - PROJECT NO.: 14- 0024 -UT 1657 Palmetto Street, Clearwater FL 33755 PROJECT DESCRIPTION: The demolition and removal of the existing RO #1 WTP High Service Pump Station (HSPS) generator and associated appurtenances and the complete installation of a replacement HSPS PLC, underground/overhead duct bank, manual transfer switch, generator termination cabinet, and associated appurtenances and software as show in the contract documents. BY THIS BOND, We, B.L. Smith Electric, Inc., as Contractor, and The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company , a corporation, as Surety, are bound to the City of Clearwater, Florida, herein called Owner, in the sum of 8258,447.20, for payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, personal representatives, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally. THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Contractor: 1. Performs the contract dated , between Contractor and Owner for construction of RO WTP #1 HIGH SERVICE PUMP STATION ELECTRICAL IMPROVEMENTS, the contract documents being made a part of this bond by reference (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Proposal, Contract, Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions, Plans, Technical Specifications and Appendix, and such alterations as may be made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided for), at the times and in the manner prescribed in the contract; and 2. Promptly makes payments to all claimants, as defined in Section 255.05(1), Florida Statutes, supplying Contractor with labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Contractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in the contract; and 3. Pays Owner all losses, damages, expenses, costs, and attorney's fees, including appellate proceedings, that Owner sustains because of a default by Contractor under the contract; and • SectionV.docx Page 1 of 16 11/25(2014 1. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND (2) ,o ;the limbs of § 725.06(2), Florida Statutes, shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, their :- officccs; and employees, from liabilities, damages, losses and costs, including, but not limited to, 'reasonable attorney's fees, to the extent caused by the negligence, recklessness, or intentional wrongful tmisconduct of Contractor and persons employed or utilized by Contractor in the performance of the construction contract; and Bond No.: 964124736 executed in 3 counterparts 5: Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished under the contract for the time specified in the contract, then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force. it 6. Any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in Section 255.05(2), Florida Statutes. 7. Any changes in or under the contract documents and compliance or noncompliance with any formalities connected with the contract or the changes does not affect Surety's obligation under this bond, and Surety does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this /3- day of (If sole Ownership or Partnership, two (2) Witnesses required). (If Corporation, Secretary only will attest and affix seal). WITNESS: corticiiiire Secretary or Witness zrintlal CArdlyn SheeK SectionV.docx Page2ofl6 B.L. SMITH ELECTRIC, INC. By: Title: Print Name: WITNESS: Print Name: The Ohio Casualty Insurance Co (Name of Corporate Surety) By: d...2;�- N 7P. ATTORNEY- IN -FAC Print Name: Patricia L. Slaughte mpany , •FL'Lic. Resident Agent r (407) 7$6 -7770) (affix corporate seal) (Power of Attorney must be attached) 11/25/2014 1 1 1 1 THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS NOT VALID UNLESS IT IS PRINTED ON RED BACKGROUND. This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. Certificate No. 6742095 American Fire and Casualty Company Liberty Mutual Insurance Company The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company West American Insurance Company POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That American Fire & Casualty Company and The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of New Hampshire, that Liberty Mutual Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Massachusetts, and West American Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana (herein collectively called the "Companies "), pursuant to and by authority herein set forth, does hereby name, constitute and appoint Cheryl Foley; Don Bramlage; Gloria A. Richards; Jeffrey W. Reich; Kim E. Niv; Leslie M. Donahue; Lisa Roseland; Patricia L. Slaughter; Susan L. Reich; Teresa L. Durham I all of the city of MAITLAND state of FL each individually if there be more than one named, its true and lawful attomey -in -fact to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver, for and on its behalf as surety and as its act and deed, any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations, in pursuance of these presents and shall be as binding upon the Companies as if they have been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Companies in their own proper persons. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Power of Attorney has been subscribed by an authorized officer or official of the Companies and the corporate seals of the Companies have been affixed lr thereto this 15th day of October , 2014 1 1 1 1 1 STATE OF PENNSYLVANIA COUNTY OF MONTGOMERY On this 15th day of October 2014 before me personally appeared David M. Carey, who acknowledged himself to be the Assistant Secretary of American Fire and Casualty Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, execute the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscr)tted and affixed my notarial seal at Plymouth Meeting, Pennsylvania, on the day and year first above written. N." COMMONWEALTH OF PENNEYLVANLC ss By: American Fire and Casualty Company The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company Liberty Mutual Insurance Company West merican Insurance Company David M. Care , assistant Secretary By illAZA-14) 4:/t6110) Teresa Pastella , Notary Public This Power of Attorney is made and execute ority of the following By -laws and Authorizations of American Fire and Casualty Company, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company , n Insurance Company which resolutions are now in full force and effect reading as follows: ARTICLE IV — OFFICERS — Section 12. Power of Attorney. Any officer or other official of the Corporation authorized for that purpose in writing by the Chairman or the President, and subject to such limitation as the Chairman or the President may prescribe, shall appoint such attorneys -in -fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Corporation to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys -in -fact, subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, shall have full power to bind the Corporation by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Corporation. When so executed, such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the President and attested to by the Secretary. Any power or authority granted to any representative or attorney -in -fact under the provisions of this article may be revoked at any time by the Board, the Chairman, the President or by the officer or officers granting such power or authority. ARTICLE XIII — Execution of Contracts — SECTION 5. Surety Bonds and Undertakings. Any officer of the Company authorized for that purpose in writing by the chairman or the president, and subject to such limitations as the chairman or the president may prescribe, shall appoint such attorneys -in -fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys -in -fact subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, shall have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Company. When so executed such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the president and attested by the secretary. Certificate of Designation — The President of the Company, acting pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company, authorizes David M. Carey, Assistant Secretary to appoint such attorneys -in- fact as may be necessary to act on behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Authorization — By unanimous consent of the Company's Board of Directors, the Company consents that facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any assistant secretary of the Company, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company in connection with surety bonds, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. I, Gregory W. Davenport, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, of American Fire and Casualty Company, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company do hereby certify that the original power of attorney of which the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies this day of 20 By: LMS 12873 122013 Gregory W. Davenport, Assistant Secretary 152 of 200 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 FLORIDA SURETY BONDS, INC. August 11, 2015 City of Clearwater, Florida 100 S. Myrtle Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 Re: Authority to Date Bonds and Powers of Attorney Principal: B L Smith Electric, Inc. 620 N. Wymore Road, Suite 200 Maitland, FL 32751 407 - 786 -7770 Fax 407 - 786 -7766 1326 S. Ridgewood Avenue, Suite #15 Daytona Beach, FL 32114 386- 898 -0507 Fax 386 - 898 -0510 888 - 786 -BOND (2663) Fax 888 - 718 -BOND (2663) www.FloridaSuretyBonds.com Bond No.: 964124736 Project: Project No. 14- 0024 -UT, RO WTP #1 High Service Pump Station Electrical Improvements, 1657 Palmetto Street, Clearwater FL 33755 Dear Sir or Madam: Please be advised that as Surety on the above referenced bond, executed on your behalf for this project, we hereby authorize you to date the bonds and the powers of attorney concurrent with the date of the contract agreement. Once dated, please fax a copy of the bonds to our office. Sincerely, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company Patricia L. Slaughter Attorney -in -Fact and Florida Licensed Resident Agent 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CONTRACT (1) This CONTRACT made and entered into this U/ day of (21,t „iLt , 2015, by and between the City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter designated as the "City ", and B.L. Smith Electric, Inc., of the City of Dundee, County of Polk, and State of Florida, hereinafter designated as the "Contractor ". WITNESSETH: That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements on the part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows: The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at their own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the following: PROJECT NAME: RO WTP #1 HIGH SERVICE PUMP STATION ELECTRICAL IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO.: 14- 0024 -UT in the amount of $258,447.20 In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any advertisement, instructions to bidders, general conditions, technical specifications, proposal and bond, which may be hereto attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this contract, and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors and assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City. If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performed by the Contractor, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf and shall have the right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perform in accordance with the provisions as contained herein. THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES TO HOLD THE CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED CONTRACTOR, SUB CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES, TO THE LIMITS OF § 725.06(2). SectionV.docx Page 3 of 16 11/25/2014 CONTRACT (2) In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requirements: In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or national origin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay off or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees or applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of the non discrimination clause. The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub contractors for standard commercial supplies or raw materials. It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated herein, it is then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be due to the Contractor the sum of $1,000.00 per day for each day that the work to be performed by the Contractor remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $1,000.00 per day shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of the Contractor to complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is not to be construed as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the Contractor to complete and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract. It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of this contract and the public construction bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the terms and conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or sureties upon such public construction bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases to be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor under the terms and provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful performance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a form satisfactory to it. SectionV.docx Page 4 of 16 11/25/2014 CONTRACT (3) The successful bidder /contractor will be required to comply with Section 119.0701, Florida Statutes (2014), specifically to: (a) Keep and maintain public records that ordinarily and necessarily would be required by the City of Clearwater in order to perform the service; (b) Provide the public with access to public records on the same terms and conditions that the City of Clearwater would provide the records and at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided in Chapter 119 or as otherwise provided by law; (c) Ensure that public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law; and (d) Meet all requirements for retaining public records and transfer, at no cost, to the City of Clearwater all public records in possession of the contractor upon termination of the contract and destroy any duplicate public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. All records stored electronically must be provided to the City of Clearwater in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the City of Clearwater. SectionV.docx Page 5 of 16 11/25/2014 r 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CONTRACT (4) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto have executed this Agreement, the day and year first above written. CITY OF CLEARWATER IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By: t William B. Horne, II City Manager Countersigned: By: — CkeOrktnCrt \t taS George N. Cretekos, Mayor (Contractor must indicate whether Corporation, Partnership, Company or Individual.) (The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation.) SectionV.docx Page 6of16 Attest: Rosemarie Call City Clerk set their hands and seals and Approved as to form: tthew M. Smi Assistant City A rney B.L. SMITH ELECTRIC, INC. By: Print Name: bcav .6 W ./5_- Title: (es ∎cke r\-}- 11/25/2014 CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT TO OWNER: City of Clearwater Engineering Department 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, FL 33756 CONTRACTOR: B.L. Smith Electric, Inc. PROJECT NAME: RO WTP #1 HS PS ELEC. IMP PROJECT NO.: 14- 0024 -UT CONTRACT DATE: [ 1 BOND NO. : [ 1, recorded in O.R. Book [ 1, Page [ 1, of the Public Records of Pinellas County, Florida. Pursuant to § 255.05(11), Florida Statutes, and in accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the Owner and the Contractor as indicated above, the: on bond of B.L. Smith Electric, Inc. 29252 U.S. Hwy. 27 Dundee, FL 33838 ,SURETY, ,CONTRACTOR, hereby approves of the final payment to the Contractor, and agrees that final payment to the Contractor shall not relieve Surety of any of its obligations to City of Clearwater Engineering Department 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, FL 33756 as set forth in said Surety's bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety has hereunto set its hand this day of Attest: (Seal): ,OWNER, (Surety) (Signature of authorized representative) (Printed name and title) SectionV.docx Page 7 of 16 11/25/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PROPOSAL/BID BOND (Not to be filled out if a certified check is submitted) KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned, B L Smith Electric, Inc. as Contractor, and The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company as Surety, whose address is 62 Maple Avenue Keene, NH 03431 , are held and firmly bound unto the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the sum of . . 11-•,..k _ _ , `tbDollars ($ �, 51 583.8° ) (being a minimum of 10% • � Contractor's total bid amount) 'o ' e payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The condition of the above obligation is such that if the attached Proposal of B L Smith Electric, Inc. as Contractor, and The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company as Surety, for work specified as: Bid #14- 0024 -UT .RO WTP #1 High Service Pump Station Electrical Improvements all as stipulated in said Proposal, by doing all work incidental thereto, in accordance with the plans and specifications provided herefor, all within Pinellas County, is accepted and the contract awarded to the above named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten days after notice of said award enter into a contract, in writing, and furnish the required Public Construction Bond with surety or sureties to be approved by the City Manager, this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall be in full force and virtue by law and the full amount of this Proposal/Bid Bond will be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages. Signed this 25th day of June , 2015 . (Principal must indicate whether corporation, partnership, company or individual) (The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation). SectionV.docx Page 8 of 16 evrporetifi Principal By: /%4d Title The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company Surety Surly Patricia L. Slauc,}ter, Attorney -in -Fact and FL Licensed Resident 3ggnt 11/25/2014 1 1 1 1 1 THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS NOT VALID UNLESS IT IS PRINTED ON RED BACKGROUND. This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. Certificate No. 6742020 American Fire and Casualty Company Liberty Mutual Insurance Company The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company West American Insurance Company POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That American Fire & Casualty Company and The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of New Hampshire, that Liberty Mutual Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Massachusetts, and West American Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana (herein collectively called the "Companies "), pursuant to and by authority herein set forth, does hereby name, constitute and appoint Cheryl Foley; Don Bramlage; Gloria A. Richards; Jeffrey W. Reich; Kim E. Niv; Leslie M. Donahue: Lisa Roseland; Patricia L. Slaughter; Susan L. Reich; Teresa L. Durham all of the city of MAITLAND , state of FL each individually if there be more than one named, its true and lawful attorney -in -fact to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver, for and on its behalf as surety and as its act and deed, any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations, in pursuance of these presents and shall be as binding upon the Companies as if they have been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Companies in their own proper persons. ir.IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Power of Attorney has been subscribed by an authorized officer or official of the Companies and the corporate seals of the Companies have been affixed thereto this 15th day of October 2014 1 1 1 1 1 STATE OF PENNSYLVANIA COUNTY OF MONTGOMERY On this 15th day of October 2014 before me personally appeared David M. Carey, who acknowledged himself to be the Assistant Secretary of American Fire and Casualty Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, execute the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscr and affixed my notarial seal at Plymouth Meeting, Pennsylvania, on the day and year first above written. COMMONWEALTH {" ?L PENNSYLVANIA 23. 2017 ss By: American Fire and Casualty Company The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company Liberty Mutual Insurance Company West merican Insurance Company David M. Care ,`%ssistant Secretary y: 4 Teresa Pastella , Notary Public This Power of Attorney is made and execute "' s + &%rity of the following By -laws and Authorizations of American Fire and Casualty Company, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, Insurance Company which resolutions are now in full force and effect reading as follows: ARTICLE IV — OFFICERS — Section 12. Power of Attorney. Any officer or other official of the Corporation authorized for that purpose in writing by the Chairman or the President, and subject to such limitation as the Chairman or the President may prescribe, shall appoint such attorneys -in -fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Corporation to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys -in -fact, subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, shall have full power to bind the Corporation by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Corporation. When so executed, such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the President and attested to by the Secretary. Any power or authority granted to any representative or attomey -in -fact under the provisions of this article may be revoked at any time by the Board, the Chairman, the President or by the officer or officers granting such power or authority. ARTICLE XIII — Execution of Contracts — SECTION 5. Surety Bonds and Undertakings. Any officer of the Company authorized for that purpose in writing by the chairman or the president, and subject to such limitations as the chairman or the president may prescribe, shall appoint such attorneys -in -fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys -in -fact subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, shall have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Company. When so executed such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the president and attested by the secretary. Certificate of Designation — The President of the Company, acting pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company, authorizes David M. Carey, Assistant Secretary to appoint such attorneys -in- fact as may be necessary to act on behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Authorization — By unanimous consent of the Company's Board of Directors, the Company consents that facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any assistant secretary of the Company, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company in connection with surety bonds, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. I, Gregory W. Davenport, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, of American Fire and Casualty Company, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company do hereby certify that the original power of attorney of which the foregoing is a full, true and co -:`ct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies this" r day of LMS_12873_122013 ,20 /5 ( . By: Gregory W. Davenport, Assistant Secretary 77 of 200 co rn to a) c O To >'W E 0 CL Q o� c 3 c of y O c .O CD 7 > -0 a) 0 .c 7, E N a M c 0O H� 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 AFFIDAVIT (To be filled in and executed if the bidder is a corporation) STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF Polk Carolyn Sheek being duly sworn, deposes and says that he/she is Secretary .of B.L. Smith Electric, Inc. a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Florida, and having its principal office at: 29252 US Hwy 27 (Street & Number) Dundee (City) Polk (County) FL (State) Affiant further says that he is familiar with the records, minute books and by -laws of B.L. Smith Electric, Inc. (Name of Corporation) Affiant further says that Billy L. Smith is CEO (Officer's Name) (Title) of the corporation, is duly authorized to sign the Proposal for B.L. Smith Electric, Inc. Corporate By -laws of the State of Florida or said corporation by virtue of (state whether a provision of by laws or a Resolution Board of Directors. if by Resolution give date of adoption). Sworn to before me this 25th day of June SectionV.docx of Affiant oVst e "''•., MICHELLE CINQUINO *_ Commission # EE 187008 4,-.1 Expires April 5, 2016 %RP ..... '' Bonded Thu Troy fan Insurance 800.385 .7018 ,2015 • Notai Public Michelle Cinquino Type/print/stamp name of Notary Title or rank, and Serial No., if any Page 9 of 16 11!252014 NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT STATE OF FLORIDA ) COUNTY OF Polk ) Billy L. Smith being, first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is CEO of B.L. Smith Electric, Inc. the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or. sham: that said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with any other bidder on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interested in the proposed contract; and.that all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true; and further, that such bidder has not directly or indirectly submitted this bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto to any association or to any member or agent thereof. 6zats > Affiant Sworn to and subscribed before me this 25th day of June ::► MICHELLE CINQUINO Commission # EE 187008 • : _ Expires April 5, 2016 %' • Baled Thru Troy Fain Iro,rame 800385-7019 2015 iVOT /I C —.— Public SectionV.docx Page 10 of 16 11/252014 PROPOSAL (1) TO THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, for •RO WTP #1 HIGH SERVICE PUMP STATION ELECTRICAL IMPROVEMENTS and doing such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, marked •RO WTP #1 HIGH SERVICE PUMP STATION ELECTRICAL IMPROVEMENTS Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even though his proposal be accepted and the documents signed by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those officials authorized to do so on behalf of the City of Clearwater, Florida, that no such award or signing shall be considered a binding contract without a certificate from the Finance Director that funds are available to cover the cost of the work to be done, or without the approval of the City Attorney as to the form and legality of the contract and all the pertinent documents relating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney, and such bidder is hereby charged with this notice. The signer of the Proposal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties interested in this Proposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has carefully examined the Advertisement, Instructions to Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications, General Conditions, Special Provisions, and Public Construction Bond, that he or his representative has made such investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes and agrees that if the Proposal be accepted, he will contract with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the form of contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, tools or apparatus, do all the work required to complete the contract within the time mentioned in the General Conditions and according to the requirements" of the City of Clearwater, Florida, as herein and hereinafter set forth, and furnish the required surety bonds for the following prices to wit: SectionV.docx Page 11 of 16 11/25/2014 PROPOSAL (2) If the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the undersigned shall fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached, then the City may, at its option determine that the undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal shall be null and void, and the certified check or bond accompanying this Proposal, shall be forfeited to become the property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be retained by the City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of suoh bond shall be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages; otherwise, the bond or certified check accompanying this Proposal, or the amount of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified herein. Attached hereto is a bond or certified check on Bank, for the sum of Twenty -five Thousand,Eight Hundred forty-four dollars and 72 cents (being a minimum of 10% of Conti-actor's total bid amount). ($ 25,844.72 ) The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows: (If corporation, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretary. If firm or partnership, the names and addresses of the members or partners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the name of any person with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's improvements, enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub contractor, materialman, agent, supplier, or employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder). NAMES: ADDRESSES: Billy L. Smith, CEO 29252 US Hwy 27, Dundee, FL 33838 Carolyn Sheek, Secretary 29252 US Hwy 27, Dundee, FL 33838 Signature of Bidder: U (The bidder must indicate whether Corporation, Partnership, Company or Individual). SectionV.docx Page I2 of 16 11/25/2014 PROPOSAL (3) The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title. Where the person signing for a corporation is other than the President or Vice President, he must, by affidavit, show his authority, to bind the corporation. Principal: .6r L ..J ''l.Ts G ;e-C`G , f ;1 c,- By: 3 L Business Address of Bidder: City and State: Dundee, FL 29252 US Hwy 27 Title: G6� Dated at Polk County, Florida , this 25th day of June Zip Code 33838 , A.D., 20 15. SectionV.docx Page 13 of 16 11/25/2014 CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET PROJECT: RO WTP #1 HIGH SERVICE PUMP STATION ELECTRICAL IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NUMBER: 14-0024-UT IAcknowledgment is hereby made of the • following addenda received since issuance of Plans and Specifications. IAddendum No. 1 Date: 06/22/2015 Addendum No. Date: IAddendum No. Date: IAddendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: IAddendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: IAddendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: III Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: B.L. Smith Electric, Inc. ' (Name of Bidder) ' (Signature of Officer) CEO ' (Title of Officer) 06/25/2015 (Date) SeciionV.docx Page 14 of 16 � 11/25!2014 1 1 BIDDER'S PROPOSAL PROJECT: RO WTP #1 HIGH SERVICE PUMP STATION ELECTRICAL IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NUMBER: 14- 0024 -UT CONTRACTOR: B.L. Smith Electric, Inc. BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: $ 258,447.20 (Numbers) BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: Two - Hundred Fifty Eight, Four Hundred forty -seven and 20 cents (Words) Item No. Estimated Quantity Brief Description of Items Unit Bid Price Amount 1. I IS Mobilization / Demobilization, complete for the Lump Sum Price of: . $ 14,002.00 $ 14,002.00 2' 1 Installation of Concrete and Above Ground Ductbank $ 86,770.00 $ 86,770.00 3 1 LS Demolition of Generator & Generator Building Restoration $ 20,416.00 $ 20,416.00 4. 1 LS Electrical $ 28,924.00 $ - 28,924.00 5. 1 IS Instrumentation and Controls $ 69,840.00 $ 69,840.00 6. 1 LS SCADA Software Implementation Services Allowance in accordance with section 01630, 1.5, F. $15,000 $15,000 SUBTOTAL ITEMS 1 THRU 6 $ 234,952.00 7. 1 LS 10% Owner's Contingency in accordance with section 01630 1.5, G. $ 23,495.20 Bidder's Grand Total (Base Bid Total Items 1 -7) • $ 258,447.20 THE BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED FOR EACH SECTION. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN. SectionV.docx Page 15 of 16 11/25/2014 SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM PER SECTION HI, ITEM 25, IF YOUR BID IS $1,000,000 OR MORE, THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED AM) SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL. FAILURE TO SUBMIT THIS FORM AS REQUIRED, MAY DEEM YOUR SUBMITTAL NONRESPONSIVE. The of lant, by virtue of the signature below, certifies that: 1. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is aware of the requirements of section 287.135, Florida Statutes, regarding companies on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or engaging in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 2. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is eligible to participate in this solicitation and is not listed on either the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engaged in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 3. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce; and 4. If awarded the Contract (or Agreement), the vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner will immediately notify the City of Clearwater in writing, no later than five (5) calendar days after any of its principals are placed on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engages in business operations in Cuba and Syria. STATE OF Florida COUNTY OF Polk L lbs �L1. Authorized Signature Billy L. Smith Printed Name CEO Title B.L. Smith Electric, Inc. Name of Entity /Corporation The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on this 25th day of June , 2Q15 , by David W. Smith (name of person whose signature is being notarized) as the President (title) of B.L. Smith Electric, Inc. name of ( corporation/entity), personally known to me as described herein , or produced a (type of identification) as identification, and who did/did not take an oath. / / yf/ ��c Z C.....-e....-0-c- b Nota Public . Michelle Cinquino ter Y 'il - MICHELLE CIN( INO r •; Commission # EE 187 008 p=► Expires April 5, 201 f� P L• Bonded T6ru Troy Fain Insurance 800-385.7019 My Commission Expires: 04/05/2016 NOTARY SEAL ABOVE Printed Name SectionV.docx Page 16 of 16 1125/2014